As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 24, 2013
 
Securities Act File No. 333-182157
Investment Company Act File No. 811-22715


United States
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
 

FORM N-2


 
T Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933
T Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5
o Post-Effective Amendment No.
and/or
  T Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940
T Amendment No. 5
 

GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 
2455 Corporate West Drive
Lisle, Illinois 60532
 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (630) 505-3700
 
Amy J. Lee
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC
2455 Corporate West Drive
Lisle, Illinois 60532
 
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copies to:
 
Michael K. Hoffman, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
Sander M. Bieber, Esq.
Allison M. Fumai, Esq.
Dechert LLP
1900 K Street, NW
Washington, DC 20006

Approximate date of proposed public offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box .  .  .  .   £
 
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
 
£            When declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).
 
If appropriate, check the following box:
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
£
This [post-effective] amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed [post-effective amendment] [registration statement].
 
 
£
This form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is     .
.
 

 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
Title of Securities Being Registered
 
 
Amount Being Registered (1)
Proposed Maximum Offering Price
  Per Share (1)
Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (1)
 
Amount of Registration
Fee
Common Shares, $0.01 par value
7,000,000
$25.00
$ 175,000,000
$ 23,755.40 (2)



(1)     Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(2)      Includes $114.60 previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
     
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS  
Subject to Completion  
June 24, 2013  
 
THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.
 
Shares
 
 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
 
Common Shares

 
Investment Objective. Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund’s investment objective is to seek total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund cannot assure investors that it will achieve its investment objective or be able to structure its investments as anticipated, and you could lose some or all of your investment.
 
Investment Strategy. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans and investments with economic characteristics similar to fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans (collectively, “credit securities”). Credit securities in which the Fund may invest consist of corporate bonds, loans and loan participations, asset-backed securities (all or a portion of which may consist of collateralized loan obligations), mortgage-backed securities (both residential mortgage-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities), U.S. Government and agency securities, mezzanine and preferred securities, convertible securities, commercial paper, municipal securities and sovereign government and supranational debt securities. The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a portfolio of credit securities selected from a variety of sectors and credit qualities. The Fund may invest in credit securities that are rated below investment grade, or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable quality (also known as “high yield securities” or “junk bonds”). The Fund may invest in credit securities of any duration or maturity. Credit securities in which the Fund may invest may pay fixed or variable rates of interest. The Fund may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S. issuers, including issuers in emerging markets.
 
(continued on following page)
 
No Prior History. Because the Fund is newly organized, its common shares have no history of public trading. Common shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. The risk of loss due to this discount may be greater for initial investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after the completion of the public offering.
 
Listing. The Fund’s common shares are expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GGM,” subject to notice of issuance.
 
Investing in the Fund’s common shares involves certain risks. The Fund intends to utilize leverage, which is subject to numerous risks. Credit securities of below investment grade quality are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due. These risks may be more pronounced with respect to the Fund’s investments in securities rated Caa1/CCC+ or below or securities of distressed or defaulted issuers. The Fund may invest without limitation in non-U.S. issuers, including in emerging markets, which involve special risks, including foreign currency risk and the risk that the securities may decline in response to unfavorable political and legal developments, unreliable or untimely information or economic and financial instability. An investment in the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. See “Risks” beginning on page 54 of this prospectus. Certain of these risks are summarized in “Prospectus Summary—Special Risk Considerations” beginning on page 6 of this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus before making a decision to purchase the Fund’s common shares.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
         
 
Price to  
Sales  
        Estimated offering  
Proceeds to  
 
public  
load(2)  
          expenses(3)  
Fund  
Per Share  
$25.000  
$1.125  
          $0.050  
$23.825
Total  
$           
$         
$
$          
Total assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option(1)
$            
$          
$
$          
 
 
(notes on following page)
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about                    , 2013.
  
UBS Investment Bank       Wells Fargo Securities
    Stifel    
BB&T Capital Markets The GMS Group, LLC Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC   J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.     Maxim Group LLC Newbridge Securities Corporation Pershing LLC
Southwest Securities     Wedbush Securities Inc.   Wunderlich Securities
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
        
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
(notes from cover page)
 
(1)
The Fund has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional                     common shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the public offering price, sales load, estimated offering expenses and proceeds, after expenses, to the Fund will be $    , $    , $     and $       , respectively. See “Underwriting.”
 
(2)
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets a structuring fee to each of UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. The Investment Adviser (and not the Fund) also may pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, additional compensation or a sales incentive fee in connection with the offering. The Fund’s Sub-Adviser may reimburse the Investment Adviser for a portion of any structuring fee, additional compensation or sales incentive fee paid by the Investment Adviser. Also, as described in footnote (3) below and subject to the offering expense limitation described in footnote (3) below, up to 0.15% of the public offering price of the securities sold in this offering may be paid by the Fund to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC, an affiliate of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, as compensation for the distribution services it provides to the Fund. See “Underwriting.”
 
(3)
Offering expenses payable by the Fund will be deducted from the Proceeds to the Fund. Total offering expenses (other than sales load) are estimated to be $     ($     per share). The Investment Adviser has agreed to pay (i) all of the Fund’s organizational costs and (ii) offering costs of the Fund (other than sales load) that exceed $0.050 per common share sold in the offering, including pursuant to the over-allotment option. Therefore, offering expenses payable by the Fund are estimated to be $     ($     per share), and offering expenses payable by the Investment Adviser are estimated to be $     ($     per share). To the extent that aggregate offering expenses are less than $0.050 per common share, up to 0.15% of the public offering price of the securities sold in this offering, up to such expense limit, will be paid by the Fund to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC, an affiliate of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, as compensation for the distribution services it provides to the Fund. See “Underwriting.”
 
(continued from cover page)
 
The Fund may, but is not required to, use various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return. The Fund may use such transactions as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. In addition, as an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure by investing in other investment companies. To the extent that the Fund invests in synthetic investments with economic characteristics similar to credit securities, the value of such investments will be counted as credit securities for purposes of the Fund’s policy of investing at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in credit securities (the “80% Policy”).
 
The Fund may invest in open-end funds, closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds. For purposes of the Fund’s 80% Policy, the Fund will include its investments in other investment companies that have a policy of investing at least 80% of their net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in one or more types of credit securities.
 
Adviser. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC serves as the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser and is be responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”). Guggenheim Partners is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundation insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners with the supervision of more than $180 billion of assets as of March 31, 2013. Guggenheim Partners is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe, and Asia. The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are referred to herein collectively as the “Adviser.”
 
Financial Leverage. The Fund may employ leverage through (i) the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper (collectively, “Indebtedness”), (ii) the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) or (iii) engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions (collectively with Indebtedness and Preferred Shares, “Financial Leverage”). Under current market conditions, the Fund initially expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or reverse repurchase agreements, such that the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) (or 50% of net assets). “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from Financial Leverage, including the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls, or any other form of Financial Leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any Financial Leverage. Managed Assets includes assets attributable to Financial Leverage of any form.
 
ii
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
The Adviser anticipates that the use of Financial Leverage will result in higher income to holders of common shares (“Common Shareholders”) over time; however, there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. The costs associated with the issuance and use of Financial Leverage will be borne by the Common Shareholders. In addition the Fund may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. The Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, in which case the Fund’s obligations under such transactions will not be included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Fund’s Financial Leverage. See “Use of Financial Leverage” and “Risks—Financial Leverage Risk.”
 
You should read this prospectus, which contains important information about the Fund that you should know before deciding whether to invest, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated                , 2013, containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, the table of contents of which is on page 100 of this prospectus, annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, when available, and other information about the Fund, and make shareholder inquiries, by calling (800) 345-7999 or by writing to the Adviser at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, or you may obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Fund) from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov). Free copies of the Fund’s reports and its Statement of Additional Information will also be available from the Fund’s website at www.guggenheimfunds.com.
 
The Fund’s common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
 
This prospectus contains or incorporates by reference forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the federal securities laws, that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements describe the Fund’s plans, strategies, and goals and the Fund’s beliefs and assumptions concerning future economic and other conditions and the outlook for the Fund, based on currently available information. In this prospectus, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “objectives,” “goals,” “future,” “intends,” “seeks,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” and similar expressions are used in an effort to identify forward-looking statements, although some forward-looking statements may be expressed differently. The Fund is not entitled to the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933.
 
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The Fund has not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Fund is not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. The Fund’s business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date. The Fund will amend this prospectus if, during the period that this prospectus is required to be delivered, there are any subsequent material changes.
 
Until                  , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to each dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter with respect to its unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
iii
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
         
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
       
 
Prospectus summary
1  
Repurchase of Common Shares; conversion to open-end fund
91
Summary of Fund expenses
25   Tax matters
92
The Fund
27  
Underwriting
96
Use of proceeds
27  
Custodian, administrator, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent
98
Investment objective and policies
27  
Legal matters
99
The Fund’s investments
29  
Independent registered public accounting firm
99
Use of Financial Leverage
50  
Additional information
99
Risks
54  
Privacy principles of the Fund
99
Management of the Fund
83  
Table of contents of the Statement of Additional Information
100
Net asset value
85      
Distributions
86      
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
87      
Description of capital structure
88      
Anti-takeover and other provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents
90      
Closed-end fund structure
91      
         
 
 
iv
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
Prospectus summary
 
This is only a summary of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Fund’s common shares. You should carefully read the more detailed information contained in this prospectus, especially the information set forth under the headings “Investment Objective and Policies” and “Risks.” You may also wish to request a copy of the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information, dated          , 2013 (the “SAI”), which contains additional information about the Fund.
 
THE FUND
 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company. Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) serves as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”). The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are referred to herein collectively as the “Adviser.”
 
THE OFFERING
 
The Fund is offering              common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share, at $25.00 per share through a group of underwriters (the “Underwriters”) led by UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. The Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest are called “Common Shares” in this prospectus. You must purchase at least 100 Common Shares in this offering. The Fund has given the Underwriters an option to purchase up to additional Common Shares to cover orders in excess of               Common Shares. See “Underwriting.” The Investment Adviser has agreed to pay (i) all of the Fund’s organizational costs and (ii) offerings costs of the Fund (other than sales load) that exceed $0.050 per common share sold in the offering, including pursuant to the over-allotment option. Therefore, offering expenses payable by the Fund are estimated to be $0.050 per share.
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
 
The Fund’s investment objective is to seek total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund cannot assure investors that it will achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees on 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.
 
INVESTMENT PHILOSOPHY AND INVESTMENT PROCESS
 
The Adviser will make investment selections based upon a relative value investment philosophy, which seeks to identify segments of the credit securities markets as well as individual credit securities whose current prices or spreads are undervalued relative to the Adviser’s view of their long-term values and/or historical norms. The Adviser analyzes segments of the credit securities markets based upon various factors, including economic and market conditions and outlooks, securities valuations, investment opportunities and risk analysis, and credit market trends, to identify those segments that the Adviser believes are undervalued or trading below historical norms. The Adviser also analyzes various individual credit securities to identify those securities whose current prices or spreads are believed to be undervalued. The Adviser has the flexibility to allocate the Fund’s assets across various segments of the credit securities market and may focus on particular countries, regions, asset classes and sectors to the exclusion of others at any time and from time to time. The Fund’s investment policy is predicated upon the belief that thorough and independent credit research combined with thoughtful credit allocation decisions are rewarded with the potential to outperform applicable benchmarks for long-term investors.
 
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
 
Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans and investments with
 
1
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
economic characteristics similar to fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans (collectively, “credit securities”). Credit securities in which the Fund may invest consist of:
 
·   
corporate bonds;
 
·  
loans (which may consist of senior secured floating rate loans (“Senior Loans”), second lien secured floating rate loans (“Second Lien Loans”), subordinated secured loans (“Subordinated Secured Loans”) and unsecured loans (“Unsecured Loans”), each with fixed and variable interest rates) and loan participations and assignments (collectively, “Loans”);
 
·  
asset-backed securities (“ABS”) (all or a portion of which may consist of collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”));
 
·  
mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) (both residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”));
 
·   
U.S. Government and agency securities;
 
·   
mezzanine and preferred securities;
 
·   
convertible securities;
 
·   
commercial paper;
 
·   
municipal securities; and
 
·   
sovereign government and supranational debt securities.
 
The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a portfolio of credit securities selected from a variety of sectors and credit qualities. The Fund’s investment portfolio may consist of investments in the types of securities described herein. There is no guarantee the Fund will buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described herein.
 
The Fund may invest in credit securities rated below investment grade, or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable quality. A security is considered below investment grade quality if it is rated below investment grade (that is, below Baa3- by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or below BBB- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”)) or, if unrated, judged to be below investment grade quality by the Adviser. Below investment grade quality securities (commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds) involve special risks as compared to securities of investment grade quality. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will not invest more than 25% of its Managed Assets in credit securities that are, at the time of investment, rated Caa1 or below by Moody’s or CCC+ or below by S&P or Fitch or, or that are unrated but determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. The foregoing credit quality policy does not apply to investments in MBS and the Fund may invest in MBS without limitation as to credit quality. For purposes of applying the Fund’s credit quality policies, in the case of securities with multiple ratings (i.e., a security receiving two or more different ratings from two or more different rating agencies), the Fund will apply the highest of the applicable ratings.
 
The Fund may invest in credit securities of any duration or maturity and is not required to maintain any particular maturity or duration for its portfolio as a whole. Under current market conditions, the Advisor intends to initially maintain a shorter leverage-adjusted average portfolio duration of 1 to 4 years. However, the Adviser will dynamically adjust average portfolio duration based on market conditions. The Adviser may seek to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity based on its assessment of current and projected market conditions and all factors that the Adviser deems relevant. Any decisions as to the targeted duration or maturity of any particular category of investments or of the Fund’s portfolio generally will be made based on all pertinent market factors at any given time.
 
The Fund may invest in senior, junior, secured and unsecured credit securities. Credit securities in which the Fund may invest may have fixed, floating or variable interest rates, interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates or interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, or may not bear interest.
 
The Fund may invest in credit securities of any types of issuers. Credit securities in which the Fund may invest may be issued by domestic and non-U.S. corporations and other non-governmental or business entities,
 
2
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
operating in any industries or sectors; the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and government sponsored entities; states, territories and possessions of the United States, including the District of Columbia, and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities; foreign governmental issuers; international agencies and supranational entities; and special purpose vehicles created for the purpose of issuing structured, collateralized or asset backed securities. The Fund may invest in publicly offered credit securities and privately offered credit securities of both public and private issuers.
 
The Fund may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S. issuers, including issuers in emerging markets.
 
The Fund may invest without limitation in unregistered securities, restricted securities and securities for which there is no readily available trading market or that are otherwise illiquid. Securities within any of the types of credit securities in which the Fund may invest may be unregistered, restricted or illiquid. The Fund may invest in privately issued securities of both public and private companies, which may be illiquid. Illiquid securities include securities legally restricted as to resale, securities for which there is no readily available trading market or that are otherwise illiquid. The Fund may acquire securities through private placements under which it may agree to contractual restrictions on the resale of such securities.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in ABS. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will not invest in ABS that are, at the time of investment, rated below investment grade, or, if unrated, judged to be below investment grade quality by the Adviser.
 
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to securities in which it may invest by investing up to 20% of its Managed Assets in other investment companies. The Fund may invest in open-end funds, closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds. For purposes of the Fund’s policy of investing at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in credit securities (the “80% Policy”), the Fund will include its investments in other investment companies that have a policy of investing at least 80% of their net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in one or more types of credit securities. See “The Fund’s Investments—Other Investment Companies.”
 
“Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage. Managed Assets includes assets attributable to financial leverage of any form.
 
The Fund may, but is not required to, use various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return. The use of derivatives transactions to earn income or enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Derivatives are financial instruments the value of which is derived from a reference instrument. The Fund may engage in a variety of derivatives transactions. The Fund may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, and enter into swap, cap, floor or collar transactions. The Fund may utilize derivatives that reference one or more securities, indices, commodities, currencies or interest rates. In addition, the Fund may utilize new techniques, transactions, instruments or strategies that are developed or permitted as regulatory changes occur. The Fund has not adopted a maximum percentage limit with respect to derivatives transactions. See “The Fund's Investments—Derivatives Transactions” in this prospectus and “Investment Objective and Policies—Derivative Instruments” in the SAI for additional information about particular instruments and transactions that the Fund may enter into.
 
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure through derivatives transactions intended to replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an investment in securities in which the Fund may invest directly. The Fund may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Adviser use derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. Such transactions may expose the Fund to counterparty risk, lack of liquidity in such derivative instruments and additional expenses associated with using such derivative instruments. To the extent that the Fund invests in synthetic investments with economic characteristics similar to credit securities, the value of such investments will be counted as credit securities for purposes of the Fund’s 80% Policy.
 
 
3
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

The Fund may engage in certain investment transactions described herein. The Fund may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities. The Fund may enter into transactions on a “when issued,” “to-be-announced” or “delayed delivery” basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved. The Fund may lend portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions and enter into short sales and repurchase agreements. The Fund may, without limitation, seek to obtain market exposure to the securities in which it primarily invests by entering into a series of purchase and sale contracts or by using similar investment techniques (such as buy backs or dollar rolls). See “The Fund's Investments—Certain Other Investment Practices.”
 
LEVERAGE
 
The Fund may employ leverage through (i) the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper (collectively, “Indebtedness”), (ii) the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) or (iii) engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions (collectively with Indebtedness and Preferred Shares, “Financial Leverage”). Under current market conditions, the Fund initially expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or reverse repurchase agreements, such that the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed 33 1 3 % of the Fund’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) (or 50% of net assets). The Fund has no current intention to issue Preferred Shares.
 
The Fund may utilize leverage up to the limits imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). Under the 1940 Act the Fund may not incur Indebtedness if, immediately after incurring such Indebtedness, the Fund would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 300% (i.e., for every dollar of Indebtedness outstanding, the Fund is required to have at least three dollars of assets). Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after issuance, the Fund would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 200% (i.e., for every dollar of Preferred Shares outstanding, the Fund is required to have at least two dollars of assets).
 
With respect to leverage incurred through investments in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, the Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). As a result of such segregation, the Fund’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act and the Fund’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will not be limited by the 1940 Act. However, the Fund’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will be included when calculating the Fund’s Financial Leverage and therefore will be limited by the Fund’s maximum overall Financial Leverage levels approved by the Board of Trustees (currently 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s Managed Assets) and may be further limited by the availability of cash or liquid securities to earmark or segregate in connection with such transactions.
 
In addition, the Fund may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Fund to make payments, the Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Fund under the terms of such transactions or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. As a result of such segregation or cover, the Fund’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act and will not be included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Fund’s Financial Leverage. To the extent that the Fund’s obligations under such transactions are not so segregated or covered, such obligations may be considered “senior securities representing indebtedness” under the 1940 Act and therefore subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement described above.
 
The Adviser anticipates that the use of Financial Leverage may result in higher total return to the holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) over time; however, there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. The costs associated with the issuance of Financial Leverage will be borne by
 
4
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
Common Shareholders, which will result in a reduction of net asset value of the Common Shares. The fee paid to the Adviser will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s Managed Assets, including proceeds from Financial Leverage, so the fees paid to the Adviser will be higher when Financial Leverage is utilized. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. The maximum level of and types of Financial Leverage used by the Fund will be approved by the Board of Trustees. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or, if utilized, will be successful. See “Risks—Financial Leverage Risk.”
 
TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE INVESTMENTS
 
During periods in which the Adviser believes that changes in economic, financial or political conditions make it advisable to maintain a temporary defensive posture (a “temporary defensive period”), or in order to keep the Fund’s cash fully invested, including the period during which the net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares are being invested, the Fund may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in money market instruments and repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments. The Fund may not achieve its investment objective during a temporary defensive period or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels. See “The Fund's Investments—Temporary Defensive Investments.”
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
 
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC acts as the Fund’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Fund (the “Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser is responsible for the management of the Fund and administers the affairs of the Fund to the extent requested by the Board of Trustees. As compensation for its services, the Fund pays the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.
 
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC acts as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement with the Fund and the Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will be responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of investments. The Investment Adviser pays a portion of the advisory fee received from the Fund to the Sub-Adviser.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
The Fund intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Fund intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders at least annually. The Fund expects that dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist primarily of (i) investment company taxable income, which includes, among other things, ordinary income, net short-term capital gain and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, and (ii) net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). The Fund cannot assure you as to what percentage of the dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist of net capital gain, which is taxed at reduced rates for non-corporate investors. Initial distributions to Common Shareholders are expected to be declared approximately 45 to 60 days after completion of the Common Share offering, and paid approximately 60 to 90 days after the completion of the Common Share offering, depending upon market conditions. See “Distributions.”
 
The Fund reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to Common Shareholders.
 
If you hold your Common Shares in your own name or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), unless you elect to receive cash, all dividends and distributions that are declared by the Fund will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan. If you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial advisor for more information. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
5
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
LISTING AND SYMBOL
 
The Fund’s Common Shares are expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GGM,” subject to notice of issuance.
 
SPECIAL RISK CONSIDERATIONS
 
Investment in the Fund involves special risk considerations, which are summarized below. The Fund is designed as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program. The Fund’s performance and the value of its investments will vary in response to changes in interest rates, inflation and other market factors. See “Risks” for a more complete discussion of the special risk considerations associated with an investment in the Fund.
 
No operating history
 
The Fund is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history.
 
Not a complete investment program
 
An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program. The Fund is intended for long-term investors seeking total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund is not meant to provide a vehicle for those who wish to play short-term swings in the stock market. Each Common Shareholder should take into account the Fund’s investment objective as well as the Common Shareholder’s other investments when considering an investment in the Fund.
 
Investment and market risk
 
An investment in Common Shares of the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund. The value of the securities owned by the Fund may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably, which will affect the net asset value and may affect the market price of the Common Shares. The value of securities owned by the Fund may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular issuer, such as real or perceived economic conditions, changes in interest or currency rates or changes in investor sentiment or market outlook generally. At any point in time, your Common Shares may be worth less than your original investment, including the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions.
 
Market discount risk
 
Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Fund’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities. Although the value of the Fund’s net assets is generally considered by market participants in determining whether to purchase or sell Common Shares, whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common Shares will depend entirely upon whether the market price of Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for Common Shares. Because the market price of Common Shares will be determined by factors such as net asset value, dividend and distribution levels (which are dependent, in part, on expenses), supply of and demand for Common Shares, stability of dividends or distributions, trading volume of Common Shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the initial public offering price. This risk may be greater for investors expecting to sell their Common Shares soon after the completion of the public offering, as the net asset value of the Common Shares will be reduced immediately following the offering as a result of the payment of certain offering costs. Common Shares of the Fund are designed primarily for long-term investors; investors in Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.
 
Management risk
 
The Fund is subject to management risk because it has an actively managed portfolio. The Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analysis in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The Fund’s allocation of its investments across various
 
6
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
segments of the credit securities market and various countries, regions, asset classes and sectors may vary significantly over time based on the Adviser’s analysis and judgment. As a result, the particular risks most relevant to an investment in the Fund, as well as the overall risk profile of the Fund’s portfolio, may vary over time. The Adviser employs an active approach to the Fund’s investment allocation based upon a relative value philosophy, but there is no guarantee that such allocation will produce the desired results. It is possible that the Fund will focus on an investment that performs poorly or underperforms other investments under various market conditions. The flexibility of the Fund’s investment policies and the discretion granted to the Adviser to invest the Fund’s assets across various segments, classes and geographic regions of the credit securities market and in credit securities with various maturities and durations means that the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be more dependent on the success of its investment adviser than other investment companies.
 
Income risk
 
The income investors receive from the Fund is based in part on the interest it earns from its investments in credit securities, which can vary widely over the short- and long-term. If prevailing market interest rates drop, investors’ income from the Fund could drop as well. The Fund’s income could also be affected adversely when prevailing short-term interest rates increase and the Fund is utilizing leverage, although this risk is mitigated to the extent the Fund invests in floating-rate obligations.
 
Credit securities risks
 
Credit securities are subject to certain risks:
 
Issuer risk. The value of credit securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, historical and projected earnings, and the value of its assets.
 
Credit risk. Credit risk is the risk that one or more debt obligations in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price, or fail to pay interest or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation experiences a decline in its financial status. See “Risks—Credit Securities Risks—Credit Risk.”
 
Interest rate risk. Interest rate risk is the risk that credit securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of credit securities generally will fall. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels. The prices of longer-term securities fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term securities as interest rates change. The Fund’s use of leverage, as described below, will tend to increase common share interest rate risk. The Fund may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of credit securities held by the Fund and decreasing the Fund’s exposure to interest rate risk. The Fund is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and may choose not to do so. In addition, there is no assurance that any attempts by the Fund to reduce interest rate risk will be successful or that any hedges that the Fund may establish will perfectly correlate with movements in interest rates. The Fund may invest in variable and floating rate debt instruments, which generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than fixed rate instruments, but generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline. See “Risks—Credit Securities Risks—Interest Rate Risk.”
 
Reinvestment risk. Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called securities at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or the overall return of the Fund.
 
Prepayment risk. During periods of declining interest rates, borrowers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call or prepayment risk. See “Risks—Credit Securities Risks—Prepayment Risk.”
 
7
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Liquidity risk. The Fund may invest without limitation in unregistered securities, restricted securities and securities for which there is no readily available trading market or which are otherwise illiquid. Securities within any of the types of credit securities in which the Fund may invest may be unregistered, restricted or illiquid. The Fund may not be able to readily dispose of illiquid securities and obligations at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such securities and obligations if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. In addition, market, credit and other events may affect the prices of securities with limited liquidity held by the Fund to a greater extent than such events affect more liquid securities, thereby adversely affecting the Fund’s net asset value and ability to make distributions. See “Risks—Credit Securities Risk—Liquidity Risk.”
 
Valuation risk. Because the secondary markets for certain investments may be limited, they may be difficult to value. Where market quotations are not readily available or deemed unreliable, the Fund will value such securities in accordance with fair value procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees. Valuation of illiquid securities may require more research than for more liquid investments. In addition, elements of judgment may play a greater role in valuation in such cases than for investments with a more active secondary market because there is less reliable objective data available. A security that is fair valued may be valued at a price higher or lower than the value determined by other funds using their own fair valuation procedures. Prices obtained by the Fund upon the sale of such securities may not equal the value at which the Fund carried the investment on its books, which would adversely affect the net asset value of the Fund.
 
Duration and maturity risk. The Fund has no set policy regarding maturity or duration of credit securities in which it may invest or of the Fund’s portfolio generally. The Adviser may seek to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity based on its assessment of current and projected market conditions and all factors that the Adviser deems relevant. Any decisions as to the targeted duration or maturity of any particular category of investments or of the Fund’s portfolio generally will be made based on all pertinent market factors at any given time. The Fund may incur costs in seeking to adjust the portfolio average duration or maturity. There can be no assurance that the Adviser’s assessment of current and projected market conditions will be correct or that any strategy to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity will be successful at any given time. Generally speaking, the longer the duration of the Fund’s portfolio, the more exposure the Fund will have to interest rate risk described above.
 
Below investment grade securities risk
 
The Fund may invest in securities rated below investment grade or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable credit quality, which are commonly referred to as “high-yield” or “junk” bonds. Investment in securities of below investment grade quality involves substantial risk of loss. Securities of below investment grade quality are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and issuer-specific developments. Issuers of below investment grade securities are not perceived to be as strong financially as those with higher credit ratings. These issuers are more vulnerable to financial setbacks and recession than more creditworthy issuers, which may impair their ability to make interest and principal payments. Securities of below investment grade quality display increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to a deteriorating economic environment. The market values for securities of below investment grade quality tend to be more volatile and such securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain below investment grade securities, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in below investment grade securities, you could have an increased risk of losing money on your investment in Common Shares, both in the short-term and the long-term. To the extent that the Fund invests in securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Fund invests in rated securities. See “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
8
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
Corporate bond risk
 
The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by factors directly related to the issuer, such as investors’ perceptions of the creditworthiness of the issuer, the issuer’s financial performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, performance of management of the issuer, the issuer’s capital structure and use of financial leverage and demand for the issuer’s goods and services. There is a risk that the issuers of corporate bonds may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are often high risk and have speculative characteristics and may be particularly susceptible to adverse issuer-specific developments. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are subject to the risks described herein under “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
Senior Loans risk
 
The Fund may invest in Senior Loans made to corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers (a “Borrower”). Senior Loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the issuing entity, are typically secured with specific collateral and typically have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the borrower. Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest are generally rated below investment grade or unrated but believed by the Adviser to be of below investment grade quality and are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. The risks associated with such Senior Loans are similar to the risks of other lower grade securities, although Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to subordinated and unsecured debt securities. Senior Loans’ higher standing has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization. Although the Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest generally will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of the bankruptcy of a Borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Senior Loan. In addition, because their interest payments are adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates, investments in Senior Loans generally have less interest rate risk than other lower grade securities, which may have fixed interest rates.
 
The Fund may acquire Senior Loan assignments or participations. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution. A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the Borrower. In purchasing participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the Borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund will be exposed to the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution selling the participation. See “Risks—Senior Loans Risk.”
 
Second Lien Loans risk
 
The Fund may invest in Second Lien Loans made to public and private corporations and other nongovernmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Second Lien Loans are second in right of payment to one or more Senior Loans of the related borrower. Second Lien Loans are generally subject to similar risks associated with investment in Senior Loans and other lower grade debt securities. However, Second Lien Loans are second in right of payment to Senior Loans and therefore are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the Loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. Second Lien Loans are expected to have greater price volatility and exposure to losses upon default than Senior Loans and may be less liquid. See “Risks—Second Lien Loans Risk.”
 
9
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
Subordinated Secured Loans risk
 
Subordinated Secured Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and below investment grade securities. However, such loans may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans or other debt instruments with higher priority of the Borrower and therefore are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower and any property securing the loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal in the event of default or bankruptcy after giving effect to the higher ranking secured obligations of the Borrower. Subordinated Secured Loans are expected to have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans and may be less liquid.
 
Unsecured Loans risk
 
Unsecured Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans, Subordinated Secured Loans and below investment grade securities. However, because Unsecured Loans have lower priority in right of payment to any higher ranking obligations of the Borrower and are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral, they are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the Borrower. Unsecured Loans are expected to have greater price volatility than Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and Subordinated Secured Loans and may be less liquid.
 
Mezzanine Investments risk
 
The Fund may invest in certain lower grade securities known as “Mezzanine Investments,” which are subordinated debt securities that are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security (e.g., with attached warrants) or may be convertible into equity securities. Mezzanine Investments are generally subject to similar risks associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and other below investment grade securities. However, Mezzanine Investments may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and other debt instruments with higher priority of the borrower, or may be unsecured (i.e., not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral), and are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower. Mezzanine Investments are expected to have greater price volatility and exposure to losses upon default than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans and may be less liquid.
 
Preferred securities risk
 
In addition to equity securities risk, credit risk and below investment grade securities risk, with respect to preferred securities of below investment grade quality, there are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities: deferral, subordination, limited voting rights, special redemption rights and risks associated with new types of securities. See “Risks—Preferred Securities Risk.”
 
Convertible securities risk
 
The Fund may invest in convertible securities, which consist of bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks and other securities that entitle the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non- convertible securities of similar quality. As with other credit securities, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. Convertible securities also tend to reflect the market price of the underlying stock in varying degrees, depending on the relationship of such market price to the conversion price in the terms of the convertible security. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in an issuer’s capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock.
 
Distressed and defaulted securities risk
 
Investments in the securities of financially distressed issuers involve substantial risks. These securities may present a substantial risk of default or may be in default at the time of investment. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or
 
10
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
interest on its portfolio holdings. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a portfolio company, the Fund may lose its entire investment or may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than its original investment. Among the risks inherent in investments in a troubled entity is the fact that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the true financial condition of such issuer. The Adviser’s judgment about the credit quality of the issuer and the relative value and liquidity of its securities may prove to be wrong.
 
Structured finance investments risk
 
The Fund’s structured finance investments may consist of RMBS and CMBS issued by governmental entities and private issuers, ABS, structured notes, credit-linked notes and other types of structured finance securities described in this Prospectus. Holders of structured finance securities bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk. The Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the issuer of the structured finance security, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured finance investments enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured finance securities generally pay their share of the structured finance security issuer’s administrative and other expenses. The prices of indices and securities underlying structured finance securities, and, therefore, the prices of structured finance securities, will be influenced by, and will rise and fall in response to, the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured finance security uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured finance securities owned by the Fund. Certain structured finance securities may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market.
 
The Fund may invest in structured finance securities collateralized by low grade or defaulted loans or securities. Investments in such structured finance securities are subject to the risks associated with below investment grade securities. Such securities are characterized by high risk. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities.
 
The Fund may invest in senior and subordinated classes issued by structured finance vehicles. The payment of cash flows from the underlying assets to senior classes take precedence over those of subordinated classes, and therefore subordinated classes are subject to greater risk. Furthermore, the leveraged nature of subordinated classes may magnify the adverse impact on such class of changes in the value of the assets, changes in the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets, prepayment on assets and availability, price and interest rates of assets.
 
Structured finance securities are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in structured finance securities may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances.
 
MBS risks
 
MBS represent an interest in a pool of mortgages. MBS are subject to certain risks: credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; risks associated with their structure and execution (including the collateral, the process by which principal and interest payments are allocated and distributed to investors and how credit losses affect the return to investors in such MBS); risks associated with the servicer of the underlying mortgages; adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in the value of the MBS; loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral. In addition, the Fund’s level of investment in MBS of a particular type or in MBS issued or guaranteed by affiliated obligors, serviced by the same servicer or backed by underlying collateral located in a specific geographic region, may subject the Fund to additional risk.
 
11
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
When market interest rates decline, more mortgages are refinanced and the securities are paid off earlier than expected. Prepayments may also occur on a scheduled basis or due to foreclosure. When market interest rates increase, the market values of MBS decline. At the same time, however, mortgage refinancings and prepayments slow, which lengthens the effective maturities of these securities. As a result, the negative effect of the rate increase on the market value of MBS is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of debt securities. The Fund may invest in sub-prime mortgages or MBS that are backed by sub-prime mortgages.
 
Moreover, the relationship between prepayments and interest rates may give some high-yielding MBS less potential for growth in value than conventional bonds with comparable maturities. During periods of falling interest rates, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Fund will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid. Because of these and other reasons, MBS’s total return and maturity may be difficult to predict precisely. To the extent that the Fund purchases MBS at a premium, prepayments (which may be made without penalty) may result in loss of the Fund’s principal investment to the extent of premium paid.
 
MBS generally are classified as either CMBS or RMBS, each of which are subject to certain specific risks.
 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities risk. The market for CMBS developed more recently and, in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues, is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family MBS. CMBS are subject to particular risks. CMBS lack of standardized terms, have shorter maturities than residential mortgage loans and provide for payment of all or substantially all of the principal only at maturity rather than regular amortization of principal. In addition, commercial lending generally is viewed as exposing the lender to a greater risk of loss than residential lending. Commercial lending typically involves larger loans to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers than residential mortgage loans. In addition, the repayment of loans secured by income producing properties typically is dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project and the cash flow generated therefrom. Net operating income of an income-producing property can be affected by, among other things: tenant mix, success of tenant businesses, property management decisions, property location and condition, competition from comparable types of properties, changes in laws that increase operating expense or limit rents that may be charged, any need to address environmental contamination at the property, the occurrence of any uninsured casualty at the property, changes in national, regional or local economic conditions and/or specific industry segments, declines in regional or local real estate values, declines in regional or local rental or occupancy rates, increases in interest rates, real estate tax rates and other operating expenses, change in governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies, including environmental legislation, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances.
 
Consequently, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties. Additional risks may be presented by the type and use of a particular commercial property. Special risks are presented by hospitals, nursing homes, hospitality properties and certain other property types. Commercial property values and net operating income are subject to volatility, which may result in net operating income becoming insufficient to cover debt service on the related mortgage loan. The exercise of remedies and successful realization of liquidation proceeds relating to CMBS may be highly dependent on the performance of the servicer or special servicer. There may be a limited number of special servicers available, particularly those that do not have conflicts of interest.
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities risk. Credit-related risk on RMBS arises from losses due to delinquencies and defaults by the borrowers in payments on the underlying mortgage loans and breaches by originators and servicers of their obligations under the underlying documentation pursuant to which the RMBS are issued. The rate of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans and the aggregate amount of the resulting losses will be affected by a number of factors, including general economic conditions, particularly those in the area where the related mortgaged property is located, the level of the borrower’s equity in the mortgaged property and the individual financial circumstances of the borrower. If a residential mortgage loan is in default, foreclosure on the related residential property may be a lengthy and difficult process involving significant legal and other expenses. The net proceeds obtained by the holder on a residential mortgage loan following the foreclosure on the related property may be less than the total amount that remains due on the loan. The prospect of incurring a loss upon the foreclosure of the related property may lead the holder of the residential mortgage
 
12
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
loan to restructure the residential mortgage loan or otherwise delay the foreclosure process. See “Risks—MBS Risks—Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk.”
 
Sub-prime mortgage market risk. The residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain mortgages and MBS. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially sub-prime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Largely due to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and MBS and increased investor yield requirements caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for certain MBS, which can adversely affect the market value of MBS. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen. If the economy of the United States deteriorates further, the incidence of mortgage foreclosures, especially sub-prime mortgages, may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any MBS owned by the Fund.
 
The significance of the mortgage crisis and loan defaults in residential mortgage loan sectors led to the enactment of numerous pieces of legislation relating to the mortgage and housing markets. These actions, along with future legislation or regulation, may have significant impacts on the mortgage market generally and may result in a reduction of available transactional opportunities for the Fund or an increase in the cost associated with such transactions and may adversely impact the value of RMBS.
 
During the mortgage crisis, a number of originators and servicers of residential and commercial mortgage loans, including some of the largest originators and servicers in the residential and commercial mortgage loan market, experienced serious financial difficulties. Such difficulties may affect the performance of non-agency RMBS and CMBS. There can be no assurance that originators and servicers of mortgage loans will not continue to experience serious financial difficulties or experience such difficulties in the future, including becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or that underwriting procedures and policies and protections against fraud will be sufficient in the future to prevent such financial difficulties or significant levels of default or delinquency on mortgage loans. See “Risks—MBS Risks—Sub-Prime Mortgage Market Risk.”
 
Stripped MBS risk. Stripped MBS may be subject to additional risks. The yield to maturity on an interest only class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. Conversely, the principal only class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated. See “Risks—MBS Risks—Stripped MBS Risk.”
 
CMO risk. There are certain risks associated specifically with collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. Under certain market conditions, such as those that occurred during the recent downturn in the mortgage markets, the weighted average life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and are not guaranteed by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee. Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payments when due, the holder could sustain a loss. Inverse floating rate CMOs are typically more volatile than fixed or floating rate tranches of CMOs. Many inverse floating rate CMOs have coupons that move inversely to a multiple of an index. The effect of the coupon varying inversely to a multiple of an applicable index creates a leverage factor. See “Risks—MBS Risks—CMO Risk.”
 
13
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
ABS risk
 
ABS involve certain risks in addition to those presented by MBS. There is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. ABS do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the underlying collateral as MBS and are more dependent on the borrower’s ability to pay and may provide the ABS issuer (and indirectly the Fund) with a less effective security interest in the related collateral than do MBS. The collateral underlying ABS may constitute assets related to a wide range of industries and sectors, such as credit card and automobile receivables. See “Risks—ABS Risk.”
 
CLO, CDO and CBO risk
 
In addition to the general risks associated with debt securities discussed herein, CLOs, collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), and collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”) are subject to additional risks. CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are subject to risks associated with the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; and the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results. The credit quality of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs depends primarily upon the quality of the underlying assets and the level of credit support and/or enhancement provided. The underlying assets (e.g., debt obligations) of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are subject to prepayments, which shorten the weighted average maturity and may lower the return of the securities issued by the CLOs, CDOs and CBOs. If the credit support or enhancement is exhausted, losses or delays in payment may result if the required payments of principal and interest are not made. The value of securities issued by CLOs, CDOs and CBOs also may change because of changes in market value, that is changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or fund providing the credit support or enhancement. Finally, CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are limited recourse and may not be paid in full and may be subject to up to 100% loss. See “Risks—CLO, CDO and CBO Risk.”
 
Structured notes risk
 
Investments in structured notes involve risks associated with the issuer of the note and the reference instrument. Where the Fund’s investments in structured notes are based upon the movement of one or more factors used as a reference for payments required on the note, including currency exchange rates, interest rates, referenced bonds or stock indices, depending on the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in the applicable factors may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero, and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Structured notes may be less liquid than other types of securities and more volatile than the reference instrument or security underlying the note.
 
Foreign securities risk
 
The Fund may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S. issuers, including issuers in emerging markets. Investing in foreign issuers may involve certain risks not typically associated with investing in securities of U.S. issuers due to increased exposure to foreign economic, political and legal developments, including favorable or unfavorable changes in currency exchange rates, exchange control regulations (including currency blockage), expropriation or nationalization of assets, imposition of withholding taxes on payments, and possible difficulty in obtaining and enforcing judgments against foreign entities. Furthermore, issuers of foreign securities and obligations are subject to different, often less comprehensive, accounting, reporting and disclosure requirements than domestic issuers. The securities and obligations of some foreign companies and foreign markets are less liquid and at times more volatile than comparable U.S. securities, obligations and markets. These risks may be more pronounced to the extent that the Fund invests a significant amount of its assets in companies located in one country or region and to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers in emerging markets. The Fund may also invest in U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers, which are subject to many of the risks described above regarding securities of foreign issuers denominated in foreign currencies. See “Risks—Foreign Securities Risk.”
 
14
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Emerging markets risk
 
Investments in securities the issuers of which are located in countries considered to be emerging markets are subject to heightened risks relative to foreign investing generally and are considered speculative. Investing in emerging markets involves certain heightened risks associated with: smaller market capitalization of securities markets, which may suffer periods of relative illiquidity; significant price volatility; restrictions on foreign investment; and potential restrictions on repatriation of investment income and capital. See “Risks—Emerging Markets Risk.”
 
Foreign currency risk
 
The Fund’s investment performance may be negatively affected by a devaluation of a currency in which the Fund’s investments are denominated or quoted. Further, the Fund’s investment performance may be significantly affected, either positively or negatively, by currency exchange rates because the U.S. dollar value of securities denominated or quoted in another currency will increase or decrease in response to changes in the value of such currency in relation to the U.S. dollar. See “Risks—Foreign Currency Risk.”
 
Financial Leverage risk
 
The Fund initially expects to employ Financial Leverage through the issuance of Indebtedness and/or the use of reverse repurchase agreements. The Adviser anticipates that the use of Financial Leverage may result in higher income to Common Shareholders over time; however, there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Fund to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or will be successful.
 
The use of leverage by the Fund will cause the net asset value, and possibly the market price, of the Fund’s Common Shares to fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates and other economic indicators. As a result, the net asset value and market price and dividend rate of the Common Shares of the Fund is likely to be more volatile than those of a closed-end management investment company that is not exposed to leverage. In a declining market, the use of leverage may result in a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged.
 
Financial Leverage will increase operating costs, which may reduce total return. The Fund will have to pay interest on its Indebtedness, if any, which may reduce the Fund’s return. This interest expense may be greater than the Fund’s return on the underlying investment. Increases in interest rates that the Fund must pay on its Indebtedness will increase the cost of leverage and may reduce the return to Common Shareholders. This risk may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels.
 
Certain types of Indebtedness subject the Fund to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Indebtedness issued by the Fund also may subject the Fund to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for such Indebtedness. Such guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Adviser from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.
 
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense and Fund expenses associated with the repurchase agreement, that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is obligated to repurchase such securities and that the securities may not be returned to the Fund. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed. Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Fund is required to purchase may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities. Successful use of dollar rolls may depend upon the Adviser’s ability to
 
15
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed. In connection with reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, the Fund will also be subject to counterparty risk with respect to the purchaser of the securities. If the broker/dealer to whom the Fund sells securities becomes insolvent, the Fund’s right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted.
 
During the time in which the Fund is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to manage this conflict of interest, the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser regarding the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of the Fund’s portfolio and the performance of the Fund.
 
In addition, the Fund may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Fund to make payments, the Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Fund under the terms of such transaction or otherwise cover such transaction in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. To the extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Fund to deliver particular securities to extinguish the Fund’s obligations under such transactions, the Fund may “cover” its obligations under such transaction by either (i) owning the securities or collateral underlying such transactions or (ii) having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities or collateral without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, having earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities). Securities so segregated or designated as “cover” will be unavailable for sale by the Adviser (unless replaced by other securities qualifying for segregation or cover requirements), which may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment objective.
 
The Fund may have Financial Leverage outstanding during a shorter-term period during which such Financial Leverage may not be beneficial to the Fund if the Fund believes that the long-term benefits to Common Shareholders of such Financial Leverage would outweigh the costs and portfolio disruptions associated with redeeming and reissuing such Financial Leverage. However, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s judgment in weighing such costs and benefits will be correct. See “Risks—Financial Leverage Risk.”
 
Equity securities risk
 
Common equity securities prices fluctuate for a number of reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer, the general condition of the relevant stock market and broader domestic and international political and economic events. The prices of common equity securities are also sensitive to general movements in the stock market, so a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of common equity securities to which the Fund has exposure. While broad market measures of common stocks have historically generated higher average returns than debt securities, common stocks have also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. Common equity securities in which the Fund may invest are structurally subordinated to preferred stock, bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and are therefore inherently more risky than preferred stock or debt instruments of such issuers. Dividends on common equity securities which the Fund may hold are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of the common equity securities in which the Fund invests will declare dividends in the future or that, if declared, they will remain at current levels or increase over time. See “Risks—Equity Securities Risk.”
 
Mid-cap and small-cap company risk
 
Investing in the securities of medium-sized or small market capitalizations (“mid-cap” and “small-cap” companies, respectively) presents some particular investment risks. Mid-cap and small-cap companies may have limited product lines and markets, as well as shorter operating histories, less experienced management and more limited financial resources than larger companies, and may be more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic developments. Securities of mid-cap and small-cap companies may be less liquid than those of
 
16
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
larger companies, and may experience greater price fluctuations than larger companies. In addition, mid-cap or small-cap company securities may not be widely followed by investors, which may result in reduced demand.
 
Options risk
 
There are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
 
As the writer of a call option on a security held in the Fund’s portfolio (commonly known as a “covered” call option), the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but retains the risk of loss (net of premium received) should the price of the underlying security decline. As the Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited.
 
As the writer of a call option on securities indices, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and baskets of securities, which may include securities that are not held by the Fund, the Fund may be subject to additional risks than writing covered call options. The purchaser of an index option written by the Fund has the right to any appreciation in the cash value of the index over the strike price on the expiration date. The purchaser of an index option written by the Fund has the right to any appreciation in the cash value of the index over the strike price on the expiration date. Therefore, as the writer of a covered index call option, the Fund forgoes the opportunity to profit from increases in the index over the strike price of the option. However, the Fund has retained the risk of loss (net of premiums received) should the price of the index decline. Similarly, as the writer of a covered call option on a security or basket of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security or securities covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price of the call but has retained the risk of loss (net of premiums received) should the price of the underlying security decline. As the writer of an uncovered call option, the Fund has no risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index decline, but bears unlimited risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index increase above the exercise price.
 
With respect to exchange-traded options, there can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position on an options exchange. If the Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.
 
The Fund may also write (sell) over-the-counter options (“OTC options”). Options written by the Fund with respect to non-U.S. securities, indices or sectors generally will be OTC options. OTC options differ from exchange-listed options in that they are entered into directly with the buyer of the option and not through an exchange or clearing organization that is interposed between the Fund and the counterparty. In an OTC option transaction exercise price, premium and other terms are negotiated between buyer and seller. OTC options generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-listed options.
 
When the Fund writes covered put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Fund could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Fund received when it wrote the option. While the Fund’s potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to distributions earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Fund risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium. See “Risks—Options Risk.”
 
Sovereign debt risk
 
Investments in sovereign debt involve special risks. Foreign governmental issuers of debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or pay interest when due. In the event of default, there may be limited or no legal recourse in that, generally, remedies for defaults must be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party. Political conditions, especially a sovereign entity’s willingness to meet the terms of its debt obligations, are of considerable significance. The ability of a foreign sovereign issuer, especially an emerging market country, to make timely payments on its debt
 
17
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
obligations will also be strongly influenced by the sovereign issuer’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credit facilities and investments, fluctuations of interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. See “Risks—Sovereign Debt Risk.”
 
Real estate risk
 
To the extent that the Fund invests in real estate related investments, including real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), mortgage related securities, such as MBS, or real-estate linked derivative instruments, it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry generally. Real estate related investments may be subject to difficulties in valuing and disposing of real estate, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, the possibility of adverse changes in the climate for real estate, environmental liability risks, the risk of increases in property taxes and operating expenses, possible adverse changes in zoning laws, the risk of casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, the possibility of adverse changes in interest rates and in the credit markets and the possibility of borrowers paying off mortgages sooner than expected, which may lead to reinvestment of assets at lower prevailing interest rates. To the extent that the Fund invests in REITs, it will also be subject to the risk that a REIT may default on its obligations or go bankrupt. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. The Fund’s investments in REITs could cause the Fund to recognize income in excess of cash received from those securities and, as a result, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to make distributions. In addition, mortgage REITs must satisfy highly technical and complex requirements in order to qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to REITs under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and to maintain their exemption from the 1940 Act. No assurances can be given that a mortgage REIT in which the Fund invests will be able to continue to qualify as a REIT or that complying with the REIT requirements under the Code will not adversely affect such REIT’s ability to execute its business plan. See “Risks—Real Estate Risk.”
 
Inflation/deflation risk
 
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to Common Shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.
 
Privately issued securities risk
 
The Fund may invest in privately issued securities of both public and private companies. Privately issued securities have additional risk considerations than investments in comparable public investments. Whenever the Fund invests in companies that do not publicly report financial and other material information, it assumes a greater degree of investment risk and reliance upon the Adviser’s ability to obtain and evaluate applicable information concerning such companies’ creditworthiness and other investment considerations. Certain privately issued securities may be illiquid. If there is no readily available trading market for privately issued securities, the Fund may not be able to readily dispose of such investments at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell them if they were more widely traded. Privately issued securities are also more difficult to value. Privately issued debt securities are often of below investment grade quality, frequently are unrated and present many of the same risks as investing in below investment grade public debt securities.
 
Other investment companies risk
 
Investments in other investment companies present certain special considerations and risks not present in making direct investments in securities in which the Fund may invest. Investments in other investment companies involve operating expenses and fees that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Fund. Such expenses and fees attributable to the Fund’s investments in other investment companies are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. Accordingly, investment in such entities involves expense and fee
 
18
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
layering. Investments in other investment companies may expose the Fund to an additional layer of financial leverage. To the extent management fees of other investment companies are based on total gross assets, it may create an incentive for such entities’ managers to employ financial leverage, thereby adding additional expense and increasing volatility and risk. See “Risk—Other Investment Companies Risk.”
 
Derivatives transactions risk
 
The Fund may engage in various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return. The use of derivatives transactions to earn income or enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Derivatives transactions involve risks. There may be imperfect correlation between the value of derivative instruments and the underlying assets. Derivatives transactions may be subject to risks associated with the possible default of the other party to the transaction. Derivative instruments may be illiquid. Certain derivatives transactions may have economic characteristics similar to leverage, in that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment. Certain derivatives transactions that involve leverage can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested. Furthermore, the Fund’s ability to successfully use derivatives transactions depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict pertinent securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors, which cannot be assured. Derivatives transactions utilizing instruments denominated in foreign currencies will expose the Fund to foreign currency risk. To the extent the Fund enters into derivatives transactions to hedge exposure to foreign currencies, such transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the Fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies. The use of derivatives transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Derivatives transactions involve risks of mispricing or improper valuation. The documentation governing a derivative instrument or transaction may be unfavorable or ambiguous. Derivatives transactions may involve commissions and other costs, which may increase the Fund’s expenses and reduce its return. Various legislative and regulatory initiatives may impact the availability, liquidity and cost of derivative instruments, limit or restrict the ability of the Fund to use certain derivative instruments or transact with certain counterparties as a part of its investment strategy, increase the costs of using derivative instruments or make derivative instruments less effective. In connection with certain derivatives transactions, the Fund may be required to segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover such transactions. The Fund may earn a lower return on its portfolio than it might otherwise earn if it did not have to segregate assets in respect of, or otherwise cover, its derivatives transactions positions. Segregating assets and covering positions will not limit or offset losses on related positions. See “Risks—Derivatives Transactions Risk.”
 
Swap risk
 
The Fund may enter into swap transactions, including credit default swaps, total return swaps, index swaps, currency swaps, commodity swaps and interest rate swaps, as well as options thereon, and may purchase or sell interest rate caps, floors and collars. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates or currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Fund may be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used. Such transactions are subject to market risk, risk of default by the other party to the transaction and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets and may involve commissions or other costs. Swaps generally do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make, or in the case of the other party to a swap defaulting, the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. Total return swaps may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the full notional amount of the swap.
 
When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap agreement with respect to a debt security, it is subject to the risk that an adverse credit event may occur with respect to the debt security and the Fund may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the debt security under the swap net of any amounts owed to the Fund by the buyer under the swap (such as the buyer’s obligation to deliver the debt security to the Fund). As a result,
 
19
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
the Fund bears the entire risk of loss due to a decline in value of a referenced debt security on a credit default swap it has sold if there is a credit event with respect to the security. If the Fund is a buyer of a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the Fund generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. See “Risks—Swap Risk.”
 
Counterparty risk
 
The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts entered into by the Fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Fund may not receive adequate collateral. See “Risks—Counterparty Risk.”
 
Synthetic investment risk
 
The Fund may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Adviser uses derivatives transactions as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. Customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Fund will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Fund’s performance in a materially adverse manner. Synthetic investments may be imperfectly correlated to the investment the Adviser is seeking to replicate. See “Risk—Synthetic Investment Risk.”
 
Event-linked securities risk
 
Event-linked securities (“ELS”) are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. Unlike other insurable low-severity, high-probability events (such as auto collision coverage), the insurance risk of which can be diversified by writing large numbers of similar policies, the holders of a typical ELS are exposed to the risks from high-severity, low-probability events such as that posed by major earthquakes or hurricanes. A typical ELS provides for income and return of capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but involves full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. No active trading market may exist for certain ELS, which may impair the ability of the Fund to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets. See “Risks—Event-Linked Securities Risk.”
 
Inflation-indexed securities risk
 
Inflation-indexed debt securities are subject to the effects of changes in market interest rates caused by factors other than inflation, such as real interest rates. In general, the value of an inflation-indexed security, including Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”), tends to decrease when real interest rates increase and can increase when real interest rates decrease. Thus generally, during periods of rising inflation, the value of inflation-indexed securities will tend to increase and, during periods of deflation, their value will tend to decrease. Interest payments on inflation-indexed securities are unpredictable and will fluctuate as the principal and interest are adjusted for inflation. There can be no assurance that the inflation index used (i.e., the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI”)) will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Increases in the principal value of TIPS due to inflation are considered taxable ordinary income for the amount of the increase in the calendar year. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed debt security will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive the principal until maturity. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to “regulated investment companies” (“RICs”) and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes at the Fund level, the Fund may be required to distribute this income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is recognized (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Fund may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of cash
 
20
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
income the Fund actually received, and to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions.
 
Municipal securities risk
 
The amount of public information available about municipal securities is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Fund’s municipal securities investments may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser. The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly below investment grade municipal securities, also tends to be less well-developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to sell such securities at prices approximating those at which the Fund may currently value them. In addition, many state and municipal governments that issue securities are under significant economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and such holders may not be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled. The Fund may invest in taxable municipal securities, which consist primarily of Build America Bonds (“BABs”). The issuance of BABs was discontinued on December 31, 2010. Under the sequestration process under the Budget Control Act of 2011, automatic spending cuts that became effective on March 1, 2013 will reduce the federal subsidy for BABs. See “Risks—Municipal Securities Risk.”
 
Recent market developments risk
 
Global and domestic financial markets have experienced periods of severe turmoil. The debt and equity capital markets in the United States have been negatively impacted by significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to sub-prime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk, among other things. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, the failure of major financial institutions and the resulting United States federal government actions led to worsening general economic conditions, which materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular. Such market conditions may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Fund, may make it more difficult for the Fund to accurately value its securities or to sell its securities on a timely basis and may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to borrow for investment purposes and increase the cost of such borrowings, which would reduce returns to the holders of Common Shares. These developments adversely affected the broader economy, and may continue to do so, which in turn may adversely affect issuers of securities owned by the Fund. Such developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by the Fund and adversely affect the net asset value of the Fund’s Common Shares.
 
Instability in the financial markets led the U.S. Government and other governments around the world to take a number of actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. The long-term implications of government ownership and disposition of distressed assets and interests in financial institutions are unclear.
 
Recently, markets have witnessed more stabilized economic activity as expectations for an economic recovery increased. However, risks to a robust resumption of growth persist. A return to unfavorable economic conditions or sustained economic slowdown could adversely impact the Fund’s portfolio. Financial market conditions, as well as various social and political tensions in the United States and around the world, have contributed to increased market volatility and may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and cause further economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. The Adviser does not know how long the financial markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. and global economies and securities markets in the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser intends to monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
 
21
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
Redenomination risk
 
Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”) has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Investing in Euro-denominated securities entails risk of being exposed to a currency that may not fully reflect the strengths and weaknesses of the disparate European economies. In addition, it is possible that the Euro could be abandoned in the future by countries that have adopted its use. The effects of the collapse of the Euro, or of the exit of one or more countries from the EMU, on the United States and global economy and securities markets could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Fund’s investments. If one or more EMU countries were to stop using the Euro as its primary currency, the Fund’s investments in such countries may be redenominated into a different or newly adopted currency. As a result, the value of those investments could decline significantly and unpredictably. In addition, securities or other investments that are redenominated may be subject to foreign currency risk, liquidity risk and valuation risk to a greater extent than similar investments currently denominated in Euros. To the extent a currency used for redenomination purposes is not specified in respect of certain EMU-related investments, or should the Euro cease to be used entirely, the currency in which such investments are denominated may be unclear, making such investments particularly difficult to value or dispose of. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek judicial or other clarification of the denomination or value of such securities.
 
U.S. Government securities risk
 
U.S. Government securities historically have not involved the credit risks associated with investments in other types of debt securities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from other securities. Like other debt securities, however, the values of U.S. Government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. to “AA+” from “AAA.” Any further downgrades of the U.S. credit rating could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and higher Treasury yields and increase the costs of all kinds of debt. These events could have significant adverse effects on the economy generally and could result in significant adverse impacts on securities issuers and the Fund. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the Fund’s portfolio.
 
Legislation and regulation risk
 
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law in July 2010, has resulted in a significant revision of the U.S. financial regulatory framework. The Dodd-Frank Act covers a broad range of topics, including, among many others: a reorganization of federal financial regulators; the creation of a process designed to ensure financial system stability and the resolution of potentially insolvent financial firms; the enactment of new rules for derivatives trading; the creation of a consumer financial protection watchdog; the registration and regulation of managers of private funds; the regulation of rating agencies; and the enactment of new federal requirements for residential mortgage loans. The regulation of various types of derivative instruments pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act may adversely affect the Fund or its counterparties. The ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, and any resulting regulation, is not yet certain and issuers of securities in which the Fund invests may also be affected by the new legislation and regulation in ways that are currently unknown and unforeseeable.
 
In connection with an ongoing review by the SEC and its staff of the regulation of investment companies’ use of derivatives, on August 31, 2011, the SEC issued a concept release to seek public comment on a wide range of issues raised by the use of derivatives by investment companies. The SEC noted that it intends to consider the comments to help determine whether regulatory initiatives or guidance are needed to improve the current regulatory regime for investment companies and, if so, the nature of any such initiatives or guidance. While the nature of any such regulations is uncertain at this time, it is possible that such regulations could limit the implementation of the Fund’s options strategy or other uses of derivatives, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these regulations on the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser intends to monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
 
22
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
At any time after the date of this prospectus, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund or the issuers of such assets. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the Fund or entities in which the Fund invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective. See “Risks—Legislation and Regulation Risk.”
 
Portfolio turnover risk
 
The Fund’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to Common Shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may result in realized capital losses. See “Tax Matters.”
 
When-issued and delayed delivery transactions risk
 
Securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis may expose the Fund to counterparty risk of default as well as the risk that securities may experience fluctuations in value prior to their actual delivery. The Fund generally will not accrue income with respect to a when-issued or delayed delivery security prior to its stated delivery date. Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis can involve the additional risk that the price or yield available in the market when the delivery takes place may not be as favorable as that obtained in the transaction itself. See “Risks—When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions Risk.”
 
Short sales risk
 
The Fund may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss will be increased, by the transaction costs incurred by the Fund, including the costs associated with providing collateral to the broker-dealer (usually cash and liquid securities) and the maintenance of collateral with its custodian. Although the Fund’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited. The Fund may have to pay a premium to borrow the securities and must pay any dividends or interest payable on the securities until they are replaced, which will be expenses of the Fund.
 
Repurchase agreement risk
 
A repurchase agreement exposes the Fund to the risk that the party that sells the security may default on its obligation to repurchase it. The Fund may lose money because it cannot sell the security at the agreed-upon time and price or the security loses value before it can be sold. See “Risks—Repurchase Agreement Risk.”
 
Securities lending risk
 
The Fund may lend its portfolio securities to banks or dealers which meet the creditworthiness standards established by the Board of Trustees. Securities lending is subject to the risk that loaned securities may not be available to the Fund on a timely basis and the Fund may therefore lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Any loss in the market price of securities loaned by the Fund that occurs during the term of the loan would be borne by the Fund and would adversely affect the Fund’s performance. Also, there may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of securities loaned or even a loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially while the loan is outstanding.
 
Risk of failure to qualify as a RIC
 
To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, the Fund must, among other things, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources, meet certain asset diversification tests and distribute for each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (generally, ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term
 
23
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
capital gain over net long-term capital loss). If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income for that year (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions would be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.
 
Potential conflicts of interest risk
 
The Adviser and its affiliates provide a wide array of portfolio management and other asset management services to a mix of clients and may engage in ordinary course activities in which their interests or those of their clients may compete or conflict with those of the Fund. The Adviser and its affiliates may provide investment management services to other funds that follow investment objectives similar to those of the Fund. In certain circumstances, and subject to its fiduciary obligations under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), the Adviser may have to allocate a limited investment opportunity among its clients. The Adviser and its affiliates have adopted policies and procedures designed to address such and other potential conflicts of interests. For additional information about potential conflicts of interest, and the way in which the Adviser and its affiliates address such conflicts please see “Management of the Fund—Potential Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI.
 
Market disruption and geopolitical risk
 
Instability in the Middle East and Africa and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world have contributed to increased market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. The Adviser does not know how long the financial markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. and global economies and securities markets.
 
Anti-takeover provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents
 
The Fund’s Certificate of Trust, as amended, the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) and the Fund’s By-Laws (collectively, the “Governing Documents”) include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an open-end fund. These provisions could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents” and “Risks—Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Fund's Governing Documents.”
 
ADMINISTRATOR, CUSTODIAN,TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT
 
The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions. Computershare Shareowner Services LLC serves as the Fund’s dividend disbursing agent, agent under the Fund’s Plan (the “Plan Agent”), transfer agent and registrar with respect to the Common Shares of the Fund.
 
Rydex Fund Services, LLC, an affiliate of the Adviser, serves as the Fund’s administrator. Pursuant to an administration agreement with the Fund, Rydex Fund Services, LLC provides certain administrative, bookkeeping and accounting services to the Fund.
 
24
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 

Summary of Fund expenses
 
The purpose of the table and the example below is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s first year of operations and assume that the Fund issues approximately 8,000,000 Common Shares. The Fund’s actual expenses may vary from the estimated expenses shown in the table, and may increase as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares if the Fund issues less than 8,000,000 Common Shares. See “Management of the Fund” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
   
Common Shareholder transaction expenses
 
Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price)
4.50%
Offering expenses borne by Common Shareholders (as a percentage of offering price)(1)
0.20%
Dividend Reinvestment Plan fees(2)
None  
 
 
Percentage of  
 
net assets  
 
attributable to  
 
Common Shares(7)  
Annual expenses
 
Management fees(3)
1.50%
Interest payments on borrowed funds(4)
0.75%
Other expenses(5)(6)
0.39%
 
Total annual expenses
2.64%
 
 

(1)
The Investment Adviser has agreed to pay (i) all organizational costs of the Fund and (ii) offering costs of the
 
Fund (other than the sales load) that exceed $0.050 per Common Share sold in the offering, including
 
pursuant to the over-allotment option (0.20% of the offering price). Organizational costs and offering costs
 
incurred by the Investment Adviser may not be recouped from the Fund. To the extent that total offering
 
expenses are less than $0.050 per Common Share, up to 0.15% of the public offering price of securities sold
 
in this offering, up to such expense limit, will be paid by the Fund to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC,
 
an affiliate of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, as reimbursement for the distribution services it
 
provides to the Fund. Assuming the Fund issues approximately 8,000,000 Common Shares, the costs of the
 
offering are estimated to be approximately $790,000, of which $400,000 ($0.050 per Common Share) will
 
be borne by the Fund and $390,000 ($0.049 per Common Share) will be borne by the Investment Adviser.
   
(2)
You will pay brokerage charges if you direct the Plan Agent to sell your Common Shares held in a dividend
 
reinvestment account. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
   
(3)
The Fund pays an investment advisory fee to the Investment Adviser in an annual amount equal to 1.00% of
 
the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory
 
fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common
 
Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. The contractual investment advisory fee rate of 1.00%
 
of the Fund’s Managed Assets represents an effective advisory fee of 1.50% of net assets attributable to
 
Common Shares, assuming Financial Leverage of 33 1 /3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (including the
 
proceeds of such Financial Leverage).
   
(4)
Under current market conditions, the Fund initially expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness
 
and/or reverse repurchase agreements, such that the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to
 
exceed 33 1 /3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage). The table
 
above assumes that the Fund utilizes Financial Leverage in an amount equal to 33 1 /3% of the Fund’s Managed
 
Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) at an annual interest rate of 1.50%. To the extent
 
other forms of Financial Leverage (or combinations of forms of Financial Leverage) are utilized, the
 
associated Financial Leverage costs would likely change from the cost estimates set forth above.
 
 

25
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Summary of Fund expenses  
 
 
   
(5)
Compensation, if any, to be paid by the Fund to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC, as described in
 
footnote (1) above, is not reflected in “Other expenses,” as it is included in “Offering expenses borne by
 
Common Shareholders (as a percentage of offering price)” above.
   
(6)
The “Other expenses” shown in the table and related footnotes are based on estimated amounts for the
 
Fund’s first year of operations. Expenses attributable to the Fund’s investments, if any, in other investment
 
funds are currently estimated not to exceed 0.01%.
   
(7)
The table presented in this footnote estimates what the Fund’s annual expenses would be, stated as
 
percentages of the Fund’s net assets attributable to Common Shares, and assumes the Fund is the same size
 
as the table above but, unlike the table above, assumes that the Fund does not utilize any form of Financial
 
Leverage. In accordance with these assumptions, the Fund’s expenses would be estimated as follows:
 
 
   
 
Percentage of  
 
net assets  
 
attributable to  
 
Common Shares  
 
(assumes no  
 
Financial Leverage  
 
is used)  
 
Annual expenses
 
Management fees
1.00%
Interest payments on borrowed funds
None  
Other expenses(5)(6)
0.38%
Total annual expenses
1.38%
 
 
EXAMPLE
 
As required by relevant SEC regulations, the following example illustrates the expenses (including the sales load of $45 and estimated expenses of this offering of $2) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (1) “Total annual expenses” of 2.64% of net assets attributable to Common Shares and (2) a 5% annual return*:
 
       
1 Year  
3 Years  
5 Years  
10 Years  
$72
$125
$180
$330
 
 
___________
 
* The Example should not be considered a representation of future expenses or returns. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be higher or lower than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example. The example assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value and that the estimated “Interest payments on borrowed funds” and “Other expenses” are accurate.
 

 26
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
The Fund
 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). The Fund was organized as a statutory trust on June 7, 2012, pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, and is governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. As a newly-organized entity, the Fund has no operating history. Its principal office is located at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, and its telephone number is (630) 505-3700.
 
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) is responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim Partners”). The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser referred to herein collectively as the “Adviser.”
 
Use of proceeds
 
The net proceeds of the offering of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Shares”) will be approximately $       ($      if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) after payment of the estimated offering costs. The Fund will pay all of its offering costs up to $0.050 per Common Share, and the Investment Adviser has agreed to pay (i) all of the Fund’s organizational costs, and (ii) those offering costs of the Fund (other than sales load) that exceed $0.050 per Common Share sold in the offering, including pursuant to the over-allotment option. Therefore, offering expenses payable by the Fund are estimated to be $0.050 per share. The Fund will invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with its investment objective and policies as soon as practicable after the closing of the offering. The Fund expects to be able to invest the net proceeds from this offering within three months after the completion of this offering. Pending the full investment of the proceeds of the offering, it is anticipated that all or a portion of the proceeds will be invested in U.S. Government securities or high grade, short-term money market instruments.
 
Investment objective and policies
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
 
The Fund’s investment objective is to seek total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective or be able to structure its investments as anticipated. The Fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees on 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders.
 
INVESTMENT PHILOSOPHY AND INVESTMENT PROCESS
 
The Adviser will make investment selections based upon a relative value investment philosophy, which seeks to identify segments of the credit securities markets as well as individual credit securities whose current prices or spreads are undervalued relative to the Adviser’s view of their long-term values and/or historical norms. The Adviser analyzes segments of the credit securities markets based upon various factors, including economic and market conditions and outlooks, securities valuations, investment opportunities and risk analysis, and credit market trends, to identify those segments that the Adviser believes are undervalued or trading below historical norms. The Adviser also analyzes various individual credit securities to identify those securities whose current prices or spreads are believed to be undervalued. The Adviser has the flexibility to allocate the Fund’s assets across various segments of the credit securities market and may focus on particular countries, regions, asset classes and sectors to the exclusion of others at any time and from time to time. The Fund’s investment policy is predicated upon the belief that thorough and independent credit research combined with thoughtful credit allocation decisions are rewarded with the potential to outperform applicable benchmarks for long-term investors.
 

 27
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Investment objective and policies  
 
 
INVESTMENT POLICIES
 
Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans and investments with economic characteristics similar to fixed-income securities, debt securities and loans (collectively, “credit securities”). The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a portfolio of credit securities selected from a variety of sectors and credit qualities. Credit securities in which the Fund may invest consist of:
 
·   
corporate bonds;
 
·  
loans (which may consist of senior secured floating rate loans (“Senior Loans”), second lien secured floating rate loans (“Second Lien Loans”), subordinated secured loans (“Subordinated Secured Loans”) and unsecured loans (“Unsecured Loans”), each with fixed and variable interest rates) and loan participations and assignments (collectively, “Loans”);
 
·  
asset-backed securities (“ABS”) (all or a portion of which may consist of collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”))
 
·  
mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) (both residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”));
 
·   
U.S. Government and agency securities;
 
·   
mezzanine and preferred securities;
 
·   
convertible securities;
 
·   
commercial paper;
 
·   
municipal securities; and
 
·   
sovereign government and supranational debt securities.
 
The Fund’s allocation of its investments among specific sectors and types of credit securities may vary significantly over time based on the Adviser’s analysis and judgment. The percentage of the Fund’s total assets allocated to any category of investment may at any given time be significantly less than the maximum percentage permitted pursuant to the above referenced investment policies. The overall credit quality, duration and maturity of the Fund’s portfolio may vary significantly over time. As a result, the particular risks most relevant to an investment in the Fund, as well as the overall risk profile of the Fund’s portfolio, may vary over time. The Adviser employs an active approach to the Fund’s investment allocation, but there is no guarantee that such allocation will produce the desired results. It is possible that the Fund will focus on an investment that performs poorly or underperforms other investments under various market conditions.
 
The Fund may invest in credit securities rated below investment grade, or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable quality. A security is considered below investment grade quality if it is rated below investment grade (that is, below Baa3- by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or below BBB- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”)) or, if unrated, judged to be below investment grade quality by the Adviser. Below investment grade quality securities (commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds) involve special risks as compared to securities of investment grade quality. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will not invest more than 25% of its Managed Assets in credit securities that are, at the time of investment, rated Caa1 or below by Moody’s or CCC+ or below by S&P or Fitch or, or that are unrated but determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. The Fund foregoing credit quality policy does not apply to investments in MBS, and the Fund may invest in MBS without limitation as to credit quality. For purposes of applying the Fund’s credit quality policies, in the case of securities with multiple ratings (i.e., a security receiving two or more different ratings from two or more different rating agencies), the Fund will apply the highest of the applicable ratings.
 
The Fund may invest in credit securities of any duration or maturity and is not required to maintain any particular maturity or duration for its portfolio as a whole. Under current market conditions, the Advisor intends to initially maintain a shorter leverage-adjusted average portfolio duration of 1 to 4 years. However, the Adviser will dynamically

28
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Investment objective and policies  
 
 
adjust average portfolio duration based on market conditions. The Adviser may seek to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity based on its assessment of current and projected market conditions and all factors that the Adviser deems relevant. Any decisions as to the targeted duration or maturity of any particular category of investments or of the Fund’s portfolio generally will be made based on all pertinent market factors at any given time.
 
The Fund may invest in senior, junior, secured and unsecured credit securities. Credit securities in which the Fund may invest may have fixed, floating or variable interest rates, interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates or interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, or may not bear interest.
 
The Fund may invest in credit securities of any types of issuers. Credit securities in which the Fund may invest may be issued by domestic and non-U.S. corporations and other non-governmental or business entities, operating in any industries or sectors; the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and government sponsored entities; states, territories and possessions of the United States, including the District of Columbia, and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities; foreign governmental issuers; international agencies and supranational entities; and special purpose vehicles (“SPVs”) created for the purpose of issuing structured, collateralized or asset backed securities. The Fund may invest in publicly offered credit securities and privately offered credit securities of both public and private issuers.
 
The Fund may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S. issuers, including issuers in emerging markets.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in ABS. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will not invest in ABS that are, at the time of investment, rated below investment grade, or, if unrated, judged to be below investment grade quality by the Adviser.
 
“Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage. Managed Assets includes assets attributable to financial leverage of any form.
 
Percentage limitations described in this Prospectus are as of the time of investment by the Fund and could thereafter be exceeded as a result of market value fluctuations of the Fund’s portfolio.
 
These policies may be changed by the Board of Trustees, but no change is currently anticipated.
 
The Fund’s investments
 
The Fund’s investment portfolio may consist of investments in the following types of securities. There is no guarantee the Fund will buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described herein.
 
CREDIT SECURITIES
 
Corporate bonds
 
Corporate bonds are debt obligations issued by corporations and other business entities. Corporate bonds may be either secured or unsecured. Collateral used for secured debt includes real property, machinery, equipment, accounts receivable, stocks, bonds or notes. If a bond is unsecured, it is known as a debenture. Bondholders, as creditors, have a prior legal claim over common and preferred stockholders as to both income and assets of the corporation for the principal and interest due them and may have a prior claim over other creditors if liens or mortgages are involved. Interest on corporate bonds may be fixed or floating, or the bonds may be zero coupons. Interest on corporate bonds is typically paid semi-annually and is fully taxable to the bondholder. Corporate bonds contain elements of both interest-rate risk and credit risk. The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates and may also be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the marketplace. Corporate bonds usually yield more than government or agency bonds due to the presence of credit risk.
 

29
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
Below investment grade securities
 
Below investment grade securities are those rated below Baa3- by Moody’s or below BBB- by S&P or Fitch or, if unrated, judged to be of below investment grade quality by the Adviser. A significant portion of the Fund’s portfolio may consist of below investment grade securities. Below investment grade quality securities (commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds) involve special risks as compared to securities of investment grade quality. Below investment grade securities may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for below investment grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Fund to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Fund’s net asset value.
 
The prices of credit securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of securities also is inversely related to the coupon of such securities. Accordingly, below investment grade securities may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality securities of comparable maturity, because of their higher coupon. This higher coupon is what the investor receives in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with below investment grade securities potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such securities than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity, and may be a substantial factor in the Fund’s relative net asset value volatility.
 
The ratings of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Adviser also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability of the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Fund invests in below investment grade securities that have not been rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be more dependent on the Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Fund invests in rated securities.
 
Debtor-in-possession financings. In addition to pre-existing outstanding debt obligations of below investment grade issuers, the Fund may also invest in “debtor-in-possession” or “DIP” financings newly issued in connection with “special situation” restructuring and refinancing transactions. DIP financings are loans to a debtor-in-possession in a proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code that has been approved by the bankruptcy court. These financings allow the entity to continue its business operations while reorganizing under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. DIP financings are typically fully secured by a lien on the debtor’s otherwise unencumbered assets or secured by a junior lien on the debtor’s encumbered assets (so long as the loan is fully secured based on the most recent current valuation or appraisal report of the debtor). DIP financings are often required to close with certainty and in a rapid manner in order to satisfy existing creditors and to enable the issuer to emerge from bankruptcy or to avoid a bankruptcy proceeding.
 
Distressed and defaulted securities
 
The Fund may invest in the securities of financially distressed and bankrupt issuers. Such debt obligations may be in covenant or payment default. Such investments generally trade significantly below par and are considered speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recovery of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted obligation for other debt or equity securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or speculative. The Fund will not invest more than 5% of its Managed Assets in interest-bearing investments that, at the time of purchase, are not current on their interest payment obligations.
 

30
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
Senior Loans
 
Senior Loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (the “Borrower”), are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower. The proceeds of Senior Loans typically are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, refinancings and to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. Senior Loans typically have rates of interest which are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. These base lending rates are primarily the London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks and the certificate of deposit rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.
 
Senior Loans typically have a stated term of between five and nine years, and have interest rates which typically are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. Longer interest rate reset periods generally increase fluctuations in the Fund’s net asset value as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Fund is not subject to any restrictions with respect to the maturity of Senior Loans held in its portfolio. As a result, as short-term interest rates increase, interest payable to the Fund from its investments in Senior Loans should increase, and as short-term interest rates decrease, interest payable to the Fund from its investments in Senior Loans should decrease. Because of prepayments, the Adviser expects the average life of the Senior Loans in which the Fund invests to be shorter than the stated maturity.
 
Many Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest may not be rated by a rating agency, will not be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), or any state securities commission, and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available with respect to Senior Loans will generally be less extensive than that available for registered or exchange-listed securities. In evaluating the creditworthiness of Borrowers, the Adviser will consider, and may rely in part on, analyses performed by others. Borrowers may have outstanding debt obligations that are rated below investment grade by a rating agency. Certain of the Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest will have been assigned below investment grade ratings by rating agencies. In the event Senior Loans are not rated, they are likely to be the equivalent of below investment grade quality. Because of the protective features of Senior Loans, the Adviser believes that Senior Loans tend to have more favorable loss recovery rates as compared to more junior types of below investment grade debt obligations. The Adviser does not view ratings as the determinative factor in its investment decisions and relies more upon its credit analysis abilities than upon ratings.
 
Although the risks associated with Senior Loans are similar to the risks of below investment grade securities, Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to other below investment grade securities, which are often subordinated and unsecured. Senior Loans’ higher standing has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization. In addition, because their interest rates are typically adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates, Senior Loans generally are subject to less interest rate risk than other below investment grade securities, which are typically fixed rate.
 
No active trading market may exist for some Senior Loans, and some loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. A secondary market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the Fund’s net asset value. In addition, the Fund may not be able to readily dispose of its Senior Loans at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such loans if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. During periods of limited supply and liquidity of Senior Loans, the Fund’s yield may be lower.
 
Although changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the value of Senior Loans (due to the fact that floating rates on Senior Loans reset only periodically), the value of Senior Loans is substantially less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than fixed rate instruments. As a result, to the extent the Fund invests in floating-rate Senior Loans, the Fund’s portfolio may be less volatile and less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than if the Fund invested in fixed rate obligations. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest
 

31
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
rates may cause a decline in the value of these investments and in the Fund’s net asset value. Other factors, including rating downgrades, credit deterioration, a large downward movement in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity, can reduce the value of Senior Loans and other debt obligations, impairing the Fund’s net asset value.
 
The Fund may purchase and retain in its portfolio a Senior Loan where the Borrower has experienced, or may be perceived to be likely to experience, credit problems, including involvement in or recent emergence from bankruptcy reorganization proceedings or other forms of debt restructuring. Such investments may provide opportunities for enhanced income as well as capital appreciation, although they also will be subject to greater risk of loss. At times, in connection with the restructuring of a Senior Loan either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Fund may determine or be required to accept equity securities or junior debt securities in exchange for all or a portion of a Senior Loan.
 
The Fund may purchase Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis from a participant in the original syndicate of lenders or from subsequent assignees of such interests. If the Fund purchases a Senior Loan on direct assignment, it typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Investments in Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis may involve additional risks to the Fund. If such loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.
 
The Fund may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Senior Loans. The participation by the Fund in a lender’s portion of a Senior Loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of payments from the Borrower. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participations in a loan to a Borrower, and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. The Fund may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, the Fund assumes the credit risk associated with the Borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which the Fund intends to invest may not be rated by any rating agency. Given the current structure of the markets for loan participations and assignments, the Fund currently expects to treat these securities as illiquid.
 
Second Lien Loans
 
Second Lien Loans have many of the same characteristics as Senior Loans, except that Second Lien Loans are junior in priority to first lien obligations. Second Lien Loans typically have adjustable floating rate interest payments. Accordingly, the risks associated with Second Lien Loans are higher than the risk of loans with first priority over the collateral. In the event of default on a Second Lien Loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no collateral value would remain for the second priority lien holder and therefore result in a loss of investment to the Fund.
 
Subordinated Secured Loans
 
Subordinated Secured Loans are made by public and private corporations and other nongovernmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Subordinated Secured Loans may rank lower in right of payment to one or more Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans of the Borrower. Subordinated Secured Loans typically are secured by a lower priority security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the Borrower’s obligation under the Loan, and typically have more subordinated protections and rights than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans. Subordinated Secured Loans may become subordinated in right of payment to more senior obligations of the Borrower issued in the future. Subordinated Secured Loans may have fixed or adjustable floating rate interest payments. Because Subordinated Secured Loans may rank lower as to right of payment than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans of the Borrower, they may present a greater degree of investment risk than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans but often
 

32
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below investment grade quality. Other than their more subordinated status, such investments have many characteristics and risks similar to Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans discussed above. The Fund may purchase interests in Subordinated Secured Loans through assignments or participations.
 
Unsecured Loans
 
Unsecured Loans are loans made by public and private corporations and other nongovernmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Unsecured Loans generally have lower priority in right of payment compared to holders of secured debt of the Borrower. Unsecured Loans are not secured by a security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the Borrower’s obligation under the loan. Unsecured Loans by their terms may be or may become subordinate in right of payment to other obligations of the borrower, including Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and Subordinated Secured Loans. Unsecured Loans may have fixed or adjustable floating rate interest payments. Because Unsecured Loans are subordinate to the secured debt of the borrower, they present a greater degree of investment risk but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below investment grade quality. Other than their subordinated and unsecured status, such investments have many characteristics and risks similar to Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and Subordinated Secured Loans discussed above. The Fund may purchase interests in Unsecured Loans through assignments or participations.
 
Mezzanine Investments
 
The Fund may invest in certain lower grade securities known as “Mezzanine Investments,” which are subordinated debt securities that are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security (e.g., with attached warrants) or may be convertible into equity securities. Mezzanine Investments may be issued with or without registration rights. Similar to other lower grade securities, maturities of Mezzanine Investments are typically seven to ten years, but the expected average life is significantly shorter at three to five years. Mezzanine Investments are usually unsecured and subordinated to other obligations of the issuer.
 
Preferred securities
 
The Fund may invest in preferred securities. There are two basic types of preferred securities. The first, sometimes referred to as traditional preferred securities, consists of preferred stock issued by an entity taxable as a corporation. The second type, sometimes referred to as trust preferred securities, are usually issued by a trust or limited partnership and represent preferred interests in deeply subordinated debt instruments issued by the corporation for whose benefit the trust or partnership was established.
 
Traditional preferred securities. Traditional preferred securities generally pay fixed or adjustable rate dividends to investors and generally have a “preference” over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of a company’s assets. This means that a company must pay dividends on preferred stock before paying any dividends on its common stock. In order to be payable, distributions on such preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Income payments on typical preferred securities currently outstanding are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accumulate even if not declared by the board of directors or otherwise made payable. In such a case all accumulated dividends must be paid before any dividend on the common stock can be paid. However, some traditional preferred stocks are non-cumulative, in which case dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid. A portion of the portfolio may include investments in non-cumulative preferred securities, whereby the issuer does not have an obligation to make up any arrearages to its shareholders. Should an issuer of a non-cumulative preferred stock held by the Fund determine not to pay dividends on such stock, the amount of dividends the Fund pays may be adversely affected. There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on the traditional preferred securities in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable. In addition to dividends or distributions, preferred securities entitle the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of common stock, a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from liquidation of the issuer. As the holder of preferred securities is exposed to the credit of the issuer, the Fund considers preferred securities to be credit securities.
 

33
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
Preferred stockholders usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. Shares of traditional preferred securities have a liquidation value that generally equals the original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market value of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting companies in the utilities and financial services sectors, which are prominent issuers of preferred securities, and by actual and anticipated changes in tax laws, such as changes in corporate income tax rates or the “Dividends Received Deduction.” Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by traditional preferred securities may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on such securities, the issuer may redeem the securities. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Fund’s holdings of higher rate-paying fixed rate preferred securities may be reduced and the Fund would be unable to acquire securities of comparable credit quality paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.
 
Trust preferred securities. Trust preferred securities are a comparatively new asset class. Trust preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The trust preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates.
 
Trust preferred securities are typically junior and fully subordinated liabilities of an issuer or the beneficiary of a guarantee that is junior and fully subordinated to the other liabilities of the guarantor. In addition, trust preferred securities typically permit an issuer to defer the payment of income for eighteen months or more without triggering an event of default. Generally, the deferral period is five years or more. Because of their subordinated position in the capital structure of an issuer, the ability to defer payments for extended periods of time without default consequences to the issuer, and certain other features (such as restrictions on common dividend payments by the issuer or ultimate guarantor when full cumulative payments on the trust preferred securities have not been made), these trust preferred securities are often treated as close substitutes for traditional preferred securities, both by issuers and investors. Trust preferred securities have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows.
 
Trust preferred securities are typically issued with a final maturity date, although some are perpetual in nature. In certain instances, a final maturity date may be extended and/or the final payment of principal may be deferred at the issuer’s option for a specified time without default. No redemption can typically take place unless all cumulative payment obligations have been met, although issuers may be able to engage in open-market repurchases without regard to whether all payments have been paid.
 
Many trust preferred securities are issued by trusts or other special purpose entities established by operating companies and are not a direct obligation of an operating company. At the time the trust or special purpose entity sells such preferred securities to investors, it purchases debt of the operating company (with terms comparable to those of the trust or special purpose entity securities), which enables the operating company to deduct for tax purposes the interest paid on the debt held by the trust or special purpose entity. The trust or special purpose entity is generally required to be treated as transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes such that the holders of the trust preferred securities are treated as owning beneficial interests in the underlying debt of the operating company. Accordingly, payments on the trust preferred securities are treated as interest rather than dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, are not eligible for the Dividends Received Deduction. The trust or special purpose entity in turn would be a holder of the operating company’s debt and would have priority with respect to the operating company’s earnings and profits over the operating company’s common shareholders, but would typically be subordinated to other classes of the operating company’s debt. Typically a preferred share has a rating that is slightly below that of its corresponding operating company’s senior debt securities.
 
Convertible securities
 
Convertible securities consist of bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks and other securities that entitle the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities have
 

34
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
general characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest or preferred dividends paid or accrued until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to non-convertible debt obligations. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a debt obligation. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund would be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security and convert it to underlying common stock, or would sell the convertible security to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. The price of a convertible security often reflects variations in the price of the underlying common stock in a way that non-convertible debt may not. The value of a convertible security is a function of (i) its yield in comparison to the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (ii) its worth if converted into the underlying common stock.
 
Mortgage-backed securities
 
MBS are structured debt obligations collateralized by pools of commercial or residential mortgages. Pools of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed loans such as mezzanine loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. MBS consist of complex instruments such as collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), stripped MBS, mortgage pass-through securities, interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) that invest the majority of their assets in real property mortgages and which generally derive income primarily from interest payments thereon, and other securities that provide exposure to mortgages.
 
MBS in which the Fund may invest may have fixed, floating or variable interest rates, interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates or interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, or may not bear interest. The Fund may invest in RMBS and CMBS, issued by governmental entities and private issuers. The Fund may invest in subordinated MBS and residual interest in MBS. The Fund may invest in sub-prime mortgages or MBS that are backed by sub-prime mortgages. Additional information regarding types of MBS that the Fund may invest in are described below.
 
RMBS. RMBS are securities the payments on which depend (except for rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to holders of such securities) primarily on the cash flow from residential mortgage loans made to borrowers that are secured (on a first priority basis or second priority basis, subject to permitted liens, easements and other encumbrances) by residential real estate (one- to four-family properties), the proceeds of which are used to purchase real estate and purchase or construct dwellings thereon (or to refinance indebtedness previously so used). Residential mortgage loans are obligations of the borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by residential property is dependent upon the income or assets of the borrower. A number of factors, including a general economic downturn, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances, may impair a borrower’s ability to repay its loans.
 
Government agency securities. The principal U.S. Governmental guarantor of MBS is the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), which is a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the “FHA”), or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (the “VA”). MBS issued by GNMA include GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Ginnie Maes”).
 
Government-related securities. Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) include the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage
 

35
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
Corporation (“FHLMC”). FNMA and FHLMC issue pass-through securities guaranteed by the respective entity, but not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. MBS issued by FNMA include FNMA Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Fannie Maes”). MBS issued by FHLMC include FHLMC Mortgage Participation Certificates (also known as “Freddie Macs”). In 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), a new independent regulatory agency, placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship, a statutory process designed to stabilize a troubled institution with the objective of returning the entity to normal business operations. In connection with the conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury entered into a Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with each of FNMA and FHLMC pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury agreed to purchase up to an aggregate of $100 billion of each of FNMA and FHLMC to maintain a positive net worth in each enterprise. In 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced additional financial support for certain governmentally supported entities, including the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”), FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA and FHLMC are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remains liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its MBS. FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs.
 
Private entity securities. These MBS are issued by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Timely payment of principal and interest on MBS backed by pools created by nongovernmental issuers often is supported partially by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by government entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or mortgage poolers can meet their obligations under the policies, so that if the issuers default on their obligations the holders of the security could sustain a loss. No insurance or guarantee covers the Fund or the price of the Fund’s shares. MBS issued by nongovernmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government-agency and government-related securities because there are no direct or indirect government guarantees of payment.
 
CMBS. CMBS generally are multi-class debt or pass-through certificates secured or backed by mortgage loans on commercial properties. CMBS generally are structured to provide protection to the senior class investors against potential losses on the underlying mortgage loans. This protection generally is provided by having the holders of subordinated classes of securities (“Subordinated CMBS”) take the first loss if there are defaults on the underlying commercial mortgage loans. Other protection, which may benefit all of the classes or particular classes, may include issuer guarantees, reserve funds, additional Subordinated CMBS, cross-collateralization and over-collateralization.
 
The Fund may invest in Subordinated CMBS issued or sponsored by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Subordinated CMBS have no governmental guarantee and are subordinated in some manner as to the payment of principal and/or interest to the holders of more senior MBS arising out of the same pool of mortgages. The holders of Subordinated CMBS typically are compensated with a higher stated yield than are the holders of more senior MBS. On the other hand, Subordinated CMBS typically subject the holder to greater risk than senior CMBS and tend to be rated in a lower rating category, and frequently a substantially lower rating category, than the senior CMBS issued in respect of the same mortgage pool. Subordinated CMBS generally are likely to be more sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates and the market for such securities may be less liquid than is the case for traditional debt securities and senior MBS.
 
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. A CMO is a multi-class bond backed by a pool of mortgage pass-through certificates or mortgage loans. CMOs may be collateralized by (a) Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac pass-through certificates, (b) unsecuritized mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans’ Affairs, (c) unsecuritized conventional mortgages, (d) other MBS or (e) any combination thereof. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on collateral underlying a CMO may
 

36
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
cause it to be retired substantially earlier than the stated maturities or final distribution dates. The principal and interest on the underlying mortgages may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in many ways. One or more tranches of a CMO may have coupon rates which reset periodically at a specified increment over an index, such as LIBOR (or sometimes more than one index). These floating rate CMOs typically are issued with lifetime caps on the coupon rate thereon. The Fund also may invest in inverse floating rate CMOs. Inverse floating rate CMOs constitute a tranche of a CMO with a coupon rate that moves in the reverse direction to an applicable index such as LIBOR. Accordingly, the coupon rate thereon will increase as interest rates decrease. Inverse floating rate CMOs are typically more volatile than fixed or floating rate tranches of CMOs. Many inverse floating rate CMOs have coupons that move inversely to a multiple of the applicable indexes. The effect of the coupon varying inversely to a multiple of an applicable index creates a leverage factor. Inverse floaters based on multiples of a stated index are designed to be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and can subject the holders thereof to extreme reductions of yield and loss of principal. The markets for inverse floating rate CMOs with highly leveraged characteristics at times may be very thin. The Fund’s ability to dispose of its positions in such securities will depend on the degree of liquidity in the markets for such securities. It is impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in such securities, and therefore the future degree of liquidity.
 
CMO residuals. CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing. The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of a CMO is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMO and second to pay the related administrative expenses and any management fee of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only class of stripped MBS (described below). In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped MBS, in certain circumstances the Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual. CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not, have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”). CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the Securities Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability.
 
Stripped MBS. Stripped MBS are created by segregating the cash flows from underlying mortgage loans or mortgage securities to create two or more new securities, each with a specified percentage of the underlying security’s principal or interest payments. Mortgage securities may be partially stripped so that each investor class receives some interest and some principal. When securities are completely stripped, however, all of the interest is distributed to holders of one type of security, known as an interest-only security (“IO”), and all of the principal is distributed to holders of another type of security known as a principal-only security (“PO”). Strips can be created in a pass-through structure or as tranches of a CMO. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are very sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Sub-prime mortgages. Sub-prime mortgages are mortgages rated below “A” by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch. Historically, sub-prime mortgage loans have been made to borrowers with blemished (or non-existent) credit records, and the borrower is charged a higher interest rate to compensate for the greater risk of delinquency and the higher costs of
 

37
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
loan servicing and collection. Sub-prime mortgages are subject to both state and federal anti-predatory lending statutes that carry potential liability to secondary market purchasers such as the Fund. Sub-prime mortgages have certain characteristics and associated risks similar to below investment grade securities, including a higher degree of credit risk, and certain characteristics and associated risks similar to MBS, including prepayment risk.
 
Other MBS. MBS, other than those described above, directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property. Such MBS may be equity or debt securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
 
Mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest the majority of their assets in real property mortgages and which generally derive income primarily from interest payments thereon. Mortgage REITs are generally not taxed on income timely distributed to shareholders, provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by mortgage REITs in which it invests. Investing in mortgage REITs involves certain risks related to investing in real property mortgages. Mortgage REITs are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by borrowers. Mortgage REITs whose underlying assets are mortgages on real properties used by a particular industry or concentrated in a particular geographic region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. Real property mortgages may be relatively illiquid, limiting the ability of mortgage REITs to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions. Mortgage REITs may have limited financial resources, their securities may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies.
 
Asset-Backed Securities
 
ABS are a form of structured debt obligation. ABS are payment claims that are securitized in the form of negotiable paper that is issued by a financing company (generally called a special purpose vehicle). Collateral assets brought into a pool according to specific diversification rules. A special purpose vehicle is founded for the purpose of securitizing these payment claims and the assets of the special purpose vehicle are the diversified pool of collateral assets. The special purpose vehicle issues marketable securities which are intended to represent a lower level or risk than an underlying collateral asset individually, due to the diversification in the pool. The redemption of the securities issued by the special purpose vehicle takes place out of the cash flow generated by the collected assets. A special purpose vehicle may issue multiple securities with different priorities to the cash flows generated and the collateral assets. The collateral for ABS may include home equity loans, automobile and credit card receivables, boat loans, computer leases, airplane leases, mobile home loans, recreational vehicle loans and hospital account receivables. The Fund may invest in these and other types of ABS that may be developed in the future. There is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.
 
CLOs, CDOs and CBOs. All or a portion of the Fund’s ABS investments may consist of CLOs, collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) and collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”). A CDO is an structured debt security, issued by a financing company (generally called a special purpose vehicle or SPV), that was created to reapportion the risk and return characteristics of a pool of assets, whose underlying collateral is typically a portfolio of Loans, bonds or other debt securities, other structured finance securities and/or synthetic instruments. The SPV is a company founded solely for the purpose of securitizing payment claims. On this basis, marketable securities are issued which, due to the diversification of the underlying risk, generally represent a lower level of risk than the original assets. The redemption of the securities issued by the SPV takes place at maturity out of the cash flow generated by the collateral.
 
Where the underlying collateral is a portfolio of Loans a CDO is referred to as a CLO. Where the underlying collateral is a portfolio of bonds, a CDO is referred to as a CBO. Investors in CLOs, CDOs and CBOs bear the credit
 

38
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
risk of the underlying collateral. The vast majority of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are actively managed by an independent investment manager.
 
The key feature of the CLO, CDO or CBO structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of collateral securities among the several tranches of the CLO, CDO or CBO. Multiple tranches of securities are issued by the CLO, CDO or CBO, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics. Tranches are categorized as senior, mezzanine, and subordinated/equity, according to their degree of risk. The most senior tranche of a CLO, CDO or CBO has the greatest collateralization and pays the lowest interest rate. If there are defaults or the collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches, and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to subordinated/equity tranches. Lower tranches represent lower degrees of credit quality and pay higher interest rates intended to compensate for the attendant risks. The return on the lower tranches is especially sensitive to the rate of defaults in the collateral pool. The lowest tranche (i.e. the “equity” or “residual” tranche) specifically receives the residual interest payments (i.e., money that is left over after the higher tranches have been paid) rather than a fixed interest rate. CLOs, CDOs or CBOs are subject to the risk of prepayment. The value of CLOs, CDOs or CBOs may be affected by changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or fund providing the credit support or enhancement.
 
Other structured finance investments
 
The Fund may invest in structured notes and other forms of structured finance investments. Structured finance investments are tailored, or packaged, to meet certain financial goals of investors. The Adviser believes that structured finance investments provide attractive risk-adjusted returns, frequent sector rotation opportunities and prospects for adding value through security selection.
 
Inflation-indexed bonds
 
Inflation-indexed bonds (other than municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds) are debt securities the principal value of which is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. If the index measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds (other than municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds) will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds (“TIPS”). For bonds that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal. With regard to municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds, the inflation adjustment is typically reflected in the semi-annual coupon payment. As a result, the principal value of municipal inflation-indexed bonds and such corporate inflation-indexed bonds does not adjust according to the rate of inflation.
 
The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates may rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity. See “Tax Matters.”
 
Event-linked securities
 
Event-linked securities (“ELS”) are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. The Fund may invest in ELS in order to earn income, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks. ELS are typically debt obligations for which the return of principal and the payment of interest are contingent on the non-occurrence of a pre-defined “trigger event.” Depending on the specific terms and structure of the ELS, this trigger could be the result of a hurricane, earthquake or some other catastrophic event. Insurance companies securitize this risk to transfer to the capital markets the truly catastrophic part of the risk exposure. A typical ELS provides for income and return of
 

39
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but would involve full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. ELS typically have relatively high yields compared with similarly rated debt securities, and also have low correlation with the returns of traditional securities. Investments in ELS may be linked to a broad range of insurance risks, which can be broken down into three major categories: natural risks (such as hurricanes and earthquakes), weather risks (such as insurance based on a regional average temperature) and non-natural events (such as aerospace and shipping catastrophes). Although property-casualty ELS have been in existence for over a decade, significant developments have started to occur in securitizations done by life insurance companies. In general, life insurance industry securitizations could fall into a number of categories. Some are driven primarily by the desire to transfer risk to the capital markets, such as the transfer of extreme mortality risk (mortality bonds). Others, while also including the element of risk transfer, are driven by other considerations. For example, a securitization could be undertaken to relieve the capital strain on life insurance companies caused by the regulatory requirements of establishing very conservative reserves for some types of products. Another example is the securitization of the stream of future cash flows from a particular block of business, including the securitization of embedded values of life insurance business or securitization for the purpose of funding acquisition costs.
 
U.S. Government securities
 
The Fund may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, which may consist of: (1) U.S. Treasury obligations, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, such as U.S. Treasury bills (maturity of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturity of one to ten years), and U.S. Treasury bonds (generally maturities of greater than ten years), including the principal components or the interest components issued by the U.S. Government under the separate trading of registered interest and principal securities program (i.e., “STRIPS”), all of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities, including government guaranteed MBS, some of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, some of which are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Government, and some of which are backed only by the credit of the issuer itself.
 
Municipal securities
 
The Fund may invest in debt obligations issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States, including the District of Columbia, and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities. The Fund may invest in various municipal securities, municipal bonds and municipal notes, securities issued to finance and refinance public projects and other related securities and derivative instruments creating exposure to municipal bonds, notes and securities that provide for the payment of interest income that is exempt from regular U.S. federal income tax. Municipal securities are often issued by state and local governmental entities to finance or refinance public projects, such as roads, schools, and water supply systems. Municipal securities also may be issued on behalf of private entities or for private activities, such as housing, medical and educational facility construction, or for privately owned transportation, electric utility and pollution control projects. Municipal securities may be issued on a long-term basis to provide long-term financing. The repayment of such debt may be secured generally by a pledge of the full faith and credit taxing power of the issuer, a limited or special tax, or any other revenue source, including project revenues, which may include tolls, fees and other user charges, lease payments, and mortgage payments. Municipal securities also may be issued to finance projects on a short-term interim basis, anticipating repayment with the proceeds of the later issuance of long-term debt. The Fund may purchase municipal securities in the form of bonds, notes, leases or certificates of participation; structured as callable or non-callable; with payment forms that include fixed coupon, variable rate, zero coupon, capital appreciation bonds, tender option bonds, and residual interest bonds or inverse floating rate securities; or acquired through investments in pooled vehicles, partnerships, or other investment companies.
 
The Fund may invest in taxable municipal securities, which primarily consist of Build America Bonds (“BABs”). BABs are taxable municipal obligations issued pursuant to legislation providing for the issuance of taxable municipal debt on which the issuer receives federal support of the interest paid. Enacted in February 2009, the American
 

40
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”) authorizes state and local governments to issue taxable bonds on which, assuming certain specified conditions are satisfied, issuers may either (i) receive payments from the U.S. Treasury with respect to the bonds’ interest payments (“direct pay” BABs) or (ii) provide tax credits to investors in the bonds (“tax credit” BABs). BABs offer an alternative form of financing to state and local governments whose primary means for accessing the capital markets has been through issuance of tax-free municipal bonds. BABs can appeal to a broader array of investors than the high income U.S. taxpayers that have traditionally provided the market for municipal bonds. Unlike most other municipal obligations, interest received on Build America Bonds is subject to federal and state income tax. Under the terms of the ARRA, issuers of direct pay BABs are entitled to receive payments from the U.S. Treasury over the life of the bond equal to 35% (or 45% in the case of Recovery Zone Economic Development Bonds) of the interest paid and investors in tax credit BABs can receive a federal tax credit of 35% of the coupon interest received. The federal interest subsidy or tax credit continues for the life of the bonds. The Fund may invest in direct pay BABs or tax credit BABs. Pursuant to the ARRA, the issuance of BABs was discontinued on December 31, 2010. Under the sequestration process under the Budget Control Act of 2011, automatic spending cuts that became effective on March 1, 2013 will reduce the federal subsidy for BABs and other subsidized taxable municipal bonds by 5.3%. In order to meet such reduction, subsidy payments to issuers through September 30, 2013 will be reduced 8.7%.
 
Sovereign government and supranational debt
 
The Fund may invest in all types of debt securities of governmental issuers in all countries, including emerging market countries. These sovereign debt securities may consist of: debt securities issued or guaranteed by governments, governmental agencies or instrumentalities and political subdivisions located in emerging market countries; debt securities issued by government owned, controlled or sponsored entities located in emerging market countries; interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of instruments issued by any of the above issuers; Brady Bonds, which are debt securities issued under the framework of the Brady Plan as a means for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external indebtedness; participations in loans between emerging market governments and financial institutions; or debt securities issued by supranational entities such as the World Bank or the European Economic Community. A supranational entity is a bank, commission or company established or financially supported by the national governments of one or more countries to promote reconstruction or development. Sovereign government and supranational debt involve all the risks described herein regarding foreign and emerging markets investments as well as the risk of debt moratorium, repudiation or renegotiation.
 
Zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and payment-in-kind securities
 
Zero-coupon bonds pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. Like zero-coupon bonds, “step up” bonds pay no interest initially but eventually begin to pay a coupon rate prior to maturity, which rate may increase at stated intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) are debt obligations that pay “interest” in the form of other debt obligations, instead of in cash. Each of these instruments is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The Fund would be required to distribute the income on these instruments as it accrues, even though the Fund will not receive the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, the Fund may have to sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, to make income distributions to its shareholders.
 
FOREIGN SECURITIES
 
The Fund may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S. issuers, including securities of issuers located in emerging market countries. Such securities may be U.S. dollar-denominated or non-U.S. dollar-denominated. The Fund’s investments in credit securities may include, without limitation, foreign credit securities, and as a result a significant portion of the Fund’s portfolio may consist of foreign securities.
 

41
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
Foreign credit securities in which the Fund may invest may consist of: debt obligations issued or guaranteed by foreign national, provincial, state, municipal or other governments with taxing authority or by their agencies or instrumentalities, including securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings, commonly referred to as “Brady Bonds”; debt obligations of supranational entities; debt obligations and other debt securities of foreign corporate issuers; foreign debt obligations of U.S. corporate issuers; debt securities issued by corporations that generate significant profits from emerging market countries; and structured securities, warrants and derivatives, whose price is directly linked to emerging market securities or indices.
 
Some foreign securities may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Similarly, there is less volume and liquidity in most foreign securities markets than in the United States securities markets and, at times, greater price volatility than in the United States securities markets. Less information about non-U.S. issuers or markets may be available due to less rigorous disclosure and accounting standards or regulatory practices. Many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets. In a changing market, the Adviser may not be able to sell the Fund’s portfolio securities in amounts and at prices it considers reasonable. The U.S. dollar may appreciate against non-U.S. currencies or an emerging market government may impose restrictions on currency conversion or trading. The economies of non-U.S. countries may grow at a slower rate than expected or may experience a downturn or recession. Economic, political and social developments may adversely affect non-U.S. securities markets.
 
EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Under normal market conditions, in addition to its investments in credit securities, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in common equity securities. Common equity securities in which the Fund may invest may be in the form of common stocks, limited liability company interests or trust certificates. Common equity securities represent the residual ownership interest in the issuer. Holders of common equity securities are entitled to the income and increase in the value of the assets and business of the issuer after all of its debt obligations and obligations to preferred stockholders are satisfied. The Fund may invest in common equity securities of issuers of any market capitalization, operating in any sector and anywhere in the world, including non-U.S. issuers and issuers located in emerging markets.
 
UNREGISTERED, RESTRICTED AND ILLIQUID SECURITIES
 
The Fund may invest without limitation in unregistered securities, restricted securities and securities for which there is no readily available trading market or that are otherwise illiquid. Unregistered securities are exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The Fund may invest in unregistered securities of public and private issuers. Illiquid securities include securities legally restricted as to resale, securities for which there is no readily available trading market or that are otherwise illiquid. The Fund may acquire securities through private placements under which it may agree to contractual restrictions on the resale of such securities. Such restrictions might prevent their sale at a time when such sale would otherwise be desirable. Certain restricted securities may, however, be treated as liquid by the Adviser pursuant to procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board of Trustees, which require consideration of factors such as trading activity, availability of market quotations and number of dealers willing to purchase the security. If the Fund invests in restricted securities for which there is a limited trading market, such as Rule 144A securities, the level of portfolio illiquidity may be increased to the extent that eligible buyers become uninterested in purchasing such securities.
 
Securities within any of the types of credit securities in which the Fund may invest may be unregistered, restricted or illiquid. The Fund may invest in privately issued securities of both public and private companies, which may be illiquid. Securities of below investment grade quality tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities, and securities of financial distressed or bankrupt issuers may be particularly illiquid. Loans typically are not registered with the SEC and are not listed on any securities exchange and may at times be illiquid. Loan investments through participations and assignments are typically illiquid. Structured finance securities are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in structured finance securities may
 

42
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances. The securities and obligations of foreign issuers, particular issuers in emerging markets, may be more likely to experience periods of illiquidity. Derivative instruments, particularly privately-negotiated or over-the-counter derivatives, may be illiquid, although can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an exchange traded derivative position.
 
It may be difficult to sell illiquid securities at a price representing the fair value until such time as such securities may be sold publicly. In the case of unregistered securities, where registration is required to facilitate the sale of such securities, a considerable period may elapse between a decision to sell the securities and the time when it would be permitted to sell. Thus, the Fund may not be able to obtain as favorable a price as that prevailing at the time of the decision to sell.
 
OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES
 
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to securities in which it may invest directly by investing up to 20% of its Managed Assets in other investment companies. The Fund may invest in mutual funds, closed-end funds and exchange-traded funds. The 1940 Act generally limits a registered investment company’s investments in other investment companies to 10% of its total assets. However, pursuant to certain exemptions set forth in the 1940 Act and/or in accordance with the terms of exemptive relief obtained by certain other investment companies in which the Fund may seek to invest, the Fund may invest in excess of this limitation provided that certain conditions are met.
 
Investments in other investment companies involve operating expenses and fees at the other investment company level that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Fund and are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. For purposes of the Fund’s policy of investing at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in credit securities (the “80% Policy”), the Fund will include its investments in other investment companies that have a policy of investing at least 80% of their net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in one or more types of credit securities.
 
DERIVATIVES TRANSACTIONS
 
The Fund may, but is not required to, use various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return. The use of derivatives transactions to earn income or enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Derivatives are financial instruments the value of which is derived from a reference instrument. The Fund may engage in a variety of derivatives transactions. The Fund may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, and enter into various swap, cap, floor or collar transactions. The Fund may utilize derivatives that reference one or more securities, indices, commodities, currencies or interest rates. In addition, the Fund may utilize new techniques, transactions, instruments or strategies that are developed or permitted as regulatory changes occur. Certain derivatives transactions are described in further detail below and under “Use of Leverage—Interest Rate Transactions.” For a more complete discussion of the Fund’s investment practices involving transactions in derivatives, see “Investment Objective and Policies—Derivative Instruments” in the SAI.
 
The Fund has not adopted a maximum percentage limit with respect to derivatives transactions. However, the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser regarding the Fund’s use of derivatives transactions and the effect of derivatives transactions on the management of the Fund’s portfolio and the performance of the Fund. The market value of certain derivatives transactions that provide exposure to credit securities will be counted as credit securities for purposes of the Fund’s 80% Policy.
 
Swaps
 
Swap contracts may be purchased or sold to obtain investment exposure and/or to hedge against fluctuations in securities prices, currencies, commodities, interest rates or market conditions, to change the duration of the overall portfolio or to mitigate default risk. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or
 

43
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
differentials in rates of return) on different currencies, securities, baskets of currencies or securities, indices or other instruments, which returns are calculated with respect to a “notional value,” i.e., the designated reference amount of exposure to the underlying instruments. The Fund intends to enter into swaps primarily on a net basis, i.e., the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The Fund may use swaps for risk management purposes and as a speculative investment.
 
The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s swap obligations over its entitlements will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian. The Adviser generally requires counterparties to have a minimum credit rating of A from Moody’s (or comparable rating from another rating agency) and monitors such rating on an on-going basis. If the other party to a swap contract defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss will consist of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. Under such circumstances, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. Swap instruments are not exchange-listed securities and may be traded only in the over-the-counter market.
 
Interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments).
 
Total return swaps. Total return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make payments of the total return from the designated underlying asset(s), which may consist of securities, baskets of securities, or securities indices, during the specified period, in return for receiving payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from the other designated underlying asset(s).
 
Currency swaps. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the two parties’ respective commitments to pay or receive fluctuations with respect to a notional amount of two different currencies (e.g., an exchange of payments with respect to fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Japanese yen).
 
Credit default swaps. When the Fund is the buyer of a credit default swap contract, the Fund is entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would normally pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the Fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it normally receives a stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Fund would add the equivalent of leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts and baskets thereof for investment and risk management purposes, including diversification.
 
The use of interest rate, total return, currency, credit default and other swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund would be unfavorably affected.
 
Senior Loan based derivatives
 
The Fund may obtain exposure to Senior Loans through the use of derivative instruments, which have recently become increasingly available. The Adviser may utilize these instruments and similar instruments that may be available in the future. The Fund may invest in a derivative instrument known as a Select Aggregate Market Index (“SAMI”), which is a privately offered credit derivative that provides investors with exposure to a reference index of credit default swaps whose underlying reference securities are Senior Loans. While investing in SAMIs will increase the universe of floating-rate income securities to which the Fund is exposed, such investments entail risks that are not typically associated with investments in other floating-rate income securities. The liquidity of the market for SAMIs will be subject to liquidity in the Senior Loan and credit derivatives markets. Investment in SAMIs involves many of the risks associated with investments in derivative instruments discussed generally herein. The Fund may also be subject to the risk that the counterparty in a derivatives transaction will default on its obligations. Derivatives
 

44
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
transactions generally involve the risk of loss due to unanticipated adverse changes in securities prices, interest rates, the inability to close out a position, imperfect correlation between a position and the desired hedge, tax constraints on closing out positions and portfolio management constraints on securities subject to such transactions. The potential loss on derivative instruments may be substantial relative to the initial investment therein.
 
Credit derivatives
 
The Fund may engage in credit derivatives transactions. There are two broad categories of credit derivatives: default price risk derivatives and market spread derivatives. Default price risk derivatives are linked to the price of reference securities or loans after a default by the issuer or borrower, respectively. Market spread derivatives are based on the risk that changes in market factors, such as credit spreads, can cause a decline in the value of a security, loan or index. There are three basic transactional forms for credit derivatives: swaps, options and structured instruments. A credit default swap is an agreement between two counterparties that allows one counterparty (the “seller”) to purchase or be “long” a third party’s credit risk and the other party (the “buyer”) to sell or be “short” the credit risk. Typically, the seller agrees to make regular fixed payments to the buyer with the same frequency as the underlying reference bond. In exchange, the seller typically has the right upon default of the underlying bond to put the bond to the buyer in exchange for the bond’s par value plus interest. When the Fund is the buyer of a credit default swap contract, the Fund is entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would normally pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the Fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it normally receives a stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Fund would add the equivalent of leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Credit default swaps can be used as a substitute for purchasing or selling a fixed-income security and sometimes are preferable to actually purchasing the security. The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts and baskets thereof for investment and risk management purposes, including diversification. A purchaser of a credit default swap is subject to counterparty risk. The Fund will monitor any such swaps or derivatives with a view towards ensuring that the Fund remains in compliance with all applicable regulations and tax requirements.
 
Foreign currency transactions
 
The Fund may (but is not required to) hedge some or all of its exposure to non-U.S. currencies through the use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts, foreign currency futures contracts, options on foreign currencies, foreign currency futures contracts and swaps and other derivatives transactions. Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time when they would be beneficial. Although the Fund has the flexibility to engage in such transactions, the Adviser may determine not to do so or to do so only in unusual circumstances or market conditions. These transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the Fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies. The Fund may also use derivatives transactions for purposes of increasing exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one currency to another.
 
Credit-linked notes
 
The Fund may invest in credit-linked notes (“CLN”) for risk management purposes, including diversification. A CLN is a derivative instrument. It is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). In addition to the credit risk of the reference obligations and interest rate risk, the buyer/seller of the CLN is subject to counterparty risk.
 

45
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
Synthetic investments
 
As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to investments in which the Fund may invest directly through the use of derivative instruments. The Fund may utilize swaps, options, forwards, notional principal contracts or other derivative instruments to replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an investment in which the Fund may invest directly. The Fund may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Adviser use derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. Such transactions may expose the Fund to counterparty risk, lack of liquidity in such derivative instruments and additional expenses associated with using such derivative instruments. To the extent that the Fund invests in synthetic investments with economic characteristics similar to credit securities, the value of such investments will be counted as credit securities for purposes of the Fund’s 80% Policy. See “Risks–Synthetic Investment Risk.”
 
Options
 
In connection with its investments in equity securities, the Fund may employ a strategy of writing (selling) call options on individual equity securities held in the Fund’s portfolio (commonly referred to as “covered” call options), indices of securities (or exchange-traded funds that track indices of securities) and sectors of securities. The Fund may also, from time to time, buy or sell put options on individual equity securities, indices of securities (or exchange-traded funds that track indices of securities) and sectors of securities. The Fund may buy and sell exchange traded and over-the-counter call and put options. The Fund’s option strategy, if utilized, would seek to generate current gains from option premiums as a means to enhance distributions payable to the Fund’s Common Shareholders.
 
An option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise or “strike” price. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Certain options, known as “American style” options may be exercised at any time during the term of the option. Other options, known as “European style” options, may be exercised only on the expiration date of the option.
 
If an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes on the expiration date a capital gain equal to the premium received by the Fund at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, underlying security, exercise price and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund desires. The Fund may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option when purchased. The Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. Net gains from the Fund’s option writing strategy will be short-term capital gains which, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will constitute net investment company taxable income. If the Fund, as the writer of a covered call option, is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise or otherwise covers the position. If the Fund writes an uncovered call option and is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, the Fund will be subject to unlimited risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index increase above the exercise price.
 
The Fund will “cover” its obligations when it sells call options or will earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. In the case of a call option on an individual security, the option is “covered” if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, the
 

46
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
Fund has earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to such additional cash consideration) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Fund. In the case of a call option on an index, an option is “covered” if the Fund owns a portfolio of stocks substantially replicating the movement of the index. A call option on a security or index is also covered if the Fund holds a call on the same security or index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities.
 
The Fund may also write “uncovered” call options, meaning that it can write options on securities or indices not held in its portfolio or which are not covered as described above. When the Fund writes uncovered call options on securities, including exchange traded funds, the Fund will segregate or earmark cash or liquid assets that, when added to amounts deposited by the Fund with a broker as margin, equal the market value of the security underlying the call option (but are no less than the exercise price of the call option). When the Fund writes uncovered index call options, the Fund will earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the Fund’s net payment obligation under the terms of such call option (i.e., the exercise settlement amount determined daily on a marked to market basis) in accordance with applicable interpretations of the SEC.
 
The Fund will write (sell) put options only if the put option is “covered” or if the Fund earmarks or segregates cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. A put option written by the Fund on a security is “covered” if the Fund segregates or earmarks assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser as described above, equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Fund holds a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated or earmarked assets determined to be liquid by the Adviser, as described above.
 
The Fund may sell put and call options on indices of securities. Options on an index differ from options on securities because (i) the exercise of an index option requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities, (ii) the holder of an index option has the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the index upon which the option is based is greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the exercise price of the option and (iii) index options reflect price-fluctuations in a group of securities or segments of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security. In connection with writing (selling) options on securities indices, the Fund will earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC.
 
As the seller of an index call option, the Fund receives cash (the premium) from the purchaser. The purchaser of an index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over a fixed price (the exercise price) on or before a certain date in the future (the expiration date). The Fund, in effect, agrees to sell the potential appreciation in the value of the relevant index over the exercise price in exchange for the premium. If, at or before expiration, the purchaser exercises the call option sold by the Fund, the Fund will pay the purchaser the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price of the index option (the exercise settlement amount). The premium, the exercise price and the market value of the index determine the gain or loss realized by the Fund as the seller of the index call option.
 
COMMERCIAL PAPER
 
Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by corporations such as banks or bank holding companies, finance companies and other issuers.
 
TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE INVESTMENTS
 
During periods in which the Adviser believes that changes in economic, financial or political conditions make it advisable to maintain a temporary defensive posture (a “temporary defensive period”), or in order to keep the Fund’s cash fully invested, including the period during which the net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares are being invested, the Fund may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in money market instruments, repurchase
 

47
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
agreements in respect of those instruments and shares of money market funds. The money market instruments in which the Fund may invest are obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; commercial paper rated A-1 or higher by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s; and certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic branches of U.S. banks that are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. During a temporary defensive period, the Fund may also invest in shares of money market mutual funds. Money market mutual funds are investment companies, and the investments in those companies by the Fund are in some cases subject to certain fundamental investment restrictions and the requirements of the 1940 Act. See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI. As a shareholder in a mutual fund, the Fund will bear its ratable share of its expenses, including management fees, and will remain subject to payment of the fees to the Adviser, with respect to assets so invested. See “Management of the Fund.” The Fund may not achieve its investment objective during a temporary defensive period or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels.
 
CERTAIN OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES
 
When issued, delayed delivery securities and forward commitments
 
The Fund may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities. The Fund may enter into transactions on a “when issued” or “delayed delivery” basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved, and may purchase “to-be-announced” (“TBA”) MBS. In some cases, a forward commitment may be conditioned upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring (i.e., a when, as and if issued security). When such transactions are negotiated, the price is fixed at the time of the commitment, with payment and delivery taking place in the future, generally a month or more after the date of the commitment. While it will only enter into a forward commitment with the intention of actually acquiring the security, the Fund may sell the security before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. Securities purchased under a forward commitment are subject to market fluctuation, and generally no interest (or dividends) accrues to the Fund prior to the settlement date. By purchasing a TBA, the Fund makes a commitment to purchase a future issuance of MBS and the actual MBS that will be delivered to fulfill the TBA trade is not designated at the time the trade is made. The Fund will segregate with its custodian cash or liquid securities in an aggregate amount at least equal to the amount of its outstanding forward commitments.
 
Loans of portfolio securities
 
To increase income, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions if (i) the loan is collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and (ii) no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33 1/ 3 % of the value of the Fund’s total assets. If the borrower fails to maintain the requisite amount of collateral, the loan automatically terminates and the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over the value of the collateral. As with any extension of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. There can be no assurance that borrowers will not fail financially. On termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund, and any gain or loss in the market price during the term of the loan would inure to the Fund. If the other party to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral and the Fund would suffer a loss. See “Investment Objective and Policies—Loans of Portfolio Securities” in the SAI.
 
Short sales
 
The Fund may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. To deliver the securities to the buyer, the Fund arranges through a broker to borrow the securities and, in so doing, the Fund becomes obligated to replace the securities borrowed at their market price at the time of replacement. The Fund may have to pay a premium to borrow the securities and must pay any dividends or interest payable on the securities until they are replaced, which will be
 

48
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
expenses of the Fund. The Fund’s obligation to replace the securities borrowed in connection with a short sale will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker that consists of cash and/or liquid securities. In addition, the Fund will place in a segregated account an amount of cash and/or liquid securities equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the market value of the securities sold at the time they were sold short, and (ii) any cash and/or liquid securities deposited as collateral with the broker in connection with the short sale. To the extent the Fund engages in short sales, the Fund will not make a short sale, if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets. Also, the market value of the securities sold short of any one issuer will not exceed either 10% of the Fund’s total assets or 5% of such issuer’s voting securities.
 
The Fund may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Fund owns, or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost, the identical security.
 
Repurchase agreements
 
Repurchase agreements may be seen as loans by the Fund collateralized by underlying securities. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the Fund would acquire an underlying security for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the Fund to resell, the obligation at an agreed price and time. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return to the Fund that is not subject to market fluctuations during the holding period. The Fund bears a risk of loss in the event that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations and the Fund is delayed in or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the collateral securities, and will be subject to the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which it seeks to assert these rights. The Fund may accept a wide variety of underlying securities as collateral for repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund. Such collateral may include U.S. government securities, corporate obligations, MBS, municipal debt securities, equity securities and convertible securities. Any such securities serving as collateral are marked-to-market daily in order to maintain full collateralization. The Adviser, acting under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, reviews the creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which the Fund enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate these risks. The Fund will not enter into repurchase agreements with the Adviser or its affiliates.
 
Government sponsored investment programs
 
From time to time, the Fund may seek to invest in credit securities through one or more programs that may from time to time be sponsored, established or operated by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other governmental agencies.
 
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
 
The Fund will buy and sell securities to seek to accomplish its investment objective. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expense to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities. The portfolio turnover rate is computed by dividing the lesser of the amount of the securities purchased or securities sold by the average monthly value of securities owned during the year (excluding securities whose maturities at acquisition were one year or less). The Fund’s portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Higher portfolio turnover may decrease the after-tax return to individual investors in the Fund to the extent it results in an increase in the short-term capital gains portion of distributions to shareholders.
 
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
 
The Fund has adopted certain other investment limitations designed to limit investment risk. These limitations are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares, as defined in the 1940 Act (and preferred shares, if any, voting together as a single class), which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of
 

49
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
The Fund’s investments  
 
 
more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI for a complete list of the fundamental investment policies of the Fund.
 
Use of Financial Leverage
 
The Fund may employ leverage through (i) the issuance of senior securities representing indebtedness, including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper (collectively, “Indebtedness”), (ii) the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) or (iii) engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions (collectively with Indebtedness and Preferred Shares, “Financial Leverage”). Under current market conditions, the Fund initially expects to utilize Financial Leverage through Indebtedness and/or reverse repurchase agreements, such that the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage). The Fund has no current intention to issue Preferred Shares. The Adviser anticipates that the use of Financial Leverage will result in higher income to Common Shareholders over time; however, there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. See “Risks—Financial Leverage Risk.”
 
INDEBTEDNESS
 
The Fund may utilize Indebtedness to the maximum extent permitted under the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not incur Indebtedness if, immediately after incurring such Indebtedness, the Fund would have an asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 300% (i.e., the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities other than the principal amount represented by Indebtedness must be at least 300% of the principal amount represented by Indebtedness at the time of issuance). In addition, the Fund generally is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on the Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration and after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution, the Fund maintains asset coverage of 300%. However, the foregoing restriction does not apply with respect to certain types of Indebtedness, including a line of credit or other privately arranged borrowings from a financial institution. If the Fund utilizes Indebtedness, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to prepay all or a portion of the principal amount of any outstanding Indebtedness to the extent necessary to maintain the required asset coverage. The Fund may also utilize Indebtedness in excess of such limit for temporary purposes such as the settlement of transactions.
 
The terms of any such Indebtedness may require the Fund to pay a fee to maintain a line of credit, such as a commitment fee, or to maintain minimum average balances with a lender. Any such requirements would increase the cost of such Indebtedness over the stated interest rate. Such lenders would have the right to receive interest on and repayment of principal of any such Indebtedness, which right will be senior to those of the Common Shareholders. Any such Indebtedness may contain provisions limiting certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to Common Shareholders in certain circumstances. Any Indebtedness will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future Indebtedness of the Fund. If the Fund utilizes Indebtedness, the Common Shareholders will bear the offering costs of the issuance of any Indebtedness.
 
Certain types of Indebtedness subject the Fund to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Indebtedness issued by the Fund also may subject the Fund to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for such Indebtedness. Such guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Adviser from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.
 
The 1940 Act grants to the lenders to the Fund, under certain circumstances, certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default and entitle the debt holders to elect a majority of the Board of Trustees.
 

50
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Use of Financial Leverage  
 
 
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND DOLLAR ROLL TRANSACTIONS
 
In reverse repurchase agreement transactions, the Fund sells portfolio securities to financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers and agrees to repurchase them at a particular date and price. The Fund may utilize reverse repurchase agreements when it is anticipated that the interest income to be earned from the investment of the proceeds of the transaction is greater than the interest expense of the transaction. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Fund, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Fund. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the reverse repurchase transaction, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what the performance would have been without the use of reverse repurchase transactions.
 
A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by the Fund of a mortgage-backed or other security concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase a similar security at a later date at an agreed-upon price. The securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate and stated maturity as those sold, but pools of mortgages collateralizing those securities may have different prepayment histories than those sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Fund, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Fund. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what the performance would have been without the use of dollar rolls.
 
With respect to any reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or similar transaction, the Fund’s Managed Assets shall include any proceeds from the sale of an asset of the Fund to a counterparty in such a transaction, in addition to the value of the underlying asset as of the relevant measuring date.
 
With respect to Financial Leverage incurred through investments in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, the Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. As a result of such segregation, the Fund’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act and the Fund’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will not be limited by the 1940 Act. However, the Fund’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions will be included when calculating the Fund’s Financial Leverage and therefore will be limited by the Fund’s maximum overall leverage levels approved by the Board of Trustees (currently 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s Managed Assets) and may be further limited by the availability of cash or liquid securities to earmark or segregate in connection with such transactions.
 
PREFERRED SHARES
 
The Fund’s Governing Documents provide that the Board of Trustees may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, by action of the Board of Trustees without prior approval of the holders of the Common Shares. Common Shareholders have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued. Any such Preferred Share offering would be subject to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Although the Fund has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares, it may in the future utilize Preferred Shares to the maximum extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not issue Preferred Shares if, immediately after issuance, the Fund would have asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 200% (i.e., for every dollar of Preferred Shares outstanding, the Fund is required to have at least two dollars of assets). See “Description of Capital Structure—Preferred Shares.”
 
CERTAIN PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
 
In addition the Fund may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Fund to make payments, the Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Fund under the terms of such transactions or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with
 

51
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Use of Financial Leverage  
 
 
applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Fund to deliver particular securities to extinguish the Fund’s obligations under such transactions the Fund may “cover” its obligations under such transactions by either (i) owning the securities or collateral underlying such transactions or (ii) having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities or collateral without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, having earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities). Such segregation or cover is intended to provide the Fund with available assets to satisfy its obligations under such transactions. As a result of such segregation or cover, the Fund’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the 1940 Act, or included in calculating the aggregate amount of the Fund’s Financial Leverage. To the extent that the Fund’s obligations under such transactions are not so segregated or covered, such obligations may be considered “senior securities representing indebtedness” under the 1940 Act and therefore subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement.
 
EFFECTS OF FINANCIAL LEVERAGE
 
Assuming (i) the use by the Fund of Financial Leverage representing approximately 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) and (ii) interest costs to the Fund at an average annual rate of 1.50% with respect to such Financial Leverage, then the incremental income generated by the Fund’s portfolio (net of estimated expenses including expenses related to the Financial Leverage) must exceed approximately 0.50% to cover such interest expense. Of course, these numbers are merely estimates used for illustration. The amount of Financial Leverage used by the Fund as well as actual interest expenses on such Financial Leverage may vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower than the rate estimated above.
 
The following table is furnished pursuant to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effect of Financial Leverage on Common Share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income, net expenses and changes in the value of investments held in the Fund’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of what the Fund’s investment portfolio returns will be. The table further reflects the issuance of Financial Leverage representing approximately 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s Managed Assets (including the proceeds of such Financial Leverage) and the Fund’s currently projected annual interest rate of 1.50% with respect to such Financial Leverage. The table does not reflect any offering costs of Common Shares or Financial Leverage.
 
                               
Assumed portfolio total return (net of expenses)
    (10.00 )%     (5.00 )%     0.00 %     5.00 %     10.00 %
Common Share total return
    (15.75 )%     (8.25 )%     0.75 %     6.75 %     14.25 %
 
 
Common Share total return is composed of two elements—the Common Share dividends paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the Fund’s net investment income after paying the carrying cost of Financial Leverage) and realized and unrealized gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns. As required by SEC rules, the table assumes that the Fund is more likely to suffer capital loss than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0%, the Fund must assume that the net investment income it receives on its investments is entirely offset by losses on the value of those investments. This table reflects the hypothetical performance of the Fund’s portfolio and not the performance of the Fund’s Common Shares, the value of which will be determined by market and other factors.
 
During the time in which the Fund is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Common Shareholders, on the other hand. Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to manage this conflict of interest, the maximum level of and types of Financial Leverage used by the Fund must be approved by the Board of Trustees, and the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser regarding the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of the Fund’s portfolio and the performance of the Fund.
 

52
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Use of Financial Leverage  
 
 
Unless and until the Fund utilizes Financial Leverage, the Common Shares will not be leveraged and this section will not apply. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized.
 
INTEREST RATE TRANSACTIONS
 
In connection with the Fund’s anticipated use of Financial Leverage, the Fund may enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions. Interest rate swaps involve the Fund’s agreement with the swap counterparty to pay a fixed-rate payment in exchange for the counterparty’s paying the Fund a variable rate payment that is intended to approximate all or a portion of the Fund’s variable-rate payment obligation on the Fund’s Financial Leverage. The payment obligation would be based on the notional amount of the swap, which will not exceed the amount of the Fund’s Financial Leverage.
 
The Fund may use an interest rate cap, which would require it to pay a premium to the cap counterparty and would entitle it, to the extent that a specified variable-rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate, to receive payment from the counterparty of the difference based on the notional amount. The Fund would use interest rate swaps or caps only with the intent to reduce or eliminate the risk that an increase in short-term interest rates could have on Common Share net earnings as a result of Financial Leverage.
 
The Fund will usually enter into swaps or caps on a net basis; that is, the two payment streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund’s receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The Fund intends to segregate cash or liquid securities having a value at least equal to the Fund’s net payment obligations under any swap transaction, marked to market daily. The Fund will treat such amounts as illiquid.
 
The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the Fund’s use of interest rate instruments could enhance or harm the overall performance of the Common Shares. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the net amount receivable by the Fund under the interest rate swap or cap could decline and could thus result in a decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares. In addition, if short-term interest rates are lower than the Fund’s fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will reduce Common Share net earnings if the Fund must make net payments to the counterparty. If, on the other hand, short-term interest rates are higher than the fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will enhance Common Share net earnings if the Fund receives net payments from the counterparty. Buying interest rate caps could enhance the performance of the Common Shares by limiting the Fund’s maximum leverage expense. Buying interest rate caps could also decrease the net earnings of the Common Shares if the premium paid by the Fund to the counterparty exceeds the additional cost of the Financial Leverage that the Fund would have been required to pay had it not entered into the cap agreement.
 
Interest rate swaps and caps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate swaps is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund would not be able to use the anticipated net receipts under the swap or cap to offset the costs of the Financial Leverage. Depending on whether the Fund would be entitled to receive net payments from the counterparty on the swap or cap, which in turn would depend on the general state of short-term interest rates at that point in time, such a default could negatively impact the performance of the Common Shares.
 
Although this will not guarantee that the counterparty does not default, the Fund will not enter into an interest rate swap or cap transaction with any counterparty that the Adviser believes does not have the financial resources to honor its obligation under the interest rate swap or cap transaction. Further, the Adviser will regularly monitor the financial stability of a counterparty to an interest rate swap or cap transaction in an effort to proactively protect the Fund’s investments.
 
In addition, at the time the interest rate swap or cap transaction reaches its scheduled termination date, there is a risk that the Fund will not be able to obtain a replacement transaction or that the terms of the replacement will not be as
 

53
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Use of Financial Leverage  
 
 
favorable as on the expiring transaction. If this occurs, it could have a negative impact on the performance of the Common Shares.
 
The Fund may choose or be required to prepay Indebtedness. Such a prepayment would likely result in the Fund’s seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any swap or cap transaction. Such early termination of a swap could result in a termination payment by or to the Fund. An early termination of a cap could result in a termination payment to the Fund. There may also be penalties associated with early termination.
 
Risks
 
Investors should consider the following risk factors and special considerations associated with investing in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest.
 
NO OPERATING HISTORY
 
The Fund is a newly-organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history.
 
NOT A COMPLETE INVESTMENT PROGRAM
 
An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program. The Fund is intended for long-term investors seeking total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund is not meant to provide a vehicle for those who wish to play short-term swings in the stock market. Each Common Shareholder should take into account the Fund’s investment objective as well as the Common Shareholder’s other investments when considering an investment in the Fund.
 
INVESTMENT AND MARKET RISK
 
An investment in Common Shares of the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund. The value of the securities owned by the Fund may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably, which will affect the net asset value and may affect the market price of the Common Shares. The value of securities owned by the Fund may decline due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular issuer, such as real or perceived economic conditions, changes in interest or currency rates or changes in investor sentiment or market outlook generally. At any point in time, your Common Shares may be worth less than your original investment, including the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions.
 
MARKET DISCOUNT RISK
 
Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Fund’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities. Although the value of the Fund’s net assets is generally considered by market participants in determining whether to purchase or sell Common Shares, whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common Shares will depend entirely upon whether the market price of Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for Common Shares. Because the market price of Common Shares will be determined by factors such as net asset value, dividend and distribution levels (which are dependent, in part, on expenses), supply of and demand for Common Shares, stability of dividends or distributions, trading volume of Common Shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the initial public offering price. This risk may be greater for investors expecting to sell their Common Shares soon after the completion of the public offering, as the net asset value of the Common Shares will be reduced immediately following the offering as a result of the payment of certain offering costs. Common Shares of the Fund are designed primarily for long-term investors; investors in Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.
 

54
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
MANAGEMENT RISK
 
The Fund is subject to management risk because it has an actively managed portfolio. The Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analysis in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The Fund’s allocation of its investments across various segments of the credit securities market and various countries, regions, asset classes and sectors may vary significantly over time based on the Adviser’s analysis and judgment. As a result, the particular risks most relevant to an investment in the Fund, as well as the overall risk profile of the Fund’s portfolio, may vary over time. The Adviser employs an active approach to the Fund’s investment allocation based upon a relative value philosophy, but there is no guarantee that such allocation will produce the desired results. It is possible that the Fund will focus on an investment that performs poorly or underperforms other investments under various market conditions. The flexibility of the Fund’s investment policies and the discretion granted to the Adviser to invest the Fund’s assets across various segments, classes and geographic regions of the credit securities market and in credit securities with various maturities and durations means that the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be more dependent on the success of its investment adviser than other investment companies.
 
INCOME RISK
 
The income investors receive from the Fund is based in part on the interest it earns from its investments in credit securities, which can vary widely over the short- and long-term. If prevailing market interest rates drop, investors’ income from the Fund could drop as well. The Fund’s income could also be affected adversely when prevailing short-term interest rates increase and the Fund is utilizing leverage, although this risk is mitigated to the extent the Fund invests in floating-rate obligations.
 
CREDIT SECURITIES RISKS
 
Credit securities are subject to certain risks:
 
Issuer risk
 
The value of securities in which the Fund invests may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, historical and projected earnings, and the value of its assets.
 
Credit risk
 
Credit risk is the risk that one or more debt obligations in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price, or fail to pay interest or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation experiences a decline in its financial status. To the extent the Fund invests in below investment grade securities, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund which invests in investment grade securities. The prices of lower grade securities are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Securities of below investment grade quality are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default. In addition, to the extent the Fund uses credit derivatives, such use will expose it to additional risks in the event that the bonds underlying the derivatives default.
 
Interest rate risk
 
Interest rate risk is the risk that credit securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of credit securities generally will fall. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels. The prices of longer-term securities fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term securities as interest rates change. The Fund’s use of leverage, as described below, will tend to increase common share interest rate risk. The Fund may utilize certain strategies for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of credit securities held by the Fund and decreasing the Fund’s exposure to interest rate risk. The Fund may utilize futures, interest rate swaps and other derivatives
 

55
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
transactions to implement these strategies. The Fund is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and may choose not to do so. In addition, there is no assurance that any attempts by the Fund to reduce interest rate risk will be successful or that any hedges that the Fund may establish will perfectly correlate with movements in interest rates.
 
The Fund may invest in variable and floating rate debt instruments, which generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than fixed rate instruments, but may decline in value in response to rising interest rates if, for example, the rates at which they pay interest do not rise as much, or as quickly, as market interest rates in general. Conversely, variable and floating rate instruments generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline. The Fund also may invest in inverse floating rate credit securities, which may decrease in value if interest rates increase, and which also may exhibit greater price volatility than fixed rate credit securities with similar credit quality. To the extent the Fund holds variable or floating rate instruments, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating rate securities, an increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities, which may adversely affect the net asset value of the Common Shares.
 
Reinvestment risk
 
Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called securities at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or the overall return of the Fund.
 
Prepayment risk
 
During periods of declining interest rates, borrowers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call or prepayment risk. Below investment grade securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met (“call protection”). An issuer may redeem a below investment grade security if, for example, the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer. For premium bonds (bonds acquired at prices that exceed their par or principal value) purchased by the Fund, prepayment risk may be enhanced given that the Fund would lose the potential value of the yield-to-maturity of the bonds in the event they are redeemed at the stated principal amount. Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans typically do not have call protection. The degree to which borrowers prepay Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among Senior Loan and Second Lien Loan investors, among others. For these reasons, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the outstanding debt from which the Fund derives interest income will be reduced. The Fund may not be able to reinvest the proceeds received on terms as favorable as the prepaid investment.
 
Liquidity risk
 
The Fund may invest without limitation in securities for which there is no readily available trading market or which are otherwise illiquid. Securities within any of the types of credit securities in which the Fund may invest may be unregistered, restricted or illiquid. The Fund may invest in privately issued securities of both public and private companies, which may be illiquid. Securities of below investment grade quality tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities, and securities of financial distressed or bankrupt issuers may be particularly illiquid. Loans typically are not registered with the SEC and are not listed on any securities exchange and may at times be illiquid. Loan investments through participations and assignments are typically illiquid. Structured finance securities are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in structured finance securities may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances. The securities and obligations of foreign issuers, particular issuers in emerging markets, may be more likely to experience periods of illiquidity. Derivative instruments, particularly privately-negotiated or over-the-counter derivatives, may be illiquid, although can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an exchange traded
 

56
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
derivative position. The Fund may not be able to readily dispose of illiquid securities and obligations at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such securities and obligations if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. In addition, market, credit and other events may affect the prices of securities with limited liquidity held by the Fund to a greater extent than such events affect more liquid securities, thereby adversely affecting the Fund’s net asset value and ability to make distributions.
 
Valuation risk
 
Because the secondary markets for certain investments may be limited, they may be difficult to value. Where market quotations are not readily available or deemed unreliable, the Fund will value such securities in accordance with fair value procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees. Valuation of illiquid securities may require more research than for more liquid investments. In addition, elements of judgment may play a greater role in valuation in such cases than for investments with a more active secondary market because there is less reliable objective data available. A security that is fair valued may be valued at a price higher or lower than the value determined by other funds using their own fair valuation procedures. Prices obtained by the Fund upon the sale of such securities may not equal the value at which the Fund carried the investment on its books, which would adversely affect the net asset value of the Fund.
 
Duration and maturity risk
 
The Fund has no set policy regarding maturity or duration of credit securities in which it may invest or of the Fund’s portfolio generally. The Adviser may seek to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity based on its assessment of current and projected market conditions and all factors that the Adviser deems relevant. Any decisions as to the targeted duration or maturity of any particular category of investments or of the Fund’s portfolio generally will be made based on all pertinent market factors at any given time. The Fund may incur costs in seeking to adjust the portfolio average duration or maturity. There can be no assurance that the Adviser’s assessment of current and projected market conditions will be correct or that any strategy to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity will be successful at any given time. Generally speaking, the longer the duration of the Fund’s portfolio, the more exposure the Fund will have to interest rate risk described above.
 
BELOW INVESTMENT GRADE SECURITIES RISK
 
The Fund may invest in securities rated below investment grade or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable credit quality, which are commonly referred to as “high-yield” or “junk” bonds. Investment in securities of below investment grade quality involves substantial risk of loss. Securities of below investment grade quality are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and issuer-specific developments. Issuers of below investment grade securities are not perceived to be as strong financially as those with higher credit ratings. These issuers are more vulnerable to financial setbacks and recession than more creditworthy issuers, which may impair their ability to make interest and principal payments. Securities of below investment grade quality display increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to a deteriorating economic environment. The market values for securities of below investment grade quality tend to be more volatile and such securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain below investment grade securities, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in below investment grade securities, you could have an increased risk of losing money on your investment in Common Shares, both in the short-term and the long-term.
 
The ratings of Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and other rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. To the extent that the Fund invests in securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Fund’s ability to
 

57
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Fund invests in rated securities.
 
The Fund may invest in securities rated in the lower rating categories (rated Caa1/CCC+ or below, or unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Adviser). For these securities, the risks associated with below investment grade instruments are more pronounced. Investments in the securities of financially distressed issuers involve substantial risks. The Fund may purchase stressed or distressed securities, including securities that are in default or the issuers of which are in bankruptcy, which involve heightened risks. See “Risks—Distressed and Defaulted Securities Risk.”
 
In addition to the risks associated with below investment grade securities generally, DIP financings are subject to additional risks. DIP financings are arranged when an entity seeks the protections of the bankruptcy court under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and must be approved by the bankruptcy court. These financings allow the entity to continue its business operations while reorganizing under Chapter 11. DIP financings are typically fully secured by a lien on the debtor’s otherwise unencumbered assets or secured by a junior lien on the debtor’s encumbered assets (so long as the loan is fully secured based on the most recent current valuation or appraisal report of the debtor). DIP financings are often required to close with certainty and in a rapid manner in order to satisfy existing creditors and to enable the issuer to emerge from bankruptcy or to avoid a bankruptcy proceeding. There is a risk that the borrower will not emerge from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and be forced to liquidate its assets under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In the event of liquidation, the Fund’s only recourse will be against the property securing the DIP financing.
 
CORPORATE BOND RISK
 
The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by factors directly related to the issuer, such as investors’ perceptions of the creditworthiness of the issuer, the issuer’s financial performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, performance of management of the issuer, the issuer’s capital structure and use of financial leverage and demand for the issuer’s goods and services. There is a risk that the issuers of corporate bonds may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are often high risk and have speculative characteristics and may be particularly susceptible to adverse issuer-specific developments. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are subject to the risks described herein under “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
SENIOR LOANS RISK
 
Senior Loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity, are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower. Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest are generally rated below investment grade or unrated but believed by the Adviser to be of below investment grade quality and are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers.
 
There is less readily available, reliable information about most Senior Loans than is the case for many other types of securities. In addition, there is no minimum rating or other independent evaluation of a Borrower or its securities limiting the Fund’s investments, and the Adviser relies primarily on its own evaluation of a Borrower’s credit quality rather than on any available independent sources. As a result, the Fund is particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser with respect to investments in Senior Loans. The Adviser’s judgment about the credit quality of a Borrower may be wrong.
 
Issuers of below investment grade Senior Loans are more likely to default on their payments of interest and principal owed to the Fund than issuers of investment grade Senior Loans, and such defaults could reduce the Fund’s net asset value and income distributions. An economic downturn generally leads to a higher non-payment rate, and a Senior Loan may lose significant value before a default occurs. Moreover, any specific collateral used to secure a Senior Loan may decline in value or become illiquid, which would adversely affect the Senior Loan’s value.
 

58
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
No active trading market may exist for certain Senior Loans, which may impair the ability of the Fund to realize full value in the event of the need to sell a Senior Loan and which may make it difficult to value Senior Loans. Adverse market conditions may impair the liquidity of some actively traded Senior Loans, meaning that the Fund may not be able to sell them quickly at a desirable price. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Senior Loans, the market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Illiquid Senior Loans may also be difficult to value.
 
Although the Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest generally will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of the bankruptcy of a Borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Senior Loan. If the terms of a Senior Loan do not require the Borrower to pledge additional collateral in the event of a decline in the value of the already pledged collateral, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the Borrower’s obligations under the Senior Loans. To the extent that a Senior Loan is collateralized by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy of the Borrower. Such Senior Loans involve a greater risk of loss. Some Senior Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the Senior Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to lenders, including the Fund. Such court action could under certain circumstances include invalidation of Senior Loans.
 
Senior Loans are subject to legislative risk. If legislation or state or federal regulations impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of financial institutions to make loans, the availability of Senior Loans for investment by the Fund may be adversely affected. In addition, such requirements or restrictions could reduce or eliminate sources of financing for certain Borrowers. This would increase the risk of default. If legislation or federal or state regulations require financial institutions to increase their capital requirements this may cause financial institutions to dispose of Senior Loans that are considered highly levered transactions. Such sales could result in prices that, in the opinion of the Adviser, do not represent fair value. If the Fund attempts to sell a Senior Loan at a time when a financial institution is engaging in such a sale, the price the Fund could receive for the Senior Loan may be adversely affected.
 
The Fund may purchase Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis from a participant in the original syndicate of lenders or from subsequent assignees of such interests. The Fund may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Senior Loans. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and, in any event, the Fund may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral. A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the Borrower. In purchasing participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the Borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund will be exposed to the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution selling the participation. Further, in purchasing participations in lending syndicates, the Fund may not be able to conduct the same due diligence on the Borrower with respect to a Senior Loan that the Fund would otherwise conduct. In addition, as a holder of the participations, the Fund may not have voting rights or inspection rights that the Fund would otherwise have if it were investing directly in the Senior Loan, which may result in the Fund being exposed to greater credit or fraud risk with respect to the Borrower or the Senior Loan.
 
The Fund’s investments in Senior Loans may be subject to lender liability risk. Lender liability refers to a variety of legal theories generally founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the Borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the Borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the Borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Because of the nature of its investments, the Fund may be subject to allegations of lender liability. In
 

59
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
addition, under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, in which a court may elect to subordinate the claim of the offending lender or bondholder to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors.
 
Economic exposure to Senior Loans through the use of derivatives transactions may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the Senior Loan interest directly during a primary distribution or through assignments or participations in a loan acquired in secondary markets since, in addition to the risks described above, derivatives transactions to gain exposure to Senior Loans may be subject to leverage risk and greater illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk and other risks associated with derivatives discussed herein.
 
SECOND LIEN LOANS RISK
 
Second Lien Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investments in Senior Loans and below investment grade securities. Because Second Lien Loans are subordinated and thus lower in priority of payment to Senior Loans or other debt instruments with higher priority of the related Borrower, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower and property securing the loan or debt, if any, may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the Borrower. This risk is generally higher for subordinated loans or debt which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral. Second Lien Loans generally have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and may be less liquid. Second Lien Loans share the same risks as other below investment grade securities.
 
SUBORDINATED SECURED LOANS RISK
 
Subordinated Secured Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and below investment grade securities. However, such loans may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans or other debt instruments with higher priority of the Borrower and therefore are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower and any property securing the loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal in the event of default or bankruptcy after giving effect to the higher ranking secured obligations of the Borrower. Subordinated Secured Loans are expected to have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans and may be less liquid.
 
UNSECURED LOANS RISK
 
Unsecured Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans, Subordinated Secured Loans and below investment grade securities. However, because Unsecured Loans have lower priority in right of payment to any higher ranking obligations of the Borrower and are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral, they are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the Borrower. Unsecured Loans are expected to have greater price volatility than Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and Subordinated Secured Loans and may be less liquid.
 
MEZZANINE INVESTMENTS RISK
 
The Fund may invest in certain lower grade securities known as “Mezzanine Investments,” which are subordinated debt securities that are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security (e.g., with attached warrants) or may be convertible into equity securities. Mezzanine Investments are generally subject to similar risks associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and other below investment grade securities. However, Mezzanine Investments may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and other debt instruments with higher priority of the borrower, or may be unsecured (i.e., not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral), and are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments and repayment of principal after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower. Mezzanine Investments are expected to have greater price volatility and exposure to losses upon default than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans and may be less liquid.
 

60
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
PREFERRED SECURITIES RISK
 
There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities:
 
Deferral
 
Preferred securities may contain provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If the Fund owns a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such income.
 
Subordination
 
Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of having priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments.
 
Liquidity
 
Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stocks or U.S. Government securities.
 
Limited voting rights      
 
Generally, preferred security holders (such as the Fund) have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights. In the case of trust preferred securities, holders generally have no voting rights, except if (i) the issuer fails to pay dividends for a specified period of time or (ii) a declaration of default occurs and is continuing.
 
Special redemption rights
 
In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred securities may redeem the securities prior to a specified date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by certain changes in U.S. federal income tax or securities laws. As with call provisions, a special redemption by the issuer may negatively impact the return of the security held by the Fund.
 
New types of securities
 
From time to time, preferred securities, including hybrid-preferred securities, have been, and may in the future be, offered having features other than those described herein. The Fund reserves the right to invest in these securities if the Adviser believes that doing so would be consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. Since the market for these instruments would be new, the Fund may have difficulty disposing of them at a suitable price and time. In addition to limited liquidity, these instruments may present other risks, such as high price volatility.
 
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES RISK
 
Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. As with all credit securities, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in an issuer’s capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock.
 

61
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
DISTRESSED AND DEFAULTED SECURITIES RISK
 
Investments in the securities of financially distressed issuers involve substantial risks. These securities may present a substantial risk of default or may be in default at the time of investment. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a portfolio company, the Fund may lose its entire investment or may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than its original investment. Among the risks inherent in investments in a troubled entity is the fact that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the true financial condition of such issuer. The Adviser’s judgment about the credit quality of the issuer and the relative value and liquidity of its securities may prove to be wrong.
 
STRUCTURED FINANCE INVESTMENTS RISK
 
The Fund’s structured finance investments may include RMBS and CMBS issued by governmental entities and private issuers, other ABS and CLOs, CDOs and CBOs, structured notes, credit-linked notes and other types of structured finance securities. Holders of structured finance securities bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk. The Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the issuer of the structured finance security, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured finance investments enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured finance securities generally pay their share of the structured finance security issuer’s administrative and other expenses. The prices of indices and securities underlying structured finance securities, and, therefore, the prices of structured finance securities, will be influenced by, and will rise and fall in response to, the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured finance security uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured finance securities owned by the Fund. Certain structured finance securities may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market.
 
The Fund may invest in structured finance securities collateralized by low grade or defaulted loans or securities. Investments in such structured finance securities are subject to the risks associated with below investment grade securities. Such securities are characterized by high risk. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities.
 
The Fund may invest in senior and subordinated classes issued by structured finance vehicles. The payment of cash flows from the underlying assets to senior classes take precedence over those of subordinated classes, and therefore subordinated classes are subject to greater risk. Furthermore, the leveraged nature of subordinated classes may magnify the adverse impact on such class of changes in the value of the assets, changes in the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets, prepayment on assets and availability, price and interest rates of assets.
 
Structured finance securities are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in structured finance securities may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances.
 
MBS RISKS
 
MBS represent an interest in a pool of mortgages. MBS are subject to certain risks: credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; risks associated with their structure and execution (including the collateral, the process by which principal and interest payments are allocated and distributed to investors and how credit losses affect the return to investors in such MBS); risks associated with the servicer of the underlying mortgages; adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties
 

62
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
than on those secured by loans on residential properties; prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in the value of the MBS; loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral. In addition, the Fund’s level of investment in MBS of a particular type or in MBS issued or guaranteed by affiliated obligors, serviced by the same servicer or backed by underlying collateral located in a specific geographic region, may subject the Fund to additional risk.
 
When market interest rates decline, more mortgages are refinanced and the securities are paid off earlier than expected. Prepayments may also occur on a scheduled basis or due to foreclosure. When market interest rates increase, the market values of MBS decline. At the same time, however, mortgage refinancings and prepayments slow, which lengthens the effective maturities of these securities. As a result, the negative effect of the rate increase on the market value of MBS is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of debt securities. The Fund may invest in sub-prime mortgages or MBS that are backed by sub-prime mortgages.
 
Moreover, the relationship between prepayments and interest rates may give some high-yielding MBS less potential for growth in value than conventional bonds with comparable maturities. During periods of falling interest rates, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Fund will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid. Because of these and other reasons, total return and maturity of MBS may be difficult to predict precisely. To the extent that the Fund purchases MBS at a premium, prepayments (which may be made without penalty) may result in loss of the Fund’s principal investment to the extent of premium paid.
 
MBS generally are classified as either CMBS or RMBS, each of which are subject to certain specific risks.
 
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities risk
 
The market for CMBS developed more recently and, in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues, is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family MBS. CMBS are subject to particular risks. CBS are subject to risks associated with lack of standardized terms, shorter maturities than residential mortgage loans and payment of all or substantially all of the principal only at maturity rather than regular amortization of principal. In addition, commercial lending generally is viewed as exposing the lender to a greater risk of loss than residential lending. Commercial lending typically involves larger loans to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers than residential mortgage loans. In addition, the repayment of loans secured by income producing properties typically is dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project and the cash flow generated therefrom. Net operating income of an income-producing property can be affected by, among other things: tenant mix, success of tenant businesses, property management decisions, property location and condition, competition from comparable types of properties, changes in laws that increase operating expense or limit rents that may be charged, any need to address environmental contamination at the property, the occurrence of any uninsured casualty at the property, changes in national, regional or local economic conditions and/or specific industry segments, declines in regional or local real estate values, declines in regional or local rental or occupancy rates, increases in interest rates, real estate tax rates and other operating expenses, change in governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies, including environmental legislation, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances.
 
Consequently, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties. Additional risks may be presented by the type and use of a particular commercial property. Special risks are presented by hospitals, nursing homes, hospitality properties and certain other property types. Commercial property values and net operating income are subject to volatility, which may result in net operating income becoming insufficient to cover debt service on the related mortgage loan. The exercise of remedies and successful realization of liquidation proceeds relating to CMBS may be highly dependent on the performance of the servicer or special servicer. There may be a limited number of special servicers available, particularly those that do not have conflicts of interest.
 

63
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities risk
 
Credit-related risk on RMBS arises from losses due to delinquencies and defaults by the borrowers in payments on the underlying mortgage loans and breaches by originators and servicers of their obligations under the underlying documentation pursuant to which the RMBS are issued. The rate of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans and the aggregate amount of the resulting losses will be affected by a number of factors, including general economic conditions, particularly those in the area where the related mortgaged property is located, the level of the borrower’s equity in the mortgaged property and the individual financial circumstances of the borrower. If a residential mortgage loan is in default, foreclosure on the related residential property may be a lengthy and difficult process involving significant legal and other expenses. The net proceeds obtained by the holder on a residential mortgage loan following the foreclosure on the related property may be less than the total amount that remains due on the loan. The prospect of incurring a loss upon the foreclosure of the related property may lead the holder of the residential mortgage loan to restructure the residential mortgage loan or otherwise delay the foreclosure process.
 
MBS issued by FNMA or FHLMC are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA or FHLMC, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. In 2008, the FHFA, a new independent regulatory agency, placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship, a statutory process designed to stabilize a troubled institution with the objective of returning the entity to normal business operations. Under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the “Reform Act”), which was included as part of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs. FHFA, in its capacity as conservator, has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of FNMA or FHLMC. Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of FNMA or FHLMC without any approval, assignment or consent. Although FHFA has stated that it has no present intention to do so, if FHFA, as conservator or receiver, were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of FNMA or FHLMC MBS would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.
 
Various proposals have been put forth to further reform the U.S. housing and mortgage markets. The Fund and the Adviser cannot predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact the FNMA, FHLMC and the FHLBs, and the values of their related securities or obligations, and the market for MBS generally.
 
Legal risks associated with RMBS can arise as a result of the procedures followed in connection with the origination of the mortgage loans or the servicing thereof, which may be subject to various federal and state laws (including, without limitation, predatory lending laws), public policies and principles of equity that regulate interest rates and other charges, require certain disclosures, require licensing of originators, prohibit discriminatory lending practices, regulate the use of consumer credit information and debt collection practices and may limit the servicer’s ability to collect all or part of the principal of or interest on a residential mortgage loan, entitle the borrower to a refund of amounts previously paid by it or subject the servicer to damages and sanctions.
 
Sub-prime mortgage market risk
 
The residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain mortgages and MBS. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially sub-prime and second-lien mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates. Also, a number of residential mortgage loan originators have experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy. Largely due to the foregoing,
 

64
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and MBS and increased investor yield requirements caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for certain MBS, which can adversely affect the market value of MBS. It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen. If the economy of the United States deteriorates further, the incidence of mortgage foreclosures, especially sub-prime mortgages, may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any MBS owned by the Fund.
 
Any increase in prevailing market interest rates, which are currently near historical lows, may result in increased payments for borrowers who have adjustable rate mortgages. Moreover, with respect to hybrid mortgage loans after their initial fixed rate period, interest-only products or products having a lower rate, and with respect to mortgage loans with a negative amortization feature which reach their negative amortization cap, borrowers may experience a substantial increase in their monthly payment even without an increase in prevailing market interest rates. Increases in payments for borrowers may result in increased rates of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans underlying the RMBS.
 
The significance of the mortgage crisis and loan defaults in residential mortgage loan sectors led to the enactment of numerous pieces of legislation relating to the mortgage and housing markets. These actions, along with future legislation or regulation, may have significant impacts on the mortgage market generally and may result in a reduction of available transactional opportunities for the Fund or an increase in the cost associated with such transactions and may adversely impact the value of RMBS.
 
During the mortgage crisis, a number of originators and servicers of residential and commercial mortgage loans, including some of the largest originators and servicers in the residential and commercial mortgage loan market, experienced serious financial difficulties. Such difficulties may affect the performance of non-agency RMBS and CMBS. There can be no assurance that originators and servicers of mortgage loans will not continue to experience serious financial difficulties or experience such difficulties in the future, including becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or that underwriting procedures and policies and protections against fraud will be sufficient in the future to prevent such financial difficulties or significant levels of default or delinquency on mortgage loans.
 
Stripped MBS risk
 
Stripped MBS may be subject to additional risks. One type of stripped MBS pays to one class all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest only or IO class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal only or PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated.
 
CMO risk
 
There are certain risks associated specifically with CMOs. CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. The average life of a CMO is determined using mathematical models that incorporate prepayment assumptions and other factors that involve estimates of future economic and market conditions. Actual future results may vary from these estimates, particularly during periods of extreme market volatility. Further, under certain market conditions, such as those that occurred during the recent downturn in the mortgage markets, the weighted average life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities. For example, in periods of supply and demand imbalances in the market for such securities and/or in periods of sharp interest rate movements, the prices of CMOs may fluctuate to a greater extent than would be expected from interest rate movements alone. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and are not guaranteed by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee. Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payments when due, the holder could sustain a loss.
 

65
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
Inverse floating rate CMOs are typically more volatile than fixed or floating rate tranches of CMOs. Many inverse floating rate CMOs have coupons that move inversely to a multiple of an index. The effect of the coupon varying inversely to a multiple of an applicable index creates a leverage factor. Inverse floaters based on multiples of a stated index are designed to be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and can subject the holders thereof to extreme reductions of yield and loss of principal. The markets for inverse floating rate CMOs with highly leveraged characteristics at times may be very thin. The Fund’s ability to dispose of its positions in such securities will depend on the degree of liquidity in the markets for such securities. It is impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in such securities, and therefore the future degree of liquidity.
 
ABS RISK
 
ABS involve certain risks in addition to those presented by MBS. ABS do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the underlying collateral as MBS and are more dependent on the borrower’s ability to pay and may provide the Fund with a less effective security interest in the related collateral than do MBS. There is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. The collateral underlying ABS may constitute assets related to a wide range of industries and sectors, such as credit card and automobile receivables.
 
For example, ABS can be collateralized with credit card and automobile receivables. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due.
 
Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. If the economy of the United States deteriorates, defaults on securities backed by credit card, automobile and other receivables may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any ABS owned by the Fund. In recent years, certain automobile manufacturers have been granted access to emergency loans from the U.S. Government and have experienced bankruptcy. As a result of these events, the value of securities backed by receivables from the sale or lease of automobiles may be adversely affected.
 
CLO, CDO AND CBO RISK
 
In addition to the general risks associated with debt securities discussed herein, CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are subject to additional risks. CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are subject to risks associated with the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; and the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
 
The credit quality of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs depends primarily upon the quality of the underlying assets and the level of credit support and/or enhancement provided. The underlying assets (e.g., debt obligations) of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are subject to prepayments, which shorten the weighted average maturity and may lower the return of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs. If the credit support or enhancement is exhausted, losses or delays in payment may result if the required payments of principal and interest are not made. The transaction documents relating to the issuance of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs may impose eligibility criteria on the assets of the issuing SPV, restrict the ability of the investment manager to trade investments and impose certain portfolio-wide asset quality requirements. These criteria, restrictions and requirements may limit the ability of the SPV’s investment manager to maximize returns on the CLOs, CDOs and CBOs. In addition, other parties involved in CLOs, CDOs and CBOs, such as third party credit enhancers and investors in the rated tranches, may impose requirements that have an adverse effect on the returns of the various tranches of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs. Furthermore, CLO, CDO and CBO transaction documents generally
 

66
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
contain provisions that, in the event that certain tests are not met (generally interest coverage and over-collateralization tests at varying levels in the capital structure), proceeds that would otherwise be distributed to holders of a junior tranche must be diverted to pay down the senior tranches until such tests are satisfied. Failure (or increased likelihood of failure) of a CLO, CDO or CBO to make timely payments on a particular tranche will have an adverse effect on the liquidity and market value of such tranche.
 
Payments to holders of CLOs, CDOs and CBOs may be subject to deferral. If cashflows generated by the underlying assets are insufficient to make all current and, if applicable, deferred payments on the CLOs, CDOs and CBOs, no other assets will be available for payment of the deficiency and, following realization of the underlying assets, the obligations of the issuer to pay such deficiency will be extinguished.
 
The value of securities issued by CLOs, CDOs and CBOs also may change because of changes in market value, that is changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or fund providing the credit support or enhancement. Finally, CLOs, CDOs and CBOs are limited recourse and may not be paid in full and may be subject to up to 100% loss.
 
STRUCTURED NOTES RISK
 
Investments in structured notes involve risks associated with the issuer of the note and the reference instrument. Where the Fund’s investments in structured notes are based upon the movement of one or more factors used as a reference for payments required on the note, including currency exchange rates, interest rates, referenced bonds or stock indices, depending on the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in the applicable factors may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero, and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Structured notes may be less liquid than other types of securities and more volatile than the reference instrument or security underlying the note.
 
FOREIGN SECURITIES RISK
 
The Fund may invest without limitation in securities of non-U.S. issuers, including issuers in emerging markets. Investing in foreign issuers may involve certain risks not typically associated with investing in securities of U.S. issuers due to increased exposure to foreign economic, political and legal developments, including favorable or unfavorable changes in currency exchange rates, exchange control regulations (including currency blockage), expropriation or nationalization of assets, imposition of withholding taxes on payments, and possible difficulty in obtaining and enforcing judgments against foreign entities. Furthermore, issuers of foreign securities and obligations are subject to different, often less comprehensive, accounting, reporting and disclosure requirements than domestic issuers. The securities and obligations of some foreign companies and foreign markets are less liquid and at times more volatile than comparable U.S. securities, obligations and markets. Securities markets in foreign countries often are not as developed, efficient or liquid as securities markets in the United States, and therefore, the prices of foreign securities can be more volatile. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers to make payments of principal and interest to investors located outside the country. In the event of nationalization, expropriation or other confiscation, the Fund could lose its entire investment in a foreign security. Foreign brokerage commissions and other fees are also generally higher than in the United States. There are also special tax considerations which apply to securities and obligations of foreign issuers and securities and obligations principally traded overseas. These risks may be more pronounced to the extent that the Fund invests a significant amount of its assets in companies located in one country or geographic region, in which case the Fund may be more exposed to regional economic risks, and to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers in emerging markets. The Fund may also invest in U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers, which are subject to many of the risks described above regarding securities of foreign issuers denominated in foreign currencies.
 
EMERGING MARKETS RISK
 
Investments in securities the issuers of which are located in countries considered to be emerging markets are subject to heightened risks relative to foreign investing generally and are considered speculative. “Emerging market”
 

67
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
countries generally include every nation in the world except developed countries, that is, the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. Compared to developed countries, emerging market countries may have relatively unstable governments, economies based on only a few industries and securities markets that trade a small number of securities. Securities issued by companies located in emerging market countries tend to be especially volatile and may be less liquid than securities traded in developed countries. In the past, securities in these countries have been characterized by greater potential loss than securities of companies located in developed countries. Foreign investment in certain emerging market countries may be restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in certain emerging market issuers and increase the costs and expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of the countries and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.
 
Investments in issuers located in emerging markets pose a greater degree of systemic risk. The inter-relatedness of institutions within a country and among emerging market economies has increased in recent years. Institutional failures or economic difficulties may spread throughout a country, region or emerging market countries throughout the world, which may limit the ability of the Fund to manage risk through geographic diversification. Bankruptcy law and creditor reorganization processes may differ substantially from those in the United States, resulting in greater uncertainty as to the rights of creditors, the enforceability of such rights, reorganization timing and the classification, seniority and treatment of claims.
 
FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK
 
The Fund’s investment performance may be negatively affected by a devaluation of a currency in which the Fund’s investments are denominated or quoted. Further, the Fund’s investment performance may be significantly affected, either positively or negatively, by currency exchange rates because the U.S. dollar value of securities denominated or quoted in another currency will increase or decrease in response to changes in the value of such currency in relation to the U.S. dollar. Foreign currency rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for various reasons, including changes in interest rates, inflation, balance of payments, governmental surpluses or deficits, intervention or non-intervention by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities, the imposition of currency controls and political developments in the U.S. and abroad. The Adviser may, but is not required to, elect for the Fund to seek to protect itself from changes in currency exchange rates through hedging transactions depending on market conditions. There can be no assurance that such strategies will be available or will be used by the Fund or, if used, will be successful.
 
Certain countries, particularly emerging market countries, may impose foreign currency exchange controls or other restrictions on the repatriation, transferability or convertibility of currency.
 
FINANCIAL LEVERAGE RISK
 
The Fund initially expects to employ Financial Leverage through the issuance of Indebtedness and/or the use of reverse repurchase agreements. The Adviser anticipates that the use of Financial Leverage may result in higher income to Common Shareholders over time; however, there can be no assurance that the Adviser’s expectations will be realized or that a leveraging strategy will be successful in any particular time period. Use of Financial Leverage creates an opportunity for increased income and capital appreciation but, at the same time, creates special risks. Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Fund to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be utilized or will be successful.
 
The use of leverage by the Fund will cause the net asset value, and possibly the market price, of the Fund’s Common Shares to fluctuate significantly in response to changes in interest rates and other economic indicators. As a result, the net asset value and market price and dividend rate of the Common Shares of the Fund is likely to be more volatile than those of a closed-end management investment company that is not exposed to leverage. In a declining market the
 

68
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
use of leverage may result in a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged.
 
Financial Leverage will increase operating costs, which may reduce total return. The Fund will have to pay interest on its Indebtedness, if any, which may reduce the Fund’s return. This interest expense may be greater than the Fund’s return on the underlying investment, which would negatively affect the performance of the Fund. Increases in interest rates that the Fund must pay on its Indebtedness will increase the cost of leverage and may reduce the return to Common Shareholders. This risk may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels.
 
Certain types of Indebtedness subject the Fund to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Indebtedness issued by the Fund also may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for such Indebtedness. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Adviser from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.
 
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense and Fund expenses associated with the repurchase agreement, that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is obligated to repurchase such securities and that the securities may not be returned to the Fund. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed. Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Fund is required to purchase may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities. Successful use of dollar rolls may depend upon the Adviser’s ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed. In connection with reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, the Fund will also be subject to counterparty risk with respect to the purchaser of the securities. If the broker/dealer to whom the Fund sells securities becomes insolvent, the Fund’s right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted.
 
The Fund may have Financial Leverage outstanding during a shorter-term period during which such Financial Leverage may not be beneficial to the Fund if the Fund believes that the long-term benefits to Common Shareholders of such Financial Leverage would outweigh the costs and portfolio disruptions associated with redeeming and reissuing such Financial Leverage. However, there can be no assurance that the Fund’s judgment in weighing such costs and benefits will be correct.
 
During the time in which the Fund is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Common Shareholders, as holders of Indebtedness, Preferred Shares or other forms of Financial Leverage do not bear the investment advisory fee. Rather, Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to manage this conflict of interest, the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser regarding the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of the Fund’s portfolio and the performance of the Fund.
 
In addition, the Fund may engage in certain derivatives transactions that have economic characteristics similar to leverage. To the extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Fund to make payments, the Fund intends to earmark or segregate cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Fund under the terms of such transactions or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. To the extent the terms of any such transaction obligate the Fund to deliver particular securities to extinguish the Fund’s obligations under such transactions, the Fund may “cover” its obligations under such transaction by either (i) owning the securities or collateral underlying such transactions or (ii) having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities or collateral without additional cash consideration
 

69
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
(or, if additional cash consideration is required, having earmarked or segregated cash or liquid securities). Securities so segregated or designated as “cover” will be unavailable for sale by the Adviser (unless replaced by other securities qualifying for segregation or cover requirements), which may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment objective.
 
Recent economic and market events have contributed to severe market volatility and caused severe liquidity strains in the credit markets. If dislocations in the credit markets continue, the Fund’s Financial Leverage costs may increase and there is a risk that the Fund may not be able to renew or replace existing Financial Leverage on favorable terms or at all. If the cost of Financial Leverage is no longer favorable, or if the Fund is otherwise required to reduce its Financial Leverage, the Fund may not be able to maintain distributions on Common Shares at historical levels and Common Shareholders will bear any costs associated with selling portfolio securities.
 
EQUITY SECURITIES RISK
 
Common equity securities prices fluctuate for a number of reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer, the general condition of the relevant stock market and broader domestic and international political and economic events. They may also decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. The value of a particular common stock held by the Fund may decline for a number of other reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, the issuer’s historical and prospective earnings, the value of its assets and reduced demand for its goods and services. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. The prices of common equity securities are also sensitive to general movements in the stock market, so a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of common stocks and other equity securities to which the Fund has exposure. While broad market measures of common stocks have historically generated higher average returns than debt securities, common stocks have also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. Common equity securities in which the Fund may invest are structurally subordinated to preferred stock, bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and are therefore inherently more risky than preferred stock or debt instruments of such issuers.
 
Dividends on common equity securities which the Fund may hold are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of the common equity securities in which the Fund invests will declare dividends in the future or that, if declared, they will remain at current levels or increase over time.
 
MID-CAP AND SMALL-CAP COMPANY RISK
 
Investing in the securities of medium-sized or small market capitalizations (“mid-cap” and “small-cap” companies, respectively) presents some particular investment risks. Mid-cap and small-cap companies may have limited product lines and markets, as well as shorter operating histories, less experienced management and more limited financial resources than larger companies, and may be more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic developments. Securities of mid-cap and small-cap companies may be less liquid than those of larger companies, and may experience greater price fluctuations than larger companies. In addition, mid-cap or small-cap company securities may not be widely followed by investors, which may result in reduced demand.
 
OPTIONS RISK
 
There are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
 
As the writer of a call option on a security held in the Fund’s portfolio (commonly known as a “covered” call option), the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but retains the risk of loss (net
 

70
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
of the premium received) should the price of the underlying security decline. As the Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited.
 
There are special risks associated with uncovered option writing (i.e. writing options on securities not held in the Fund’s portfolio, on indices or on exchange traded funds comprised of such securities or that track such indices), which expose the Fund to potentially significant loss. As the writer of an uncovered call option, the Fund has no risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index decline, but bears unlimited risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index increase above the exercise price.
 
The value of options written by the Fund, which will be priced daily, will be affected by, among other factors, changes in the value of underlying securities (including those comprising an index), changes in the dividend rates of underlying securities, changes in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and underlying securities and the remaining time to an option’s expiration. The value of an option also may be adversely affected if the market for the option is reduced or becomes less liquid.
 
There are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events. To the extent that there is a lack of correlation between the index options written by the Fund and the Fund’s portfolio securities, movements in the indexes underlying the options positions may result in losses to the Fund, which may more than offset any gains received by the Fund from options premiums. In these and other circumstances, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities to satisfy its obligations as the writer of an index call option, when it would not otherwise choose to do so, or may choose to sell portfolio securities to realize gains to supplement Fund distributions. Such sales would involve transaction costs borne by the Fund and may also result in realization of taxable capital gains, including short-term capital gains taxed at ordinary income tax rates, and may adversely impact the Fund’s after-tax returns.
 
As the writer of a call option on securities indices, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and baskets of securities, which may include securities that are not held by the Fund, the Fund may be subject to additional risks than writing covered call options. The purchaser of an index option written by the Fund has the right to any appreciation in the cash value of the index over the strike price on the expiration date. The purchaser of an index option written by the Fund has the right to any appreciation in the cash value of the index over the strike price on the expiration date. Therefore, as the writer of a covered index call option, the Fund forgoes the opportunity to profit from increases in the index over the strike price of the option. However, the Fund has retained the risk of loss (net of premiums received) should the price of the index decline. Similarly, as the writer of a covered call option on a security or basket of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security or securities covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price of the call but has retained the risk of loss (net of premiums received) should the price of the underlying security decline. As the writer of an uncovered call option, the Fund has no risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index decline, but bears unlimited risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or index increase above the exercise price.
 
With respect to exchange-traded options, there can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position on an options exchange. An absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange may arise because: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or The Options Clearing Corporation (the “OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in
 

71
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
accordance with their terms. In the event that the Fund were unable to close out a call option that it had written on a portfolio security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise. To the extent that the Fund owns unlisted (or “over-the-counter”) options, the Fund’s ability to terminate these options may be more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve enhanced risk that counterparties participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations.
 
The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities for such options are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying securities, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, mergers or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option might reduce the Fund’s capital appreciation potential on underlying securities held by the Fund.
 
The Fund’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which the options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Adviser. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose other sanctions.
 
Major exchanges on which options and futures are traded have established limits on how much an option or futures contract may decline over various periods of time. If the price of an option increases or decreases more than the established limit, trading in the contract may be suspended for set periods of time. If trading is suspended, the Fund may be unable to purchase or sell options or futures contracts at times that may be desirable or advantageous for the Fund to do so. Trading suspensions may limit the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. The Fund also may be required, in these instances, to “fair-value” any options and futures contracts that it currently owns.
 
The Fund may also write (sell) over-the-counter options (“OTC options”). Options written by the Fund with respect to non-U.S. securities, indices or sectors generally will be OTC options. OTC options differ from exchange-listed options in that they are entered into directly with the buyer of the option and not through an exchange or clearing organization that is interposed between the Fund and the counterparty. In an OTC option transaction exercise price, premium and other terms are negotiated between buyer and seller. OTC options generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-listed options. The counterparties to these transactions typically will be major international banks, broker-dealers and financial institutions. The Fund may be required to treat as illiquid securities being used to cover certain written OTC options. The OTC options written by the Fund will not be issued, guaranteed or cleared by the OCC. In addition, the Fund’s ability to terminate the OTC options may be more limited than with exchange-traded options. Banks, broker-dealers or other financial institutions participating in such transaction may fail to settle a transaction in accordance with the terms of the option as written. In the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty, the Fund may be unable to liquidate an OTC option position.
 
Income from options on individual stocks written by the Fund will not be recognized by the Fund for tax purposes until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a “closing transaction” (as defined by applicable regulations) pursuant to which the Fund’s obligations with respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option lapses without exercise or is otherwise subject to a closing transaction, the premiums received by the Fund from the writing of such options will generally be characterized as short-term capital gain. If an option written by the Fund is exercised, the Fund may recognize taxable gain depending on the exercise price of the option, the option premium, and the fair market value of the security underlying the option. The character of any gain on the sale of the underlying security as short-term or long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the Fund in the underlying security. In general, distributions received by shareholders of the Fund that are attributable to short-term capital gains
 

72
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
recognized by the Fund from its option writing activities will be taxed to such shareholders as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.
 
Options on indices of securities and sectors of securities that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will generally be “marked-to-market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Fund will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of the option on that date and the adjusted basis of the option. The adjusted basis of the option will consequently be increased by such gain or decreased by such loss. Any gain or loss with respect to options on indices and sectors that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such gain or loss and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of such gain or loss. Because the mark-to-market rules may cause the Fund to recognize gain in advance of the receipt of cash, the Fund may be required to dispose of investments in order to meet its distribution requirements. “Mark-to-market” losses may be suspended or otherwise limited if such losses are part of a straddle or similar transaction.
 
When the Fund writes covered put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Fund could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Fund received when it wrote the option. While the Fund’s potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to distributions earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Fund risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium.
 
SOVEREIGN DEBT RISK
 
Investments in sovereign debt involve special risks. Foreign governmental issuers of debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or pay interest when due. In the event of default, there may be limited or no legal recourse in that, generally, remedies for defaults must be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party. Political conditions, especially a sovereign entity’s willingness to meet the terms of its debt obligations, are of considerable significance. The ability of a foreign sovereign issuer, especially an emerging market country, to make timely payments on its debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the sovereign issuer’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credit facilities and investments, fluctuations of interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, as many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. Also, there can be no assurance that the holders of commercial bank loans to the same sovereign entity may not contest payments to the holders of sovereign debt in the event of default under commercial bank loan agreements. In addition, there is no bankruptcy proceeding with respect to sovereign debt on which a sovereign has defaulted and the Fund may be unable to collect all or any part of its investment in a particular issue. Foreign investment in certain sovereign debt is restricted or controlled to varying degrees, including requiring governmental approval for the repatriation of income, capital or proceeds of sales by foreign investors. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in certain sovereign debt and increase the costs and expenses of the Fund.
 
REAL ESTATE RISK
 
To the extent that the Fund invests in real estate related investments, including REITs, mortgage related securities, such as MBS, or real-estate linked derivative instruments, it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry generally. Real estate related investments may be subject to difficulties in valuing and disposing of real estate, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, the possibility of adverse changes in the climate for real estate, environmental liability risks, the risk of increases in property taxes and operating expenses, possible adverse changes in zoning laws, the risk of casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, the possibility of adverse changes in interest rates and in the credit markets and the possibility of borrowers paying off mortgages sooner than expected, which may lead to reinvestment of assets at lower prevailing interest rates. To the extent that the Fund invests in REITs, it will also be
 

73
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
subject to the risk that a REIT may default on its obligations or go bankrupt. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. The Fund’s investments in REITs could cause the Fund to recognize income in excess of cash received from those securities and, as a result, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to make distributions.
 
In addition, mortgage REITs must satisfy highly technical and complex requirements in order to qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to REITs under the Code. No assurances can be given that a mortgage REIT in which the Fund invests will be able to continue to qualify as a REIT or that complying with the REIT requirements under the Code will not adversely affect such REIT’s ability to execute its business plan. Mortgage REITs are also required to comply with certain requirements to maintain their exemption from the 1940 Act. Complying with these requirements may limit the investments a mortgage REIT may make and failure to comply with these requirements could cause the REIT to register as an investment company, which would adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investment in the REIT and may force the Fund to sell such investment at an inopportune time.
 
INFLATION/DEFLATION RISK
 
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to Common Shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.
 
PRIVATELY ISSUED SECURITIES RISK
 
The Fund may invest in privately issued securities of both public and private companies. Privately issued securities have additional risk considerations than investments in comparable public investments. Whenever the Fund invests in companies that do not publicly report financial and other material information, it assumes a greater degree of investment risk and reliance upon the Adviser’s ability to obtain and evaluate applicable information concerning such companies’ creditworthiness and other investment considerations. Certain privately issued securities may be illiquid. If there is no readily available trading market for privately issued securities, the Fund may not be able to readily dispose of such investments at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell them if they were more widely traded. Privately issued securities are also more difficult to value. Privately issued debt securities are often of below investment grade quality, frequently are unrated and present many of the same risks as investing in below investment grade public debt securities.
 
OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES RISK
 
Investments in other investment companies present certain special considerations and risks not present in making direct investments in securities in which the Fund may invest. Investments in other investment companies involve operating expenses and fees that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Fund. Such expenses and fees attributable to the Fund’s investments in other investment companies are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. Accordingly, investment in such entities involves expense and fee layering. Investments in other investment companies may expose the Fund to an additional layer of financial leverage. To the extent management fees of other investment companies are based on total gross assets, it may create an incentive for such entities’ managers to employ financial leverage, thereby adding additional expense and increasing volatility and risk. Investments in other investment companies also expose the Fund to additional management risk; the success of the Fund’s investments in other investment companies will depend in large part on the investment skills and implementation abilities of the advisers or managers of such entities. Decisions made by the advisers or managers of such entities may cause the Fund to incur losses or to miss profit opportunities. To the extent the Fund invests in exchange-traded funds or other investment companies that seek to track a specified index, such investments will be subject to tracking error risk.
 

74
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
DERIVATIVES TRANSACTIONS RISK
 
The Fund may engage in various derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes, to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return. The use of derivatives transactions to earn income or enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Derivatives transactions involve risks. There may be imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets. Derivatives transactions may be subject to risks associated with the possible default of the other party to the transaction. Derivative instruments may be illiquid. Certain derivatives transactions may have economic characteristics similar to leverage, in that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment. Certain derivatives transactions that involve leverage can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested. Furthermore, the Fund’s ability to successfully use derivatives transactions depends on the Adviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. The use of derivatives transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Fund to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Derivatives transactions involve risks of mispricing or improper valuation. The documentation governing a derivative instrument or transaction may be unfavorable or ambiguous. Derivatives transactions may involve commissions and other costs, which may increase the Fund’s expenses and reduce its return. Various legislative and regulatory initiatives may impact the availability, liquidity and cost of derivative instruments, limit or restrict the ability of the Fund to use certain derivative instruments or transact with certain counterparties as a part of its investment strategy, increase the costs of using derivative instruments or make derivative instruments less effective.
 
In connection with certain derivatives transactions, the Fund may be required to segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover such transactions and/or to deposit amounts as premiums or to be held in margin accounts. Such amounts may not otherwise be available to the Fund for investment purposes. The Fund may earn a lower return on its portfolio than it might otherwise earn if it did not have to segregate assets in respect of, or otherwise cover, its derivatives transactions positions. To the extent the Fund’s assets are segregated or committed as cover, it could limit the Fund’s investment flexibility. Segregating assets and covering positions will not limit or offset losses on related positions.
 
A CLN is a derivative instrument. It is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). In addition to the credit risk of the reference obligations and interest rate risk, the buyer/seller of the CLN is subject to counterparty risk.
 
SWAP RISK
 
The Fund may enter into swap transactions, including credit default swaps, total return swaps, index swaps, currency swaps, commodity swaps and interest rate swaps, as well as options thereon, and may purchase or sell interest rate caps, floors and collars. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates or currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Fund may be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used. Such transactions are subject to market risk, risk of default by the other party to the transaction and risk of imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets and may involve commissions or other costs. Swaps generally do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make, or in the case of the other party to a swap defaulting, the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive.
 
Total return swaps may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the full notional amount of the swap. Total return swaps are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Fund thereunder.
 
The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been fully developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. Swaps are subject to new federal
 

75
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
legislation that is being implemented through rulemaking by the SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission which may adversely impact the swap market generally or the Fund’s ability to use swaps.
 
Credit default swap risk
 
Credit default swap agreements may involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly. When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap agreement with respect to a debt security, it is subject to the risk that an adverse credit event may occur with respect to the debt security and the Fund may be required to pay the buyer the full notional value of the debt security under the swap net of any amounts owed to the Fund by the buyer under the swap (such as the buyer’s obligation to deliver the debt security to the Fund). As a result, the Fund bears the entire risk of loss due to a decline in value of a referenced debt security on a credit default swap it has sold if there is a credit event with respect to the security. If the Fund is a buyer of a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the Fund generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. The Fund may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Fund to incur more losses.
 
COUNTERPARTY RISK
 
The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts entered into by the Fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. Concerns about, or a default by, one large market participant could lead to significant liquidity problems for other participants. If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that the Fund may not receive adequate collateral.
 
The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives is generally lower than for uncleared over-the-counter derivatives transactions since generally a clearing organization becomes substituted for each counterparty to a cleared derivative contract and, in effect, guarantees the parties’ performance under the contract as each party to a trade looks only to the clearing organization for performance of financial obligations under the derivative contract. However, there can be no assurance that a clearing organization, or its members, will satisfy its obligations to the Fund.
 
SYNTHETIC INVESTMENT RISK
 
The Fund may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Adviser uses derivatives transactions as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. Customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Fund will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Fund’s performance in a materially adverse manner. Synthetic investments may be imperfectly correlated to the investment the Adviser is seeking to replicate. There can be no assurance that the Adviser’s judgments regarding the correlation of any particular synthetic investment will be correct. The Fund may be exposed to certain additional risks associated with derivatives transactions should the Adviser use derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. The Fund would be subject to counterparty risk in connection with such transactions. If the Fund enters into a derivative instrument whereby it agrees to receive the return of a security or financial instrument or a basket of securities or financial instruments, it will typically contract to receive such returns for a predetermined period of time. During such period, the Fund may not have the ability to increase or decrease its exposure. In addition, such customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Fund will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Fund’s performance in a material adverse manner. Furthermore, derivative instruments typically contain provisions giving the counterparty the right to terminate the contract upon the occurrence of certain
 

76
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
Risks
 
events, such as a decline in the value of the reference securities and material violations of the terms of the contract or the portfolio guidelines as well as other events determined by the counterparty. If a termination were to occur, the Fund’s return could be adversely affected as it would lose the benefit of the indirect exposure to the reference securities and it may incur significant termination expenses.
 
EVENT-LINKED SECURITIES RISK
 
ELS are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. Unlike other insurable low-severity, high-probability events (such as auto collision coverage), the insurance risk of which can be diversified by writing large numbers of similar policies, the holders of a typical ELS are exposed to the risks from high-severity, low-probability events such as that posed by major earthquakes or hurricanes. ELS represent a method of reinsurance, by which insurance companies transfer their own portfolio risk to other reinsurance companies and, in the case of ELS, to the capital markets. A typical ELS provides for income and return of capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but involves full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. In essence, investors in ELS may lose some or all of their invested capital if a catastrophe occurs that “triggers” the ELS. In the case of a triggering event, the invested capital is paid to the bond sponsor—an insurer, reinsurer or corporation—to cover losses. In return, the bond sponsors pay interest to investors for this catastrophe protection. ELS can be structured to pay-off on three types of variables—insurance-industry catastrophe loss indices, insurer-specific catastrophe losses and parametric indices, in which events are covered on a pre-defined basis agreed upon prior to occurrence of an insured event based on physical characteristics of catastrophic events (for example, rainfall exceeding a certain threshold will trigger a pre-determined payment formula). Such variables are difficult to predict or model, and the risk and potential return profiles of ELS may be difficult to assess. Catastrophe-related ELS have been in use since the 1990s, and the securitization and risk-transfer aspects of such ELS are beginning to be employed in other insurance and risk-related areas. No active trading market may exist for certain ELS, which may impair the ability of the Fund to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets.
 
INFLATION-INDEXED SECURITIES RISK
 
Inflation-indexed debt securities are subject to the effects of changes in market interest rates caused by factors other than inflation, such as real interest rates. In general, the value of an inflation-indexed security, including Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”), tends to decrease when real interest rates increase and can increase when real interest rates decrease. Thus generally, during periods of rising inflation, the value of inflation-indexed securities will tend to increase and during periods of deflation, their value will tend to decrease. Interest payments on inflation-indexed securities are unpredictable and will fluctuate as the principal and interest are adjusted for inflation. There can be no assurance that the inflation index used (i.e., the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI”)) will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Increases in the principal value of TIPS due to inflation are considered taxable ordinary income for the amount of the increase in the calendar year. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed debt security will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive the principal until maturity. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to “regulated investment companies” (“RICs”) and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes at the Fund level, the Fund may be required to distribute this income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is recognized (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Fund may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of cash income the Fund actually received, and to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions.
 
MUNICIPAL SECURITIES RISK
 
Municipal securities involve certain risks. The amount of public information available about municipal securities is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Fund’s municipal securities investments may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Adviser. The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly below investment grade securities, also tends to be less well-developed or
 

77
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to sell such securities at prices approximating those at which the Fund may currently value them.
 
In addition, many state and municipal governments that issue securities are under significant economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. The taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited by provisions of state constitutions or laws and an entity’s credit will depend on many factors, including the entity’s tax base, the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid and other factors which are beyond the entity’s control. In addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and such holders may not be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled.
 
The Fund may invest in taxable municipal securities, which consist primarily of BABs. The issuance of BABs was discontinued on December 31, 2010. Under the sequestration process under the Budget Control Act of 2011, automatic spending cuts that became effective on March 1, 2013 will reduce the federal subsidy for BABs and other subsidized taxable municipal bonds by 5.3%. In order to meet such reduction, subsidy payments to issuers through September 30, 2013 will be reduced 8.7%.
 
RECENT MARKET DEVELOPMENTS RISK
 
Global and domestic financial markets have experienced periods of unprecedented turmoil. The debt and equity capital markets in the United States have been negatively impacted by significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to sub-prime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk, among other things. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, the failure of major financial institutions and the resulting United States federal government actions led to worsening general economic conditions, which materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular. Such market conditions may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Fund, may make it more difficult for the Fund to accurately value its securities or to sell its securities on a timely basis and may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to borrow for investment purposes and increase the cost of such borrowings, which would reduce returns to the holders of Common Shares. These developments adversely affected the broader economy, and may continue to do so, which in turn may adversely affect issuers of securities owned by the Fund. Such developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by the Fund and adversely affect the net asset value of the Fund’s Common Shares.
 
Instability in the financial markets led the U.S. Government and other governments around the world to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. The long-term implications of government ownership and disposition of distressed assets and interests in financial institutions are unclear.
 
Recently markets have witnessed more stabilized economic activity as expectations for an economic recovery increased. However, risks to a robust resumption of growth persist. A return to unfavorable economic conditions or sustained economic slowdown could adversely impact the Fund’s portfolio. Financial market conditions, as well as various social and political tensions in the United States and around the world, have contributed to increased market volatility and may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and cause further economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. The Adviser does not know how long the financial markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. and global economies and securities markets in the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser intends to monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
 

78
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
REDENOMINATION RISK
 
Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”) has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally. Investing in Euro-denominated securities entails risk of being exposed to a currency that may not fully reflect the strengths and weaknesses of the disparate European economies. In addition, it is possible that the Euro could be abandoned in the future by countries that have adopted its use. The effects of the collapse of the Euro, or of the exit of one or more countries from the EMU, on the United States and global economy and securities markets could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Fund’s investments. If one or more EMU countries were to stop using the Euro as its primary currency, the Fund’s investments in such countries may be redenominated into a different or newly adopted currency. As a result, the value of those investments could decline significantly and unpredictably. In addition, securities or other investments that are redenominated may be subject to foreign currency risk, liquidity risk and valuation risk to a greater extent than similar investments currently denominated in Euros. To the extent a currency used for redenomination purposes is not specified in respect of certain EMU-related investments, or should the Euro cease to be used entirely, the currency in which such investments are denominated may be unclear, making such investments particularly difficult to value or dispose of. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek judicial or other clarification of the denomination or value of such securities.
 
U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES RISK
 
U.S. Government securities historically have not involved the credit risks associated with investments in other types of debt securities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from other securities. Like other debt securities, however, the values of U.S. Government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the U.S. to “AA+” from “AAA.” Any further downgrades of the U.S. credit rating could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and higher Treasury yields and increase the costs of all kinds of debt. These events could have significant adverse effects on the economy generally and could result in significant adverse impacts on securities issuers and the Fund. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the Fund’s portfolio.
 
LEGISLATION AND REGULATION RISK
 
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law in July 2010, has resulted in a significant revision of the U.S. financial regulatory framework. The Dodd-Frank Act covers a broad range of topics, including, among many others: a reorganization of federal financial regulators; the creation of a process designed to ensure financial system stability and the resolution of potentially insolvent financial firms; the enactment of new rules for derivatives trading; the creation of a consumer financial protection watchdog; the registration and regulation of managers of private funds; the regulation of rating agencies; and the enactment of new federal requirements for residential mortgage loans. The regulation of various types of derivative instruments pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act may adversely affect the Fund or its counterparties. The ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, and any resulting regulation, is not yet certain and issuers of securities in which the Fund invests may also be affected by the new legislation and regulation in ways that are currently unknown and unforeseeable.
 
In connection with an ongoing review by the SEC and its staff of the regulation of investment companies’ use of derivatives, on August 31, 2011, the SEC issued a concept release to seek public comment on a wide range of issues raised by the use of derivatives by investment companies. The SEC noted that it intends to consider the comments to help determine whether regulatory initiatives or guidance are needed to improve the current regulatory regime for investment companies and, if so, the nature of any such initiatives or guidance. While the nature of any such regulations is uncertain at this time, it is possible that such regulations could limit the implementation of the Fund’s options strategy or other uses of derivatives, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of these regulations on the Fund’s portfolio. The Adviser intends to monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
 

79
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
According to various reports, certain financial institutions, commencing as early as 2005 and throughout the global financial crisis, routinely made artificially low submissions in the LIBOR rate setting process. In June 2012, one such financial institution was fined a significant amount by various financial regulators in connection with allegations of manipulation of LIBOR rates. Other financial institutions in various countries are being investigated for similar actions. These developments may have adversely affected the interest rates on securities whose interest payments were determined by reference to LIBOR. Any future similar developments could, in turn, reduce the value of such securities owned by the Fund.
 
At any time after the date of this prospectus, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund or the issuers of such assets. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the Fund or entities in which the Fund invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective.
 
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RISK
 
The Fund’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to Common Shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may result in realized capital losses. See “Tax Matters.”
 
WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS RISK
 
The Fund may purchase credit securities on a when-issued basis and may purchase or sell those securities for delayed delivery. When-issued and delayed delivery transactions occur when securities are purchased or sold by the Fund with payment and delivery taking place in the future to secure an advantageous yield or price. Securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis may expose the Fund to counterparty risk of default as well as the risk that securities may experience fluctuations in value prior to their actual delivery. The Fund generally will not accrue income with respect to a when-issued or delayed delivery security prior to its stated delivery date. Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis can involve the additional risk that the price or yield available in the market when the delivery takes place may not be as favorable as that obtained in the transaction itself.
 
SHORT SALES RISK
 
The Fund may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss will be increased, by the transaction costs incurred by the Fund, including the costs associated with providing collateral to the broker-dealer (usually cash and liquid securities) and the maintenance of collateral with its custodian. Although the Fund’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited. The Fund may have to pay a premium to borrow the securities and must pay any dividends or interest payable on the securities until they are replaced, which will be expenses of the Fund.
 
REPURCHASE AGREEMENT RISK
 
A repurchase agreement exposes the Fund to the risk that the party that sells the security may default on its obligation to repurchase it. The Fund may lose money because it cannot sell the security at the agreed-upon time and price or the security loses value before it can be sold. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses. In such an event, the Fund would subject to risks associated with possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto, possible lack of access to income on the underlying
 

80
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Risks  
 
 
security during this period, and expenses of enforcing its rights. In addition, the exercise of the Fund’s right to liquidate the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss.
 
The Fund may accept a wide variety of underlying securities as collateral for repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund. Rule 5b-3 under the 1940 Act, stipulates that if a repurchase agreement entered into by a fund is “collateralized fully,” the repurchase agreement is deemed a transaction in the underlying securities and not a separate security issued to the fund by the selling institution. In order for the repurchase agreement to qualify as “collateralized fully,” the collateral must consist solely of cash items, government securities, securities that are rated in the highest rating category by at least two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSRO”) (or one NRSRO, if that is the only such NRSRO which has issued a rating on the security) or unrated securities which the Adviser deems to be of comparable quality. However, the Fund may accept collateral in respect of repurchase agreements which do not meet the above criteria, and in such event the repurchase agreement will not be considered “collateralized fully” for purposes of Rule 5b-3. Accepting collateral beyond the criteria of Rule 5b-3 exposes the Fund to two categories of risks. First, because the Fund’s repurchase agreements which are secured by such collateral are not “collateralized fully” under Rule 5b-3, the repurchase agreement is considered a separate security issued by the selling institution to the Fund. Accordingly, in addition to the risks of a default or bankruptcy of the selling institution, the Fund must include repurchase agreements that are not “collateralized fully” under Rule 5b-3 in its calculations of securities issued by the selling institution held by the Fund for purposes of various diversification and concentration requirements applicable to the Fund. In particular, to the extent a selling institution is a “securities related business” for purposes of Section 12(d)(3) of the 1940 Act and Rule 12d3-1 thereunder, the Fund would not be permitted to hold more than 5% of its total assets in securities issued by the selling institution, including repurchase agreements that are not “collateralized fully” under Rule 5b-3. While this limitation (as well as other applicable limitations arising under concentration and diversification requirements) limits the Fund’s exposure to each such selling institution, the Fund will be required to monitor its holdings of such securities and ensure that it complies with the applicable limitations. Second, the collateral underlying a repurchase agreement that is not “collateralized fully” under Rule 5b-3 may not qualify as permitted or appropriate investments for the Fund under the Fund’s investment strategies and limitations. Accordingly, if a selling institution defaults and the Fund takes possession of such collateral, the Fund may need to promptly dispose of such collateral (or other securities held by the Fund, if the Fund exceeds a limitation on a permitted investment by virtue of taking possession of the collateral). In cases of market turmoil (which may be associated with a default or bankruptcy of a selling institution), the Fund may have more difficulty than anticipated in selling such securities and/or in avoiding a loss on the sale of such securities. This risk may be more acute in the case of a selling institution’s insolvency or bankruptcy, which may restrict the Fund’s ability to dispose of collateral received from the selling institution. The Adviser follows various procedures to monitor the liquidity and quality of any collateral received under a repurchase agreement (as well as the credit quality of each selling institution) designed to minimize these risks, but there can be no assurance that the procedures will be successful in doing so.
 
SECURITIES LENDING RISK
 
The Fund may lend its portfolio securities to banks or dealers which meet the creditworthiness standards established by the Board of Trustees. Securities lending is subject to the risk that loaned securities may not be available to the Fund on a timely basis and the Fund may therefore lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Any loss in the market price of securities loaned by the Fund that occurs during the term of the loan would be borne by the Fund and would adversely affect the Fund’s performance. Also, there may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of securities loaned or even a loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially while the loan is outstanding.
 
RISK OF FAILURE TO QUALIFY AS A RIC
 
To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, the Fund must, among other things, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources, meet certain
 

81
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
asset diversification tests and distribute for each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (generally, ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss). If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income for that year (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions would be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.
 
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST RISK
 
The Adviser and its affiliates provide a wide array of portfolio management and other asset management services to a mix of clients and may engage in ordinary course activities in which their interests or those of their clients may compete or conflict with those of the Fund. The Adviser and its affiliates may provide investment management services to other funds that follow investment objectives similar to those of the Fund. In certain circumstances, and subject to its fiduciary obligations under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), the Adviser may have to allocate a limited investment opportunity among its clients. The Adviser and its affiliates have adopted policies and procedures designed to address such and other potential conflicts of interests. For additional information about potential conflicts of interest, and the way in which the Adviser and its affiliates address such conflicts please see “Management of the Fund—Potential Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI.
 
MARKET DISRUPTION AND GEOPOLITICAL RISK
 
Instability in the Middle East and Africa and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world have contributed to increased market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. The Adviser does not know how long the financial markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. and global economies and securities markets.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS IN THE FUND’S GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
 
The Fund’s Certificate of Trust, as amended, the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) and the Fund’s By-Laws (collectively, the “Governing Documents”) include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company. These provisions could deprive the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at the net asset value per share or at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares, outside of tender offers by the Fund, if any. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents.”
 

82
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
Management of the Fund

 
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
 
The Board of Trustees is broadly responsible for the management of the Fund, including general supervision of the duties performed by the Adviser. The names and business addresses of the Trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Fund” in the SAI.
 
ADVISER
 
Investment Adviser
 
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC acts as the Fund’s investment adviser. The Investment Adviser is a registered investment adviser and acts as investment adviser to a number of closed-end and open-end management investment companies. The Investment Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532. The Investment Adviser will be responsible for the management of the Fund, will furnish offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Fund, will oversee the activities of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser, will provide personnel, including certain officers required for the Fund’s administrative management, and will pay the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Fund who are its affiliates.
 
Sub-Adviser
 
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC acts as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90401. The Sub-Adviser, under the direction and supervision of the Board of Trustees and the Investment Adviser, will be responsible for the management of the Fund’s investment portfolio and will provide certain facilities and personnel related to such management.
 
Guggenheim Partners
 
Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners with the supervision of more than $180 billion of assets as of March 31, 2013. Guggenheim Partners is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.
 
Investment Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement
 
Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between the Fund and the Investment Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Fund will pay the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets (from which the Investment Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser’s fees).
 
Pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement among the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”), the Investment Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.
 
The Advisory Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement were approved by the Board of Trustees on February 12, 2013. A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Advisory Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement by the Board of Trustees will be available in the Fund’s initial report to shareholders, for the period ending November 30, 2013.
 

83
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Management of the Fund  
 
 
Conflicts of interest
 
During the time in which the Fund is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, including proceeds of Financial Leverage. This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Common Shareholders, as holders of Indebtedness, Preferred Shares or other forms of Financial Leverage do not bear the investment advisory fee. Rather, Common Shareholders bear the portion of the investment advisory fee attributable to the assets purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage, which means that Common Shareholders effectively bear the entire advisory fee. In order to manage this conflict of interest, the Board of Trustees will receive regular reports from the Adviser regarding the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage and the effect of Financial Leverage on the management of the Fund’s portfolio and the performance of the Fund.
 
Portfolio Management
 
The Sub-Adviser’s personnel with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio are:
 
B. Scott Minerd, Chief Investment Officer and Chief Executive Officer of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Minerd is Chief Investment Officer of Guggenheim. He joined the firm in 1998. Mr. Minerd is a member of the Portfolio Construction Group and guides the investment strategies of the sector portfolio managers. He was formerly a Managing Director with Credit Suisse First Boston in charge of trading and risk management for the Fixed Income Credit Trading Group. In this position, he was responsible for the corporate bond, preferred stock, money markets, U.S. government agency and sovereign debt, derivatives securities, structured debt and interest-rate swaps trading business units. Previously, Mr. Minerd was Morgan Stanley’s London-based European Capital Markets Products Trading and Risk Manager responsible for Eurobonds, Euro-MTNs, domestic European Bonds, FRNs, derivative securities and money market products in 12 European currencies and Asian markets. Mr. Minerd has also held capital markets positions with Merrill Lynch and Continental Bank. Prior to that, he was a Certified Public Accountant working for the public accounting firm of Price Waterhouse. Mr. Minerd holds a B.S. degree in Economics from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, and has completed graduate work at the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business and the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Minerd is a regularly featured guest on FOX Business News, Bloomberg Television and CNBC sharing his insight on today’s financial climate.
 
Anne Bookwalter Walsh, Senior Managing Director of the Sub-Adviser. Ms. Walsh joined Guggenheim in 2007 and is head of the Portfolio Construction Group (“PCG”) where she oversees more than $60 billion in fixed income investments including Agencies, Credit, Municipals, RMBS, CMBS and ABS across several Guggenheim affiliates. The PCG is responsible for sector allocation, risk management and hedging strategies for client portfolios, and conveying Guggenheim’s macroeconomic outlook to Portfolio Managers and fixed income Sector Specialists. Ms. Walsh specializes in liability driven portfolio management. With more than 28 years in the investment management industry, including roles as a money manager and as a selector of money managers, Ms. Walsh is well suited to understand the needs of institutional clients and how to address them. Prior to joining Guggenheim, Ms. Walsh served as Chief Investment Officer at Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated (NYSE: RGA), a recognized leader in the global life reinsurance industry. Prior to joining RGA in 2000, Ms. Walsh served as Vice President and Senior Investment Consultant for Zurich Scudder Investments. Earlier, she held roles at Lincoln Investment Management and American Bankers Insurance Group. Ms. Walsh received her BSBA and MBA from Auburn University and her J.D. from the University of Miami School of Law. She is a Fellow of the Life Management Institute and has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst ® designation and is a member of the CFA Institute.
 
Jeffrey Abrams, Senior Managing Director of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Abrams joined Guggenheim in 2002. Mr. Abrams is a Senior Managing Director and Portfolio Manager in Guggenheim’s Corporate Credit Group. He is also a member of the Investment Committee overseeing Guggenheim’s corporate credit investing activities. Mr. Abrams’ prior roles at Guggenheim include covering the retail and consumer sectors as a senior analyst. He led an industry team focused on investing across the leveraged credit markets in a number of industries including financial institutions, retail, food
 

84
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Management of the Fund  
 
 
and beverage and consumer products. Mr. Abrams has also focused on sourcing and structuring directly negotiated middle market debt investments. Prior to joining Guggenheim, Mr. Abrams worked in the Leveraged Finance Group at Bear Stearns where he focused on various leveraged debt transactions across multiple industries. Mr. Abrams received his B.A. in History and a BBA in Finance from Emory University.
 
Kevin Gundersen, Managing Director of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Gundersen joined Guggenheim in 2002. Mr. Gundersen is a Managing Director and Portfolio Manager for Guggenheim’s Corporate Credit Strategies and is a member of the Investment Committee overseeing Guggenheim’s corporate credit investing activities. He has ten years’ experience in the high yield and leverage loan asset class. Since joining Guggenheim, Mr. Gundersen has been instrumental in the growth of the Corporate Credit business. During his career at the firm, Mr. Gundersen has been an analyst covering a variety of sectors, and subsequently led an industry team that focused on investing across the capital structure in the media, telecommunications and technology sectors. In addition, in his capacity as a senior analyst and as a team leader, Mr. Gundersen has sourced and structured directly negotiated middle market debt investments. Prior to joining Guggenheim, Mr. Gundersen worked at GeoTrust, a technology company focused on eCommerce security solutions. Mr. Gundersen received his A.B. from Harvard University. He has earned the right to use the Chartered Financial Analyst ® designation and is a member of the CFA Institute.
 
James Michal, Director of the Sub-Adviser. Mr. Michal joined Guggenheim in 2008. He is dedicated to portfolio management for Guggenheim’s Total Return mandates. Mr. Michal is responsible for implementing macro and micro investment themes of the Chief Investment Officers, coordinating with sector heads and traders to determine credit trends and relative value, and for the day-to-day risk monitoring of the assets. Prior to joining Guggenheim, he was an Associate in Wachovia’s structured finance division. He focused on origination, marketing, structuring and execution of collateralized loan obligations for two years. Mr. Michal successfully contributed to a total of 11 completed transactions raising approximately $4.3 billion of capital. Prior to his time in structured credit products, he was an analyst in Wachovia’s corporate credit division focusing on portfolio management and loan syndications. Over two years, Mr. Michal underwrote a total of 12 syndicated transactions and managed the loan portfolio risk in the Integrated Electric Utility, Midstream Pipeline and Propane sectors. Mr. Michal earned a BSBA in Finance and International Business from Georgetown University.
 
The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities of the Fund.
 
Net asset value
 
The net asset value of the Common Shares is calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (including from Borrowings) and the liquidation preference of any outstanding Preferred Shares from total assets (the market value of the securities the Fund holds plus cash and other assets). The per share net asset value is calculated by dividing its net asset value by the number of Common Shares outstanding and rounding the result to the nearest full cent. The Fund calculates its net asset value as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on each day on which there is a regular trading session on the NYSE. Information that becomes known to the Fund or its agent after the Fund’s net asset value has been calculated on a particular day will not be used to retroactively adjust the price of a security or the Fund’s previously determined net asset value.
 
The Fund values equity securities at the last reported sale price on the principal exchange or in the principal OTC market in which such securities are traded, as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the day the securities are being valued or, if there are no sales, at the mean between the last available bid and asked prices on that day. Securities traded primarily on the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) are normally valued by the Fund at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”) provided by Nasdaq each business day. The NOCP is the most recently reported price as of 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, unless that price is outside the range of the “inside” bid and asked prices (i.e., the bid and asked prices that dealers quote to each other when trading for their own accounts); in that case, Nasdaq will adjust the price to equal the inside bid or asked price, whichever is closer. Because of delays in reporting trades, the NOCP may not be based on the price of the last trade to occur before the market closes.
 

85
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Net asset value  
 
 
The Fund values debt securities at the last available bid price for such securities or, if such prices are not available, at prices for securities of comparable maturity, quality, and type. The Fund values exchange-traded options and other exchange-traded derivative contracts at the mean of the best bid and asked prices at the close on those exchanges on which they are traded.
 
The Fund’s securities that are traded primarily in foreign markets may be traded in such markets on days that the NYSE is closed. As a result, the net asset value of the Fund may be significantly affected on days when Common Shareholders have no ability to trade the Common Shares on the NYSE.
 
The Fund may utilize independent pricing services or bid quotations provided by dealers to value certain of its securities at their market value. The Fund may use independent pricing services to value certain credit securities held by the Fund at their market value. The Fund periodically verifies valuations provided by independent pricing services. If independent pricing services or dealer quotations are not available for a given security, such security will be valued in accordance with valuation guidelines adopted by the Board of Trustees that the Board of Trustees believes are designed to accurately reflect the fair value of securities valued in accordance with such guidelines. For certain credit securities, fair valuations may include input from the Sub-Adviser utilizing a wide variety of market data including yields or prices of investments of comparable quality, type of issue, coupon, maturity, rating, indications of value from security dealers, evaluations of anticipated cash flows or collateral, spread over U.S. Treasury obligations, and other information and analysis. The Fund may also use third party service providers to model certain securities using cash flow models to determine fair market value. While the Fund’s use of fair valuation is intended to result in calculation of net asset value that fairly reflects values of the Fund’s portfolio securities as of the time of pricing, the Fund cannot guarantee that any fair valuation will, in fact, approximate the amount the Fund would actually realize upon the sale of the securities in question.
 
Short-term securities with remaining maturities of less than 60 days may be valued at cost which, when combined with interest earned, approximates market value.
 
The Fund values derivatives transactions in accordance with valuation guidelines adopted by the Board of Trustees. Accrued payments to the Fund under such transactions will be assets of the Fund and accrued payments by the Fund will be liabilities of the Fund.
 
Distributions
 
The Fund intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income, if any, to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Fund intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders as long-term capital gain dividends at least annually. The Fund expects that dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist primarily of (i) investment company taxable income taxed as ordinary income, which includes, among other things, ordinary income, short-term capital gain and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, and (ii) net capital gain (which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). The Fund cannot assure you as to what percentage of the dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist of net capital gain, which is taxed at reduced rates for non-corporate investors.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, in the event the Fund makes distributions from sources other than income, a notice will be provided in connection with each monthly distribution with respect to the estimated source of the distribution made. Such notices will describe the portion, if any, of the monthly dividend which, in the Fund’s good faith judgment, constitutes long-term capital gain, short-term capital gain, investment company taxable income or a return of capital. The actual character of such dividend distributions for U.S. federal income tax purposes, however, will only be determined finally by the Fund at the close of its fiscal year, based on the Fund’s full year performance and its actual net investment company taxable income and net capital gains for the year, which may result in a recharacterization of amounts distributed during such fiscal year from the characterization in the monthly estimates.
 
Because of the nature of the Fund’s investments and changes in market conditions from time to time, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular month may be more or less than the amount of net investment income from that
 

86
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Distributions  
 
 
monthly period. As a result, all or a portion of a distribution may be a return of capital, which is in effect a partial return of the amount a Common Shareholder invested in the Fund.
 
If the Fund’s total distributions in any year exceed the amount of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain for the year, any such excess would generally be characterized as a return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For example, because of the nature of the Fund’s investments, the Fund may distribute net short-term capital gains early in the calendar year, but incur net short-term capital losses later in the year, thereby offsetting the short-term net capital gains for which distributions have already been made by the Fund. In such a situation, the amount by which the Fund’s total distributions exceed investment company taxable income and net capital gain would generally be treated as a tax-free return of capital up to the amount of the Common Shareholder’s tax basis in their Common Shares, which would reduce such tax basis, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as a gain from the sale of their Common Shares. Consequently, although a return of capital may not be taxable, it will generally increase the Common Shareholder’s potential gain, or reduce the Common Shareholder’s potential loss, on any subsequent sale or other disposition of Common Shares.
 
Initial distributions to Common Shareholders are expected to be declared approximately 45 to 60 days after completion of the Common Share offering, and paid approximately 60 to 90 days after the completion of the Common Share offering, depending upon market conditions. The Fund expects that over time it will distribute all of its investment company taxable income. The investment company taxable income of the Fund will consist of all dividend and interest income accrued on portfolio assets, short-term capital gain and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, less all expenses of the Fund. Expenses of the Fund will be accrued each day.
 
To permit the Fund to maintain more stable monthly distributions, the Fund may initially distribute less than the entire amount of the net investment income earned in a particular period. The undistributed net investment income may be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income actually earned by the Fund during the period, and the Fund may have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio to make a distribution at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action. Undistributed net investment income is included in the Common Shares’ net asset value, and, correspondingly, distributions from net investment income will reduce the Common Shares’ net asset value.
 
The Fund reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to Common Shareholders.
 
If you hold your Common Shares in your own name or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Fund’s Plan, unless you elect to receive cash, all dividends and distributions that are declared by the Fund will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan. If you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described below. Consult your financial advisor for more information. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
 
Under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan, a Common Shareholder whose Common Shares are registered in his or her own name will have all distributions reinvested automatically by Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, which is agent under the Plan (the “Plan Agent”), unless the Common Shareholder elects to receive cash. Distributions with respect to Common Shares registered in the name of a broker-dealer or other nominee (that is, in “street name”) will be reinvested in additional Common Shares under the Plan, unless the broker or nominee does not participate in the Plan or the Common Shareholder elects to receive distributions in cash. Investors who own Common Shares registered in street name should consult their broker-dealers for details regarding reinvestment. All distributions to investors who do not participate in the Plan will be paid by check mailed directly to the record holder by Computershare Shareowner Services LLC as dividend disbursing agent. A participant in the Plan who wishes to
 

87
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan  
 
 
opt out of the Plan and elect to receive distributions in cash should contact Computershare Shareowner Services LLC in writing at the address specified below or by calling the telephone number specified below.
 
Under the Plan, whenever the market price of the Common Shares is equal to or exceeds net asset value at the time Common Shares are valued for purposes of determining the number of Common Shares equivalent to the cash dividend or capital gains distribution, participants in the Plan are issued new Common Shares from the Fund, valued at the greater of (i) the net asset value as most recently determined or (ii) 95% of the then-current market price of the Common Shares. The valuation date is the dividend or distribution payment date or, if that date is not a NYSE trading day, the next preceding trading day. If the net asset value of the Common Shares at the time of valuation exceeds the market price of the Common Shares, the Plan Agent will buy the Common Shares for the Plan in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts, except that the Plan Agent will endeavor to terminate purchases in the open market and cause the Fund to issue Common Shares at the greater of net asset value or 95% of market value if, following the commencement of such purchases, the market value of the Common Shares exceeds net asset value. If the Fund should declare a distribution or capital gains distribution payable only in cash, the Plan Agent will buy the Common Shares for the Plan in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts. There is no charge from the Fund for reinvestment of dividends or distributions in Common Shares pursuant to the Plan; however, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan Agent when it makes open-market purchases.
 
The Plan Agent maintains all shareholder accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmations of all transactions in the account, including information needed by shareholders for personal and tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent in non-certificated form in the name of the participant.
 
In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees, which hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, and participate in the Plan, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the Common Shareholder as representing the total amount registered in the shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
 
The automatic reinvestment of dividends and other distributions will not relieve participants of an income tax that may be payable or required to be withheld on such dividends or distributions.
 
Experience under the Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, the Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate its Plan as applied to any voluntary cash payments made and any dividend or distribution paid subsequent to written notice of the change sent to the members of such Plan at least 90 days before the record date for such dividend or distribution. The Plan also may be amended or terminated by the Plan Agent on at least 90 days’ prior written notice to the participants in such Plan. All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Administrator, Computershare, P.O. Box 43006, Providence, RI 02940-3006, Phone Number: (866) 488-3559.
 
Description of capital structure
 
The Fund is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, dated as of June 7, 2012. The following is a brief description of the terms of the Common Shares, Borrowings and Preferred Shares which may be issued by the Fund. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the Fund’s Governing Documents.
 
COMMON SHARES
 
Pursuant to the Declaration of Trust, the Fund is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share. Each Common Share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable. All Common Shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Fund will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares.
 

88
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Description of capital structure  
 
 
Any additional offerings of Common Shares will require approval by the Board of Trustees. Any additional offering of Common Shares will be subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of sales load, except in connection with an offering to existing Common Shareholders or with the consent of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.
 
The Fund’s Common Shares are expected to be listed on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “GGM.”
 
The Fund’s net asset value per Common Share generally increases and decreases based on the market value of the Fund’s securities. Net asset value per Common Share will be reduced immediately following the offering of Common Shares by the amount of the sales load and offering expenses paid by the Fund. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
The Fund will not issue certificates for Common Shares.
 
BORROWINGS
 
The Fund’s Declaration of Trust provides that the Board of Trustees may authorize the borrowing of money by the Fund, without the approval of the holders of the Common Shares. The Fund may issue notes or other evidences of indebtedness (including bank borrowings or commercial paper) and may secure any such borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting the Fund’s assets as security. See “Use of Financial Leverage—Indebtedness.”
 
PREFERRED SHARES
 
The Fund’s Governing Documents provide that the Board of Trustees may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, by action of the Board of Trustees without prior approval of the holders of the Common Shares. Common Shareholders have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued. Any such Preferred Share offering would be subject to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Issuance of Preferred Shares would constitute Financial Leverage and would entail special risks to the Common Shareholders.
 
Although the Fund has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares, it may in the future utilize Preferred Shares to the maximum extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not issue Preferred Shares unless, immediately after such issuance, it has an “asset coverage” of at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets). For these purposes, “asset coverage” means the ratio of (i) total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by “senior securities” to (ii) the amount of “senior securities representing indebtedness” plus the “involuntary liquidation preference” of the Preferred Shares. “Senior security” generally means any bond, note, or similar security evidencing indebtedness and any class of shares having priority over any other class as to distribution of assets or payment of dividends. “Senior security representing indebtedness” means any “senior security” other than equity shares. The “involuntary liquidation preference” of the Preferred Shares is the amount that holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to receive in the event of an involuntary liquidation of the Fund in preference to the Common Shares.
 
In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in Common Shares), or to declare any other distribution on its Common Shares, or to purchase any Common Shares, unless the Preferred Shares have at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or other distribution, or at the time of any such purchase of Common Shares, an asset coverage of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary to maintain asset coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%. Any Preferred Shares issued by the Fund would have special voting rights and a liquidation preference over the Common Shares. Issuance of Preferred Shares would constitute Financial Leverage and would entail special risks to the Common Shareholders.
 
Any Preferred Shares issued by the Fund would have special voting rights and a liquidation preference over the Common Shares.
 

89
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Description of capital structure  
 
 
If Preferred Shares are outstanding, two of the Fund’s Trustees will be elected by the holders of Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class. The remaining Trustees of the Fund will be elected by Common Shareholders and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. In the unlikely event the Fund failed to pay dividends on Preferred Shares for two years, Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees of the Fund.
 
The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for Preferred Shares issued by the Fund. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. The Fund has no present intention to issue Preferred Shares.
 
Anti-takeover and other provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents
 
The Fund presently has provisions in its Governing Documents which could have the effect of limiting, in each case, (i) the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, (ii) the Fund’s freedom to engage in certain transactions or (iii) the ability of the Fund’s Board of Trustees or shareholders to amend the Governing Documents or effectuate changes in the Fund’s management. These provisions of the Governing Documents of the Fund may be regarded as “anti-takeover” provisions. The Board of Trustees is divided into three classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of Trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees. A Trustee may be removed from office by the action of a majority of the remaining Trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective Trustee.
 
In addition, the Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Fund, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a “Principal Shareholder”) refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Fund.
 
The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are:
 
·   
the merger or consolidation of the Fund or any subsidiary of the Fund with or into any Principal Shareholder;
 
·  
the issuance of any securities of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan);
 
·  
the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or
 
·  
the sale, lease or exchange to the Fund or any subsidiary of the Fund, in exchange for securities of the Fund, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.
 
To liquidate the Fund, the Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Fund, voting separately as a class or series, unless such liquidation has been approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund shall be required.
 

90
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Anti-takeover and other provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents  
 
 
For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under the Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Fund shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or the Declaration of Trust with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required. A “majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.
 
The Board of Trustees has determined that provisions with respect to the Board of Trustees and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Declaration of Trust on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions. See “Additional Information.”
 
Closed-end fund structure
 
Closed-end management investment companies (“closed-end funds”) differ from open-end management investment companies (commonly referred to as “mutual funds”) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a securities exchange and do not redeem their shares at the option of the shareholder. By comparison, mutual funds issue securities redeemable at net asset value at the option of the shareholder and typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Mutual funds are subject to continuous asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management, whereas closed-end funds generally can stay more fully invested in securities consistent with the closed-end fund’s investment objective and policies. In addition, in comparison to open-end funds, closed-end funds have greater flexibility in their ability to make certain types of investments, including investments in illiquid securities.
 
However, shares of closed-end funds listed for trading on a securities exchange frequently trade at a discount from net asset value, but in some cases trade at a premium. The market price may be affected by trading volume of the shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the closed-end fund. The foregoing factors may result in the market price of the Common Shares being greater than, less than or equal to net asset value. The Board of Trustees has reviewed the structure of the Fund in light of its investment objective and policies and has determined that the closed-end structure is in the best interests of the shareholders. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the Board of Trustees would vote to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company.
 
Repurchase of Common Shares; conversion to open-end fund
 
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
 
The Board of Trustees will review periodically the trading range and activity of the Fund’s shares with respect to its net asset value and the Board of Trustees may take certain actions to seek to reduce or eliminate any such discount. Such actions may include open market repurchases or tender offers for the Common Shares at net asset value. There can be no assurance that the Board of Trustees will decide to undertake any of these actions or that, if undertaken, such actions would result in the Common Shares trading at a price equal to or close to net asset value per Common Share.
 
CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND
 
To convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company, the Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Fund, voting separately as a class or series, unless such action has been approved by at least 80% of the Board of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund shall be required. A “majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii)
 

91
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Repurchase of Common Shares; conversion to open-end fund  
 
 
more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the 1940 Act that any conversion of the Fund to an open-end management investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, conversion of the Fund to an open-end management investment company could not occur until 90 days after the shareholders’ meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 30 days’ prior notice to all shareholders.
 
In the event of conversion, the Common Shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange or market system. If the Fund were converted to an open-end management investment company, it is likely that new Common Shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load. The Board of Trustees believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable, given the Fund’s investment objective and policies. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is unlikely that the Board of Trustees would vote to convert the Fund to an open-end management investment company.
 
Shareholders of an open-end management investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. In the event of conversion, the Fund would expect to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but would intend to reserve the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors could incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash.
 
Tax matters
 
The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Fund’s Common Shares. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Fund and its Common Shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a taxable U.S. person (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and that you hold your Common Shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investments). This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal tax concerns affecting the Fund and its Common Shareholders (including Common Shareholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law).
 
The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.
 
TAXATION OF THE FUND
 
The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify annually as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Fund must, among other things, meet certain income, asset diversification and distribution requirements:
 
(i)      
The Fund must derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from the following sources: (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code). Generally, a qualified publicly traded partnership includes a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) and that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the items described in (a) above.
 

92
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Tax matters  
 
(ii)
The Fund must diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, including receivables, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code).
 
As long as the Fund qualifies as a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that the Fund distributes to its Common Shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of (i) the Fund’s investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and other taxable income, other than any net capital gain (defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) the Fund’s net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions). The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of such income each year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its Common Shareholders.
 
The Fund will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). If any such gain is retained, the Fund will be subject to a corporate income tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on such retained amount. In that event, the Fund expects to report the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its Common Shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its Common Shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such Common Shareholder’s gross income.
 
The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Fund to the extent the Fund does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the Fund’s fiscal year). In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid federal income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. While the Fund intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Fund’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to entirely avoid the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Fund will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
 
Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders. The Fund intends to
 

93
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Tax matters  
 
 
structure and monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC (which may adversely affect the net after-tax return to the Fund).
 
If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to Common Shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the Common Shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Such dividends, however, would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of U.S. Common Shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction in the case of U.S. Common Shareholders taxed as corporations. The Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.
 
TAXATION OF COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
 
Distributions
 
Distributions paid to you by the Fund from its net capital gains, which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, if any, that the Fund properly reports as capital gains dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Common Shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.
 
In the case of corporate shareholders, ordinary income dividends paid by the Fund generally will be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent that the Fund’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and certain holding period requirements are satisfied by both the Fund and the corporate shareholders. In the case of individuals, any such ordinary income dividend that you receive from the Fund generally will be eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent that (i) the ordinary income dividend is attributable to “qualified dividend income” (i.e., generally dividends paid by U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations) received by the Fund, (ii) the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock on which such qualified dividend income was paid and (iii) you satisfy certain holding period and other requirements with respect to your Common Shares. Qualified dividend income eligible for these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus will not be included in the computation of your net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset any capital losses. In general, you may include as qualified dividend income only that portion of the dividends that may be and are so reported by the Fund as qualified dividend income. Dividend income from passive foreign investment companies and, in general, dividend income from REITs is not eligible for the reduced rate for qualified dividend income and is taxed as ordinary income. Due to the nature of the Fund’s investments, the Fund does not expect that a significant portion of its distributions will be eligible for the dividends received deduction or for the reduced rates applicable to qualified dividend income.
 
Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of Common Shares. The amount of any Fund distribution that is treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, thereby increasing your potential gain, or reducing your potential loss, on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your Common Shares.
 
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even if they are reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Fund are generally treated as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Fund pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the Common Shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Fund and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
 

94
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Tax matters  
 
 
The Fund will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Fund.
 
Sale of Common Shares
 
The sale or other disposition of Common Shares of the Fund will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such Common Shares for more than one year. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain) by you with respect to such Common Shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of Common Shares will be disallowed if you acquire other Common Shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the Common Shares. In such case, your tax basis in the Common Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
 
Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income, while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a maximum rate of 15% or 20%, depending on whether the Common Shareholder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.
 
Medicare tax
 
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, an additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceed certain threshold amounts.
 
Backup withholding
 
The Fund may be required to withhold (currently, at a rate of 28%), for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate Common Shareholders who fail to provide the Fund (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.
 
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its Common Shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Fund and its Common Shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income or other taxes.
 

95
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 

Underwriting
 
The underwriters named below (the “Underwriters”), acting through UBS Securities LLC, 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 550 South Tryon Street, Charlotte, North Carolina, 28202, as their managing representatives (the Representatives), as lead managers, and                                        , and                     , as their representatives (together with the lead managers, the “Representatives”), have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of an underwriting agreement with the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (the “Underwriting Agreement”), to purchase from the Fund the number of Common Shares set forth opposite their respective names. The Underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all such Common Shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if any are purchased.
 
 
Number of  
Underwriters  
Common Shares  
UBS Securities LLC
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
 
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
 
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of BB&T Securities, LLC
 
The GMS Group, LLC  
Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC
 
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
 
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
 
Maxim Group LLC
 
Newbridge Securities Corporation  
Pershing LLC
 
Southwest Securities, Inc.
 
Wedbush Securities Inc.
 
Wunderlich Securities, Inc.
 
Total  
 
If an Underwriter fails to purchase the Common Shares it has agreed to purchase, the Underwriting Agreement provides that one or more substitute underwriters may be found, the purchase commitments of the remaining Underwriters may be increased or the Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.
 
The Fund has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional                   Common Shares to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial offering price. The Underwriters may exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments incurred in the sale of the Common Shares offered hereby. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise this option, each of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment, subject to certain conditions, to purchase an additional number of Common Shares proportionate to such Underwriter’s initial commitment.
 
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Common Shares included in this offering are subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel and certain other conditions.
 
The Fund has agreed to pay a commission to the Underwriters in the amount of $1.125 per Common Share (4.50% of the public offering price per Common Share). The Representatives have advised the Fund that the Underwriters may pay up to $                    per Common Share from such commission to selected dealers who sell the Common Shares and that such dealers may reallow a concession of up to $                    per Common Share to certain other dealers who sell Common Shares. The Investment Adviser has agreed to pay (i) all of the Fund’s organizational expenses and (ii) offering costs (other than the sales load) of the Fund in excess of $0.050 per share. The aggregate offering expenses (excluding sales load) are estimated to be $                    in total, $                    ($                    per Common Share) of which will be borne by the Fund (or $                    ($                    per Common Share) if the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). Investors must pay for any Common Shares purchased on or before                    , 2013.
 
 

96
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Underwriting  
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public or private market for the Common Shares or any other securities of the Fund. Consequently, the offering price for the Common Shares was determined by negotiation among the Fund and the Representatives. There can be no assurance, however, that the price at which the Common Shares sell after this offering will not be lower than the price at which they are sold by the Underwriters or that an active trading market in the Common Shares will develop and continue after this offering. The Fund’s Common Shares are expected to be listed on the NYSE under the trading or “ticker” symbol “GGM,” subject to notice of issuance.
 
In connection with the requirements for listing the Common Shares on the NYSE, the Underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more Common Shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in the United States. The minimum investment requirement is 100 Common Shares.
 
The Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser have each agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters for or to contribute to the losses arising out of certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities, except in the cases of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of applicable obligations and duties.
 
The Fund has agreed not to offer, sell or register with the SEC any additional equity securities of the Fund, other than issuances (1) of Common Shares hereby, (2) of preferred shares or (3) pursuant to the Fund’s Divided Reinvestment Plan, for a period of 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement without the prior written consent of the Representatives.
 
In connection with this offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell Common Shares in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions created in connection with this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Shares and syndicate short positions involve the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of Common Shares than they are required to purchase from the Fund in this offering. The Underwriters also may impose a penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers in respect of the Common Shares sold in this offering for their account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such Common Shares are repurchased by the syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. These activities may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Shares, which may be higher than the price that might otherwise prevail in the open market; and these activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise.
 
In connection with the offering, certain of the Underwriters or selected dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.
 
The Fund anticipates that from time to time certain of the Underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of the Fund’s portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be Underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are Underwriters. Certain Underwriters have performed investment banking and advisory services for the Investment Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and their respective affiliates from time to time, for which they have received customary fees and expenses. Certain Underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for the Investment Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and their respective affiliates in the ordinary course of business. In addition, UBS Securities LLC or one of its affiliates is a lender to Guggenheim Partners, of which each of the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary.
 
OTHER RELATIONSHIPS
 
The Investment Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay to each of UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC from its own assets, a fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund as well as for services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares in the amount of $                    and $                    , respectively. If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the structuring fee paid to UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC will not exceed                    % and                    %, respectively, of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
 
 
 

97
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
Underwriting  
 
The Investment Adviser (and not the Fund) also may pay certain qualifying underwriters from among those named in the table above a structuring fee, additional compensation or a sales incentive fee in connection with the offering.
 
Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC, an affiliate of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, will provide distribution assistance during the sale of the Common Shares of the Fund, including preparation and review of the Fund’s marketing material and assistance in presentations to other underwriters and selected dealers. Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC may pay compensation to its employees who assist in marketing securities. Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC provides wholesaling efforts on behalf of the Fund to supplement the selling efforts of the other underwriters. The Fund has agreed to reimburse Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC for the distribution services it provides to the Fund in an amount not to exceed 0.15% of the public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering. Such reimbursement is subject to the offering expense limitation of $0.050 per Common Share described herein and will not be paid to the extent it would cause the offering expenses of the Fund to exceed $0.050 per Common Share. The reimbursement by the Fund to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC for its distribution assistance will not exceed 0.15% of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering. Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC is a registered broker-dealer and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and is a party to the underwriting agreement.
 
Prior to the public offering of Common Shares, Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC, an affiliate of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, purchased Common Shares from the Fund in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act. As of the date of this prospectus, Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC owned 100% of the outstanding Common Shares. Guggenheim Funds Distributiors, LLC may be deemed to control the Fund until such time as it owns less than 25% of the outstanding Common Shares, which is expected to occur as of the completion of the offering of Common Shares.
 
The sum of all compensation to the Underwriters in connection with this public offering of Common Shares, including the sales load, the structuring and sales incentive fees and all forms of additional payments to the Underwriters, the reimbursement of Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC for distribution assistance, described herein, and the amounts paid by the Fund to reimburse certain underwriters and certain other expenses, will not exceed                    % of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
 
Custodian, administrator, transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent
 
The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions. The Bank of New York Mellon is located at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286.
 
Computershare Shareowner Services LLC serves as the Fund’s dividend disbursing agent, Plan Agent under the Plan, transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares of the Fund. Computershare Shareowner Services LLC is located at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.
 
Rydex Fund Services, LLC, an affiliate of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, serves as administrator to the Fund. Pursuant to an administration agreement, Rydex Fund Services, LLC is responsible for: (1) coordinating with the custodian and transfer agent and monitoring the services they provide to the Fund, (2) coordinating with and monitoring any other third parties furnishing services to the Fund, (3) supervising the maintenance by third parties of such books and records of the Fund as may be required by applicable federal or state law, (4) preparing or supervising the preparation by third parties of all federal, state and local tax returns and reports of the Fund required by applicable law, (5) preparing and, after approval by the Fund, filing and arranging for the distribution of proxy materials and periodic reports to shareholders of the Fund as required by applicable law, (6) preparing and, after approval by the Fund, arranging for the filing of such registration statements and other documents with the SEC and other federal and state regulatory authorities as may be required by applicable law, (7) reviewing and submitting to the officers of the
98
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 

Fund for their approval invoices or other requests for payment of the Fund’s expenses and instructing the custodian to issue checks in payment thereof and (8) taking such other action with respect to the Fund as may be necessary in the opinion of the administrator to perform its duties under the Administration Agreement. For these services, the Fund will pay Rydex Fund Services, LLC, as administrator, a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annualized rate of  0.0275% for the first $200 million of Managed Assets, 0.0200% for the next $300 million of Managed Assets, 0.0150 for the next $500 million of Managed Assets and 0.0100% for Managed Assets in excess of $1 billion. Rydex Fund Services, LLC is located at 805 King Farm Boulevard, Rockville, Maryland 20850.
 
Legal matters
 
Certain legal matters will be passed on for the Fund by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, and for the underwriters by Dechert LLP, Washington, DC, in connection with the offering of the Common Shares. Dechert LLP may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.
 
Independent registered public accounting firm
 
Ernst & Young LLP, 155 North Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund. The Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Fund.
 
Additional information
 
This prospectus constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Fund with the SEC under the Securities Act, and the 1940 Act. This prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Fund and the Common Shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).
 
Privacy principles of the Fund
 
The Fund is committed to maintaining the privacy of its shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Fund collects, how the Fund protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Fund may share information with select other parties.
 
Generally, the Fund does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its shareholders, although certain non-public personal information of its shareholders may become available to the Fund. The Fund does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service shareholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).
 
The Fund restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to employees of the Adviser and its delegates and affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. The Fund maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of its shareholders.
 

99
 
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
   
Table of contents of the Statement of Additional Information  
 
The Fund
  S-2
Investment Objective and Policies
  S-2
Investment Restrictions
  S-11
Management of the Fund
  S-12
Portfolio Transactions
  S-21
Tax Matters
  S-22
General Information
  S-27
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
FS–1
Financial Statements for the Fund
FS–2
Appendix A: Description of Securities Ratings
A–1
Appendix B: Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
B–1
 
 

100
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
Subject to Completion, dated June 24, 2013
 
The information in this statement of additional information is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.  This statement of additional information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
__________________________
Statement of Additional Information

Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund’s investment objective is to seek total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective or be able to structure its investments as anticipated, and you could lose some or all of your investment.
 
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the Fund dated                   , 2013. Investors should obtain and read the prospectus prior to purchasing common shares. A copy of the prospectus may be obtained, without charge, by calling the Fund at (800) 345-7999.
 
The prospectus and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed, or inspected at the SEC’s office or via its website (www.sec.gov) at no charge. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
The Fund
S-2
Investment Objective and Policies
S-2
Investment Restrictions
S-11
Management of the Fund
S-12
Portfolio Transactions
S-21
Tax Matters
S-22
General Information
S-27
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
FS-1
Financial Statements for the Fund
FS-2
Appendix A: Description of Securities Ratings
A-1
Appendix B: Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
B-1


This Statement of Additional Information is dated                  , 2013.
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
THE FUND
 
The Fund is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company organized as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 (the “Common Shares”), are expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “GGM.”
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
 
Additional Investment Policies and Portfolio Contents
 
The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objective, policies and techniques that are described in the prospectus. The Fund may make the following investments, among others, some of which are part of its principal investment strategies and some of which are not. The principal risks of the Fund’s principal investment strategies are discussed in the prospectus. The Fund may not buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described.
 
Real Property Asset Companies . The Fund may invest in securities issued by companies that own, produce, refine, process, transport and market “real property assets,” such as real estate and the natural resources upon or within real estate. These real property asset companies consist of:
 
 
 •
Companies engaged in the ownership, construction, financing, management and/or sale of commercial, industrial and/or residential real estate (or that have assets primarily invested in such real estate); and
 
 
 •
Companies engaged in energy, natural resources and basic materials businesses and companies engaged in associated businesses. These companies may engaged in oil and gas exploration and production, gold and other precious metals, steel and iron ore production, energy services, forest products, chemicals, coal, alternative energy sources and environmental services, as well as related transportation companies and equipment manufacturers.
 
            REITs .  REITs possess certain risks which differ from an investment in common stocks. REITs are financial vehicles that pool investor’s capital to purchase or finance real estate. REITs may concentrate their investments in specific geographic areas or in specific property types, i.e., hotels, shopping malls, residential complexes and office buildings. The market value of REIT shares and the ability of the REITs to distribute income may be adversely affected by several factors, including rising interest rates, changes in the national, state and local economic climate and real estate conditions, perceptions of prospective tenants of the safety, convenience and attractiveness of the properties, the ability of the owners to provide adequate management, maintenance and insurance, the cost of complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act, increased competition from new properties, the impact of present or future environmental legislation and compliance with environmental laws, changes in real estate taxes and other operating expenses, adverse changes in governmental rules and fiscal policies, adverse changes in zoning laws, and other factors beyond the control of the issuers of the REITs. In addition, distributions received by the Fund from REITs may consist of dividends, capital gains, and/or return of capital. As REITs generally pay a higher rate of dividends (on a pre-tax basis) than operating companies, to the extent application of the Fund’s investment strategy results in the Fund investing in REIT shares, the percentage of the Fund’s dividend income received from REIT shares will likely exceed the percentage of the Fund’s portfolio which is comprised of REIT shares. There are three general categories of REITs: equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest primarily in direct fee ownership or leasehold ownership of real property; they derive most of their income from rents. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments. Hybrid REITs hold both ownership and mortgage interests in real estate.
 
Personal Property Asset Companies . The Fund may invest in securities issued by companies that own, produce, refine, process, transport and market “personal property assets.” Personal (as opposed to real) property assets include any tangible, movable chattel or asset. The Fund will typically seek to invest in securities of such personal property asset companies with investment performance that is not highly correlated with traditional market
 
 
 
S-2

 
 
 
 
indexes, such as special situation transportation assets (e.g., railcars, ships, airplanes and automobiles) and collectibles (e.g., antiques, wine and fine art).
 
Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar Obligations . Eurodollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit, time deposits and debt issues issued outside the U.S. capital markets by foreign branches of U.S. banks and by foreign sovereign and non-governmental issuers, including foreign banks. Yankee Dollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign sovereign and non-governmental issuers. Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar obligations are generally subject to the same risks that apply to domestic debt securities, notably credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Additionally, Eurodollar (and to a limited extent, Yankee Dollar) obligations are subject to sovereign debt risk. See “Risks–Sovereign Debt Risk” in the prospectus.
 
            Brady Bonds . Brady Bonds are emerging market securities created by exchanging existing commercial bank loans to foreign entities for new obligations for the purpose of restructuring the issuers’ debts. Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies and are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. Government securities and the payment of interest and repayment of principal on Brady Bonds is not guaranteed by the U.S. Government. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (the uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”). Brady Bonds do not have a long payment history and may be in default or present the risk of default. In addition, Brady Bonds issued in foreign currencies are subject to currency convertibility risk, and severe economic conditions or government restrictions may inhibit an issuer from obtaining U.S. dollars to pay interest and repay principal.
 
            Municipal Leases and Certificates of Participation. The Fund may purchase municipal securities that represent lease obligations and certificates of participation in such leases. These carry special risks because the issuer of the securities may not be obligated to appropriate money annually to make payments under the lease. A municipal lease is an obligation in the form of a lease or installment purchase that is issued by a state or local government to acquire equipment and facilities. Income from such obligations generally is exempt from state and local taxes in the state of issuance. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. The debt issuance limitations are deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to the temporary abatement of payments in the event the issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment or facilities. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and result in a delay in recovering, or the failure to recover fully, the Fund’s original investment. To the extent that the Fund invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the credit quality rating and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases will be monitored on an ongoing basis. In order to reduce this risk, the Fund will only purchase municipal securities representing lease obligations where the Adviser believes the issuer has a strong incentive to continue making appropriations until maturity.
 
           A certificate of participation represents an undivided interest in an unmanaged pool of municipal leases, an installment purchase agreement or other instruments. The certificates are typically issued by a municipal agency, a trust or other entity that has received an assignment of the payments to be made by the state or political subdivision under such leases or installment purchase agreements. Such certificates provide the Fund with the right to a pro rata
 
 
 
S-3

 
 
 
 
undivided interest in the underlying municipal securities. In addition, such participations generally provide the Fund with the right to demand payment, on not more than seven days’ notice, of all or any part of the Fund’s participation interest in the underlying municipal securities, plus accrued interest.
 
            Municipal Notes. Municipal securities in the form of notes generally are used to provide for short-term capital needs, in anticipation of an issuer’s receipt of other revenues or financing, and typically have maturities of up to three years. Such instruments may consist of tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes and construction loan notes. Tax anticipation notes are issued to finance the working capital needs of governments. Generally, they are issued in anticipation of various tax revenues, such as income, sales, property, use and business taxes, and are payable from these specific future taxes. Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other kinds of revenue, such as federal revenues available under federal revenue sharing programs. Bond anticipation notes are issued to provide interim financing until long-term bond financing can be arranged. In most cases, the long-term bonds then provide the funds needed for repayment of the bond anticipation notes. Tax and revenue anticipation notes combine the funding sources of both tax anticipation notes and revenue anticipation notes. Construction loan notes are sold to provide construction financing. Mortgage notes insured by the Federal Housing Authority secure these notes; however, the proceeds from the insurance may be less than the economic equivalent of the payment of principal and interest on the mortgage note if there has been a default. The anticipated revenues from taxes, grants or bond financing generally secure the obligations of an issuer of municipal notes. An investment in such instruments, however, presents a risk that the anticipated revenues will not be received or that such revenues will be insufficient to satisfy the issuer’s payment obligations under the notes or that refinancing will be otherwise unavailable.
 
            Pre-Refunded Municipal Securities. The principal of, and interest on, pre-refunded municipal securities are no longer paid from the original revenue source for the securities. Instead, the source of such payments is typically an escrow fund consisting of U.S. Government securities. The assets in the escrow fund are derived from the proceeds of refunding bonds issued by the same issuer as the pre-refunded municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities use this advance refunding technique to obtain more favorable terms with respect to securities that are not yet subject to call or redemption by the issuer. For example, advance refunding enables an issuer to refinance debt at lower market interest rates, restructure debt to improve cash flow or eliminate restrictive covenants in the indenture or other governing instrument for the pre-refunded municipal securities. However, except for a change in the revenue source from which principal and interest payments are made, the pre-refunded municipal securities remain outstanding on their original terms until they mature or are redeemed by the issuer. Pre-refunded municipal securities are subject to risks associated with other types of municipal securities, including credit risk, interest rate risk, reinvestment risk, market risk, and risks related to legislative, political and economic changes and adverse changes in the issuer’s financial condition.
 
Private Activity Bonds. Private activity bonds, formerly referred to as industrial development bonds, are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately operated housing facilities, airport, mass transit or port facilities, sewage disposal, solid waste disposal or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities or certain local facilities for water supply, gas or electricity. Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute municipal securities, although the current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues. Under current law, a significant portion of the private activity bond market (except for private activity bonds, including refunding bonds, issued in 2009 and 2010) is subject to the federal alternative minimum tax. Payment of principal and interest on private activity bonds generally depends on the issuer’s continued ability to generate sufficient revenues, which will be affected by factors such as the size of the entity, its capital structure, demand for its products or services, competition, general economic conditions, governmental regulation, and the entity’s dependence on revenues for the operation of the particular facility being financed by the bond.
 
            Inverse Floating Rate Securities. Inverse floating rate securities (sometimes referred to as “inverse floaters”) are securities whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. Generally, inverse floating rate securities represent beneficial interests in a special purpose trust formed by a third party sponsor for the purpose of holding municipal bonds. The special purpose trust typically sells two classes of beneficial interests or securities: short-term floating rate municipal securities (sometimes referred to as short-term floaters or tender option bonds), which are sold to third party investors, and inverse floating rate
 
 
 
S-4

 
 
 
 
municipal securities, which the Fund would purchase. The short-term floating rate securities have first priority on the cash flow from the municipal bonds held by the special purpose trust. Typically, a third party, such as a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution, grants the floating rate security holders the option, at periodic intervals, to tender their securities to the institution and receive the face value thereof. As consideration for providing the option, the financial institution receives periodic fees. The holder of the short-term floater effectively holds a demand obligation that bears interest at the prevailing short-term, tax-exempt rate. However, the institution granting the tender option will not be obligated to accept tendered short-term floaters in the event of certain defaults or a significant downgrade in the credit rating assigned to the bond issuer. For its inverse floating rate investment, the Fund receives the residual cash flow from the special purpose trust. Because the holder of the short-term floater is generally assured liquidity at the face value of the security, the Fund as the holder of the inverse floater assumes the interest rate cash flow risk and the market value risk associated with the municipal security deposited into the special purpose trust. The volatility of the interest cash flow and the residual market value will vary with the degree to which the special purpose trust is leveraged. This is expressed in the ratio of the total face value of the short-term floaters in relation to the value of the residual inverse floaters that are issued by the special purpose trust. The Fund expects to make limited investments in inverse floaters, with leverage ratios that may vary at inception between one and three times. In addition, all voting rights and decisions to be made with respect to any other rights relating to the municipal bonds held in the special purpose trust are passed through to the Fund, as the holder of the residual inverse floating rate securities.
 
           Because increases in the interest rate on the short-term floaters reduce the residual interest paid on inverse floaters, and because fluctuations in the value of the municipal bond deposited in the special purpose trust affect the value of the inverse floater only, and not the value of the short-term floater issued by the special purpose trust, inverse floaters’ value is generally more volatile than that of fixed rate bonds. The market price of inverse floating rate securities is generally more volatile than the underlying securities due to the leveraging effect of this ownership structure. These securities generally will underperform the market of fixed rate bonds in a rising interest rate environment (i.e., when bond values are falling), but tend to outperform the market of fixed rate bonds when interest rates decline or remain relatively stable. Although volatile, inverse floaters typically offer the potential for yields exceeding the yields available on fixed rate bonds with comparable credit quality, coupon, call provisions and maturity. Inverse floaters have varying degrees of liquidity based upon the liquidity of the underlying securities deposited in a tender option bond trust.
 
Tender Option Bonds. The Fund may also invest in tender option bonds issued by special purpose trusts. Tender option bonds may take the form of short-term floating rate securities or the option period may be substantially longer. Generally, the interest rate earned will be based upon the market rates for municipal securities with maturities or remarketing provisions that are comparable in duration to the periodic interval of the tender option, which may vary from weekly, to monthly, to extended periods of one year or multiple years. Since the option feature has a shorter term than the final maturity or first call date of the underlying bond deposited in the special purpose trust, the Fund as the holder of the tender option bond relies upon the terms of the agreement with the financial institution furnishing the option as well as the credit strength of that institution. As further assurance of liquidity, the terms of the special purpose trust provide for a liquidation of the municipal security deposited in the special purpose trust and the application of the proceeds to pay off the tender option bond. The special purpose trusts that are organized to issue both short-term floating rate securities and inverse floaters generally include liquidation triggers to protect the investor in the tender option bond. Generally, the special purpose trusts do not have recourse to the investors in the residual inverse floating rate securities. The Fund, as the holder of a tender option bond, would be subject to the interest rate and credit risk associated with the underlying bond and, because tender options bonds are a form of leverage, to magnified exposure to the positive or negative return of the underlying bond. The Fund also would be subject to risks related to the financial condition of the liquidity facility. In addition, the potential of a special purpose trust termination exposes the Fund to additional credit and reinvestment risks.
 
 Securities Subject To Reorganization. The Fund may invest in securities of companies for which a tender or exchange offer has been made or announced and in securities of companies for which a merger, consolidation, liquidation or reorganization proposal has been announced if, in the judgment of the Adviser, there is a reasonable prospect of high total return significantly greater than the brokerage and other transaction expenses involved. In general, securities which are the subject of such an offer or proposal sell at a premium to their historic market price immediately prior to the announcement of the offer or may also discount what the stated or appraised value of the security would be if the contemplated transaction were approved or consummated. Such investments may be
 
 
 
 
S-5

 
 
 
 
advantageous when the discount significantly overstates the risk of the contingencies involved; significantly undervalues the securities, assets or cash to be received by shareholders of the prospective portfolio company as a result of the contemplated transaction; or fails adequately to recognize the possibility that the offer or proposal may be replaced or superseded by an offer or proposal of greater value. The evaluation of such contingencies requires unusually broad knowledge and experience on the part of the Adviser which must appraise not only the value of the issuer and its component businesses as well as the assets or securities to be received as a result of the contemplated transaction but also the financial resources and business motivation of the offer and/or the dynamics and business climate when the offer or proposal is in process. Since such investments are ordinarily short-term in nature, they will tend to increase the turnover ratio of the Fund, thereby increasing its brokerage and other transaction expenses. The Adviser intends to select investments of the type described which, in its view, have a reasonable prospect of capital appreciation which is significant in relation to both the risk involved and the potential of available alternative investments.
 
            Rights Offerings and Warrants to Purchase. The Fund may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the rights’ and warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.
 
            Depositary Receipts. The Fund may invest in sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and other similar global instruments. ADRs typically are issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by non-U.S. banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either non-U.S. or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer. Investments in ADRs, EDRs and GDRs present additional investment considerations associated with non-U.S. securities.
 
            Equity-Linked Notes. Equity-linked notes are hybrid securities with characteristics of both fixed-income and equity securities. An equity-linked note is a debt instrument, usually a bond, that pays interest based upon the performance of an underlying equity, which can be a single stock, basket of stocks or an equity index. Instead of paying a predetermined coupon, equity-linked notes link the interest payment to the performance of a particular equity market index or basket of stocks or commodities. The interest payment is typically based on the percentage increase in an index from a predetermined level, but alternatively may be based on the decrease in the index. The interest payment may in some cases be leveraged so that, in percentage terms, it exceeds the relative performance of the market. Equity-linked notes generally are subject to the risks associated with the securities of equity issuers, default risk and counterparty risk.
 
Derivative Instruments
 
Options Generally . There can be no assurance that the Fund’s options strategies will be successful. Principal factors affecting the market value of options consist of supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price and price volatility of the underlying security or currency and the time remaining until the expiration date of the option. Gains and losses on investments in options depend, in part, on the ability of the Adviser to predict correctly the effect of these factors. The use of options cannot serve as a complete hedge since the price movement of securities underlying the options will not necessarily follow the price movements of the portfolio securities subject to the hedge.
 
An option position may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series or in a private transaction. Although the Fund will generally purchase or write only those options
 
 
 
S-6

 
 
 
 
for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option. In such event it may not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, so that the Fund would have to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and would incur brokerage commissions upon the exercise of call options and upon the subsequent disposition of underlying securities for the exercise of put options. If the Fund, as a covered call option writer, is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise or otherwise covers the position.
 
Purchasing Options . Buying an options contract gives the Fund the right to purchase securities from third parties or gives the Fund the right to sell securities to third parties for a fixed price at a future date. In addition to options on individual securities, the Fund may buy and sell put and call options on currencies, baskets of securities or currencies, indices and other instruments. Options bought by the Fund may be “cash settled,” meaning that the purchaser of the option has the right to receive a cash payment from the writer of the option to the extent that the value of the underlying position rises above (in the case of a call) or falls below (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. The Fund may purchase exchange traded and over-the-counter options.
 
If the Fund is the holder of an option it may liquidate its position by effecting a closing sale transaction. This is accomplished by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. There can be no assurance that either a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund so desires.
 
The use of purchased put options on equity indexes as a hedging strategy would involve certain risks similar to those of written call options.  Any such strategy may not work as intended due to a lack of correlation between changes in value of the index underlying the put option and changes in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Further, a put option acquired by the Fund and not sold prior to expiration will expire worthless if the cash value of the index or market value of the underlying security at expiration exceeds the exercise price of the option, thereby causing the Fund to lose its entire investment in the option.
 
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures . The Fund may enter into futures contracts or options on futures contracts. It is anticipated that these investments, if any, will be made by the Fund primarily for the purpose of hedging against changes in the value of its portfolio securities and in the value of securities it intends to purchase. Such investments will only be made if they are economically appropriate to the reduction of risks involved in the management of the Fund. In this regard, the Fund may enter into futures contracts or options on futures for the purchase or sale of securities indices or other financial instruments.
 
A “sale” of a futures contract (or a “short” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to deliver the securities underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. A “purchase” of a futures contract (or a “long” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to acquire the securities underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. Certain futures contracts, including stock and bond index futures, are settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the securities underlying the futures contracts.
 
No consideration will be paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to approximately 1% to 10% of the contract amount (this amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and brokers or members of such board of trade may charge a higher amount). This amount is known as the “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or security underlying the futures contract fluctuates. At any time prior to the expiration of the futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate its existing position in the contract.
 
An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account attributable to that contract, which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related
 
 
 
S-7

 
 
 
 
to the purchase of an option on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option purchased is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option does change daily and that change would be reflected in the net assets of the Fund. Futures transactions and options on futures must be covered by assets or instruments acceptable under applicable segregation and coverage requirements.
 
The purchase of a call option on a futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on an individual security. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the price of the futures contract upon which it is based or the price of the underlying debt securities, it may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or underlying debt securities. As with the purchase of futures contracts, when the Fund is not fully invested it may purchase a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a market advance due to declining interest rates.
 
The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities. The Fund may purchase a put option on a futures contract to hedge the Fund’s portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates and consequent reduction in the value of portfolio securities.
 
Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options Thereon . The Fund may purchase or sell interest rate futures contracts to take advantage of or to protect the Fund against fluctuations in interest rates affecting the value of securities that the Fund holds or intends to acquire. For example, if interest rates are expected to increase, the Fund might sell futures contracts on securities, the values of which historically have a high degree of positive correlation to the values of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Such a sale would have an effect similar to selling an equivalent value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. If interest rates increase, the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities will decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Fund will increase at approximately an equivalent rate thereby keeping the net asset value of the Fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The Fund could accomplish similar results by selling securities with longer maturities and investing in securities with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the Fund to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.
 
Similarly, the Fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts when it is expected that interest rates may decline. The purchase of futures contracts for this purpose constitutes a hedge against increases in the price of securities (caused by declining interest rates) that the Fund intends to acquire. Since fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should approximate that of the securities that will be purchased, the Fund can take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the securities without actually buying them. Subsequently, the Fund can make its intended purchase of the securities in the cash market and currently liquidate its futures position.
 
Securities Index Futures Contracts and Options Thereon . Purchases or sales of securities index futures contracts are used for hedging purposes to attempt to protect the Fund’s current or intended investments from broad fluctuations in stock or bond prices. For example, the Fund may sell securities index futures contracts in anticipation of or during a market decline to attempt to offset the decrease in market value of the Fund’s securities portfolio that might otherwise result. If such decline occurs, the loss in value of portfolio securities may be offset, in whole or part, by gains on the futures position. When the Fund is not fully invested in the securities market and anticipates a significant market advance, it may purchase securities index futures contracts in order to gain rapid market exposure that may, in part or entirely, offset increases in the cost of securities that the Fund intends to purchase. As such purchases are made, the corresponding positions in securities index futures contracts will be closed out. The Fund may write put and call options on securities index futures contracts for hedging purposes.
 
Additional Risks Relating to Derivative Instruments
 
Risks of Purchasing Options . To the extent that the Fund purchases options, the Fund will be subject to the following additional risks. If a put or call option purchased by the Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in
 
 
 
S-8

 
 
 
 
a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Fund might be unable to exercise an option it had purchased. If the Fund were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless.
 
Special Risk Considerations Relating to Futures and Options Thereon . Futures and options on futures entail certain risks: no assurance that futures contracts or options on futures can be offset at favorable prices, possible reduction of the yield of the Fund due to the use of hedging, possible reduction in value of both the securities hedged and the hedging instrument, possible lack of liquidity due to daily limits on price fluctuations, imperfect correlation between the contracts and the securities being hedged and losses from investing in futures transactions that are potentially unlimited. The Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in futures contracts and options thereon will be subject to the development and maintenance of liquid markets. Although the Fund generally will purchase or sell only those futures contracts and options thereon for which there appears to be a liquid market, there is no assurance that a liquid market on an exchange will exist for any particular futures contract or option thereon at any particular time. In the event no liquid market exists for a particular futures contract or option thereon in which the Fund maintains a position, it will not be possible to effect a closing transaction in that contract or to do so at a satisfactory price, and the Fund would either have to make or take delivery under the futures contract or, in the case of a written option, wait to sell the underlying securities until the option expires or is exercised or, in the case of a purchased option, exercise the option. In the case of a futures contract or an option thereon that the Fund has written and that the Fund is unable to close, the Fund would be required to maintain margin deposits on the futures contract or option thereon and to make variation margin payments until the contract is closed.
 
Successful use of futures contracts and options thereon by the Fund is subject to the ability of the Adviser to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates. If the Adviser’s expectations are not met, the Fund will be in a worse position than if a hedging strategy had not been pursued. For example, if the Fund has hedged against the possibility of an increase in interest rates that would adversely affect the price of securities in its portfolio and the price of such securities increases instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it may have to sell securities to meet the requirements. These sales may, but will not necessarily, be at increased prices which reflect the rising market. The Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so.
 
Additional Risks of Options, Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts and Forward Contracts Traded on Foreign Exchanges . Options, futures contracts and options thereon and forward contracts on securities may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in the foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (v) lesser trading volume. Exchanges on which options, futures and options on futures are traded may impose limits on the positions that the Fund may take in certain circumstances.
 
Segregation and Cover Requirements . Futures contracts, swaps, caps, floors and collars, options on securities, indices and futures contracts sold by the Fund are generally subject to earmarking and coverage requirements of either the CFTC or the SEC, with the result that, if the Fund does not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the Fund intends to designate on its books and records on an ongoing basis, cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s obligations with respect to such instruments. Such amounts fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease. The earmarking requirement can result in the Fund maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restrict portfolio management.
 
            Legislation and Regulation Risk . Legislation regarding regulation of the financial sector, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law in July 2010, will change the way in which certain derivative instruments are regulated and/or traded. Such regulation may impact the availability, liquidity and cost of derivative instruments. While many provisions of the
 
 
 
S-9

 
 
 
 
Dodd-Frank Act must be implemented through future rulemaking, and any regulatory or legislative activity may not necessarily have a direct, immediate effect upon the Fund, it is possible that, upon implementation of these measures or any future measures, they could potentially limit or completely restrict the ability of the Fund to use certain derivative instruments as a part of its investment strategy, increase the costs of using these instruments or make them less effective. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which the Fund engages in derivatives transactions could also prevent the Fund from using these instruments or affect the pricing or other factors relating to these instruments, or may change the availability of certain investments. There can be no assurance that such legislation or regulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to utilize certain derivatives transactions or achieve its investment objective.
 
Amended Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Rule 4.5 permits investment advisers to registered investment companies to claim an exclusion from the definition of “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) with respect to a fund, provided certain requirements are met. In order to permit the Investment Adviser to claim this exclusion with respect to the Fund, the Fund will limit its transactions in futures, options on futures and swaps (excluding transactions entered into for “bona fide hedging purposes,” as defined under CFTC regulations) such that either: (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish its futures, options on futures and swaps do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of its futures, options on futures and swaps does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions. Accordingly, the Fund is not subject to regulation under the CEA or otherwise regulated by the CFTC. If the Adviser was unable to claim the exclusion with respect to the Fund, the Adviser would become subject to registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator, which would subject the Adviser and the Fund to additional registration and regulatory requirements and increased operating expenses.
 
Loans of Portfolio Securities
 
Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and the Fund’s investment restrictions, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the Fund (subject to notice provisions described below), and are at all times secured by cash or cash equivalents, which are earmarked or segregated pursuant to applicable regulations and that are at least equal to the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. The advantage of such loans is that the Fund continues to receive the income on the loaned securities while at the same time earns interest on the cash amounts deposited as collateral, which will be invested in short-term obligations. The Fund will not lend its portfolio securities if such loans are not permitted by the laws or regulations of any state in which its shares are qualified for sale. The Fund’s loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33⅓% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.
 
A loan may generally be terminated by the borrower on one business day notice, or by the Fund on five business days’ notice. If the borrower fails to deliver the loaned securities within five days after receipt of notice, the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over collateral. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, these loans of portfolio securities will only be made to firms deemed by the Fund’s management to be creditworthy and when the income that can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. The Board of Trustees will oversee the creditworthiness of the contracting parties on an ongoing basis. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund. Any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period would inure to the Fund. The risks associated with loans of portfolio securities are substantially similar to those associated with repurchase agreements. Thus, if the counterparty to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral, and the Fund would suffer a loss. When voting or consent rights that accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, to be delivered within one day after notice, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material effect on the Fund’s investment in such loaned securities. The Fund will pay reasonable finder’s, administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of its securities.
 
 
 
 
S-10

 
 
 
 
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
 
The Fund operates under the following restrictions that constitute fundamental policies that, except as otherwise noted, cannot be changed without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund voting together as a single class, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations set forth below apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations does not require any action. These restrictions provide that the Fund shall not:
 
1. Issue senior securities nor borrow money, except the Fund may issue senior securities or borrow money to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, the rules and regulation promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Fund from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.
 
2. Act as underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.
 
3. Invest in any security if, as a result, 25% or more of the value of the Fund’s total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, are in the securities of issuers in any particular industry or group of related industries; except that this policy shall not apply to (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities, (ii) securities issued by state and municipal governments or their political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities (other than those securities backed only by the assets and revenues of non-governmental users with respect to which the Fund will not invest 25% or more of the value of the Fund’s total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, in securities backed by the same source of revenue), and (iii) securities issued by other investment companies, which shall not constitute any industry.
 
4. Purchase or sell real estate except that the Fund may: (a) acquire or lease office space for its own use, (b) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein or that are engaged in or operate in the real estate industry, (c) invest in securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, (d) purchase and sell mortgage related securities, (e) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities and (f) as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, the rules and regulation promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Fund from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.
 
5. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts and related options thereon, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars and any other financial instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities or as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, the rules and regulation promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Fund from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.
 
6. Make loans of money or property to any person, except (a) to the extent that securities or interests in which the Fund may invest are considered to be loans, (b) through the loan of portfolio securities in an amount up to 33⅓% of the Fund’s total assets, (c) by engaging in repurchase agreements or (d) as may otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, the rules and regulation promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Fund from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.
 
7. With respect to 75% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, purchase any securities (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities), if as a result more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would then be invested in securities of a single issuer or if as a result the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any single issuer.
 
 
 
 
S-11

 
 
 
 
All other investment policies of the Fund set forth in the Prospectus and this SAI, including the Fund’s investment objective, are not considered fundamental policies and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without any vote of shareholders.
 
For purposes of investment restriction number 3 set forth above, the Adviser will, on behalf of the Fund, make reasonable determinations as to the appropriate industry classification to assign to each security or instrument in which the Fund invests. The definition of what constitutes a particular “industry” is an evolving one, particularly for industries or sectors within industries that are new or are undergoing rapid development. Some securities could reasonably fall within more than one industry category. The Fund’s industry concentration policy does not preclude it from focusing investments in issuers in a group of related economic sectors. For purposes of the industry concentration policy, a foreign government is considered to be a separate industry, although currency positions are not considered to be an investment in a foreign government for these purposes.
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
 
Board of Trustees
 
Overall responsibility for management and supervision of the Fund rests with the Board of Trustees (the “Board of Trustees” or the “Board”). The Board of Trustees approves all significant agreements between the Fund and the companies that furnish the Fund with services, including agreements with the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser.
 
The Trustees are divided into three classes. Trustees serve until their successors have been duly elected. Following is a list of the names, business addresses, dates of birth, present positions with the Fund, length of time served with the Fund, principal occupations during the past five years and other directorships held by each Trustee.
 

Name, Address (1) and Age
Position(s) Held with Fund
Term of Office (2) and Length of Time Served
Principal Occupation During The Past Five Years
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex( 3) Overseen by Trustee
Other Directorships held by Trustee During the Past Five Years
 
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
 
Randall C. Barnes
 
Year of Birth: 1951
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trustee
Since 2013
Private Investor (2001- present). Formerly, Senior
Vice President, Treasurer,
PepsiCo, Inc. (1993-1997),
President, Pizza Hut
International (1991-1993) and
Senior Vice President, Strategic
Planning and New Business
Development of PepsiCo, Inc.
(1987-1990).
 
49
None
Roman Friedrich III
 
Year of Birth: 1946
 
Trustee
Since 2013
Founder and President of Roman Friedrich & Company, Ltd., a mining and metals investment bank (1998-present). Advisory Board Member of MLV & Co LLC, an investment bank and institutional broker-dealer specializing in capital intensive industries such as energy, metals and mining (2010-present).
45
Director of StrataGold Corporation (2003-2009), Gateway Gold Corp. (2004-2008), GFM Resources Ltd. (2005-2010), Zincore Metals Inc. (2009-present), Windstorm Resources Inc. (March 2011-present), and Axiom Gold & Silver Corp. (June 2011-present).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S-12

 
 
 
 
 
Name, Address (1) and Age
Position(s) Held with Fund
Term of Office (2) and Length of Time Served
Principal Occupation During The Past Five Years
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex( 3) Overseen by Trustee
Other Directorships held by Trustee During the Past Five Years
Robert B. Karn III
 
Year of Birth: 1942
 
Trustee
Since 2013
Consultant (1998-present). Formerly, Managing Partner, Financial and Economic Consulting, St. Louis office of Arthur Andersen, LLP (1977-1997).
45
Director of Peabody Energy Company (2003-present) and GP Natural Resource Partners LLC (2002-present).
Ronald A. Nyberg
 
Year of Birth: 1953
Trustee
Since 2013
Partner of Nyberg & Cassioppi, LLC, a law firm specializing in Corporate Law, Estate Planning and Business Transactions (2000-present). Formerly, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Van Kampen Investments (1982-1999).
 
51
None
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
 
Year of Birth: 1958
Trustee
Since 2013
Portfolio Consultant (2010-present). Formerly, Vice President, Manager and Portfolio Manager of Nuveen Asset Management (1998-1999), Vice President of Nuveen Investment Advisory Corp. (1992-1999), Vice President and Manager of Nuveen Unit Investment Trusts (1991-1999), and Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager of Nuveen Unit Investment Trusts (1988-1999), each of John Nuveen & Company, Inc. (1982-1999).
 
48
Trustee, Bennett group of funds (2011-present).
 
INTERESTED TRUSTEE:
 
Donald C. Cacciapaglia*
 
 
Year of Birth: 1951
 
 
 
 
Trustee; Chief Executive Officer
Since 2012
Senior Managing Director of Guggenheim Investments; President and Chief Executive Officer of Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC and President and Chief Executive Officer of Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC. (2010 – present). Chief Executive officer of funds in the Fund Complex; President and Chief Executive Officer of funds in the Rydex fund complex (2012 – present). Formerly, Chief Operating Officer of Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (2010-2011); Chairman and CEO of Channel Capital Group Inc. and Channel Capital Group LLC (2002-2010); Managing Director of PaineWebber (1996-2002).
 
212
Independent Board Member, Equitrust Life Insurance Company, Guggenheim Life and Annuity Company and, Paragon Life Insurance Company of Indiana (2011 – present). Trustee or Director of funds in the Rydex fund complex.

*
Mr. Cacciapaglia is an interested person of the Fund because of his position as an officer of the Adviser and certain of its affiliates.

(1)
The business address of each Trustee of the Fund is 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, unless otherwise noted.

(2)
After a Trustee’s initial term, each Trustee is expected to serve a three year term concurrent with the class of Trustees for which he serves.
 
 
--
Messrs. Barnes and Cacciapaglia, as Class I Trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Fund’s annual meeting of shareholders for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2014.
 
 
--
Messrs. Friedrich and Nyberg, as Class II Trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Fund’s annual meeting of shareholders for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2015.
 
 
 
 
S-13

 
 
 
 
 
 
--
Messrs. Karn and Toupin, as Class III Trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Fund’s annual meeting of shareholders for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2016.

(3)
As of the date of this SAI, the “Fund Complex” consists of 13 closed-end funds, including the Fund, 59 exchange-traded funds and 146 open-end funds advised or serviced by the Adviser or its affiliates. The funds in the Fund Complex are overseen by multiple boards of trustees.
 
Trustee Qualifications
 
The Trustees were selected to serve on the Board based upon their skills, experience, judgment, analytical ability, diligence, ability to work effectively with other Trustees, availability and commitment to attend meetings and perform the responsibilities of a Trustee and a willingness to take an independent and questioning view of management.
 
The following is a summary of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each Trustee that support the conclusion, as of the date of this SAI, that each Trustee should serve as a Trustee in light of the Fund’s business and structure. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees do not constitute the holding out of any Trustee as being an expert under Section 7 of the 1933 Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC.
 
Randall C. Barnes . Mr. Barnes has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2004. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairperson of the Audit Committee, employment experience as President of Pizza Hut International and as Treasurer of PepsiCo, Inc., and his personal investment experience, Mr. Barnes is experienced in financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
 
 Donald C. Cacciapaglia . Mr. Cacciapaglia has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2012. Mr. Cacciapaglia has over 25 years of experience in the financial industry and has experience in financial, regulatory, distribution and investment matters.
 
Roman Friedrich III . Mr. Friedrich has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2003. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairperson of the Contracts Review Committee, his service on other public company boards, his experience as founder and chairman of Roman Friedrich & Company, a financial advisory firm and his prior experience as a senior executive of various financial securities firms, Mr. Friedrich is experienced in financial, investment and regulatory matters.
 
Robert B. Karn III . Mr. Karn has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2004. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairperson of the Audit Committee, his service on other public and private company boards, his experience as an accountant and consultant, and his prior experience, including Managing Partner of the Financial and Economic Consulting Practice of the St. Louis office at Arthur Andersen, LLP, Mr. Karn is experienced in accounting, financial, investment and regulatory matters. The Board has determined that Mr. Karn is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC.
 
Ronald A. Nyberg . Mr. Nyberg has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2003. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairperson of the Nominating & Governance Committee, his professional training and experience as an attorney and partner of a law firm, Nyberg & Cassioppi. LLC, and his prior employment experience, including Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Van Kampen Investments, an asset management firm, Mr. Nyberg is experienced in financial, regulatory and governance matters.
 
 Ronald E. Toupin, Jr. Mr. Toupin has served as a trustee of funds in the Fund Complex since 2003. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairperson of the Board, and his professional training and employment experience, including Vice President and Portfolio Manager for Nuveen Asset Management, an asset management firm, Mr. Toupin is experienced in financial, regulatory and investment matters.
 
Each Trustee also has considerable familiarity with the Fund Complex and the Fund’s service providers and their operations, as well as the special regulatory requirements governing registered investment companies and the special responsibilities of investment company trustees as a result of his substantial prior service as a Trustee of the funds in the Fund Complex.
 
 
 
 
S-14

 
 
 
 
Executive Officers
 
The following information relates to the executive officers of the Fund who are not Trustees.
 
Name, Business
Address (1) and Age
Position
Term of Office ( 2) and Length of Time Served
Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years
John Sullivan
 
Year of Birth: 1955
 
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
Since 2012
Senior Managing Director of Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC (2010-present). Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer of certain funds in the Fund Complex. Formerly, Chief Compliance Officer, Van Kampen Funds (2004–2010). Head of Fund Accounting, Morgan Stanley Investment Management (2002–2004). Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Van Kampen Funds (1996-2004).
 
Amy J. Lee
 
Year of Birth: 1969
Chief Legal Officer
Since 2013
Managing Director, Guggenheim Investments (2012-present); Senior Vice President & Secretary, Security Investors, LLC (2010 -present). Vice President & Secretary, Rydex Series Funds, Rydex ETF Trust, Rydex Dynamic Funds, and Rydex Variable Trust (2008-present). Chief Legal Officer of certain funds in the Guggenheim Funds Complex. Formerly, Secretary & Chief Compliance Officer, Security Distributors, Inc. (1987 -2012); Vice President, Associate General Counsel & Assistant Secretary, Security Benefit Life Insurance Company and Security Benefit Corporation (1987-2012).
 
Joanna M. Catalucci
 
Year of Birth: 1966
 
Chief Compliance Officer
Since 2013
Managing Director of Compliance and Fund Board Relations, Guggenheim Investments (2012-present). Chief Compliance Officer of certain funds in the Fund Complex. Formerly, Chief Compliance Officer & Secretary, SBL Fund; Security Equity Fund; Security Income Fund; Security Large Cap Value Fund & Security Mid Cap Growth Fund; Vice President, Rydex Holdings, LLC; Vice President, Security Benefit Asset Management Holdings, LLC; and Senior Vice President & Chief Compliance Officer, Security Investors, LLC (2010-2012); Security Global Investors, LLC, Senior Vice President (2010-2011); Rydex Advisors, LLC (f/k/a PADCO Advisors, Inc.) and Rydex Advisors II, LLC (f/k/a PADCO Advisors II, Inc.), Chief Compliance Officer and Senior Vice President (2010-2011); Rydex Capital Partners I, LLC & Rydex Capital Partners II, LLC, Chief Compliance Officer (2006-2007); and Rydex Fund Services, LLC (f/k/a Rydex Fund Services, Inc.), Vice President (2001- 2006).
 
Mark E. Mathiasen
 
Year of Birth: 1978
 
Secretary
Since 2013
Director, Associate General Counsel of Guggenheim Funds, LLC (2007-present). Secretary of certain funds in the Fund Complex.
 
Stevens T. Kelly
 
Year of Birth: 1982
 
Assistant Secretary
Since 2013
Assistant General Counsel of Guggenheim Funds Services Group, Inc. (2011-present). Assistant Secretary of certain funds in the Fund Complex. Previously, Associate at K&L Gates LLP (2008-2011).
Mark J. Furjanic
 
Year of Birth: 1959
 
Assistant Treasurer
Since 2013
Vice President, Fund Administration-Tax, Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (2005-present); Assistant Treasurer of certain funds in the Fund Complex. Formerly, Senior Manager, Ernst & Young LLP (1999-2005).
 
James Howley
 
Year of Birth: 1972
Assistant Treasurer
Since 2013
Vice President, Fund Administration, Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (2004-present). Assistant Treasurer, certain funds in the Fund Complex . Previously, Manager, Mutual Fund Administration, Van Kampen Investments, Inc. (1996-2004).
 
 
 
 
 
 
S-15

 
 
 
 
Name, Business
Address (1) and Age
Position
Term of Office ( 2) and Length of Time Served
Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years
Derek Maltbie
 
Year of Birth: 1972
 
Assistant Treasurer
Since 2013
Assistant Vice President, Fund Administration, Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (2005-present). Assistant Treasurer, certain funds in the Fund Complex.
Kimberly J. Scott
 
Year of Birth: 1974
Assistant Treasurer
Since 2013
Vice President, Fund Administration (2012-present) of Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC. Assistant Treasurer, certain funds in the Fund Complex.
 
(1)
The business address of each officer of the Fund is 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, unless otherwise noted.
 
(2)
Officers serve at the pleasure of the Board and until his or her successor is appointed and qualified or until his or her resignation or removal.
 
Board Leadership Structure
 
The primary responsibility of the Board of Trustees is to represent the interests of the Fund and to provide oversight of the management of the Fund. The Fund’s day-to-day operations are managed by the Adviser and other service providers who have been approved by the Board. The Board is currently comprised of six Trustees, five of whom (including the chairperson) are classified under the 1940 Act as “non-interested” persons of the Fund (“Independent Trustees”). Generally, the Board acts by majority vote of all the Trustees, which includes a majority vote of the Independent Trustees.
 
The Board has appointed an independent chairperson, Ronald E. Toupin, Jr., who presides at Board meetings and who is responsible for, among other things, setting the tone of Board meetings and seeking to encourage open dialogue and independent inquiry among the trustees and management. The Board has established three standing committees (as described below) and has delegated certain responsibilities to those committees, each of which is comprised solely of Independent Trustees. The Board has also established an Executive Committee (as described below). The Board and its committees will meet periodically throughout the year to oversee the Fund’s activities, review contractual arrangements with service providers, review the Fund’s financial statements, oversee compliance with regulatory requirements, and review performance. The Independent Trustees are represented by independent legal counsel at Board and committee meetings. The Board has determined that this leadership structure, including an independent chairperson, a supermajority of Independent Trustees and committee membership limited to Independent Trustees, is appropriate in light of the characteristics and circumstances of the Fund.
 
Board Committees
 
Messrs. Nyberg and Toupin, who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Fund’s Executive Committee. The Executive Committee is authorized to act on behalf of and with the full authority of the Board of Trustees when necessary in the intervals between meetings of the Board of Trustees.
 
Messrs. Barnes, Friedrich, Karn, Nyberg and Toupin, who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Fund’s Nominating and Governance Committee. Mr. Nyberg serves as chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending qualified candidates to the Board of Trustees in the event that a position is vacated or created. In considering trustee nominee candidates, the Nominating and Governance Committee takes into account a wide variety of factors, including the overall diversity of the Board’s composition. The Nominating and Governance Committee believes the Board generally benefits from diversity of background, experience and views among its members, and considers this a factor in evaluating the composition of the Board, but has not adopted any specific policy in this regard. The Nominating and Governance Committee would consider recommendations by shareholders if a vacancy were to exist. Such recommendations should be forwarded to the Secretary of the Fund. The Fund does not have a standing compensation committee.
 
Messrs. Barnes, Friedrich, Karn, Nyberg and Toupin, who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Fund’s Audit Committee. Mr. Karn serves as chairperson of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is generally responsible for reviewing and evaluating issues related to the
 
 
 
S-16

 
 
 
 
accounting and financial reporting policies and internal controls of the Fund and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Fund’s financial statements and the audit thereof and acting as a liaison between the Board of Trustees and the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.
 
Messrs. Barnes, Friedrich, Karn, Nyberg and Toupin, who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Fund’s Contracts Review Committee. Mr. Friedrich serves as chairperson of the Contracts Review Committee. The Contracts Review Committee oversees the contract review process, including review of the Fund’s advisory agreements and other contracts with affiliated service providers.
 
Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
 
Consistent with its responsibility for oversight of the Fund, the Board, among other things, oversees risk management of the Fund’s investment program and business affairs directly and through the committee structure it has established. The Board has established the Audit Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Contracts Review Committee to assist in its oversight functions, including its oversight of the risks the Fund faces. Each committee will report its activities to the Board on a regular basis. Risks to the Fund include, among others, investment risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, valuation risk and operational risk, as well as the overall business risk relating to the Fund. The Board has adopted, and will periodically review, policies, procedures and controls designed to address these different types of risks. Under the Board’s supervision, the officers of the Fund, the Adviser and other service providers to the Fund also have implemented a variety of processes, procedures and controls to address various risks. In addition, as part of the Board’s periodic review of the Fund’s advisory agreement, sub-advisory agreements and other service provider agreements, the Board may consider risk management aspects of the service providers’ operations and the functions for which they are responsible.
 
The Board will require officers of the Fund to report to the full Board on a variety of matters at regular and special meetings of the Board and its committees, as applicable, including matters relating to risk management. The Audit Committee will also receive reports from the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm on internal control and financial reporting matters. On at least a quarterly basis, the Board will meet with the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, including separate meetings with the Independent Trustees in executive session, to discuss compliance matters and, on at least an annual basis, will receive a report from the Chief Compliance Officer regarding the effectiveness of the Fund’s compliance program. The Board, with the assistance of Fund management, will review investment policies and risks in connection with its review of the Fund’s performance. In addition, the Board will receive reports from the Adviser on the investments and securities trading of the Fund. With respect to valuation, the Board oversees a pricing committee comprised of Fund officers and Adviser personnel and has approved Fair Valuation procedures applicable to valuing the Fund’s securities, which the Board and the Audit Committee will periodically review. The Board will also require the Adviser to report to the Board on other matters relating to risk management on a regular and as-needed basis.
 
Remuneration of Trustees and Officers
 
Each Trustee who is not an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser or its affiliates receives as compensation for his services to the Fund an annual retainer and meeting fees. The chairperson of the Board, if any, and the chairperson of each committee of the Board also receive fees for their services. The annual retainer and fees for service as chairperson of Board and committees of the Board are allocated among the Fund and certain other funds in the Fund Complex. Officers who are employed by the Adviser receive no compensation or expense reimbursement from the Fund.
 
Because the Fund is newly organized and has not yet completed a full fiscal year of operations. The table below shows the estimated compensation that is contemplated to be paid to Trustees assuming a full fiscal year of operations of the Fund.
 
Name (1)
Aggregate Estimated Compensation
from the Fund
Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of
Fund Expenses (2)
Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement (2)
Total Compensation from the Fund and Fund Complex
Paid to Trustee (3)
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
Randall C. Barnes
$14,572
None
None
$270,000
 
 
 
 
 
S-17

 
 
 
 
Name (1)
Aggregate Estimated Compensation
from the Fund
Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of
Fund Expenses (2)
Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement (2)
Total Compensation from the Fund and Fund Complex
Paid to Trustee (3)
Roman Friedrich III
$14,572
None
None
$155,000
Robert B. Karn III
$14,572
None
None
$152,000
Ronald A. Nyberg
$14,572
None
None
$341,500
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
$15,572
None
None
$271,000
 
(1)          Trustees not entitled to compensation are not included in the table.
 
(2)          The Fund does not accrue or pay retirement or pension benefits to Trustees as of the date of this SAI.
 
(3)          Reflects total compensation for the calendar year ended December 31, 2012, assuming a full fiscal year of operations for the Fund.
 

Trustee Share Ownership
 
As of December 31, 2012, the most recently completed calendar year prior to the date of this Statement of Additional Information, each Trustee of the Fund beneficially owned equity securities of the Fund and all of the registered investment companies in the family of investment companies overseen by the Trustee in the dollar range amounts specified below.
 
Name
Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in the Fund (1)
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in All Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by Trustee in
Family of Investment Companies
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
Randall C. Barnes
None
Over $100,000
Roman Friedrich III
None
$50,001 - $100,000
Robert B. Karn III
None
$10,001 - $50,000
Ronald A. Nyberg
None
Over $100,000
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
None
$10,001 - $50,000
INTERESTED TRUSTEE:
Donald C. Cacciapaglia
None
None
__________________________
(1)
The Trustees could not own shares in the Fund as of December 31, 2012 because the Fund had not yet begun investment operations as of that date.
 
Indemnification of Officers and Trustees; Limitations on Liability
 
The governing documents of the Fund provide that the Fund will indemnify its Trustees and officers and may indemnify its employees or agents against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their positions with the Fund, to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, nothing in the governing documents of the Fund protects or indemnifies a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Fund against any liability to which such person would otherwise be subject in the event of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her position.
 
The Fund has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each Independent Trustee, which provides that the Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless such Trustee against any and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Trustee in any proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Fund, to the fullest extent permitted by the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, the Securities Act, and the 1940 Act unless it has been finally adjudicated that (i) the Trustee is subject to such expenses by reason of the Trustee’s not having acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Fund or (ii) the Trustee is liable to the Fund or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, as defined in Section 17(h) of the 1940 Act, as amended.
 
Portfolio Management
 
The personnel with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio are B. Scott Minerd, Anne Bookwalter Walsh, Jeffrey Abrams, Kevin Gundersen and James Michal.
 
 
 
 
S-18

 
 
 
 
Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers . The following table sets forth information about funds and accounts other than the Fund for which the portfolio managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of December 31, 2012.
 

Name of
Portfolio Manager
Number of Other Accounts Managed
and Assets by Account Type
Number of Other Accounts and Assets for Which Advisory Fee is
Performance-Based
Other
Registered
Investment
Companies
Other
Pooled
Investment Vehicles
Other
Accounts
Other
Registered
Investment
Companies
Other Pooled
Investment
Vehicles
Other
Accounts
B. Scott Minerd
 
 
15
$2.39 billion
4
$2.49 billion
21
$58.44 billion
1
$3.4 million
2
$2.45 billion
0
$0
Anne Bookwalter Walsh
 
 
13
$2.30 billion
2
$2.45 billion
30
$74.50 billion
0
$0
2
$2.45 billion
2
$482.6 million
Jeffrey Abrams
 
 
14
$3.97 billion
23
$7.17 billion
35
$2.01 billion
1
$68.1 million
10
$4.78 billion
5
$297.7 million
Kevin Gundersen
 
 
10
$3.28 billion
24
$7.30 billion
31
$2.44 billion
1
$68.1 million
10
$4.78 billion
5
$297.7 million
James Michal
 
 
8
$790.4 million
1
$1.99 billion
11
$2.19 billion
1
$75.5 million
1
$1.99 billion
2
$482.6 million

Potential Conflicts of Interest . Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple funds and/or other accounts may be presented with one or more of the following potential conflicts.
 
The management of multiple funds and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each fund and/or other account. The Adviser seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of a portfolio manager by having the portfolio manager focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Fund.
 
If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, a fund may not be able to take full advantage of the opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible funds and other accounts. To deal with these situations, the Adviser has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple accounts. In such situations the Adviser will, consistent with its fiduciary obligations under the Advisers Act, endeavor to achieve a fair and equitable allocation of limited investment opportunities among all funds and accounts by employing methods such as a rotation strategy, under which limited investment opportunities are allocated to funds on an alternating basis.
 
The Adviser determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with their duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts (such as mutual funds for which the Adviser acts as adviser, other pooled investment vehicles that are not registered mutual funds, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), the Adviser may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, trades for a fund in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security for the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible detriment of the Fund or other account(s) involved.
 
 
 
 
S-19

 
 
 
 
The Adviser has adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.
 
Portfolio Manager Compensation . The compensation of the portfolio managers consists of the following elements:
 
Base Salary : The portfolio managers are paid a fixed base salary by the Sub-Adviser which is set at a level determined to be appropriate based upon the individual’s experience and responsibilities.
 
Annual Bonus : The portfolio managers are paid a discretionary annual bonus by the Sub-Adviser, which is based on the overall performance and profitability of the Sub-Adviser and not on performance of the Fund or accounts managed by the portfolio managers. The portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs generally available to all employees of the Sub-Adviser.
 
Securities Ownership of the Portfolio Managers. Because the Fund is newly organized, none of the portfolio managers own shares of the Fund.
 
Adviser
 
Investment Adviser . Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) acts as the Fund’s investment adviser. The Investment Adviser is a registered investment adviser and acts as investment adviser to a number of closed-end and open-end management investment companies. The Investment Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532. The Investment Adviser will be responsible for the management of the Fund, will furnish offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Fund, will oversee the activities of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser, will provide personnel, including certain officers required for the Fund’s administrative management, and will pay the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Fund who are its affiliates.
 
S ub-Adviser . Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) acts as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser. Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90401. The Sub-Adviser, under the supervision of the Board of Trustees and the Investment Adviser, will be responsible for the management of the Fund’s investment portfolio and will provide certain facilities and personnel related to such management.
 
Guggenheim Partners . Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim Partners with the supervision of more than $180 billion of assets as of March 31, 2013. Guggenheim Partners is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.
 
Advisory Agreement
 
Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between the Fund and the Investment Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Fund will pay the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets (from which the Investment Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser’s fees). “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities representing Indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage. Managed Assets includes assets attributable to financial leverage of any form.
 
Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser is responsible for the management of the Fund; furnishes offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Fund; oversees the activities of the
 
 
 
S-20

 
 
 
 
Fund’s Sub-Adviser; provides personnel, including certain officers required for the Fund’s administrative management; and pays the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Fund who are its affiliates.
 
Pursuant to its terms, the Advisory Agreement will remain in effect until                 , 2015, and from year to year thereafter if approved annually (i) by the Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Advisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days written notice at the option of either party thereto or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.
 
The Advisory Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Investment Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund. Pursuant to a Trademark Sublicense Agreement, Guggenheim Partners has granted to the Investment Adviser the right to use the name “Guggenheim” in the name of the Fund, and the Investment Adviser has agreed that the name “Guggenheim” is Guggenheim Partners’ property.
 
Sub-Advisory Agreement
 
Pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement among the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”), the Investment Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.
 
Under the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser manages the investment portfolio of the Fund in accordance with its stated investment objective and policies, makes investment decisions for the Fund, places orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the Fund, all subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees and the Investment Adviser.
 
The Sub-Advisory Agreement continues until                       , 2015 and from year to year thereafter if approved annually (i) by the Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days written notice at the option of either party thereto, by the Board of Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.
 
The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Sub-Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund.
 
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
 
Subject to policies established by the Board of Trustees, the Adviser is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and the allocation of brokerage on behalf of the Fund. Transactions in equity securities are in most cases effected on U.S. stock exchanges and involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. In general, there may be no stated commission in the case of securities traded in over-the-counter markets, but the prices of those securities may include undisclosed commissions or mark-ups. Principal transactions are not entered into with affiliates of the Fund. The Fund has no obligations to deal with any broker or group of brokers in executing transactions in portfolio securities. In executing transactions, the Adviser seeks to obtain the best price and execution for the Fund, taking into account such factors as price, size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm involved and the firm’s risk in positioning a block of securities. While the Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive commission rates, the Fund does not necessarily pay the lowest commission available.
 
 
 
 
 
S-21

 
 
 
 
 
Subject to obtaining the best price and execution, brokers who provide supplemental research, market and statistical information to the Adviser or its affiliates may receive orders for transactions by the Fund. The term “research, market and statistical information” includes advice as to the value of securities, and advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities, and furnishing analyses and reports concerning issues, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts. Information so received will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Adviser, and the expenses of the Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of such supplemental information. Such information may be useful to the Adviser and its affiliates in providing services to clients other than the Fund, and not all such information is used by the Adviser in connection with the Fund. Conversely, such information provided to the Adviser and its affiliates by brokers and dealers through whom other clients of the Adviser and its affiliates effect securities transactions may be useful to the Adviser in providing services to the Fund.
 
Although investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of the other accounts managed by the Adviser and its affiliates, investments of the kind made by the Fund may also be made by those other accounts. When the same securities are purchased for or sold by the Fund and any of such other accounts, it is the policy of the Adviser and its affiliates to allocate such purchases and sales in the manner deemed fair and equitable to all of the accounts, including the Fund.
 
TAX MATTERS
 
The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Fund’s Common Shares. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a taxable U.S. person (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and that you hold your Common Shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Fund and its Common Shareholders (including Common Shareholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law).
 
The discussions set forth herein and in the prospectus do not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.
 
Taxation of the Fund
 
The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Fund must, among other things, (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies and (b) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Generally, a qualified publicly traded partnership includes a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) and that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the items described in (i)(a) above.
 
 
 
 
 
S-22

 
 
 
 
As long as the Fund qualifies as a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that the Fund distributes to its Common Shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of (i) the Fund’s investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and other taxable income, other than any net capital gain (defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) the Fund’s net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions). The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of such income each year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its Common Shareholders.
 
The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Fund to the extent the Fund does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the Fund’s taxable year). In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid federal income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. While the Fund intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Fund’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Fund will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
 
If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain, which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to Common Shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the Common Shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. As described below, such dividends, however, would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of Common Shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate Common Shareholders, subject, in each case, to certain holding period and other requirements. To qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Fund would generally be required to distribute to its Common Shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to elect to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.
 
The Fund’s Investments
 
Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale, short sale and other rules) that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, including the dividends received deduction, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders. The Fund intends to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC. Additionally, the Fund may be required to limit its activities in derivative instruments in order to enable it to maintain its RIC status.
 
Certain types of income received by the Fund from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Fund to designate some or all of its
 
 
 
S-23

 
 
 
 
distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Fund Common Shareholders such excess inclusion income will (i) constitute taxable income, as “unrelated business taxable income” (“UBTI”) for those Common Shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities, (ii) not be offset against net operating losses for tax purposes, (iii) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. Common Shareholders even from tax treaty countries and (iv) cause the Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Code (which includes charitable remainder trusts), are Fund Common Shareholders.
 
           The Fund may invest a portion of its net assets in below investment grade securities, commonly known as “junk” securities. Investments in these types of securities may present special tax issues for the Fund. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Fund, to the extent necessary, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
 
           Certain debt securities acquired by the Fund may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount is treated as interest income and is included in taxable income (and required to be distributed by the Fund in order to qualify as a regulated investment company or avoid the 4% excise tax) over the term of the security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. If the Fund purchases a debt security on a secondary market at a price lower than its adjusted issue price, the excess of the adjusted issue price over the purchase price is “market discount.” Unless the Fund makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis, generally, any gain realized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on the debt security. Market discount generally accrues in equal daily installments.
 
            The Fund may invest in preferred securities or other securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by the Fund, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Fund, requiring the Fund to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code.
 
           Gain or loss on the sales of securities by the Fund will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Fund for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.
 
           Because the Fund may invest in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. taxes. The Fund will not be eligible to elect to “pass through” to Common Shareholders of the Fund the ability to use the foreign tax deduction or foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid by the Fund with respect to qualifying taxes.
 
Income from options on individual stocks written by the Fund will not be recognized by the Fund for tax purposes until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a “closing transaction” (as defined by applicable regulations) pursuant to which the Fund’s obligations with respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option lapses without exercise or is otherwise subject to a closing transaction, the premiums received by the Fund from the writing of such options will generally be characterized as short-term capital gain. If an option written by the Fund is exercised, the Fund may recognize taxable gain depending on the exercise price of the option, the option premium, and the fair market value of the security underlying the option. The character of any gain on the sale of the underlying security as short-term or long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the Fund in the underlying security. In general, distributions received by shareholders of the Fund that are attributable to short-term capital gains recognized by the Fund from its option writing activities will be taxed to such shareholders as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.
 
 
 
 
S-24

 
 
 
 
Options on indices of securities and sectors of securities that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will generally be “marked-to-market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Fund will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of the option on that date and the adjusted basis of the option. The adjusted basis of the option will consequently be increased by such gain or decreased by such loss. Any gain or loss with respect to options on indices and sectors that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such gain or loss and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of such gain or loss. Because the mark-to-market rules may cause the Fund to recognize gain in advance of the receipt of cash, the Fund may be required to dispose of investments in order to meet its distribution requirements. “Mark-to-market” losses may be suspended or otherwise limited if such losses are part of a straddle or similar transaction.
 
Taxation of Common Shareholders
 
The Fund will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain. If any such gain is retained, the Fund will be subject to a corporate income tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on such retained amount. In that event, the Fund expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its Common Shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its Common Shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such Common Shareholder’s gross income.
 
Distributions paid to you by the Fund from its net capital gains, if any, that the Fund properly reports as capital gains dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Common Shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Fund (including dividends from net short-term capital gains) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income. Special rules apply, however, to ordinary income dividends paid to individuals. For corporate taxpayers, both ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends are taxed at a maximum rate of 35%. Capital gain dividends are not eligible for the dividends received deduction.
 
Ordinary income dividends received by corporate holders of Common Shares generally will be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent that the Fund’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied by both the Fund and the corporate shareholders. In the case of Common Shareholders who are individuals, any ordinary income dividends that you receive from the Fund generally will be eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains to the extent that (i) the ordinary income dividend is attributable to “qualified dividend income” (i.e., generally dividends paid by U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations) received by the Fund, (ii) the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock on which such qualified dividend income was paid and (iii) you satisfy certain holding period and other requirements with respect to your Common Shares. In addition, for dividends to be eligible for the dividends received deduction or for reduced rates applicable to individuals, the Fund cannot have an option to sell or be under a contractual obligation to sell (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) substantially identical stock or securities. Accordingly, the Fund’s writing of call options may, depending on the terms of the option, adversely impact the Fund’s ability to pay dividends eligible for the dividends received deduction or for reduced rates applicable to individuals. Qualified dividend income eligible for these special rules is not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus will not be included in the computation of your net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset any capital losses.
 
Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of Common Shares (assuming the Common Shares are held as a capital asset). The amount of any Fund distribution that is treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your Common Shares.
 
Common Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain dividends with capital losses. The Code contains a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital losses may be offset against capital gain, and
 
 
 
S-25

 
 
 
 
limiting the use of losses from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, Common Shareholders that have capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.
 
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Fund are generally treated under the Code as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Fund pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the Common Shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Fund and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of the Fund’s taxable year may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the Fund (except for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, you will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.
 
The price of Common Shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing Common Shares just prior to a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them even though it represents in part a return of invested capital.
 
The Fund will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Fund.
 
Ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends also may be subject to state and local taxes. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions about U.S. federal (including the application of the alternative minimum tax rules), state, local or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.
 
The sale or other disposition of Common Shares will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such Common Shares for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you with respect to such Common Shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of Common Shares will be disallowed if you acquire other Common Shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the Common Shares. In such case, your tax basis in the Common Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
 
Recently passed legislation requires reporting of adjusted cost basis information for covered securities, which generally include shares of a regulated investment company acquired after January 1, 2012, to the Internal Revenue Service and to taxpayers. Common Shareholders should contact their financial intermediaries with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for their accounts.
 
Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a maximum rate of 15% or 20%, depending on whether the Common Shareholder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.
 
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, an additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.
 
A Common Shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “foreign investor”) generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). In general, U.S. federal withholding tax and U.S. federal income tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in
 
 
 
S-26

 
 
 
 
respect of any distribution of net capital gain (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) or upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares of the Fund. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met.
 
Foreign investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Fund’s Common Shares.
 
Effective January 1, 2014, the Fund will be required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of taxable dividends and (effective January 1, 2017) redemption proceeds made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Common Shareholders may be requested to provide additional information to the Fund to enable the Fund to determine whether withholding is required.
 
For taxable years of the Fund beginning before January 1, 2014 (and, if extended, as has happened in the past, for taxable years covered by such extension), dividends properly reported by the Fund are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). There can be no assurance that this provision will be extended. In addition, depending on its circumstances, the Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a foreign investor needs to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of Common Shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains.
 
The Fund may be required to withhold (currently at a rate of 28%), for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to certain non-exempt Common Shareholders who fail to provide the Fund (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.
 
GENERAL INFORMATION
 
Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures and Proxy Voting Record
 
The Sub-Adviser will be responsible for voting proxies on securities held in the Fund’s portfolio. The Sub-Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures are included as Appendix B to this Statement of Additional Information.
 
Information on how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 will be available without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 345-7999 or by visiting our website at www.guggenheiminvestments.com. This information is also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
 
 
 
 
S-27

 
 
 
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Ernst & Young LLP, 155 North Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund. The Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Fund. The Fund’s audited financial statements appearing in this SAI and the report of Ernst & Young LLP thereon, have been incorporated by reference in this SAI in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
Code of Ethics
 
The Fund, the Investment Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC each have adopted a code of ethics.  The codes of ethics sets forth restrictions on the trading activities of trustees/directors, officers and employees of the Fund, the Investment Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC and their affiliates, as applicable.  The codes of ethics of the Fund, the Investment Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC are on file with the SEC and can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The codes of ethics are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov, and copies of the code of ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
 
 
 
 
S-28

 
 


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Trustees and Shareholder
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund

We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) as of May 20, 2013. This statement of assets and liabilities is the responsibility of the Fund's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this statement of assets and liabilities based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of assets and liabilities is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Fund’s internal control over financial reporting.  Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Fund’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statement of assets and liabilities, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall statement of assets and liabilities presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the statement of assets and liabilities referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund at May 20, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.


 
                                                                                              /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois
May 23, 2013
 
 
 
FS-1

 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
 
     
STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
 
     
MAY 20, 2013
     
       
ASSETS:
     
Cash                                                                                                  
  $ 100,012  
Deferred Offering Costs                                                                                                  
    400,000  
Total Assets                                                                                              
    500,012  
         
 
LIABILITIES:
       
Accrued Offering Costs                                                                                                  
    400,000  
Total Liabilities                                                                                              
    400,000  
         
NET ASSETS                                                                                              
  $ 100,012  
         
         
 
COMPOSITION OF NET ASSETS:
       
Common Stock, at par value of $0.01 per share; unlimited number of shares authorized, 4,189 common shares outstanding                                                                                                 
  $ 42  
Additional Paid in Capital                                                                                                  
    99,970  
NET ASSETS                                                                                              
  $ 100,012  
         
         
 
COMMON SHARES:
       
Net asset value per share ($100,012 / 4,189 shares of beneficial interest issued and outstanding)
  $ 23.87  
         
 
SEE NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
       
 
 
 
 
FS-2

 
 

 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
May 20, 2013

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION:

Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) was organized as a statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to a Certificate of Trust dated June 7, 2012. The Fund is registered as a diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Fund has not had any operations to date other than the sale of 4,189 common shares of beneficial interest to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC, an affiliate of Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (The “Investment Adviser”) and Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”), for the amount of $100,012.

Offering expenses are estimated to be $400,000 assuming 8,000,000 shares of beneficial interest are sold, which will be borne by the Fund. The Investment Adviser has agreed to pay offering expenses (other than sales load) in excess of $0.05 per common share. Upon completion of the offering, these offering expenses will be netted against the proceeds from the offering. The Investment Adviser has also agreed to pay the Fund’s organizational expenses. The actual number of shares sold in the initial public offering and associated costs may differ significantly from the above estimates.

NOTE 2 - ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

The preparation of the Statement of Assets and Liabilities in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

The Fund intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income to common shareholders through monthly distributions.  In addition, the Fund intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to common shareholders at least annually.
 
NOTE 3 - INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT AND OTHER AGREEMENTS:
 
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC will act as the Fund’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Fund (the “Advisory Agreement”).  Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser will be responsible for the management of the Fund and will administer the affairs of the Fund to the extent requested by the Board of Trustees.  As compensation for its services, the Fund will pay the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.  “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including the assets attributable to the proceeds of any financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage.  Managed Assets shall include assets attributable to financial leverage of any form, including indebtedness, engaging in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and economically similar transactions, investments in inverse floating rate securities, and/or preferred shares.
 
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC serves as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser responsible for the management of the Fund’s investment portfolio pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement among the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC. Guggenheim Partners, LLC is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions. As compensation for its services, the Investment Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.

The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”) will act as the Fund's custodian. As custodian, BNY will be responsible for the custody of the Fund's assets.

Rydex Fund Services, LLC (“Rydex”), an indirect subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC, will act as the Fund’s accounting agent. As accounting agent, Rydex will be responsible for maintaining the books and records of the Fund’s securities and cash.

Computershare Shareowner Services LLC (“Computershare”) will act as the Fund’s transfer agent. As transfer agent, Computershare will be responsible for performing transfer agency services for the Fund.
 
 
 
 
FS-3

 
 

 
Under a separate Fund Administration agreement, Rydex will provide Fund Administration services to the Fund. As compensation for services performed under the Administration Agreement, Rydex will receive an administration fee payable monthly at the annual rate set forth below as a percentage of the average daily managed assets of the Fund:

Managed Assets
Rate
First $200,000,000
0.0275%
Next $300,000,000
0.0200%
Next $500,000,000
0.0150%
Over $1,000,000,000
0.0100%

No advisory, sub-advisory or fund administration fees will be incurred until the Fund commences operations.

NOTE 4 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES:

The Fund intends to comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable to regulated investment companies. Accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal income taxes is required. In addition, by distributing substantially all of its ordinary income and long-term capital gains, if any, during each calendar year, the Fund intends not to be subject to U.S. federal excise tax.

NOTE 5 – INDEMNIFICATIONS:

In the normal course of business, the Fund enters into contracts that contain a variety of representations which provide general indemnifications. The Fund's maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Fund that have not yet occurred. However, the Fund expects the risk of loss to be remote.

NOTE 6 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

The Fund has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through the date the Statement of Assets and Liabilities was issued and has determined that no additional items require recognition or disclosure.




 
FS-4

 

 

 
Appendix A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS
 
Standard & Poor’s
 
A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Standard & Poor’s) follows:
 
Issue Credit Ratings Definitions
 
A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
 
Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
 
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on Standard & Poor’s analysis of the following considerations:
 
 
Likelihood of payment capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
 
 
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
 
 
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
 
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
 
AAA
An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
 
AA
An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
 
A
An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
 
BBB
An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to
 
 
 
 
A-1

 
 
 
 
 
meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C
 
 
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
 
BB
An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
B
An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
CCC
An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
CC
An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
 
C
A ‘C’ rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the ‘C’ rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
D
An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days, irrespective of any  grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
Plus (+) or minus (-)
 
 
The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
 
NR
This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
 
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
A-1
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
 
 
 
 
 
A-2

 
 
 
 
A-2
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
 
A-3
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
B
A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
 
C
A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
D
A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made  within any stated  grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
 
SPUR (Standard & Poor’s Underlying Rating)
 
A SPUR rating is a rating of a stand-alone capacity of an issue to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer/obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. Standard & Poor’s maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.
 
Dual Ratings
 
Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, 'AAA/A-1+' or 'A-1+/A-1'). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, 'SP-1+/A-1+').
 
Moody’s Investors Service Inc.
 
A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:
 
 
 
A-3

 
 
 
 
Long-Term Obligation Ratings
 
Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
 
Moody’s Long-Term Rating Definitions:
 
Aaa
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to lowest level of credit risk.
 
Aa
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
 
A
Obligations rated A are judged to be  considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
 
Baa
Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and  subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
 
Ba
Obligations rated Ba are judged to  be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
 
B
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
 
Caa
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative  of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
 
Ca
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of  recovery of principal and interest.
 
C
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
 
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
 
Medium-Term Note Ratings
 
Moody’s assigns long-term ratings to individual debt securities issued from medium-term note (MTN) programs, in addition to indicating ratings to MTN programs themselves. Notes issued under MTN programs with such indicated ratings are rated at issuance at the rating applicable to all pari passu notes issued under the same program, at the program’s relevant indicated rating, provided such notes do not exhibit any of the characteristics listed below:
 
 
Notes containing features that link interest or principal to the credit performance of any third party or parties (i.e., credit-linked notes);
 
 
Notes allowing for negative coupons, or negative principal;
 
 
Notes containing any provision that could obligate the investor to make any additional payments;
 
 
Notes containing provisions that subordinate the claim.
 
 
For notes with any of these characteristics, the rating of the individual note may differ from the indicated rating of the program.
 
 
For credit-linked securities, Moody’s policy is to “look through” to the credit risk of the underlying obligor. Moody’s policy with respect to non-credit linked obligations is to rate the issuer’s ability to meet the contract as
 
 
A-4

 
 
 
 
stated, regardless of potential losses to investors as a result of non-credit developments. In other words, as long as the obligation has debt standing in the event of bankruptcy, we will assign the appropriate debt class level rating to the instrument.
 
Market participants must determine whether any particular note is rated, and if so, at what rating level. Moody’s encourages market participants to contact Moody’s Ratings Desks or visit www.moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR (not rated) symbol.
 
Short-Term Ratings
 
Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.
 
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
 
P-1
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
P-2
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
P-3
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
 
NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
 
Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long­-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.
 

 

 
A-5

 
 

 
Appendix B

GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

POLICY
 
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (“GPIM”) generally is responsible for voting proxies with respect to securities held in client accounts, including clients registered as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Funds”) and clients that are pension plans (“Plans”) subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). This document sets forth GPIM’s policies and guidelines with respect to proxy voting and its procedures to comply with SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Rule 206(4)-6 requires each registered investment adviser that exercises proxy voting authority with respect to client securities to:
 
 
Adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes client securities in the best interest of clients; such policies and procedures must address the manner in which the adviser will resolve material conflicts of interest that can arise during the proxy voting process;
 
 
Disclose to clients how they may obtain information from the adviser about how the adviser voted proxies with respect to their securities; and
 
 
Describe to clients the adviser’s proxy voting procedures and, upon request, furnish a copy of the policies and procedures.
 
Where GPIM has been delegated the responsibility for voting proxies, it must take reasonable steps under the circumstances to ensure that proxies are received and voted in the best long-term interests of its clients. This generally means voting proxies with a view to enhancing the value of the shares of stock held in client accounts, considering all relevant factors and without undue influence from individuals or groups who may have an economic interest in the outcome of the proxy vote. GPIM’s authority is initially established by its advisory contracts or comparable documents. Clients, however, may change their proxy voting direction at any time.
 
The financial interest of GPIM’s clients is the primary consideration in determining how proxies should be voted. Any material conflicts of interest between GPIM and its clients with respect to proxy voting are resolved in the best interests of the clients.
 
 
 
 
 
B-1

 

 
 
PROCEDURES
 
1. Overview
 
Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (“GPIM”) utilizes the services of an outside proxy voting firm, Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), to act as agent for the proxy process, to maintain records on proxy votes for its clients, and to provide independent research on corporate governance, proxy and corporate responsibility issues. The proxy voting guidelines (the “Guidelines”), attached as Appendix A and Appendix B to these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures, set forth the ISS guidelines that GPIM uses in voting specific proposals. Depending on the objective of Fund or client account and the portfolio team managing, GPIM will assign the proxy voting guidelines in Appendix A or B to determine how proxies will be voted. GPIM reviews these voting recommendations and generally votes proxies in accordance with such recommendations.
 
However, the vote entered on a client's behalf with respect to a particular proposal may differ from the Guidelines if it is determined to be in the best interest of the client. If a proposal is voted in a manner different than set forth in the Guidelines, the reasons therefore shall be documented in writing by the appropriate investment team(s) and retained by Operations. The manner in which specific proposals are to be voted may differ based on the type of client account. For example, a specific proposal may be considered on a case-by-case basis for socially aware client accounts, while all other accounts may always vote in favor of the proposal.
 
In the absence of contrary instructions received from GPIM, ISS will vote proxies in accordance with the Guidelines attached as Appendix A or Appendix B hereto, as such Guidelines may be revised from time to time by representatives from Investment Management and Compliance (the ad hoc “Committee”). ISS will employ these guidelines based on account set up instructions received from Operations. ISS will notify Operations of all proxy proposals that do not fall within the Guidelines (i.e. proposals which are either not addressed in the Guidelines or proposals for which GPIM has indicated that a decision will be made on a case-by-case basis). Such proposals will be forwarded by Operations to the investment team(s) responsible for the client account. If the investment team(s) responsible determines that there is no material conflict of interest, the proposal will be voted in accordance with the recommendation of said team(s).
 
2. Resolving Potential Conflicts of Interest
 
GPIM may occasionally be subject to conflicts of interest in the voting of proxies due relationships it maintains with persons having an interest in the outcome of certain votes. The proxies that are not addressed by the Guidelines or are to be voted on a case-by-case basis will be forwarded to the appropriate investment management team(s) by Operations. Determination of whether there is a material conflict of interest between GPIM and a client due to (a) the provision of services or products by a GPIM affiliate to the company on whose behalf proxies are being solicited, (b) personal relationships that may exist between personnel of GPIM or its affiliates and proponents of a proxy issue or (c) any other issue, shall be made by senior members of the investment team responsible for voting the proxy. If a conflict of interest exists, the investment team will consult the Committee (and Legal, as necessary) to determine how to vote the proxy consistent with the procedures below.
In the absence of established Guidelines (e.g., in instances where the Guidelines provide for a “case-by-case” review), GPIM may vote a proxy regarding that proposal in any of the following manners:
 
 
Refer Proposal to the Client – GPIM may refer the proposal to the client and obtain instructions from the client on how to vote the proxy relating to that proposal.
 
Obtain Client Ratification – If GPIM is in a position to disclose the conflict to the client ( i.e. , such information is not confidential), GPIM may determine how it proposes to vote the proposal on which it has a conflict, fully disclose the nature of the conflict to the client, and obtain the client’s consent for how GPIM will vote on the proposal (or otherwise obtain instructions from the client on how the proxy on the proposal should be voted).
 
 
 
 
B-2

 
 
 
 
 
Use an Independent Third Party for All Proposals – Subject to any client imposed proxy voting policies, GPIM may vote all proposals in a proxy according to the policies of an independent third party (or to have the third party vote such proxies).
 
Use an Independent Third Party to Vote the Specific Proposals that Involve a Conflict – Subject to any client imposed proxy voting policies, GPIM may use an independent third party to recommend how the proxy for specific proposals that involve a conflict should be voted (or to have the third party vote such proxies).
 
Abstaining
 
The method selected by GPIM to resolve the conflict may vary from one instance to another depending upon the facts and circumstances of the situation, but in each case, consistent with its duty of loyalty and care.
 
3. Special Situations (As Applicable)
 
3.1. Securities Subject to Lending Arrangements
 
For various legal or administrative reasons, GPIM is often unable to vote securities that are, at the time of such vote, on loan pursuant to a client’s securities lending arrangement with the client’s custodian. GPIM will refrain from voting such securities where the cost to the client and/or administrative inconvenience of retrieving securities then on loan outweighs the benefit of voting, assuming retrieval under such circumstances is even feasible and/or possible. In certain extraordinary situations, GPIM may seek to have securities then on loan pursuant to such securities lending arrangements retrieved by the clients’ custodians for voting purposes. This decision will generally be made on a case-by-case basis depending on whether, in GPIM’s judgment, the matter to be voted on has critical significance to the potential value of the securities in question, the relative cost and/or administrative inconvenience of retrieving the securities, the significance of the holding, and whether the stock is considered a long-term holding. There can be no guarantee that any such securities can be retrieved for such purpose.
 
3.2 Special Issues with Voting Foreign Proxies
 
Voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign stocks may involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting. Because the cost of voting on a particular proxy proposal could exceed the expected benefit to a client (including an ERISA Plan), GPIM may weigh the costs and benefits of voting on proxy proposals relating to foreign securities and make an informed decision on whether voting a given proxy proposal is prudent.
 
3.3 Share Blocking
 
In certain countries the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability of an account's portfolio manager to freely trade the security in question ("share blocking"). The portfolio manager retains the final authority to determine whether to block the shares in the client's account or to forego voting the shares.
 
3.4 Lack Of Adequate Information, Untimely Receipt Of Proxy Or Excessive Costs
 
GPIM may be unable to enter an informed vote in certain circumstances due to the lack of information provided in the proxy statement or by the issuer or other resolution sponsor, and may abstain from voting in those instances. Proxy materials not delivered in a timely manner may prevent analysis or entry of a vote by voting deadlines. GPIM’s practice is to abstain from voting a proxy in circumstances where, in its judgment, the costs exceed the expected benefits to the client.
 
 
 
 
 
 
B-3

 
 
4. Undue Influence
 
If at any time any person involved in the GPIM’s proxy voting process is pressured or lobbied either by GPIM’s personnel or affiliates or third parties with respect to a particular proposal, he or she should provide information regarding such activity to GPIM Compliance or Legal. A determination will then be made regarding this information, keeping in mind GPIM's duty of loyalty and care to its clients.
 
5. Recordkeeping
 
GPIM is required to keep the following records:
 
 
a copy of this policy;
 
 
proxy statements received regarding client securities;
 
 
records of votes cast on behalf of clients;
 
 
any documents prepared by GPIM that were material to making a decision how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision; and
 
 
records of client requests for proxy voting information and a copy of any written response by GPIM to any client request (regardless of whether such client request was written or oral).
 
The foregoing records will be retained for such period of time as is required to comply with applicable laws and regulations.
 
GPIM may rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system instead of keeping its own copies, and may rely on proxy statements and records of proxy votes cast by GPIM that are maintained with a third party, such as ISS, provided that GPIM has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the documents promptly upon request.
 
6. Disclosure
 
Rule 206(4)-6 requires GPIM to disclose in response to any client request how the client can obtain information from GPIM on how the client’s securities were voted. GPIM will disclose in Form ADV Part 2 that clients can obtain information on how their securities were voted by submitting a written request to GPIM. Upon receipt of a written request from a client, GPIM will provide the information requested by the client within a reasonable amount of time.
 
Rule 206(4)-6 also requires GPIM to describe its proxy voting policies and procedures to clients, and upon request, to provide clients with a copy of those policies and procedures. GPIM will provide such a description in its Form ADV Part 2. Upon receipt of a written request from a client, GPIM will provide a copy of this policy within a reasonable amount of time. If approved by the client, this policy and any requested records may be provided electronically.
 



 
 
 

 
 
 

 
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
 
  Item 25.  Financial Statements And Exhibits
     
(1)  Financial Statements
   
 
Part A -
None
 
Part B -
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
   
Statement of Assets and Liabilities
 
(2)  Exhibits  
     
 
(a)
(i)
Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant (1)
   
(ii)
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant (1)
 
(b)
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant(1)
 
(c)
 
Not applicable
 
(d)
 
Not applicable
 
(e)
 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan of Registrant (*)
 
(f)
 
Not applicable
 
(g)
(i)
Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) (*)
   
(ii)
Form of Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) (*)
 
(h)
(i)
Form of Underwriting Agreement (*)
   
(ii)
Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters (*)
   
(iii)
Form of  Master Selected Dealers Agreement (*)
   
(iv)
(i)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and UBS Securities LLC(*)
      (ii)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC(*)
      (iii)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Pershing LLC(*)
      (iv)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated(*)
 
(i)
 
Not applicable
 
(j)
(i)
Form of Custody Agreement (*)
   
(ii)
Form of Foreign Custody Manager Agreement (*)
 
(k)
(i)
Form of Stock Transfer Agency Agreement (*)
   
(ii)
Form of Fund Accounting Agreement (*)
   
(iii)
Form of Administration Agreement (*)
   
(iv)
Form of Offering Expense Limitation Agreement (*)
 
(l)
 
Opinion and Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (*)
 
(m)
 
Not applicable
 
(n)
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(*)
 
(o)
 
Not applicable
 
(p)
 
Initial Subscription Agreement (*)
 
(q)
 
Not applicable
 
(r)
(i)
Code of Ethics of the Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC (*)
   
(ii)
Code of Ethics of the Sub-Adviser (*)
 
(s)
  Power of Attorney(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
(1)
Incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 811-22715 and 333-182157), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2013.
  (*)  Filed herewith.
 
Item 26.          Marketing Arrangements
 
Reference is made to Exhibits (h)(i), (h)(ii) and (h)(iii) to this Registration Statement, filed herewith.
 
Item 27.                        Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:
 
Printer/Edgar Filer
$180,000
Issuer Counsel
$400,000
NYSE Fee
$  20,000
Marketing Design
$  50,000
SEC Fees
$  23,870
FINRA Fees
$  26,750
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
$  24,000
Counsel for Independent Trustees
$  25,000
Miscellaneous
$  20,380
Total
$770,000

Item 28.                        Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant
 
None
 
Item 29.                        Number of Holders of Securities
 
Title of Class
Number of Record Shareholders
as of   June 21, 2013
   
Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share
1

Item 30.                        Indemnification
 
Article V of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of the Registrant provides as follows:

5.1           No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc. No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any
 
 
 
C-2

 
 
 
 
nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

5.2           Mandatory Indemnification.
 
(a)           The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.

(c)           The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for
 
 
 
C-3

 
 
 
 
indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

(d)           The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or Trustees who are “disinterested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the Trust enters into a written agreement with any Trustee to indemnify such Trustee, any indemnification of such Trustee by the Trust shall be governed by the terms of such written agreement, including with respect to determinations required, applicable presumptions and burden of proof with respect to such Trustee’s entitlement to indemnification and/or advancement of expenses.

(e)           Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.

5.3           No Bond Required of Trustees.  No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.

5.4           No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, its Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.

5.5           Reliance on Experts, etc.  Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.

In addition, the Registrant has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each trustee who is not an “interested person,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, of the Registrant, which provides as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
C-4

 
 
 
 

 
The Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Trustee in any Proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Fund, to the fullest extent permitted by the Fund Agreement and By-Laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as now or hereafter in force, subject to the provisions of the following sentence and the provisions of paragraph (b) of Section 4 of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be indemnified pursuant to this Section I against any and all of such Expenses unless (i) the Trustee is subject to such Expenses by reason of the Trustee’s not having acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Fund or (ii) the Trustee is liable to the Fund or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, as defined in Section 17(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and with respect to each of (i) and (ii), there has been a final adjudication in a decision on the merits in the relevant Proceeding that the Trustee’s conduct fell within (i) or (ii).

Reference is made to Section 9  of the Underwriting Agreement filed as exhibit (h)(i) hereto.

Item 31.  Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser
 
The Investment Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment adviser to the Registrant.  The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Investment Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Investment Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Investment Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-62515).
 
The Sub-Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment sub-adviser to the Registrant.  The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Sub-Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Sub-Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Sub-Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-66786).
 
Item 32.   Location of Accounts and Records
 
The accounts and records of the Registrant are maintained in part at the offices of the Fund at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, in part at the offices of the Investment Adviser at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, in part at the offices of the Sub-Adviser at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, 5 th Floor, Santa Monica, California 90401 and in part at the offices of the Custodian at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286, and in part at the offices of the Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.
 
Item 33.   Management Services
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 34.   Undertakings
 
 
1.
Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of Common Shares until the prospectus is amended, if subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, its net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value, as of the effective date of the registration statement or its net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
 
 
 
 
 
C-5

 
 
 
 
2.           Not applicable.
 
3.           Not applicable.
 
4.           Not applicable.
 
 
5.
Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 497(h) will be deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
 
6.
Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information constituting Part B of this Registration Statement.
 
 
 
 
 
C-6

 
 
 
 
Signatures
 
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed on behalf of the Registrant, in the City of Lisle, State of Illinois, on the  24th day of June, 2013 .
 
By:          /s/ Donald C. Cacciapaglia  
   Donald C. Cacciapaglia
       Trustee and Chief Executive Officer

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on the  24th day of June, 2013.
 
Principal Executive Officer:
     
       
/s/ Donald C. Cacciapaglia  
 
Trustee and Chief Executive Officer
 
Donald C. Cacciapaglia
     
       
Principal Financial Officer:
     
       
/s/ John L. Sullivan                                                       
 
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
 
John L. Sullivan
     
       
Trustees:
     
       
*                                                       
 
Trustee
 
Randall C. Barnes
     
       
*                                                       
 
Trustee
 
Roman Friedrich III
     
       
*                                                       
 
Trustee
 
Robert B. Karn III
     
       
*                                                       
 
Trustee
 
Ronald A. Nyberg
     
       
*                                                       
 
Trustee
 
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
     
       


*           Signed by Mark E. Mathiasen pursuant to a power of attorney filed herewith.

By:            /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen                                                                 
Mark E. Mathiasen
Attorney-In-Fact

June 24, 2013

C-7
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
Exhibit Index
 
 
 
     
 
(e)
 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan of Registrant
 
(g)
(i)
Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”)
   
(ii)
Form of Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”)
 
(h)
(i)
Form of Underwriting Agreement
   
(ii)
Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters
   
(iii)
Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement
   
(iv)
(i)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and UBS Securities LLC
      (ii)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
      (iii)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Pershing LLC
      (iv)  Form of Structuring Fee Agreement between the Investment Adviser and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
 
(j)
(i)
Form of Custody Agreement
   
(ii)
Form of Foreign Custody Manager Agreement
 
(k)
(i)
Form of Stock Transfer Agency Agreement
   
(ii)
Form of Fund Accounting Agreement
   
(iii)
Form of Administration Agreement
   
(iv)
Form of Offering Expense Limitation Agreement
 
(l)
 
Opinion and Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
 
(n)
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
(p)
 
Initial Subscription Agreement
 
(r)
(i)
Code of Ethics of the Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC
   
(ii)
Code of Ethics of the Sub-Adviser
 
 
Exhibit (e)

 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Unless the registered owner of common shares elects to receive cash by contacting the Plan Administrator, all dividends declared on common shares of Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Trust”) will be automatically reinvested by Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (the “Plan Administrator”), Administrator for shareholders in the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), in additional common shares of the Trust. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by notice if received and processed by the Plan Administrator prior to the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on your behalf and may re-invest that cash in additional common shares of the Trust for you. If you wish for all dividends declared on your common shares of the Trust to be automatically reinvested pursuant to the Plan, please contact your broker.

The Plan Administrator will open an account for each common shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such common shareholder’s common shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or other distribution (together, a “Dividend”) payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in common shares. The common shares will be acquired by the Plan Administrator for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized common shares from the Trust (“Newly Issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding common shares on the open market (“Open-Market Purchases”) on the New York Stock Exchange or elsewhere. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the closing market price plus estimated brokerage commission per common share is equal to or greater than the net asset value per common share, the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares on behalf of the participants. The number of Newly Issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Dividend by the net asset value per common share on the payment date; provided that, if the net asset value is less than or equal to 95% of the closing market value on the payment date, the dollar amount of the Dividend will be divided by 95% of the closing market price per common share on the payment date. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the net asset value per common share is greater than the closing market value plus estimated brokerage commission, the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in common shares acquired on behalf of the participants in Open-Market Purchases.

If, before the Plan Administrator has completed its Open-Market Purchases, the market price per common share exceeds the net asset value per common share, the
 
 
 
 

 

average per common share purchase price paid by the Plan Administrator may exceed the net asset value of the common shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer common shares than if the Dividend had been paid in Newly Issued Common Shares on the Dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to Open-Market Purchases, the Plan provides that if the Plan Administrator is unable to invest the full Dividend amount in Open-Market Purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Administrator may cease making Open-Market Purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares at net asset value per common share at the close of business on the Last Purchase Date provided that, if the net asset value is less than or equal to 95% of the then current market price per common share; the dollar amount of the Dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price on the payment date.

The Plan Administrator maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Administrator on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Administrator will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instruction of the
participants.

There will be no brokerage charges with respect to common shares issued directly by the Trust. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commission incurred in connection with Open-Market Purchases. The automatic reinvestment of Dividends will not relieve participants of any Federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such Dividends.

The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants with regard to purchases in the Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.

All correspondence or questions concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Administrator:

Computershare Shareowner Services LLC
480 Washington Boulevard, 29 th Floor
Attn: Relationship Manager
866-488-3559
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

To record the adoption of the Plan as of ___________, 2013 the Trust has caused this Plan to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Trust by a duly authorized officer.


By and on behalf of
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund



By:     ______________________
Name:
Title:



3
Exhibit (g)(i)
 
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of ___________, 2013, between Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), and Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”).

WHEREAS, the Adviser has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Adviser is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
 
1.   IN GENERAL. The Adviser agrees, all as more fully set forth herein, to act as investment adviser to the Trust with respect to the investment of the Trust’s assets and to supervise and arrange for the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the purchase of securities for and the sale of securities held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.
 
2.   DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO INVESTMENT OF ASSETS OF THE TRUST. Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section and subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Adviser shall (i) act as investment adviser for and supervise and manage the investment and reinvestment of the Trust’s assets and, in connection therewith, have complete discretion in purchasing and selling securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (ii) supervise the investment program of the Trust and the composition of its investment portfolio; and (iii) arrange, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.  In performing its duties under this Section 2, the Adviser may delegate some or all of its duties and obligations under this Agreement to one or more sub-investment advisers; provided, however, that any such delegation shall be pursuant to an agreement with terms agreed upon by the Trust and approved in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and provided, further, that no such delegation shall relieve the Adviser from its duties and obligations of management and supervision of the management of the Trust’s assets pursuant to this Agreement and to applicable law.
 
3.   DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE TRUST. The Adviser also agrees to furnish office facilities and equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and administrative services (other than such services, if any, provided by the Trust’s Custodian, Transfer Agent, Administrator and Dividend Disbursing Agent and other service providers) for the Trust. To the extent
 
 
 
 

 

requested by the Trust, the Adviser agrees to provide the following administrative services:
 
(a)   Oversee the determination and publication of the Trust’s net asset value in accordance with the Trust’s policy as adopted from time to time by the Board of Trustees;
 
(b)   Oversee the maintenance by the Trust’s Custodian and Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent of certain books and records of the Trust as required under Rule 31a-1(b)(4) of the 1940 Act and maintain (or oversee maintenance by the Trust’s Administrator or such other persons as approved by the Board of Trustees) such other books and records required by law or for the proper operation of the Trust;
 
(c)   Oversee the preparation and filing of the Trust’s federal, state and local income tax returns and any other required tax returns;
 
(d)   Review the appropriateness of and arrange for payment of the Trust’s expenses;
 
(e)   Prepare (or oversee the preparation) for review and approval by officers of the Trust financial information for the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports, proxy statements and other communications with shareholders required or otherwise to be sent to Trust shareholders, and arrange for the printing and dissemination of such reports and communications to shareholders;
 
(f)   Prepare (or oversee the preparation) for review by an officer of the Trust the Trust’s periodic financial reports required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on Form N-SAR, N-CSR and such other reports, forms and filings, as may be mutually agreed upon;
 
(g)   Prepare reports relating to the business and affairs of the Trust as may be mutually agreed upon and not otherwise appropriately prepared by the Trust’s Custodian, counsel or auditors;
 
(h)   Prepare (or oversee the preparation of) such information and reports as may be required by any stock exchange or exchanges on which the Trust’s shares are listed;
 
(i)   Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance of the independent accountants as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
 
(j)   Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance and fees of the Trust’s Custodian, Transfer Agent, Administrator and Dividend Disbursing Agent as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
 
 
 
2

 
 
(k)   Oversee and review calculations of fees paid to the Trust’s service providers;
 
(l)   Oversee the Trust’s portfolio and perform necessary calculations as required under Section 18 of the 1940 Act;
 
(m)   Consult with the Trust’s officers, independent accountants, legal counsel, Custodian, Administrator or other accounting agent, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent in establishing the accounting policies of the Trust and monitor financial and shareholder accounting services;
 
(n)   Review implementation of any share purchase programs authorized by the Board of Trustees;
 
(o)   Determine the amounts available for distribution as dividends and distributions to be paid by the Trust to its shareholders; prepare and arrange for the printing of dividend notices to shareholders; and provide the Trust’s Dividend Disbursing Agent and Custodian with such information as is required for such parties to effect the payment of dividends and distributions and to implement the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan;
 
(p)   Prepare such information and reports as may be required by any banks from which the Trust borrows funds;
 
(q)   Provide such assistance to the Custodian and the Trust’s counsel and auditors as generally may be required to properly carry on the business and operations of the Trust;
 
(r)   Assist in the preparation and filing of Forms 3, 4, and 5 pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 30(f) of the 1940 Act for the officers and trustees of the Trust, such filings to be based on information provided by those persons;
 
(s)   Respond to or refer to the Trust’s officers or Transfer Agent, shareholder (including any potential shareholder) inquiries relating to the Trust; and
 
(t)   Supervise any other aspects of the Trust’s administration as may be agreed to by the Trust and the Adviser.
 
All services are to be furnished through the medium of any directors, officers or employees of the Adviser or its affiliates as the Adviser deems appropriate in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder. The Trust will reimburse the Adviser or its affiliates for all out-of- pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the performance of the administrative services described in this paragraph 3.
 
 
3

 
 
4.   COVENANTS. In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Adviser:
 
(a)   shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by:  (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the SEC; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objective and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust;
 
(b)   will place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Adviser will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Adviser will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Adviser may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Adviser. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Adviser hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser to the Trust and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term.  In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Adviser, or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law; and
 
(c)   will treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Adviser may be exposed to civil  or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.
 
5.   SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Adviser or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Adviser or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Adviser will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
 
 
 
4

 
 
6.   BOOKS AND RECORDS. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Adviser hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request. The Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.
 
7.   AGENCY CROSS TRANSACTIONS. From time to time, the Adviser or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “Account”) securities which the Adviser’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Adviser or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from one or both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where the Adviser is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Adviser or an affiliate is receiving commissions from both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Adviser’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which permits the Adviser or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Adviser or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Adviser.
 
8.   EXPENSES. During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred in connection with its duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or trustees fees of any officers or trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser.
 
9.   COMPENSATION OF THE ADVISER.
 
(a)   The Trust agrees to pay to the Adviser and the Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Adviser as such, a monthly fee in arrears at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities represented by indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and inverse floating rate securities, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage. For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.
 
 
 
5

 
 
(b)   For purposes of this Agreement, the total assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.
 
10.   LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.
 
(a)   The Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by Adviser or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
 
(b)   The Trust may, but shall not be required to, make advance payments to the Adviser in connection with the expenses of the Adviser in defending any action with respect to which damages or equitable relief might be sought against the Adviser under this Section (which payments shall be reimbursed to the Trust by the Adviser as provided below) if the Trust receives (i) a written affirmation of the Adviser’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for the limitation of liability in this Section has been met and (ii) a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust whether or not the Adviser shall be deemed to have liability under this Section, such reimbursement to be due upon (1) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought as to whether or not the Adviser is liable under this Section or (2) in the absence of such a decision, upon the request of the Adviser for reimbursement by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”). In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Adviser shall provide a security for such Adviser undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Adviser ultimately will be found not to be liable under this Section.
 
11.   DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, without the
 
 
 
6

 

payment of any penalty, upon giving the Adviser 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Adviser), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Adviser on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust). This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)
 
12.   NOTICES. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
 
13.   AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.
 
14.   GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware for contracts to be per formed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
 
15.   USE OF THE NAME “GUGGENHEIM.” Pursuant to a Trademark Sublicense Agreement, dated ___________, 2013, the Adviser has consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “Guggenheim” in the name of the Trust.
 
16.   MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
 
17.   COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
 
 
 
 
7

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the foregoing instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and the year first above written.
 

 

GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND



By:                                                                            
Name:
Title:


GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT
                                                                                ADVISORS, LLC



By:                                                                            
Name:
Title:
 
 
 
 
8
Exhibit (g)(ii)
 

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
 
THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of ___________, 2013, among Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), and Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware corporation (the “Sub-Adviser”).
 
WHEREAS, the Adviser has agreed to furnish investment management and advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) with respect to the assets of the Trust;
 
WHEREAS, the investment advisory agreement between the Adviser and the Trust dated as of ___________, 2013 (such agreement or the most recent successor agreement between such parties relating to advisory services to the Trust is referred to herein as the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) contemplates that the Adviser may sub-contract investment advisory services with respect to the Trust to a sub-adviser(s) pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement(s) agreeable to the Trust and approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act;
 
WHEREAS, the Adviser wishes to retain the Sub-Adviser to provide certain sub-advisory services;
 
WHEREAS, the Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”); and
 
WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
 
1.   APPOINTMENT. The Adviser hereby appoints the Sub-Adviser to act as a sub-adviser with respect to the Trust as set forth in this Agreement and the Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.

2.   SERVICES OF THE SUB-ADVISER. Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the oversight and supervision of the Adviser and the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Sub-Adviser will perform certain of the day-to-day operations of the Trust which may include one or more of the following services at the request of the Adviser: (i) managing the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Trust in accordance with the investment policies of the Trust; (ii) arranging, subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof, for the purchase and sale of
 
 
 
 

 

securities and other assets for the Trust; (iii) providing investment research and credit analysis concerning the assets of the Trust; (iv) placing orders for purchases and sales of assets of the Trust; (v) maintaining the books and records as are required to support Trust investment operations; (vi) monitoring on a daily basis the investment activities and portfolio holdings relating to the Trust; and (vii) voting proxies relating to the Trust’s portfolio securities in accordance with the proxy voting policies and procedures of the Sub-Adviser. At the request of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser will also, subject to the oversight and supervision of the Adviser and the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, consult with the Adviser as to the overall management of the assets of the Trust and the investment policies and practices of the Trust, including (but not limited to) the use by the Trust of financial leverage and elements (e.g., form, amount and costs) relating to such financial leverage and the utilization by the Trust of any interest rate or other hedging or risk management transactions in connection therewith, and will perform any of the services described in the Investment Advisory Agreement.  In addition, the Sub-Adviser will keep the Trust and the Adviser informed of developments materially affecting the Trust and shall, upon request, furnish to the Trust all information relevant to such developments. The Sub-Adviser will periodically communicate to the Adviser, at such times as the Adviser may direct, information concerning the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust, including: (i) the name of the issuer, (ii) the amount of the purchase or sale, (iii) the name of the broker or dealer, if any, through which the purchase or sale is effected, (iv) the CUSIP number of the instrument, if any, and (v) such other information as the Adviser may reasonably require for purposes of fulfilling its obligations to the Trust under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Sub-Adviser will provide the services rendered by it under this Agreement in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective, policies and restrictions (as currently in effect and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time) as stated in the Trust’s Prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as part of the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 and the resolutions of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.  The Trust shall maintain its books and records, and the Sub-Adviser shall have no responsibility with respect thereto, other than its obligations under the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act or other applicable law.  In addition, the Sub-Adviser may, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act and other applicable law, aggregate purchase and sale orders being made simultaneously for other accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates and allocate the securities so purchased or sold, as well as expenses incurred in the transaction, among the Trust and other accounts in an equitable manner.
 
 
3.   COVENANTS. In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser:

(a)           shall at all times comply and act in accordance with: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the SEC thereunder; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Trust as set forth in the Trust’s Prospectus filed with the SEC as part of the Trust’s
 
 
 
2

 

Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies, determinations and/or resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Trust or the Adviser;
 
(b)           will place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Adviser will obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Sub-Adviser will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Sub-Adviser may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, as the case may be. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser to the Trust and their other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law;
 
(c)           maintain books and records with respect to the Trust’s securities transactions and render to the Adviser and the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as they may reasonably request;  and
 
(d)           treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all non-public records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder.
 
4.           SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Sub-Adviser or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that any of the foregoing activities are consistent with applicable law and the Sub-Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to the Trust.

5.           BOOKS AND RECORDS. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request. The Sub-Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.
 
 
 
3

 

 
6.           AGENCY CROSS TRANSACTIONS. From time to time, the Sub-Adviser or brokers or dealers affiliated with the Sub-Adviser may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “Account”) securities which the Sub-Adviser’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Sub-Adviser or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where a Sub-Adviser is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Sub-Adviser or an affiliate is receiving commissions from one or both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Sub-Adviser’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Advisers Act which permits a Sub-Adviser or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account, consistent with any policies and procedures that may be adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, and this Agreement shall constitute executed, written consent of the Trust for the Sub-Adviser engaging in agency cross transactions. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Sub-Adviser.

7.           EXPENSES. During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred by the Sub-Adviser in connection with their duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or trustees, fees of any officers or trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Sub-Adviser.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible for any expenses of the Adviser or the Trust not specifically set forth in this Section 7 or otherwise in any written agreement between the Sub-Adviser and the Trust or the Adviser, as the case may be.

8.           COMPENSATION.

(a)           The Adviser agrees to pay to the Sub-Adviser and the Sub-Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Sub-Adviser as such, a monthly fee payable in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets.  “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, including the assets attributable to the proceeds from financial leverage, including the issuance of senior securities represented by indebtedness (including through borrowing from financial institutions or issuance of debt securities, including notes or commercial paper), the issuance of preferred shares, the effective leverage of certain portfolio transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and inverse floating rate securities, or any other form of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage.  For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.
 
 
 
4

 

 
(b)           For purposes of this Agreement, the total assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.

9.           CERTAIN INFORMATION. The Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Adviser in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) the Sub-Adviser failing to be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, (b) the Sub-Adviser having been served or otherwise have notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the Trust, (c) the occurrence of any change in control of the Sub-Adviser or any parent of the Sub-Adviser within the meaning of the 1940 Act, or (d) the occurrence of any material adverse change in the business or financial position of the Sub-Adviser.

10.           LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.

(a)           the Sub-Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Adviser or by the Trust (or their respective agents) in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.

(b)           The Trust may, but shall not be required to, make advance payments to the Sub-Adviser in connection with the expenses of the Sub-Adviser in defending any action with respect to which damages or equitable relief might be sought against the Sub-Adviser under this Section (which payments shall be reimbursed to the Trust by the Sub-Adviser as provided below) if the Trust receives (i) a written affirmation of the Sub-Adviser’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for the limitation of liability in this Section has been met and (ii) a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust whether or not the Sub-Adviser shall be deemed to have liability under this Section, such reimbursement to be due upon (1) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought as to whether or not the Sub-Adviser is liable under this Section or (2) in the absence of such a decision, upon the request of the Sub-Adviser for reimbursement by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”). In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Sub-Adviser shall provide a security for such Sub-Adviser undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of
 
 
 
5

 

readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is a reasonable belief that the Sub-Adviser ultimately will be found not to be liable under this Section.

11.           DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and shall continue (unless terminated automatically as set forth below) in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees, who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Sub-Adviser 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Sub-Adviser), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Sub-Adviser on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust), and will terminate automatically upon any termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Adviser. This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)

12.           NOTICES. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.

13.           AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.

           14.           GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
 
 
15.           USE OF THE NAME “GUGGENHEIM.” Pursuant to a Trademark Sublicense Agreement, dated ___________, 2013, the Sub-Adviser has consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “Guggenheim” in the name of the Trust.
 
 

 
 
6

 
16.           MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or other wise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

17.           COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
 
 
 
7

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT
ADVISORS, LLC


 
By:
   
   
Name:
Title:
 
 
 
 
GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT, LLC

 
By:
   
   
Name:
Title:
 
 
 
 

 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND

 
By:
   
   
Name:
Title:
 

 

Exhibit (h)(i)
 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
 
 
_______ Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

Par Value $0.01 Per Share




FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT




 
June ___, 2013

 
 

 
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
 
June __, 2013
 
UBS Securities LLC
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of BB&T Securities, LLC
The GMS Group, LLC
Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
Maxim Group LLC
Newbridge Securities Corporation
Pershing LLC
Southwest Securities, Inc.
Wedbush Securities Inc.
Wunderlich Securities, Inc.

c/o UBS Securities LLC
299 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10171-0026
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Fund ”), proposes to issue and sell to the underwriters named in Schedule A annexed hereto (the “ Underwriters ”) an aggregate of _____ common shares of beneficial interest (the “ Firm Shares ”), par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), of the Fund.  In addition, solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, the Fund proposes to grant to the Underwriters the option to purchase from the Fund up to an additional _____ Common Shares (the “ Additional Shares ”).  The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively sometimes referred to as the “ Shares .”  The Shares are described in the Prospectus which is defined below.  UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (the “ Managing Representatives ”) will act as managing representatives for the Underwriters in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares.
 
The Fund has filed, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively called the “ Securities Act ”), and with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively called the “ Investment Company Act ”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-182157 and 811-22715), including a prospectus and a statement of additional information, relating to the Shares.  In addition, the Fund has filed a Notification of Registration on Form N-8A (the “ Notification ”) pursuant to Section 8 of the Investment Company Act.
 
 
 

 
Except where the context otherwise requires, “ Preliminary Prospectus ,” as used herein, means each prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference) included in such registration statement, or amendment thereof, before it became effective under the Securities Act and any prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference) filed with the Commission by the Fund with the consent of the Managing Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, pursuant to Rule 497(a) under the Securities Act.
 
Except where the context otherwise requires, “ Registration Statement ,” as used herein, means the registration statement, as amended at the time of such registration statement’s effectiveness for purposes of Section 11 of the Securities Act, as such section applies to the respective Underwriters (the “ Effective Time ”), including (i) all documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated by reference therein, (ii) any information contained in a prospectus subsequently filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act and deemed to be part of the registration statement at the Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, and (iii) any registration statement filed to register the offer and sale of Shares pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act.
 
Except where the context otherwise requires, “ Prospectus ,” as used herein, means the final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference) as filed by the Fund with the Commission (i) pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act on or before the second business day after the date hereof (or such earlier time as may be required under the Securities Act) or (ii) pursuant to Rule 497(c) under the Securities Act on or before the fifth business day after the date hereof (or such earlier time as may be required under the Securities Act), or, if no such filing is required, the final prospectus (including the final statement of additional information) included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Time, in each case in the form furnished by the Fund to you for use by the Underwriters and by dealers in connection with the confirmation of sales in the offering of the Shares.
 
Pricing Prospectus ” means the Preliminary Prospectus, dated May 30, 2013, including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference.
 
Pricing Information ” means the information relating to (i) the number of Shares issued and (ii) the offering price of the Shares included on the cover page of the Prospectus.
 
Disclosure Package ” means the Pricing Prospectus taken together with the Pricing Information.
 
Sales Materials ” means those advertising materials, sales literature or other promotional materials or documents, if any, constituting an advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act authorized in writing or prepared by the Fund or authorized in writing or prepared on behalf of the Fund by the Investment Advisers (as defined below) or any representative thereof for use in connection with the public offering or sale of the Shares; provided , howeve r, that Sales Materials do not include any slides, tapes or other materials or documents that constitute a “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) used in connection with a “road show” or a “bona fide electronic road show” (each as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) related to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (any such
 
 
 
 
3

 


materials prepared by the Fund or prepared on behalf of the Fund by the Investment Advisers or any representative thereof, collectively, “ Road Show Materials ”).
 
Applicable Time ” means the time as of which this Underwriting Agreement was entered into, which shall be [ · ] p.m. (New York City time) on the date of this Underwriting Agreement (or such other time as is agreed to in writing by the Fund and the Managing Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters).
 
The Fund has prepared and filed, in accordance with Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively called the “ Exchange Act ”), a registration statement (as amended, the “ Exchange Act Registration Statement ”) on Form 8-A (File No. [ · ]) under the Exchange Act to register, under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, the class of securities consisting of the Common Shares.
 
Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Adviser ”), will act as the Fund’s investment adviser pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement by and between the Fund and the Investment Adviser, dated as of [ · ], 2013 (the “ Investment Advisory Agreement ”).  Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Sub-Adviser ,” and together with the Adviser, the “ Investment Advisers ”), will act as the Fund’s sub-adviser pursuant to a Sub-Advisory Agreement by and between the Fund, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, dated as of [ · ], 2013 (the “ Sub-Advisory Agreement ”).  The Bank of New York Mellon will act as the custodian (the “ Custodian ”) of the Fund’s cash and portfolio assets pursuant to the Custodian Agreement, dated as of [ · ], 2013 (the “ Custodian Agreement ”).  The Custodian will act as foreign custody manager pursuant to the Foreign Custody Manager Agreement, dated as of [ · ], 2013 (the “ Foreign Custody Agreement ”).  Computershare Shareowner Services LLC will act as the Fund’s transfer agent, registrar, and dividend disbursing agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”) pursuant to the Stock Transfer Agency Agreement, dated as of [ · ], 2013 (the “ Transfer Agency Agreement ”).  Rydex Fund Services, LLC will act as the Fund’s administrator (the “ Administrator ”) pursuant to the Fund Administration Agreement dated as of [ · ], 2013 (the “ Administration Agreement ”).  Rydex Fund Services, LLC will act as the Fund’s fund accountant (the “ Fund Accountant ”) pursuant to the Fund Accounting Agreement dated as of [ · ], 2013 (the “ Fund Accounting Agreement ”).  The Adviser and UBS Securities LLC have entered into a Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ · ], 2013 (the “ UBS Structuring Fee Agreement ”).  The Adviser has also entered into a Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC dated [ · ], 2013 (the “ Wells Fargo Structuring Fee Agreement ,” and together with the UBS Structuring Fee Agreement, the “ Structuring Fee Agreements ”).  The Adviser has also entered into an Additional Compensation Agreement with [ · ] dated [ · ], 2013 (the “ [ · ] Additional Compensation Agreement ,” and together with the Structuring Fee Agreements, the “ Fee Agreements ”).
 
The Fund and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC have entered into a Subscription Agreement dated as of [ · ], 2013 (the “ Subscription Agreement ”).  In addition, the Fund has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan (the “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ”) pursuant to which holders of Common Shares may have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund unless they elect to receive such dividends in cash.
 
 
 
4

 
As used in this Underwriting Agreement, “ business day ” shall mean a day on which the New York Stock Exchange (the “ NYSE ”) is open for trading.  The terms “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereinafter” and similar terms, as used in this Underwriting Agreement, shall in each case refer to this Underwriting Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph, sentence or other subdivision of this Underwriting Agreement.  The term “or,” as used herein, is not exclusive.
 
The Fund, the Investment Advisers and the Underwriters agree as follows:
 
1.  
Sale and Purchase .  Upon the basis of the warranties and representations and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Fund agrees to sell to the respective Underwriters and each of the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Fund the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule A attached hereto in each case at a purchase price of $[ · ] per Share (the “ Purchase Price ”).  The Fund is advised that the Underwriters intend (i) to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Firm Shares as soon after the Effective Time as is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the Firm Shares upon the terms set forth in the Prospectus.  The Underwriters may from time to time increase or decrease the public offering price after the initial public offering to such extent as they may determine.
 
In addition, the Fund hereby grants to the several Underwriters the option to purchase, and upon the basis of the warranties and representations and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Fund, ratably in accordance with the number of Firm Shares to be purchased by each of them, all or a portion of the Additional Shares as may be necessary to cover over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares, at the Purchase Price less an amount per Share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Fund paid and payable on the Firm Shares, but not payable on the Additional Shares.  This option may be exercised by the Managing Representatives on behalf of the several Underwriters at any time and from time to time on or before the forty-fifth (45 th ) day following the date hereof, by written notice to the Fund.  Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Additional Shares as to which the option is being exercised, and the date and time when the Additional Shares are to be paid for and delivered (such date and time being herein referred to as the “ Additional Shares Closing  Time ”); provided , however , that the Additional Shares Closing Time shall not be earlier than the Firm Shares Closing Time (as defined below) nor earlier than the second business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the tenth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised.  If the option is exercised before the Firm Shares Closing Time, the Additional Shares Closing Time shall be the same as the Firm Shares Closing Time.  The number of Additional Shares to be sold to each Underwriter shall be the number that bears the same proportion to the aggregate number of Additional Shares being purchased at the applicable Additional Shares Closing Time as the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter on Schedule A hereto bears to the total number of Firm Shares (subject, in each case, to such adjustment to eliminate fractional shares as the Managing Representatives may determine).
 
 
 
5

 
 
2.  
Payment and Delivery .  Payment of the Purchase Price for the Firm Shares shall be made by the Underwriters to the Fund by Federal Funds wire transfer, against delivery of the Firm Shares to the Representatives through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company for the respective accounts of the Underwriters.  Such payment and delivery shall be made at a time mutually agreed upon by the parties on the third business day following the date of this Underwriting Agreement (unless another date shall be agreed to by the Fund and the Managing Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters).  The time at which such payment and delivery are actually made is hereinafter sometimes called the “ Firm Shares Closing Time .” Certificates, if any, for the Firm Shares shall be delivered to the Representatives in definitive form in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall specify on the second business day preceding the Firm Shares Closing Time.  If the Firm Shares are to be certificated, for the purpose of expediting the checking of the certificates, if any, for the Firm Shares by the Representatives, the Fund agrees to make such certificates, if any, available to the Representatives for such purpose at least one full business day preceding the Firm Shares Closing Time.
 
Payment of the purchase price for the Additional Shares shall be made at the Additional Shares Closing Time in the same manner and at the same office as the payment for the Firm Shares.  Certificates, if any, for the Additional Shares shall be delivered to the Representatives in definitive form in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall specify no later than the second business day preceding the Additional Shares Closing Time.  If the Additional Shares, if any, are to be certificated, for the purpose of expediting the checking of the certificates, if any, for the Additional Shares by the Representatives, the Fund agrees to make such certificates, if any, available to the Representatives for such purpose at least one full business day preceding the Additional Shares Closing Time.  The Firm Shares Closing Time and the Additional Shares Closing Time are sometimes referred to herein as the “ Closing Times .”
 
3.  
Representations and Warranties of the Fund and the Investment Advisers .  Each of the Fund and the Investment Advisers jointly and severally represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date of this Underwriting Agreement, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Firm Shares Closing Time and as of each Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, as follows:
 
(a)  
(i)(A) The Registration Statement has heretofore become effective under the Securities Act or, with respect to any registration statement to be filed to register the offer and sale of Shares pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, will be filed with the Commission and become effective under the Securities Act no later than 10:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of determination of the public offering price for the Shares; (B) no stop order of the Commission preventing or suspending the use of the Pricing Prospectus or Sales Materials or of the Prospectus or the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued, no revocation of registration has been issued and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Investment Advisers, are contemplated by the Commission; and (C) the Exchange Act Registration Statement has become effective as provided in Section 12 of the Exchange Act;
 
 
 
6

 
 
(ii)(A) The Registration Statement complied at the Effective Time with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act in all material respects; (B) each of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus complied or will comply as of its date with the requirements of the Securities Act (including, without limitation, Section 10(a) of the Securities Act) and the Investment Company Act in all material respects; and (C) each of the Sales Materials complied, at the time it was first used in connection with the public offering of the Shares, and complies as of the date hereof, with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act (including, without limitation, Rule 482 thereunder), the Investment Company Act and the applicable rules and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”), in each case in all material respects;
 
(iii)(A) (1) The Registration Statement as of the Effective Time did not, (2) the Registration Statement (including any post-effective amendment thereto declared or deemed to be effective by the Commission) as of the date hereof does not, and (3) the Registration Statement (including any post-effective amendment thereto declared or deemed to be effective by the Commission), as of the Firm Shares Closing Time and each Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, will not, in each case, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (B) at no time during the period that begins as of the Applicable Time and ends at the Firm Shares Closing Time did or will the Disclosure Package, as then amended or supplemented, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (C) at no time during the period that begins at the time each of the Sales Materials was first used in connection with the public offering of the Shares and ends at the Applicable Time did any of the Sales Materials (as materials deemed to be a prospectus under Section 10(b) of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act), as then amended or supplemented, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and (D) at no time during the period that begins on the earlier of the date of the Prospectus and the date the Prospectus is filed with the Commission and ends at the latest of the Firm Shares Closing Time, the latest Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, and the end of the period during which a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with any sale of Shares did or will the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that each of the Fund and each Investment Adviser makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statement contained in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information concerning an Underwriter furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Managing Representatives to the Fund or to the
 
 
 
 
7

 

Investment Advisers on behalf of the Fund expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus as described in Section 9(f) hereof; and provided, further that if any event occurs during any of the periods referred to in clauses (B), (C) or (D) of this Section 3(a)(iii) as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus, the Disclosure Package or the Sales Materials, as applicable, in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Disclosure Package, the Sales Materials or the Prospectus, as applicable, is amended or supplemented in connection therewith in accordance with Section 5(d) of this Underwriting Agreement, such amendment or supplement shall be deemed, for purposes of this Section 3(a)(iii), to have been made contemporaneously with the occurrence of such event.
 
(b)  
The Fund (i) has been duly organized and is validly existing as a statutory trust in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets, and conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; (iii) is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where its ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of its business or other activity requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not have a material adverse effect upon the Fund’s condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, business affairs, business prospects, management, properties, net assets or results of operation (a “Fund Material Adverse Effect”); (iv) owns, possesses or has obtained and currently maintains all governmental licenses, permits, consents, orders, approvals and other authorizations (collectively, the “ Licenses and Permits ”), whether foreign or domestic, necessary to carry on its business as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, except where the failure to own, possess or maintain such Licenses and Permits would not have a Fund Material Adverse Effect; (v) has no subsidiaries; and (vi) has made all necessary filings required under any applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule to carry on its business as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, except where the failure to do so would not have a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
 
(c)  
The capitalization of the Fund is as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and the Shares conform in all material respects to the statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus.  All the issued and outstanding Common Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and conform in all material respects to the description thereof in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.  The Shares to be issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters in accordance with this Underwriting Agreement against payment therefor as provided by this Underwriting Agreement have been duly authorized and when issued and delivered to the Underwriters will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable.  The certificates, if any, for the Shares will be in due and proper form.  The issuance of the Shares has
 
 
 
 
8

 
 
been done in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws and is not subject to any preemptive rights. No person is entitled to any preemptive or other similar rights with respect to the issuance of the Shares.
 
(d)  
The Fund is duly registered with the Commission under the Investment Company Act as a diversified, closed-end management investment company, no order of suspension or revocation of such registration has been issued or proceedings thereof initiated or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Investment Advisers, threatened by the Commission and, subject to the filing of any final amendment to the Registration Statement (a “ Final Amendment ”), if not already filed, all actions under the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act, as the case may be, necessary to make the public offering and consummate the sale of the Shares as provided in this Underwriting Agreement has or will have been taken by the Fund; the provisions of the Fund’s declaration of trust and bylaws comply with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.
 
(e)  
The Fund has full power and authority to enter into each of this Underwriting Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the Foreign Custody Agreement, the Transfer Agency Agreement, the Fund Accounting Agreement, and the Subscription Agreement (collectively, the “ Fund  Agreements ”) and the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and to perform all of the terms and provisions hereof and thereof to be carried out by it and (i) each of the Fund Agreements and the Dividend Reinvestment Plan has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Fund, (ii) each Fund Agreement and the Dividend Reinvestment Plan complies in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and (iii) assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, each of the Fund Agreements constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Fund’s obligations hereunder or thereunder may be limited by U.S. bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, whether statutory or decisional, and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), except as enforcement of rights to indemnity or contribution thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws or principles of public policy.
 
(f)  
None of (i) the execution, delivery and performance by the Fund of the Fund Agreements, (ii) the issuance and sale by the Fund of the Shares as contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and (iii) the performance by the Fund of its obligations under any of the Fund Agreements or the Dividend Reinvestment Plan or consummation by the Fund of the other transactions contemplated by the Fund Agreements or the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (A) conflicts with or will conflict with, or results in or will result in a breach or violation of the declaration of trust or bylaws of the Fund, (B) conflicts with or will conflict with, results in or will result in a breach or violation of, or constitutes or will constitute a default or an
 
 
 
9

 
 
 
event of default under, or results in or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance (other than those expressly created by the Fund Agreements) upon any properties or assets of the Fund under the declaration of trust or bylaws or other similar organizational documents of the Fund, or the terms and provisions of any agreement, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, insurance or surety agreement, lease or other instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Fund is subject or (C)  results in or will result in any violation of any order, law, rule or regulation of any court, governmental instrumentality, securities exchange or association or arbitrator, whether foreign or domestic, applicable to the Fund or having jurisdiction over the Fund or any of its material properties, other than state securities or “blue sky” laws; except with respect to each of (B) or (C) such as would not cause a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
 
(g)  
The Fund is not currently in breach of, or in default under, any written agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its property is bound or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Investment Advisers, affected except such breach or default as would not have a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
 
(h)  
There are no restrictions, limitations or regulations that would prevent the Fund from investing its assets as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, other than (i) as described therein, or (ii) such as may be imposed by the Investment Company Act.
 
(i)  
No person has any right to the registration of any securities of the Fund because of the filing of the registration statement with the Commission.  No person has tag along rights or other similar rights to have any securities included in the transaction contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement.
 
(j)  
No consent, approval, authorization, notification or order of, or filing with, or the issuance of any license or permit by, any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental or regulatory agency, commission, board, authority or body or with any self-regulatory organization, other non-governmental regulatory authority, securities exchange or association, whether foreign or domestic, is required by the Fund for the consummation by the Fund of the transactions to be performed by the Fund or the performance by the Fund of all the terms and provisions to be performed by or on behalf of it in each case as contemplated in the Fund Agreements, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, except such as (i) have been obtained and such as may be required (and shall be obtained prior to commencement of the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement) under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act or the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively called the “ Advisers Act ”), (ii) may be required by the NYSE, FINRA or under state securities or “blue sky” laws or (iii) the failure to obtain would not have a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
 
 
 
10

 
 
 
(k)  
No transaction has occurred between or among the Fund and any of its officers or trustees, shareholders or affiliates or any affiliate or affiliates of any such officer or trustee or shareholder or affiliate that is required to be disclosed in and is not disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.
 
(l)  
Neither the Fund nor, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Investment Advisers, any employee or agent of the Fund has made any payment of funds of the Fund or received or retained any funds on behalf of the Fund, which payment, receipt or retention of funds is of a character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and is not so disclosed.
 
(m)  
The Shares are duly authorized for listing, subject to official notice of issuance, on the NYSE.
 
(n)  
Ernst & Young LLP (“Ernst & Young”) was engaged by the Fund to act as its independent registered public accounting firm in accordance with the Investment Company Act.  Ernst & Young, whose report appears in the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Fund as required by the Investment Company Act, the Securities Act and the rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
 
(o)  
The statement of assets and liabilities, together with any related notes or schedules thereto, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus presents fairly the financial position of the Fund in all material respects as of the dates or for the periods indicated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, and complies in all material respects with all applicable accounting requirements under the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act.
 
(p)  
Since the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the date of the Pricing Prospectus and the date of the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (i) there has not been any event that resulted in a Fund Material Adverse Effect; (ii) the Fund has not incurred any liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, nor entered into any transactions, other than in the ordinary course of business or incident to its organization; (iii) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made on any class of the Fund’s capital shares (other than, in the event this representation and warranty is made after a Closing Time, ordinary and customary dividends declared and payable after that Closing Time); and (iv) the Fund has not incurred any long-term debt.
 
(q)  
Except as otherwise set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, claim, inquiry, or proceeding or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Investment Advisers, investigation affecting the Fund or to which the Fund is a party before or by any court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency or body,
 
 
 
 
11

 
 
whether foreign or domestic, now pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Investment Advisers, threatened against the Fund which is of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and is not described as required.
 
(r)  
There are no contracts, franchises or other documents that are of a character required by the Securities Act or the Investment Company Act to be described in, or that are required by the Securities Act or the Investment Company Act to be filed as exhibits to, the Registration Statement which are not described or filed or incorporated by reference therein as required by the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act.
 
(s)  
The Fund (i) has not has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed or which might be expected to cause or result in, or that has constituted or which may reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares in violation of applicable federal securities laws, (ii) has not since the filing of the Registration Statement sold, bid for or purchased, or paid anyone any compensation for soliciting purchases of, Shares of the Fund (except pursuant to this Agreement) and (iii) will not, until the completion of the distribution (within the meaning of the anti-manipulation rules under the Exchange Act) of the Shares, sell, bid for or purchase, pay or agree to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Fund (except pursuant to this Agreement); provided that any stabilization transactions conducted by the Underwriters and any action in connection with the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan will not be deemed to be within the terms of this Section.
 
(t)  
The Fund intends to direct the investment of the proceeds of the offering of the Shares in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and intends to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.
 
(u)  
The Fund has not publicly distributed and, prior to the later to occur of the (i) date of the last Closing Time and (ii) completion of the distribution of the Shares, will not publicly distribute any offering materials in connection with the public offering or sale of the Shares other than the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Sales Materials and the Prospectus.
 
(v)  
There are no Sales Materials other than the investor brochure and the web page, which were filed with FINRA on April 8, 2013.  No Road Show Materials, if any, contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
(w)  
No person is serving or acting as an officer, trustee or investment adviser of the Fund in contravention of the provisions of the Investment Company Act.  Except
 
 
 
12

 
 
as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to any of them), no trustee of the Fund is (i) an “interested person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Fund or (ii) an “affiliated person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any Underwriter listed in Schedule A hereto; provided, however, that the Fund and the Investment Advisers shall be entitled to rely on representations of the officers and trustees for purposes of making the representations made in this Section 3(w).
 
(x)  
There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges under federal law or the laws of any state, or any political subdivision thereof, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Underwriting Agreement or the issuance by the Fund or sale by the Fund of the Shares.
 
(y)  
The Fund has (i) appointed a Chief Compliance Officer and (ii) adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Federal Securities Laws in a manner required by and consistent with Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act, including policies and procedures that provide oversight of compliance for each Investment Adviser, administrator and transfer agent of the Fund.
 
(z)  
Any statistical, demographic or market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Sales Materials or the Road Show Materials are based on or derived from sources that the Fund believes to be reliable and accurate in all material respects, and all such data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Sales Materials or the Road Show Materials accurately reflects the materials upon which it is based or from which it was derived in all material respects.
 
(aa)  
The Fund is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged; all policies of insurance insuring the Fund or its business, assets, employees, officers and trustees, including the Fund’s trustees and officers errors and omissions insurance policy and its fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 of the Investment Company Act, are in full force and effect; the Fund is in compliance with the terms of such policy and fidelity bond; there are no claims by the Fund under any such policy or fidelity bond as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Fund has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Fund has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage and fidelity bond as and when such coverage and fidelity bond expires or to obtain similar coverage and fidelity bond from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.
 
(bb)  
The Fund owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential
 
 
 
13

 
 
information, systems, or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”) necessary to carry on the business operated by the Fund, except for that which the failure to own or possess would not have a Fund Material Adverse Effect; and the Fund has not received any notice or is not otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Fund which would result in a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
 
(cc)  
The Fund maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets through an asset reconciliation procedure or otherwise at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
 
(dd)  
The Fund has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the Investment Company Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that all information relating to the Fund is made known to the Fund’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within the Fund, and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective to perform the functions for which they were established; and the Fund is not aware of any weakness in its internal controls over financial reporting.
 
(ee)  
The Fund and its officers and trustees, in their capacities as such, are in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) in all material respects.
 
(ff)  
The Fund’s Board of Trustees has validly appointed an audit committee whose composition satisfies the requirements of Rules 303A.06 and 303A.07(a) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and the Board of Trustees and/or the audit committee has adopted a charter that satisfies the requirements of Rule 303A.07(c) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual (as modified by Rule 303A.00 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual for closed-end funds).
 
(gg)  
Neither the Fund nor, to the knowledge of the Fund, any trustee, officer, agent, employee or affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Fund, has, directly or indirectly, while acting on behalf of the Fund (i) used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign
 
 
 
14

 
 
or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds; or (iii) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (“ FCPA ”).
 
(hh)  
The operations of the Fund are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering  Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Fund with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund, threatened.
 
(ii)  
Neither the Fund nor, to the knowledge of the Fund, any trustee, officer, agent, employee, affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) or person acting on behalf of the Fund (other than any Underwriter) is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Fund will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
 
(jj)  
All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Fund, its officers and trustees in connection with letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA’s conduct rules is true, complete and correct in all material respects.
 
In addition, any certificate signed by any officer of the Fund or the Investment Advisers and delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Share shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Fund or an Investment Adviser as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.
 
4.  
Representations and Warranties of the Investment Advisers .  Each Investment Adviser severally, as to itself only, represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date of this Underwriting Agreement, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Firm Shares Closing Time and as of each Additional Shares Closing Time, if any, as follows:
 
(a)  
Such Investment Adviser (i) has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets, and conduct its business and other activities conducted by it as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; (iii) is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where its ownership or leasing property or the conduct of its business
 
 
 
 
 
15

 
 
or other activity requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not have a material adverse effect upon the Investment Adviser’s condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, business affairs, business prospects, management, properties, net assets or results of operation (an “Adviser Material Adverse Effect”) ; (iv) owns, possesses or has obtained and currently maintains all Licenses and Permits, whether foreign or domestic, necessary to carry on its business as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, except where the failure to own, possess or maintain such Licenses and Permits would not have an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; and (v) has made all necessary filings required under any applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule necessary to conduct its business and other activities conducted by it as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, except where the failure to do so would not have an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
(b)  
Such Investment Adviser is (i) duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and (ii) not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act from acting as an investment adviser for the Fund as contemplated by the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Sub-Advisory Agreement, as applicable, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and no order or suspension or revocation of such registration has been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Investment Adviser, threatened by the Commission.
 
(c)  
Such Investment Adviser has full power and authority to enter into each of this Underwriting Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Subscription Agreement and the Fee Agreements (collectively, the “ Adviser Agreements ”) to which such Investment Adviser is a party and carry out all the terms and provisions hereof and thereof to be carried out by it; and (i) each Adviser Agreement to which such Investment Adviser is a party has been or will be duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by such Investment Adviser, (ii) the Adviser Agreements to which such Investment Adviser is a party do not violate any of the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act or the Advisers Act in any material respect and (iii) assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, each of the Adviser Agreements to which such Investment Adviser is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Investment Adviser enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the qualification that the enforceability of such Investment Adviser’s obligations thereunder may be limited by U.S. bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, whether statutory or decisional, and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), except as enforcement of rights to indemnity or contribution thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws or principles of public policy. The representations and warranties made by the Adviser in this paragraph in regards to the Fee Agreements are made only as of the Closing Date and the Adviser makes no representation or warranty as to the
 
 
 
16

 
 
 
 
 
enforceability of the Fee Agreements against, or as to a conflict or breach of law or the need for any consent, approval or authorization owing to, or as a result of or arising out of the legal or regulatory status of, any party other than the Adviser.
 
(d)  
None of the (i) the execution, delivery and performance by such Investment Adviser of the Adviser Agreements to which it is a party, (ii) the issuance and sale by the Fund of the Shares as contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and (iii) the performance by such Investment Adviser of its obligations under any of the Adviser Agreements to which it is a party or performance and consummation by such Investment Adviser of the other transactions contemplated by the Adviser Agreements to which it is a party (A) conflicts with  or will conflict with, or results in or will result in a breach or violation of the limited liability company operating agreement of such Investment Adviser, (B) conflicts with or will conflict with, results in or will result in a breach or violation of, or constitutes or will constitute a default or an event of default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of such Investment Adviser under the limited liability company operating agreement, bylaws or similar organizational documents of such Investment Adviser, or the terms and provisions of any agreement, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, insurance or surety agreement, lease or other instrument to which such Investment Adviser is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Investment Adviser is subject or (C) results in or will result in any violation of any order, law, rule or regulation of any court, governmental instrumentality, securities exchange or association or arbitrator, whether foreign or domestic, applicable to such Investment Adviser or having jurisdiction over such Investment Adviser’s properties other than state securities or “blue sky” laws; except with respect to each of (B) and (C) such as would not cause an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
(e)  
No consent, approval, authorization, notification or order of, or filing with, or the issuance of any license or permit by,  any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental or regulatory agency, commission, board, authority or body or with any self-regulatory organization, other non-governmental regulatory authority, securities exchange or association, whether foreign or domestic, is required by such Investment Adviser for the consummation by such Investment Adviser of the transactions to be performed by the Investment Advisers or the performance by such Investment Adviser of all the terms and provisions to be performed by or on behalf of it in each case as contemplated in the Adviser Agreements to which such Investment Adviser is a party, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, except such as (i) have been obtained and such as may be required (and shall be obtained prior to commencement of the transaction contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement) under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act or the Advisers Act, (ii) may be required by the NYSE, FINRA or under state securities or “blue sky” laws, in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters
 
 
 
17

 
 
 
pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement or (iii) the failure to obtain would not have an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
(f)  
All information furnished by such Investment Adviser, including, without limitation, the description of such Investment Adviser, for use in (i) the Registration Statement does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading, and (ii) Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make such information, in the light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading.
 
(g)  
Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, claim, inquiry, or proceeding or, to the knowledge of such Investment Adviser, investigation affecting such Investment Adviser or to which such Investment Adviser is a party before or by any court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency or body, whether foreign or domestic now pending or, to the knowledge of such Investment Adviser, threatened against such Investment Adviser which (i) if determined adversely would result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect or (ii) is of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and is not described as required.
 
(h)  
Such Investment Adviser (i) has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or which might be expected to cause or result in, or that has constituted or which may be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares in violation of applicable federal securities laws, (ii) has not since the filing of the Registration Statement sold, bid for or purchased, or paid anyone any compensation for soliciting purchases of, Shares of the Fund (except pursuant to this Agreement) and (iii) will not, until the completion of the distribution (within the meaning of the anti-manipulation rules under the Exchange Act) of the Shares, sell, bid for or purchase, pay or agree to pay any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Fund (except pursuant to this Agreement); provided that any stabilization transactions conducted by the Underwriters and action in connection with the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan will not be deemed to be within the terms of this Section.
 
(i)  
In the event that the Fund or such Investment Adviser have made available any Road Show Materials or promotional materials (other than the Sales Materials) intended for use only by qualified broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof by means of an Internet web site or similar electronic means, such Investment Adviser has installed and maintained pre-qualification and password-protection or similar procedures which are designed and expected to effectively prohibit access to such Road Show Materials or promotional materials by persons other than qualified broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof.
 
 
 
18

 
 
(j)  
Such Investment Adviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures under Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act by such Investment Adviser and its supervised persons.
 
(k)  
Such Investment Adviser owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, the Intellectual Property necessary to carry on the terms and conditions of the Adviser Agreements to which it is a party, and such Investment Adviser have not received any notice or is not otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Investment Advisers.
 
(l)  
Such Investment Adviser maintains a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions effectuated by it under the Investment Advisory Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement, as applicable, are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) access to the Fund’s assets is permitted only in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization.
 
(m)  
Such Investment Adviser or, to the knowledge of such Investment Adviser, any other person associated with or acting on behalf of such Investment Adviser (other than any Underwriter) including, without limitation, any trustee, officer, agent, employee or affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of an Investment Adviser, has not, directly or indirectly, while acting on behalf of an Investment Adviser (i) used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds; or (iii) violated any provision of the FCPA.
 
(n)  
The operations of such Investment Adviser and its subsidiaries are conducted in compliance with applicable Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving such Investment Adviser with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of such Investment Adviser, threatened.
 
(o)  
Neither such Investment Adviser nor, to the knowledge of such Investment Adviser, any member, director, trustee, officer, agent, employee, affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) or person acting on behalf of such Investment Adviser (other than any Underwriter) is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and such Investment Adviser will not directly or indirectly cause the Fund to direct the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
 
 
 
19

 
 
(p)  
The Adviser has filed with the National Futures Association (“NFA”) a notice of eligibility for relief from inclusion within the definition of a commodity pool operator pursuant to Section 4.5 of the general regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (“CEA”), with respect to the Fund.
 
In addition, any certificate signed by any officer of an Investment Adviser and delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by an Investment Adviser, as applicable, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.
 
5.  
Agreements of the Parties .
 
(a)  
If it is necessary for a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, or a Registration Statement under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, to be filed with the Commission and become effective before the Shares may be sold, the Fund will use its best efforts to cause such post-effective amendment or such Registration Statement to be filed and become effective as soon as possible, and the Fund will advise the Managing Representatives promptly and, if requested by the Managing Representatives, will confirm such advice in writing, when such post-effective amendment or such Registration Statement has become effective.  If the Registration Statement has become effective and the Prospectus contained therein omits certain information at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, the Fund will file a 430A Prospectus pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable, but no later than the second business day following the earlier of the date of the determination of the offering price of the Shares or the date the Prospectus is first used after the Effective Time.  If the Registration Statement has become effective and the Prospectus contained therein does not so omit such information, the Fund will file a Prospectus pursuant to Rule 497(c) or a certification pursuant to Rule 497(j) under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable, but no later than the fifth business day following the date of the later of the Effective Time or the commencement of the public offering of the Shares after the Effective Time.  In either case, the Fund will provide the Managing Representatives satisfactory evidence of the filing.  The Fund will not file with the Commission any Prospectus or any other amendment (except any post-effective amendment which is filed with the Commission seeking an effective date after the later of (i) one year from the date of this Underwriting Agreement or (ii) the date on which distribution of the Shares is completed) or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus unless a copy has first been submitted to the Managing Representatives a reasonable time before its filing and the Managing Representatives has not objected to it in writing within a reasonable time after receiving the copy.
 
(b)  
For the period of three years from the date hereof, the Fund will advise the Managing Representatives promptly (i) of the issuance by the Commission of any order in respect of the Fund, or in respect of the Investment
 
 
 
 
20

 
 
Advisers, which relates to the Fund and could materially affect the ability of the Investment Advisers to perform their obligations to the Fund, (ii) of the initiation or threatening in writing of any proceedings for, or receipt by the Fund of any written notice with respect to, any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the issuance of any order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, (iii) of receipt by the Fund, or any representative or attorney of the Fund, of any other communication from the Commission relating in any material way to the Fund (other than communications with respect to an offering of preferred shares of beneficial interest), the Registration Statement, the Notification, the Pricing Prospectus, the Sales Materials, the Prospectus or to the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement and (iv) the issuance by any federal, state, local, or foreign court, or governmental or regulatory agency, commission, board, authority or body or with any self-regulatory organization, administrative agency, other non-governmental regulatory authority, whether foreign or domestic, of any order, ruling or decree, or the threat in writing to initiate any proceedings with respect thereto, regarding the Fund, which relates in any way to the Fund or any material arrangements or proposed material arrangements involving the Fund.  The Fund will use its best effort to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and, if any such order is issued, to obtain its lifting as soon as practicable.
 
(c)  
If not delivered prior to the date of this Underwriting Agreement, the Fund will deliver to the Managing Representatives, without charge, a signed copy of the Registration Statement, the Exchange Act Registration Statement and the Notification and of any amendments (except any post-effective amendment which is filed with the Commission after the later of (i) one year from the date of this Underwriting Agreement or (ii) the date on which the distribution of the Shares is completed) to either the Registration Statement, the Exchange Act Registration Statement or the Notification (including all exhibits filed with any such document) and as many conformed copies of the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto (except any post-effective amendment which is filed with the Commission after the later of (i) one year from the date of this Underwriting Agreement or (ii) the date on which the distribution of the Shares is completed) (excluding exhibits), in each case as the Managing Representatives may reasonably request.
 
(d)  
During such period as a prospectus is required by law to be delivered by an underwriter or a dealer, the Fund will deliver, without charge, to the Managing Representatives, the Underwriters and any dealers, at such office or offices as the Managing Representatives may designate, as many copies of the Prospectus as the Managing Representatives may request, and, if any event occurs during such period as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus, in order to make any statement of material fact therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act or the Investment Company Act in all material respects, the Fund promptly will prepare, submit to the Managing Representatives, file with the
 
 
 
21

 
 
Commission and deliver, without charge, to the Underwriters and to dealers (whose names and addresses the Managing Representatives will furnish to the Fund) to whom Shares may have been sold by the Underwriters, and to other dealers on request, amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that any statements in such Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, will not, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and will comply with the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act in all material respects.  Delivery by the Underwriters of any such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus will not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions in Section 6 hereof.
 
(e)  
The Fund will make generally available to holders of the Fund’s securities, as soon as practicable but in no event later than the last day of the 18th full calendar month following the calendar quarter in which the date of the Effective Time falls, an earnings statement, if applicable, satisfying the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and, at the option of the Fund, Rule 158 under the Securities Act.
 
(f)  
If the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement are consummated, the Fund shall pay all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Fund under this Underwriting Agreement (to the extent such expenses do not, in the aggregate, exceed $0.050 per Share), including but not limited to costs and expenses of or relating to (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement and exhibits to it, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements thereto, (ii) the issuance of the Shares and the preparation and delivery of certificates, if any, for the Shares, (iii) the fees and disbursements of the Fund’s counsel, accountants and other advisers, (iv) the registration or qualification of the Shares, if required, for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of the applicable jurisdictions, including the fees and disbursements, if any, of counsel for the Underwriters in that connection, and the preparation and printing of any preliminary and supplemental “blue sky” memoranda, (v) the furnishing (including costs of design, production, shipping and mailing) to the Underwriters and dealers of copies of the Pricing Prospectus relating to the Shares, the Sales Materials, the Prospectus, and all amendments or supplements to the Prospectus, and of the other documents required by this Section to be so furnished, (vi) the filing requirements of FINRA, in connection with its review of the underwriting arrangements and the Sales Materials, including filing fees paid by counsel for the Underwriters in that connection, (vii) all transfer taxes, if any, with respect to the sale and delivery of the Shares by the Fund to the Underwriters, (viii) the listing of the Shares on the NYSE and (ix) the transfer agent for the Shares; provided that (i) the Fund, the Investment Advisers and each Underwriter shall pay its own costs and expenses relating to the attendance at any road show or other informational meeting relating to the Fund, (ii) each Underwriter shall pay the costs and expenses of any internal promotional or informational materials relating
 
 
 
22

 
 
 
 to the Fund, other than the Sales Materials, prepared by such Underwriter in connection with the offering of the Shares, (iii) the Underwriters shall pay the costs and expenses of any “tombstone” announcements relating to the offering of the Shares and (iv) except as expressly provided in this Section 5(f), the Underwriters shall pay their own costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel.  To the extent the foregoing costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Fund under this Underwriting Agreement exceed, in the aggregate, $0.050 per Share (the “Offering Cost Limitation”), the Adviser or an affiliate will pay all such excess costs and expenses.  The Fund will reimburse Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC for expenses incurred in connection with its distribution assistance in connection with the sale of the Shares in an amount equal to the lesser of (y) 0.15% of the aggregate public offering price of the Shares and (z) the amount by which the Offering Cost Limitation exceeds the actual offering costs of the Fund, or, if the actual offering costs of the Fund are equal to or greater than the Offering Cost Limitation, zero. The Fund will have no liability to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC to the extent that the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement are not consummated; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement may be payable to Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC. The Fund and the Investment Advisers may otherwise agree among themselves that the Investment Advisers may pay any of the foregoing expenses, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement are consummated, provided, however, that in no event shall the Underwriters be obligated to pay any expenses intended to be borne by the Fund or the Investment Advisers as provided above.
 
(g)  
If the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement are not consummated, except as otherwise provided herein, no party will be under any liability to any other party, except that (i) if this Underwriting Agreement is terminated by (A) the Fund or an Investment Adviser pursuant to any of the provisions hereof or (B) by the Representatives or the Underwriters because of any inability, failure or refusal on the part of the Fund or the Investment Advisers to comply with any terms of this Underwriting Agreement or because any of the conditions in Section 6 are not satisfied, the Investment Advisers and the Fund, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Underwriters for all accountable out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of their counsel) incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Shares ( provided , however , that the Fund and the Investment Advisers shall not be liable for any loss of anticipated profits or speculative or consequential or similar damages for such termination) and (ii) no Underwriter who has failed or refused to purchase the Shares agreed to be purchased by it under this Underwriting Agreement, in breach of its obligations pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement, will be relieved of liability to the Fund, the Investment Advisers and the other Underwriters for damages occasioned by its default.
 
 
 
23

 
 
(h)  
Without the prior written consent of the Managing Representatives, the Fund will not offer, sell or register with the Commission, or announce an offering of, any equity securities of the Fund, within 180 days after the date of the Effective Time, except for the Shares as described in the Prospectus and any issuance of Common Shares pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
 
(i)  
The Fund will (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shares to be listed on the NYSE prior to the date the Shares are issued, subject only to official notice of the issuance thereof, and (ii) comply in all material respects with the rules and regulations of such exchange.
 
(j)  
The Fund will direct the investment of the net proceeds of the offering of the Shares in such a manner as to comply with the investment objective and policies of the Fund as described in the Prospectus.
 
6.  
Conditions of the Underwriters’ Obligations .  The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Shares are subject to the accuracy on the date of this Underwriting Agreement, as of the Applicable Time and as of each of the Closing Times, of the representations of the Fund and the Investment Advisers in this Underwriting Agreement, to the accuracy and completeness of all statements made by the Fund or the Investment Advisers or any of their respective officers in any certificate delivered to the Managing Representatives or their counsel pursuant to this Underwriting Agreement, to performance by the Fund and the Investment Advisers of their respective obligations under this Underwriting Agreement and to the satisfaction (or waiver in writing by the Managing Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters) of each of the following additional conditions:
 
(a)  
The Registration Statement must have become effective by 5:30 p.m., New York City time, on the date of this Underwriting Agreement or such later date and time as the Managing Representatives consent to in writing.  The Prospectus must have been filed in accordance with Rule 497(c) or (h) or a certificate must have been filed in accordance with Rule 497(j), as the case may be, under the Securities Act.
 
(b)  
No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement may be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose may be pending before or, to the knowledge of the Fund, the Investments Advisers or the Underwriters, threatened by the Commission, and any requests for additional information on the part of the Commission (to be included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise) must be complied with or waived to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managing Representatives.
 
(c)  
Since the effective date of the Registration Statement, the date of the Pricing Prospectus and the date of the Prospectus, as of the date of this Underwriting Agreement, (i) there must not have been any material adverse change in the Common Shares or any material adverse change in the liabilities of the Fund except as set forth in or contemplated by the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus; (ii) there must not have been any Fund Material Adverse Effect or Adviser
 
 
 
24

 
 
 
  
Material Adverse Effect; (iii) the Fund must not have sustained any material loss or interference with its business from any court or from any legislative or other governmental action, order or decree, whether foreign or domestic, or from any other occurrence not described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; and (iv) there must not have occurred any event that causes the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading; if, in the judgment of the Managing Representatives, any such development referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this paragraph (c) is material and adverse so as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to consummate the sale and delivery of the Shares to the public on the terms and in the manner contemplated by the Pricing Prospectus.
 
(d)  
The Managing Representatives must have received as of each Closing Time a certificate, dated such date, of either the Chief Executive Officer, President, Managing Director or a Vice-President (or such other authorized officer as is acceptable to the Managing Representatives) and either the Controller, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer (or such other authorized officer as is acceptable to the Managing Representatives) of each of the Fund and each Investment Adviser certifying (in their capacity as such officers) that (i) the signers have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus and this Underwriting Agreement, (ii) the representations of the Fund (with respect to the certificates from such Fund officers) and the representations of each Investment Adviser (with respect to the certificates from such officers of each Investment Adviser) in this Underwriting Agreement are accurate on and as of the date of the certificate, (iii) there has not been any material adverse change in the condition, or any development involving a prospective adverse change (financial or otherwise), earnings, business affairs, business prospects, management, property, net assets or results of operations of the Fund (with respect to the certificates from such Fund officers), each Investment Adviser (with respect to the certificates from such officers of each Investment Adviser), which change would materially adversely affect the ability of the Fund or the Investment Advisers, as the case may be, to fulfill its obligations under this Underwriting Agreement and, with respect to the certificates from such officers of each Investment Adviser, the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Sub-Advisory Agreement, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, (iv) with respect to the certificates from such officers of the Fund only, no order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for any such purpose are pending before or, to the knowledge of such officers, threatened by the Commission or any other regulatory body, whether foreign or domestic, (v) with respect to the certificates from such officers of each Investment Adviser only, no order having an adverse effect on the ability of the Investment Adviser to fulfill its obligations under this Underwriting Agreement, the Fee Agreements, the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Sub-Advisory 
 
 
 
25

 
 
 
Agreement, as the case may be, has been issued and no proceedings for any such purpose are pending before or, to the knowledge of such officers, threatened by the Commission or any other regulatory body, whether foreign or domestic, and (vi) the Fund (with respect to the certificates from such Fund officers) and each Investment Adviser (with respect to the certificates from such officers of each Investment Adviser) has performed all of its respective agreements that this Underwriting Agreement requires it to perform by such Closing Time (to the extent not waived in writing by the Managing Representatives).
 
(e)  
The Managing Representatives must have received as of each Closing Time the opinions dated as of the date thereof substantially in the form of Schedules B, C and D to this Underwriting Agreement from the counsel identified in each such Schedules.
 
(f)  
The Managing Representatives must have received as of each Closing Time from Dechert LLP an opinion dated as of the date thereof with respect to the Fund, the Shares, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and this Underwriting Agreement in a form reasonably satisfactory in all respects to the Managing Representatives.  The Fund and the Investment Advisers must have furnished to such counsel such documents as counsel may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to render such opinion.
 
(g)  
The Managing Representatives must have received on the date this Underwriting Agreement is signed and delivered by you a signed report from Ernst & Young, dated such date, and in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Representatives containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ reports with respect to the financial information of the Fund contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus.  The Managing Representatives also must have received from Ernst & Young a report, as of each Closing Time, dated as of the date thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Representatives, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the earlier report, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Closing Time.
 
(h)  
The Fund and the Investment Advisers shall furnish to the Underwriters such further information, certificates and documents as the Underwriters may reasonably request.
 
All opinions, letters, reports, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Underwriting Agreement will comply only if they are in form and scope reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, provided that any such documents, forms of which are annexed hereto, shall be deemed satisfactory to such counsel if substantially in such form.
 
7.  
Termination .  This Underwriting Agreement may be terminated by the Managing Representatives by notifying the Fund at any time:
 
 
 
26

 
 
(a)  
as of or before any Closing Time if, in the sole judgment of the Managing Representatives, payment for and delivery of any Shares is rendered impracticable or inadvisable because (i) trading in the equity securities of the Fund is suspended by the Commission or by the principal exchange that lists the Shares, (ii) trading in securities generally on the NYSE, NYSE Amex or the NASDAQ Stock Market shall have been suspended or materially limited or minimum or maximum prices shall have been generally established on such exchange or over-the-counter market, (iii) additional material governmental restrictions, not in force on the date of this Underwriting Agreement, have been imposed upon trading in securities or trading has been suspended on any U.S. securities exchange, (iv) a general banking moratorium has been established by U.S. federal or New York authorities or (v) if there has occurred (A) since the time of execution of this Underwriting Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any Fund Material Adverse Effect or Adviser Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, (B) any material adverse change in the financial or securities markets in the United States or the international financial markets, (C) any material adverse change in the political, financial or economic conditions in the United States, (D) any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity, terrorist activity, crises or any change or development, in each case, involving a prospective material adverse change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions or (E) declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or other calamity shall have occurred; the effect of any of which is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Managing Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated by the Prospectus; or
 
(b)  
as of or before any Closing Time, if any of the conditions specified in Section 6 with respect to such Closing Time have not been fulfilled when and as required by this Underwriting Agreement, and the Managing Representatives shall have given the Fund and the Investment Advisers notice thereof and a reasonable opportunity to fulfill such condition.
 
8.  
Substitution of Underwriters .  If one or more of the Underwriters fails (other than for a reason sufficient to justify the termination of this Underwriting Agreement) to purchase as of any Closing Time the Shares agreed to be purchased as of such Closing Time by such Underwriter or Underwriters, the Managing Representatives may find one or more substitute underwriters to purchase such Shares or make such other arrangements as the Managing Representatives deem advisable, or one or more of the remaining Underwriters may agree to purchase such Shares in such proportions as may be approved by the Managing Representatives, in each case upon the terms set forth in this Underwriting Agreement.  If no such arrangements have been made within 36 hours after the date of such Closing Time, and
 
(a)  
the number of Shares to be purchased by the defaulting Underwriters as of such Closing Time does not exceed 10% of the Shares that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase as of such Closing Time, each of the nondefaulting
 
 
 
27

 
 
Underwriters will be obligated to purchase such Shares on the terms set forth in this Underwriting Agreement in proportion to their respective obligations under this Underwriting Agreement, or
 
(b)  
the number of Shares to be purchased by the defaulting Underwriters as of such Closing Time exceeds 10% of the Shares to be purchased by all the Underwriters as of such Closing Time, the Fund will be entitled to an additional period of 24 hours within which to find one or more substitute underwriters reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Representatives to purchase such Shares on the terms set forth in this Underwriting Agreement.
 
Upon the occurrence of the circumstances described in the foregoing paragraph (b), either the Managing Representatives or the Fund will have the right to postpone the date of the applicable Closing Time for not more than five business days in order that necessary changes and arrangements (including any necessary amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus) may be effected by the Managing Representatives and the Fund.  If the number of Shares to be purchased as of such Closing Time by such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters exceeds 10% of the Shares that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase as of such Closing Time, and none of the nondefaulting Underwriters or the Fund makes arrangements pursuant to this Section 8 within the period stated for the purchase of the Shares that the defaulting Underwriters agreed to purchase, this Underwriting Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any nondefaulting Underwriter, the Fund or the Investment Advisers except as provided in Sections 5(g) and 9 hereof.  Any action taken under this Section will not affect the liability of any defaulting Underwriter to the Fund or the Investment Advisers or to any nondefaulting Underwriters arising out of such default.  A substitute underwriter will become an Underwriter for all purposes of this Underwriting Agreement.
 
9.  
Indemnity and Contribution .
 
(a)  
Each of the Fund and the Investment Advisers, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, directors, members, managers, officers, employees, selling agents in the offering contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement and affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) and any person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation) which, jointly or severally, any such Underwriter or any such person may incur under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (i) arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or in the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment thereof by the Fund) or arises out of or is based upon an omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein
 
 
 
28

 
 
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in the Pricing Prospectus, any Road Show Material, the Disclosure Package, any Sales Material or the Prospectus (as it may be amended or supplemented) or arises out of or is based upon an omission or alleged omission to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; except with respect to either of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) insofar as any such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus, Road Show Materials, Disclosure Package, Sales Materials or Prospectus made in conformity with information concerning such Underwriters furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Managing Representatives to the Fund or the Investment Advisers on behalf of the Fund expressly for use with reference to any Underwriter in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus, Road Show Materials, Disclosure Package, Sales Materials or Prospectus as set forth in Section 9(f) hereof or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in connection with such information required to be stated in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus, Road Show Materials, Disclosure Package, Sales Materials or Prospectus or necessary to make such information (with respect to the Disclosure Package, Pricing Prospectus, Road Show Materials, Sales Materials and the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading.
 
If any action, suit or proceeding (together, a “ Proceeding ”) is brought against an Underwriter or any such person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Fund or an Investment Adviser pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, such Underwriter or such person shall promptly notify the Fund or such Investment Adviser, as the case may be, in writing of the institution of such Proceeding and the Fund or such Investment Adviser shall assume the defense of such Proceeding, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and payment of all fees and expenses; provided , however , that the omission to so notify the Fund or such Investment Adviser shall not relieve the Fund or such Investment Adviser from any liability which the Fund or such Investment Adviser may have to any Underwriter or any such person or otherwise.  Such Underwriter or such person shall have the right to employ additional counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter or of such person unless the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the Fund or such Investment Adviser, as the case may be, in connection with the defense of such Proceeding or the Fund or such Investment Adviser shall not have, within a reasonable period of time in light of the circumstances, employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such Proceeding or such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them, which are different from, additional to or in conflict with those available to the Fund or such Investment Adviser (in which case the Fund or such Investment
 
 
 
29

 

Adviser shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such reasonable fees and expenses shall be borne by the Fund or such Investment Adviser and paid as incurred (provided that the Fund or such Investment Adviser shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel)).  Neither the Fund nor an Investment Adviser shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent but if settled with the written consent of the Fund or such Investment Adviser, the Fund or such Investment Adviser, as the case may be, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Underwriter and any such person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second sentence of this paragraph, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 business days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such indemnified party shall have given the indemnifying party at least 30 days’ prior written notice of its intention to settle.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding and does not include an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of such indemnified party.
 
(b)  
Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Fund and the Investment Advisers, and each of their respective shareholders, partners, managers, members, trustees, directors and officers, and any person who controls the Fund or the Investment Advisers within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation), which, jointly or severally, the Fund, the Investment Advisers or any such person may incur under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus, Road Show Materials, Disclosure Package, Sales Materials or Prospectus made in conformity with information concerning such Underwriters furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Underwriter to the Fund or the Investment Advisers expressly for use in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus, Road Show Materials, Disclosure Package, Sales Materials or Prospectus as set forth in Section 9(f) hereof, or arises out of or is based upon an
 
 
 
30

 
 
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in connection with such information required to be stated in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus, Road Show Materials, Disclosure Package, Sales Materials or Prospectus (with respect to the Disclosure Package, Pricing Prospectus, Road Show Materials, Sales Materials and the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading.
 
If any Proceeding is brought against the Fund, an Investment Adviser or any such person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, the Fund, such Investment Adviser or such person shall promptly notify such Underwriter in writing of the institution of such Proceeding and such Underwriter shall assume the defense of such Proceeding, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and payment of all fees and expenses; provided , however , that the omission to so notify such Underwriter shall not relieve such Underwriter from any liability which such Underwriter may have to the Fund, such Investment Adviser or any such person or otherwise.  The Fund, such Investment Adviser or such person shall have the right to employ additional counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Fund, such Investment Adviser or such person, as the case may be, unless the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by such Underwriter in connection with the defense of such Proceeding or such Underwriter shall not have, within a reasonable period of time in light of the circumstances, employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such Proceeding or such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them, which are different from or additional to or in conflict with those available to such Underwriter (in which case such Underwriter shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party or parties, but such Underwriter may employ counsel in connection with the defense thereof but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by such Underwriter and paid as incurred.  No Underwriter shall be liable for any settlement of any such Proceeding effected without the written consent of such Underwriter but if settled with the written consent of such Underwriter, such Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund, such Investment Adviser and any such person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second sentence of this paragraph, then the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 business days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such indemnified party shall have given the indemnifying party at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention to settle.  No indemnifying
 
 
 
31

 

party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding and does not include an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of such indemnified party.
 
(c)  
If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to an indemnified party under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 9 in respect of any losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Fund and the Investment Advisers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Fund and the Investment Advisers on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions, which resulted in such losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Fund and the Investment Advisers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Fund and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Shares.  The relative fault of the Fund and the Investment Advisers on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Fund or the Investment Advisers or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, damages, expenses, liabilities and claims referred to in this subsection shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending any Proceeding.
 
(d)  
The Fund, the Investment Advisers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in subsection (c) above.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the fees and commissions received by such Underwriter.  No
 
 
 
32

 
 
person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments and not joint.
 
(e)  
The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 9 and the covenants, warranties and representations of the Fund contained in this Underwriting Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, its partners, the directors, members, managers, officers, employees, selling agents in the offering contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement and affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) or any person (including each partner, officer or director of such person) who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, or by or on behalf of the Fund, the Investment Advisers, its shareholders, partners, advisers, members, trustees, directors or officers or any person who controls the Fund or the Investment Advisers within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and shall survive any termination of this Underwriting Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Shares.  The Fund, the Investment Advisers and each Underwriter agree promptly to notify each other of the commencement of any Proceeding against it and, in the case of the Fund or the Investment Advisers, against any of the Fund’s trustees, directors or officers, or any of the Investment Advisers’ shareholders, partners, managers, members, trustees, directors or officers in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares, or in connection with the Registration Statement or Prospectus.
 
(f)  
The Fund and the Investment Advisers each acknowledge that the statements in the Prospectus with respect to the names of the Underwriters and number of Common Shares allocated for purchase by such Underwriters, the selling concessions and reallowances of selling concessions, the statements regarding stabilization, penalty bids and syndicate short selling, and the statements regarding electronic delivery of prospectuses, all as described under the caption “Underwriting” in the Prospectus, and the statements set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page of the Prospectus regarding the expected delivery of the Shares, constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Managing Representatives to the Fund expressly for use with reference to such Underwriter in the Registration Statement or in the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented).  The Underwriters severally confirm that these statements are correct in all material respects and were so furnished by or on behalf of each of the Underwriters severally for use in the Prospectus.
 
(g)  
Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Section 9, no party shall be entitled to indemnification or contribution under this Underwriting Agreement against any loss, claim, liability, expense or damage arising by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its duties in the
 
 
 
33

 
 
performance of its duties hereunder.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the foregoing provision shall be applicable solely as to matters subject to Section 17(i) of the Investment Company Act, and shall not be construed to impose any duties or obligations upon any such parties under this Underwriting Agreement other than as specifically set forth herein (it being understood that the Underwriters have no duty hereunder to the Fund to perform any due diligence investigation).
 
 
10.  
No Fiduciary Relationship .  The Fund and the Investment Advisers hereby acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters are acting solely as underwriters in connection with the purchase and sale of the Fund’s securities contemplated hereby.  The Fund and the Investment Advisers further acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters are acting pursuant to a contractual relationship created solely by this Underwriting Agreement entered into on an arm’s length basis, and in no event do the parties intend that the Underwriters act or be responsible as a fiduciary to the Fund, its management, shareholders or creditors or any other person in connection with any activity that the Underwriters may undertake or have undertaken in furtherance of such purchase and sale of the Fund’s securities, either before or after the date hereof.  The Underwriters hereby expressly disclaim any fiduciary or similar obligations to the Fund or the Investment Advisers, either in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions, and the Fund and the Investment Advisers hereby confirm their understanding and agreement to that effect.  The Fund, the Investment Advisers and the Underwriters agree that they are each responsible for making their own independent judgments with respect to any such transactions and that any opinions or views expressed by the Underwriters to the Fund or the Investment Advisers regarding such transactions, including, but not limited to, any opinions or views with respect to the price or market for the Fund’s securities, do not constitute advice or recommendations to the Fund or the Investment Adviser.  The Fund, the Investment Advisers and the Underwriters agree that each Underwriter is acting solely as principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Fund or the Investment Advisers and no Underwriter has assumed, and no Underwriter will assume, any advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Fund or the Investment Advisers with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Fund or the Investment Advisers on other matters); provided, that an Underwriter, in its capacity as an independent contractor, may provide advice to the Investment Advisers as to the structure and organization of the Fund pursuant to a Fee Agreement.  The Fund and Investment Advisers acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and each of the Fund and Investment Advisers have consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory, and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.  The Fund and the Investment Advisers hereby waive and release, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Fund or the Investment Advisers may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach or alleged breach of any fiduciary, advisory or similar duty to the Fund or the Investment Advisers in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions.
 
 
 
34

 
 
11.  
Notices .  Except as otherwise herein provided, all statements, requests, notices and agreements shall be in writing or by telegram and, if to the Underwriters, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to UBS Securities LLC, 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10171-0026, Attention: Syndicate Department; and if to the Fund or the Adviser, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to the Fund or the Adviser, as the case may be, at the offices of the Fund or the Adviser at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, Attention: [ · ]; and if to the Sub-Adviser, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to the Sub-Adviser at [ · ].
 
12.  
Governing Law; Construction .  This Underwriting Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Underwriting Agreement (“ Claim ”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.  The Section headings in this Underwriting Agreement have been inserted as a matter of convenience of reference and are not a part of this Underwriting Agreement.
 
13.  
Submission to Jurisdiction .  Except as set forth below, no Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Fund and the Underwriters each consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto.  Each of the Underwriters, the Fund (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its shareholders and affiliates) and each Investment Adviser (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its members and affiliates) waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Underwriting Agreement.  Each of the Underwriters, the Fund and the Investment Advisers agree that a final judgment in any such action, proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Underwriters, the Fund and the Investment Advisers, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any other courts in the jurisdiction of which the Underwriters, the Fund or the Investment Advisers, as the case may be, is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.
 
14.  
Parties at Interest .  The Agreement herein set forth has been and is made solely for the benefit of the Underwriters, the Fund and the Investment Advisers and to the extent provided in Section 9 hereof the controlling persons, shareholders, partners, members, trustees, managers, directors, officers, employees, selling agents in the offering contemplated by this Underwriting Agreement and affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) referred to in such section, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, personal representatives and executors and administrators.  No other person, partnership, association or corporation (including a purchaser, as such purchaser, from any of the Underwriters) shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Underwriting Agreement.
 
 
 
35

 
 
15.  
Counterparts .  This Underwriting Agreement may be signed by the parties in one or more counterparts which together shall constitute one and the same agreement among the parties.
 
16.  
Successors and Assigns .  This Underwriting Agreement shall be binding upon the Underwriters, the Fund and the Investment Advisers and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Fund’s, the Investment Advisers’ or any of the Underwriters’ respective businesses and/or assets, as the case may be.
 
17.  
Disclaimer of Liability of Trustees and Beneficiaries . A copy of the certificate of trust of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and notice hereby is given that this Underwriting Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer or Trustee of the Fund in his or her capacity as an officer or Trustee of the Fund and not individually and that the obligations under or arising out of this Underwriting Agreement are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and properties of the Fund.
 
 
 
36

 
 
 
If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding among the Fund, the Investment Advisers and the Underwriters, please so indicate in the space provided below, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement among the Fund, the Investment Advisers and the Underwriters, severally.
 

 

 
Very truly yours,
 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
 

 

 
__________________________________
By:          
Title:        
 

 

 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
__________________________________
By:          
Title:       
 

 
GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC

 
__________________________________
By:         
Title:       
 

 

 
 

 
 

 
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written, on behalf of themselves and the other several Underwriters named in Schedule A
 
UBS SECURITIES LLC

 
__________________________________
By:
Title:
 

 

 
__________________________________
By:
Title:
 

 
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 
__________________________________
By:
Title:
 

 

 
 
 

 

 


 

 
SCHEDULE A
 
Underwriters
Number of Shares
UBS Securities LLC                                                                                                      
[ · ]
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC                                                                                                      
[ · ]
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated                                                                                                      
[ · ]
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of BB&T Securities, LLC                                                                                                      
[ · ]
The GMS Group, LLC                                                                                                      
[ · ]
Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC                                                                                                      
[ · ]
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC                                                                                                      
[ · ]
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.                                                                                                      
[ · ]
Maxim Group LLC                                                                                                      
[ · ]
Newbridge Securities Corporation                                                                                                      
[ · ]
Pershing LLC                                                                                                      
[ · ]
Southwest Securities, Inc.                                                                                                      
[ · ]
Wedbush Securities Inc.                                                                                                      
[ · ]
Wunderlich Securities, Inc.                                                                                                      
[ · ]
Total                                                                                            
[ · ]

Schedule A-1
Exhibit (h)(ii)
 
 
UBS SECURITIES LLC
 
MASTER AGREEMENT AMONG UNDERWRITERS
 
REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS
(INCLUDING MULTIPLE SYNDICATE OFFERINGS)
 
AND
EXEMPT OFFERINGS
(OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES)
 
August 2, 2012
 
This Master Agreement Among Underwriters (this “ Master AAU ”), dated as of August 2, 2012, is by and between UBS Securities LLC (“ UBS ,” or “ we ”) and the party named on the signature page hereto (an “ Underwriter ,” as defined in Section 1.1 hereof, or “ you ”). From time to time we or one or more of our affiliates may invite you (and others) to participate on the terms set forth herein as an underwriter or an initial purchaser, or in a similar capacity, in connection with certain offerings of securities that are managed solely by us or with one or more other co-managers. If we invite you to participate in a specific offering and sale of securities (an “ Offering ”) to which this Master AAU will apply, we will send the information set forth in Section 1.1 hereof to you by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “ Wire ,” and collectively, an “ AAU ”), unless you are otherwise deemed to have accepted an AAU with respect to such Offering pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof. Each Wire will indicate that it is a Wire pursuant to this Master AAU. The Wire inviting you to participate in an Offering is referred to herein as an “Invitation Wire.” You and we hereby agree that by the terms hereof the provisions of this Master AAU automatically will be incorporated by reference in each AAU, except that any such AAU may also exclude or revise such provisions of this Master AAU in respect of the Offering to which such AAU relates, and may contain such additional provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to such AAU. You and we further agree as follows:
 
I. GENERAL
 
1.1. Terms of AAU; Certain Definitions; Construction . Each AAU will relate to an Offering, and will identify: (i) the securities to be offered in the Offering (the “ Securities ”), their principal terms, the issuer or issuers (each, an “ Issuer ”) and any guarantor (each, a
 
 
 

 
 
“Guarantor ”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “ Seller ”) of the Securities, (ii) the underwriting agreement, purchase agreement, standby underwriting agreement, distribution agreement, or similar agreement (as identified in such AAU and as amended or supplemented, including a terms agreement or pricing agreement pursuant to any of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) providing for the purchase, on a several and not joint basis, of the Securities by the several underwriters, initial purchasers, or others acting in a similar capacity (the “ Underwriters ”) on whose behalf the Manager (as defined below) executes the Underwriting Agreement, and whether such agreement provides for: (x) an option to purchase Additional Securities (as defined below) to cover over-allotments, or (y) an offering in multiple jurisdictions or markets involving two or more syndicates (an “ International Offering ”), each of which will offer and sell Securities subject to such restrictions as may be specified in any Intersyndicate Agreement (as defined below) referred to in such AAU, (iii) the price at which the Securities are to be purchased by the several Underwriters from any Issuer or Seller thereof (the “ Purchase Price ”), (iv) the offering terms, including, if applicable, the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the Underwriters (the “ Offering Price ”), any selling concession to dealers (the “Selling Concession”), reallowance (the “ Reallowance ”), management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fees, discounts, or commissions (collectively, the “ Fees and Commissions ”) with respect to the Securities, and (v) other principal terms of the Offering, which may include, without limitation: (A) the proposed or actual pricing date (“ Pricing Date ”) and settlement date (the “ Settlement Date ”), (B) any contractual restrictions on the offer and sale of the Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, Intersyndicate Agreement, or otherwise, (C) any co-managers for such Offering (the “ Co-Managers ”), (D) your proposed participation in the Offering, and (E) any trustee, fiscal agent, or similar agent (the “ Trustee ”) for the indenture, trust agreement, fiscal agency agreement, or similar agreement (the “ Indenture ”) under which such Securities will be issued.
 
Manager ” means UBS Securities LLC, except as set forth in Section 9.9 hereof. “ Representative ” means the Manager and any Co-Manager that signs the applicable Underwriting Agreement on behalf of the Underwriters or is identified as a Representative in the applicable Underwriting Agreement. “ Underwriters ” includes the Representative(s), the Manager, and the Co-Managers. “ Firm Securities ” means the number or amount of Securities that the several Underwriters are initially committed to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement (which may be expressed as a percentage of an aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters, as in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement). “ Additional Securities ” means the Securities, if any, that the several Underwriters have an option to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement to cover over-allotments. The number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement plus any additional Firm Securities which such Underwriter has made a commitment to purchase, irrespective of whether such Underwriter actually purchases or sells such number, amount, or percentage of Securities under the Underwriting Agreement or Article XI hereof, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Original Underwriting Obligation ” of such Underwriter, and the ratio which such Original Underwriting Obligation bears to the total of all Firm Securities set forth in the Underwriting Agreement (or, in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement, to 100%) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Underwriting Percentage ” of such Underwriter. For the avoidance of doubt, each Underwriter acknowledges and agrees that, for all purposes under this Agreement and otherwise (including, to the extent applicable, for
 
 
2

 
 
purposes of Section 11(e) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”)), each Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage of the total number, amount, or percentage of Securities offered and sold in the Offering (including any Additional Securities), and only such number, amount, or percentage, constitutes the securities underwritten by such Underwriter and distributed to investors. 1
 
References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms, and interpretive materials will be deemed to include any successor provisions.
 
1.2. Acceptance of AAU . You will have accepted an AAU for an Offering if: (a) we receive your acceptance, prior to the time specified in the Invitation Wire for such Offering, by wire, telex, telecopy or electronic data transmission, or other written communication (any such communication being deemed “ In Writing ”) or orally (if promptly confirmed In Writing), in the manner specified in the Invitation Wire, of our invitation to participate in the Offering, or (b) notwithstanding that we did not send you an Invitation Wire or you have not otherwise responded In Writing to any such Wire, you: (i) agree (orally or by a Wire) to be named as an Underwriter in the relevant Underwriting Agreement executed by us as Manager, or (ii) receive and retain an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as an Underwriter. Your acceptance of the invitation to participate will cause such AAU to constitute a valid and binding contract between us. Your acceptance of the AAU as provided above or an Invitation Wire will also constitute acceptance by you of the terms of subsequent Wires to you relating to the Offering unless we receive In Writing, within the time and in the manner specified in such subsequent Wire, a notice from you to the effect that you do not accept the terms of such subsequent Wire, in which case you will be deemed to have elected not to participate in the Offering.
 
1.3 . Underwriters’ Questionnaire . Your acceptance of the Invitation Wire for an Offering or your participation in an Offering as an Underwriter will confirm that you have no exceptions to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (or to any other questions addressed to you in any Wires relating to the Offering previously sent to you), other than exceptions noted by you In Writing in connection with the Offering and received from you by us before the time specified in the Invitation Wire or any subsequent Wire.
 
II. OFFERING MATERIALS; OFFERING AGREEMENTS
 
2.1 . Registered Offerings . In the case of an Offering that will be registered in whole or in part (a “ Registered Offering ”) under the 1933 Act, you acknowledge that the Issuer has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus relating to the Securities. “ Registration Statement ” means such registration statement as amended to the effective date of the Underwriting Agreement and, in the event that the Issuer files an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Securities pursuant to Rule 462(b) or 462(e) under the 1933 Act, such abbreviated registration
________________________
1 Meant to clarify mechanics of underwriting for purposes of Section 11(e), and rebut footnote 8 of the WorldCom decision (See In re: Worldcom , Inc. Securities Litigation, U.S. Dist. Ct. (SDNY), slip-op 02 Civ 3288, March 14, 2005 (unpublished)).

 
3

 
 
statement. “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus, together with the final prospectus supplement, if any, containing the final terms of the Securities and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Prospectus ” means, collectively, each prospectus or offering circular, together with each final prospectus supplement or final offering circular supplement, if any, relating to the Offering, in the respective forms containing the final terms of the Securities. “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Offering or any preliminary prospectus supplement together with a prospectus relating to the Offering and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means, collectively, each preliminary prospectus or preliminary offering circular relating to the Offering or each preliminary prospectus supplement or preliminary offering circular supplement, together with a prospectus or offering circular, respectively, relating to the Offering. “ Free Writing Prospectus ” means, in the case of a Registered Offering, a “ free writing prospectus ” as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act. As used herein the terms “ Registration Statement ,” “ Prospectus ,” “ Preliminary Prospectus ,” and “ Free Writing Prospectus ” will include in each case the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, and as used herein, the term “ Registration Statement ” includes information deemed to be part thereof pursuant to, and as of the date and time specified in, Rules 430A, 430B, or 430C under the 1933 Act, while the terms “ Prospectus ” and “ Preliminary Prospectus ” include information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to the rules and regulations under the 1933 Act, but only as of the actual time that information is first used or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the 1933 Act. The Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each Prospectus and Preliminary Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if applicable, but excluding, for this purpose, unless otherwise required pursuant to rules or regulations under the 1933 Act, documents incorporated therein by reference) as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the Issuer.
 
As used herein, in the case of an Offering that is an offering of asset-backed securities, the term “ ABS Underwriter Derived Information ” means any analytical or computational materials as described in clause (5) of footnote 271 of Commission Release No. 33-8591, issued July 19, 2005 (Securities Offering Reform) (the “ Securities Offering Reform Release ”).
 
2.2. Non-Registered Offerings . In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you acknowledge that no registration statement has been filed with the Commission. “ Offering Circular ” means the final offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other final written materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with an Offering that is not a Registered Offering. “ Preliminary Offering Circular ” means any preliminary offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other written preliminary materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with such an Offering. As used herein, the terms “ Offering Circular ” and “ Preliminary Offering Circular ” include the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein. We will either, as soon as practicable after the later of the date of the Invitation Wire or the date made available to us by the Issuer, furnish to you (or make available for your review) a copy of any Preliminary Offering Circular or any proof or draft of the Offering Circular. In any event, in any Offering involving an Offering Circular, the Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available by the Issuer, copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic

 
4

 
 
form) of the Preliminary Offering Circular and Offering Circular, as amended or supplemented, if applicable (but excluding, for this purpose, documents incorporated therein by reference).
 
2.3 . Authority to Execute Underwriting and Intersyndicate Agreements . You authorize the Manager, on your behalf: (a) to determine the form of the Underwriting Agreement and to execute and deliver to the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller the Underwriting Agreement to purchase: (i) up to the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, and (ii) if the Manager elects on behalf of the several Underwriters to exercise any option to purchase Additional Securities, up to the number, amount, or percentage of Additional Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, subject, in each case, to reduction pursuant to Article IV; and (b) to determine the form of any agreement or agreements, including, but not limited to, underwriting agreements, between or among the syndicates participating in the Offering or International Offering, respectively (each, an “ Intersyndicate Agreement ”), and to execute and deliver any such Intersyndicate Agreement.
 
III. MANAGER’S AUTHORITY
 
3.1 . Terms of Offering . You authorize the Manager to act as manager of the Offering of the Securities by the Underwriters (the “ Underwriters’ Securities ”) or by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts (the “ Contract Securities ”), if any, contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. You authorize the Manager: (i) to purchase any or all of the Additional Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (ii) to agree, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to any addition to, change in, or waiver of any provision of, or the termination of, the Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement (other than an increase in the Purchase Price or in your Original Underwriting Obligation to purchase Securities, in either case from that contemplated by the applicable AAU), (iii) to add prospective or remove existing Underwriters from the syndicate, (iv) to exercise, in the Manager’s discretion, all of the authority vested in the Manager in the Underwriting Agreement, (v) except as described below in this Section 3.1, to take any other action as may seem advisable to the Manager in respect of the Offering (including, in the case of an Offering of asset-backed securities, the preparation and delivery of ABS Underwriter Derived Information), including actions and communications with the Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ,” formerly known as the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and NASD, Inc., or “ NASD ”), state blue sky or securities commissions, stock exchanges, and other regulatory bodies or organizations. Furthermore, the Manager will have exclusive authority, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to exercise powers and pursue enforcement of the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and any Intersyndicate Agreement, whether or not actually exercised, except as otherwise specified herein or therein. If, in accordance with the terms of the applicable AAU, the Offering of the Securities is at varying prices based on prevailing market prices, or prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, you authorize the Manager to determine, on your behalf in the Manager’s discretion, any Offering Price and the Fees and Commissions applicable to the Offering from time to time. You authorize the Manager on your behalf to arrange for any currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) as the Manager may deem necessary to facilitate settlement of the purchase of the Securities, but you do not authorize the Manager on your behalf to engage in any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate hedging transactions) in connection with the Offering unless such transactions are

 
5

 
 
specified in an applicable AAU or are otherwise consented to by you. You further authorize the Manager, subject to the provisions of Section 1.2 hereof: (i) to vary the offering terms of the Securities in effect at any time, including, if applicable, the Offering Price, Fees, and Commissions set forth in the applicable AAU, (ii) to determine, on your behalf, the Purchase Price, and (iii) to increase or decrease the number, amount, or percentage of Securities being offered. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, the Manager will notify the Underwriters, prior to the signing of the Underwriting Agreement, of any provision in the Underwriting Agreement that could result in an increase in the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement by more than 25% (or such other percentage as will have been specified in the applicable Invitation Wire or otherwise consented to by you) as a result of the failure or refusal of another Underwriter or Underwriters to perform its or their obligations thereunder. The Manager may, at its discretion, delegate to any Underwriter any and all authority vested in the applicable AAU, including, but not limited to, the powers set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof.
 
3.2 . Offering Date . The Offering is to be made on or about the time the Underwriting Agreement is entered into by the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller and the Manager as in the Manager’s judgment is advisable, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU. You will not sell any Securities prior to the time the Manager releases such Securities for sale to purchasers. The date on which such Securities are released for sale is referred to herein as the “ Offering Date .”
 
3.3. Communications . Any public announcement or advertisement of the Offering will be made by the Manager on behalf of the Underwriters on such date as the Manager may determine. You will not announce or advertise the Offering prior to the date of the Manager’s announcement or advertisement thereof without the Manager’s consent. If the Offering is made in whole or in part in reliance on any applicable exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, you will not engage in any general solicitation, announcement, or advertising in connection with the Offering, and will abide by any other restrictions in the AAU or the Underwriting Agreement in connection therewith relating to any announcement, advertising, or publicity. Any announcement or advertisement you may make of the Offering after such date will be your own responsibility, and at your own expense and risk. In addition to your compliance with restrictions on the Offering pursuant to Sections 10.9, 10.10 and 10.11 hereof, you represent that you have not, and you agree that you will not, in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities in the Offering, give, send, or otherwise convey to any prospective purchaser or any purchaser of the Securities or other person not in your employ any written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) other than:
 
(i)    any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, Preliminary Offering Circular, or Offering Circular,
 
(ii)  (A) written confirmations and notices of allocation delivered to your customers in accordance with Rules 172 or 173 under the 1933 Act, and written communications based on the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, and (B) in the case of Offerings not registered under the 1933 Act, such written communications (1) as would be permitted by Section 3.3(v)(D)(1) below were such Offering registered under the 1933 Act, or (2) that the Manager or Underwriting

 
6

 
 
Agreement may permit; provided, however , that such written communication under this clause (B) would not have otherwise constituted “ Issuer Information ” as defined below, or would have qualified for the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, in each case, if such communication had been furnished in the context of a Registered Offering (“ Supplemental Materials ”),
 
(iii) any “ issuer free writing prospectus ” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”), the issuance or use of which has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager,
 
(iv) information contained in any computational materials, or in the case of an Offering of asset backed securities, the ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or any other offering materials not constituting a Free Writing Prospectus concerning the Offering, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller, in each case, prepared by or with the permission of the Manager for use by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, filed (if required) with the Commission or FINRA, as applicable,
 
(v) a Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, an Underwriter in connection with the Offering, so long as: (A) such Free Writing Prospectus is not required to be filed with the Commission, (B) the proposed use of such Free Writing Prospectus is permitted by the Underwriting Agreement, (C) such Free Writing Prospectus complies with the legending condition of Rule 433 under the 1933 Act, and you comply with the record-keeping condition of Rule 433, and (D) (1) such Free Writing Prospectus contains only information describing the preliminary terms of the Securities and other pricing data 2 that is not “ Issuer Information ” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, including footnote 271 of the Securities Offering Reform Release), or (2) the Issuer has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to file a final term sheet under Rule 433 within the time period necessary to avoid a requirement for any Underwriter to file the Free Writing Prospectus to be used by such Underwriter, and the Free Writing Prospectus used by such Underwriter contains only information describing the terms of the Securities or their offering that is included in such final term sheet of the Issuer and other pricing data that is not Issuer Information (a Free Writing Prospectus meeting the requirements of (A) through (D) above is referred to herein as an “ Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus ”). Without limiting the foregoing, any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that you use or refer to will not be distributed by you or on your behalf in a manner reasonably designed to lead to its broad unrestricted dissemination. You will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with your use of any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus,
 
(vi) any written communication prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, the Issuer, the conveyance of which by you in reliance on Section 5(d) of
 
________________________
2 Meant to permit disclosure of non-Issuer related information, such as benchmark Treasury rate, in preliminary term sheets or price talk.

 
7

 
 
the 1933 Act has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager (a “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ”), so long as (A) you convey any such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication solely to entities that are 3 qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act, and (B) you otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act, and
 
(vii) any written communication not otherwise permitted under clauses (i)
through (vi) above, the conveyance of which by you has been permitted or consented to by the Manager (a “ Manager-Approved Communication ”).
  
 Any advertisement or written information published, given, sent, or otherwise conveyed by you in violation of this Section 3.3 is referred to as “ Unauthorized Material .”
 
3.4. Institutional and Retail Sales . You authorize the Manager to sell to institutions and retail purchasers such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. The Selling Concession on any such sales will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.
 
3.5. Sales to Dealers . You authorize the Manager to sell to Dealers (as defined below) such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. A “ Dealer ” will be a person who is: (a) a broker or dealer (as defined by FINRA) actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business, and (i) a member in good standing of FINRA, or (ii) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other institution not eligible for membership in FINRA that, in the case of either clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii), makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof, or (b) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempt securities under Section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ 1934 Act ”), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”)), a Bank that is not a member of FINRA and that makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof. If the price for any such sales by the Manager to Dealers exceeds an amount equal to the Offering Price less the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, the amount of such excess, if any, will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.
 
3.6. Direct Sales . The Manager will advise you promptly, on the Offering Date, as to the Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement that you will retain for direct sale. At any time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, any such Securities that are held by the Manager for sale but not sold may, on your request and at the Manager’s discretion, be released to you for direct sale, and Securities so released to you will no longer be deemed held for sale by the Manager. You may allow, and Dealers may reallow, a discount on sales to Dealers in an amount not in excess of the Reallowance set forth in the applicable AAU. You may not purchase Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Underwriter or Dealer at
_______________________
3 If, and after, the SEC clarifies that “reasonable belief” is the applicable standard in this context, this language should be revised to reflect that standard.
 
 
8

 
 
any discount or concession other than the Reallowance, except with the prior consent of the Manager.
 
3.7. Release of Unsold Securities . From time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, at the request of the Manager, you will advise the Manager of the number or amount of Securities remaining unsold which were retained by or released to you for direct sale, and of the number or amount of Securities and Other Securities (as defined below) purchased for your account remaining unsold which were delivered to you pursuant to Article V hereof or pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement, and, on the request of the Manager, you will release to the Manager any such Securities and Other Securities remaining unsold: (a) for sale by the Manager to institutions, Dealers, or retail purchasers, (b) for sale by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts, or (c) if, in the Manager’s opinion, such Securities or Other Securities are needed to make delivery against sales made pursuant to Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement.
 
3.8. International Offerings . In the case of an International Offering, you authorize the Manager: (i) to make representations on your behalf as set forth in any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (ii) to purchase or sell for your account pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement: (a) Securities, (b) any other securities of the same class and series, or any securities into which the Securities may be converted or for which the Securities may be exchanged or exercised, and (c) any other securities designated in the applicable AAU or applicable Intersyndicate Agreement (the securities referred to in clauses (b) and (c) above being referred to collectively as the “ Other Securities ”).
 
IV. DELAYED DELIVERY CONTRACTS
 
4.1. Arrangements for Sales . Arrangements for sales of Contract Securities will be made only through the Manager acting either directly or through Dealers (including Underwriters acting as Dealers), and you authorize the Manager to act on your behalf in making such arrangements. The aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters will be reduced by the respective number or amounts of Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters as hereinafter provided. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2 hereof, the aggregate number or amount of Contract Securities will be attributed to the Underwriters as nearly as practicable in proportion to their respective Underwriting Percentages, except that, as determined by the Manager in its discretion: (a) Contract Securities directed and allocated by a purchaser to specific Underwriters will be attributed to such Underwriters, and (b) Contract Securities for which arrangements have been made for sale through Dealers will be attributed to each Underwriter approximately in the proportion that Securities of such Underwriter held by the Manager for sales to Dealers bear to all Securities so held. The fee with respect to Contract Securities payable to the Manager for the accounts of the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement will be credited to the accounts of the respective Underwriters in proportion to the Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.1, less, in the case of each Underwriter, the concession to Dealers on Contract Securities sold through Dealers and attributed to such Underwriter.
 
4.2. Excess Sales . If the number or amount of Contract Securities attributable to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof would exceed such Underwriter’s Original

 
9

 
 
Underwriting Obligation reduced by the number or amount of Underwriters’ Securities sold by or on behalf of such Underwriter, such excess will not be attributed to such Underwriter, and such Underwriter will be regarded as having acted only as a Dealer with respect to, and will receive only the concession to Dealers on, such excess.
 
V. PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES
 
5.1. Facilitation of Distribution . In order to facilitate the distribution and sale of the Securities, you authorize the Manager to buy and sell Securities and any Other Securities, in addition to Securities sold pursuant to Article III hereof, in the open market or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement), for long or short account, on such terms as it may deem advisable, and to over-allot in arranging sales. Such purchases and sales and over-allotments will be made for the accounts of the several Underwriters as nearly as practicable to their respective Underwriting Percentages or, in the case of an International Offering, such purchases and sales will be for such accounts as set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Any Securities or Other Securities which may have been purchased by the Manager for stabilizing purposes in connection with the Offering prior to the acceptance of the applicable AAU will be treated as having been purchased pursuant to this Section 5.1 for the accounts of the several Underwriters or, in the case of an International Offering, for such accounts as are set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Your net commitment pursuant to the foregoing authorization will not exceed at the close of business on any day an amount equal to 20% of your Underwriting Percentage of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Firm Securities, it being understood that, in calculating such net commitment, the initial Offering Price will be used with respect to the Securities so purchased or sold and, in the case of all Other Securities, will be the purchase price thereof. For purposes of determining your net commitment for short account ( i.e. , “naked short”), any short position that can be covered with: (a) Securities that may be purchased upon exercise of any over-allotment option then exercisable, (b) in the case of an International Offering, any Securities or Other Securities that the Manager has agreed to purchase for your account pursuant to any applicable Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) Securities that may be purchased pursuant to a forward sale contract or similar arrangement with the Issuer or any selling security holder in the Offering, will be disregarded. On demand you will take up and pay for any Securities or Other Securities so purchased for your account and any Securities released to you pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, and will deliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities so sold or over-allotted for your account or released to you. The Manager will notify you if it engages in any stabilization transaction in accordance with Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act, and will notify you of the date of termination of stabilization. You will not stabilize or engage in any syndicate covering transaction (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the 1934 Act (“ Regulation M ”)) in connection with the Offering without the prior consent of the Manager. You will provide to the Manager any reports required of you pursuant to Rule 17a-2 of the 1934 Act not later than the date specified therein.
 
5.2. Penalty With Respect to Securities Repurchased by the Manager . If pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof and prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position incurred under the applicable AAU or such other date as the Manager may specify in a Wire, either: (a) the Manager purchases or contracts to purchase for the account of any Underwriter in the open market or otherwise any Securities which were retained by, or

 
10

 
 
released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, and which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, or (b) if the Manager has advised you by Wire that trading in the Securities will be reported to the Manager pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) and the Manager determines, based on notices from DTC, that your customers sold a number or amount of Securities during any day that exceeds the number or amount previously notified to you by Wire, then you authorize the Manager either to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU received by you with respect to such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, or to require you to repurchase such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.
 
5.3. Compliance with Regulation M . You represent that, at all times since you were invited to participate in the Offering, you have complied with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to the Offering, in each case as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. If you have been notified in a Wire that the Underwriters may conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the Offering, you represent that, at all times since your receipt of such Wire, you have complied with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such Offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. You will comply with any additional provisions of Regulation M if and to the extent set forth in the Invitation Wire or other Wire.
 
5.4. Standby Underwritings . You authorize the Manager in its discretion, at any time on, or from time to time prior to, the expiration of the conversion right of convertible securities identified in the applicable AAU in the case of securities called for redemption, or the expiration of rights to acquire securities in the case of rights offerings, for which, in either case, standby underwriting arrangements have been made: (i) to purchase convertible securities or rights to acquire Securities for your account, in the open market or otherwise, on such terms as the Manager determines, and to convert convertible securities or exercise rights so purchased; and (ii) to offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares for your account, in the open market or otherwise, for long or short account (for purposes of such commitment, such common stock or depositary shares being considered the equivalent of convertible securities or rights), on such terms consistent with the terms of the Offering set forth in the Prospectus or Offering Circular as the Manager determines. On demand, you will take up and pay for any securities so purchased for your account or you will deliver to the Manager against payment any securities so sold, as the case may be. During such period, you may offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares, but only at prices set by the Manager from time to time, and any such sales will be subject to the Manager’s right to sell to you the underlying common stock or depositary shares as above provided and to the Manager’s right to reserve your securities purchased, received, or to be received upon conversion. You agree not to otherwise bid for, purchase, or attempt to induce others to purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares, provided, however , that no Underwriter will be prohibited from: (a) selling underlying common stock owned beneficially by

 
11

 
 
such Underwriter on the day the convertible securities were first called for redemption, (b) converting convertible securities owned beneficially by such Underwriter on such date or selling 12 underlying common stock issued upon conversion of convertible securities so owned, (c) exercising rights owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the record date for a rights offering, or selling the underlying common stock or depositary shares issued upon exercise of rights so owned, or (d) purchasing or selling convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares as a broker pursuant to unsolicited orders.
 
VI. PAYMENT AND SETTLEMENT
 
You will deliver to the Manager on the date and at the place and time specified in the applicable AAU (or on such later date and at such place and time as may be specified by the Manager in a subsequent Wire) the funds specified in the applicable AAU, payable to the order of UBS Securities LLC, for: (a) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you, (b) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of such of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you as will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale as contemplated by Section 3.6 hereof, or (c) the amount set forth or indicated in the applicable AAU, as the Manager will advise. You will make similar payment as the Manager may direct for Additional Securities, if any, to be purchased by you on the date specified by the Manager for such payment. The Manager will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to the Manager for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and the Manager will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If the Manager determines that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through DTC or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facilities, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.
 
VII. EXPENSES
 
7.1. Management Fee . You authorize the Manager to charge your account as compensation for the Manager’s and Co-Managers’ services in connection with the Offering, including the purchase from the Issuer or Seller of the Securities, as the case may be, and the management of the Offering, the amount, if any, set forth as the management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fee in the applicable AAU. Such amount will be divided among the Manager and any Co-Managers named in the applicable AAU as they may determine. Each Underwriter acknowledges that such fees are being paid by the Underwriters, and are not a benefit received directly or indirectly from the Issuer of the type referred to in Section 11(e) of the 1933 Act.
 
7.2. Offering Expenses . You authorize the Manager to charge your account with your Underwriting Percentage of all expenses agreed to be paid by the Underwriters in the

 
12

 
 
Underwriting Agreement and all expenses of a general nature incurred by the Manager and Co- Managers under the applicable AAU in connection with the Offering, including the negotiation and preparation thereof, or in connection with the purchase, carrying, marketing, sale and distribution of any securities under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, transfer taxes, costs associated with approval of the Offering by FINRA, and the costs of currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) or, if permitted pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate swaps) entered into to facilitate settlement of the purchase of Securities permitted hereunder.
 
VIII. MANAGEMENT OF SECURITIES AND FUNDS
 
8.1. Advances; Loans; Pledges . You authorize the Manager to advance the Manager’s own funds for your account, charging current interest rates, and to arrange loans for your account for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, and in connection therewith, to hold or pledge as security therefor all or any securities which the Manager may be holding for your account under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, to execute and deliver any notes or other instruments evidencing such advances or loans, and to give all instructions to the lenders with respect to any such loans and the proceeds thereof. The obligations of the Underwriters under loans arranged on their behalf will be several in proportion to their respective Original Underwriting Obligations, and not joint. Any lender is authorized to accept the Manager’s instructions as to the disposition of the proceeds of any such loans. In the event of any such advance or loan, repayment thereof will, in the discretion of the Manager, be effected prior to making any remittance or delivery pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, or 9.2 hereof.
 
8.2. Return of Amount Paid for Securities . Out of payment received by the Manager for Securities sold for your account which have been paid for by you, the Manager will remit to you promptly an amount equal to the price paid by you for such Securities.
 
8.3. Delivery and Redelivery of Securities for Carrying Purposes . The Manager may deliver to you from time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof against payment, for carrying purposes only, any Securities or Other Securities purchased by you under the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement which the Manager is holding for sale for your account but which are not sold and paid for. You will redeliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities delivered to you for carrying purposes at such times as the Manager may demand.
 
IX. TERMINATION; INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION; SETTLEMENT
 
9.1. Termination . Each AAU will terminate at the close of business on the later of: (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering Date, unless sooner terminated by the Manager. The Manager may at its discretion by notice to you prior to the termination of such AAU alter any of the terms or conditions of the Offering to the extent permitted by Articles III and IV hereof, or terminate or suspend the effectiveness of Article V hereof, or any part thereof. No termination or suspension pursuant to this paragraph will affect the Manager’s authority under Section 3.1

 
13

 
 
hereof to take actions in respect of the Offering or under Article V hereof to cover any short position incurred under such AAU or in connection with covering any such short position to require you to repurchase Securities as specified in Section 5.2 hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise agreed in a Wire or an Intersyndicate Agreement, the Manager’s authority to purchase Securities or Other Securities, for long account, pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, will terminate or be suspended upon the termination or suspension, as the case may be, of the applicable AAU (or any provision and or term thereof in respect of trading, price or offering restrictions as set forth in a Wire that is sent by the Manager following the time the Securities are released for sale to purchasers) or Article V or Section 5.1 hereof pursuant to this paragraph.
 
9.2. Delivery or Sale of Securities; Settlement of Accounts . Upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager will deliver to you any Securities paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof and held by the Manager for sale pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.5 hereof but not sold and paid for and any Securities or Other Securities that are held by the Manager for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the termination of such AAU, if the aggregate initial Offering Price of any such Securities and the aggregate purchase price of any Other Securities so held and not sold and paid for does not exceed an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Securities, the Manager may, in its discretion, sell such Securities and Other Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, at such prices, on such terms, at such times, and in such manner as it may determine. Within the period specified by applicable FINRA Rules or, if no period is so specified, as soon as practicable after termination of such AAU, your account will be settled and paid. The Manager may reserve from distribution such amount as the Manager deems advisable to cover possible additional expenses. The determination by the Manager of the amount so to be paid to or by you will be final and conclusive. Any of your funds under the Manager’s control may be held with the Manager’s general funds without accountability for interest.
 
Notwithstanding any provision of this Master AAU other than Section 10.11 hereof, upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager may: (i) allocate to the accounts of the Underwriters the expenses described in Section 7.2 hereof and any losses incurred upon the sale of Securities or Other Securities pursuant to the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement (including any losses incurred upon the sale of securities referred to in Section 5.4(ii) hereof), (ii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities or Other Securities purchased pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (iii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities purchased pursuant to the applicable Underwriting Agreement, in each case in the Manager’s discretion. The only limitations on such discretion will be as follows: (a) no Underwriter that is not the Manager or a Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share will not exceed such Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage and will be determined pro rata among all such Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages), (b) no such Underwriter will receive Securities that, together with any Securities purchased by such Underwriter pursuant to Article VI (but excluding any Securities that such Underwriter is required to repurchase pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof) exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation, and (c) no Co- Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share to be determined pro rata among the Manager and all Co-Managers based on their Underwriting Percentages). If any Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii)

 
14

 
 
above were not paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof, you will pay to the Manager an amount per security equal to the amount set forth in clause (i) of Article VI, in the case of Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (iii) above, or the purchase price of such securities, in the case of Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) above.
 
9.3. Certain Other Expenses . You will pay your Underwriting Percentage of: (i) all expenses incurred by the Manager in investigating, preparing to defend, and defending against any action, claim, or proceeding which is asserted, threatened, or instituted by any party, including any governmental or regulatory body (each, an “Action”), relating to: (A) the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by any Underwriter other than the Manager, (B) the violation of any applicable restrictions on the offer, sale, resale, or purchase of Securities or Other Securities imposed by U.S. Federal or state laws or non-U.S. laws and the rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder or pursuant to the terms of the applicable AAU, the Underwriting Agreement, or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (C) any claim that the Underwriters constitute a partnership, an association, or an unincorporated business or other separate entity, and (ii) any Losses (as defined in Section 9.4 hereof) incurred by the Manager in respect of any such Action, whether such Loss will be the result of a judgment or arbitrator’s determination or as a result of any settlement agreed to by the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you will not be required to pay your Underwriting Percentage of any such expense or liability: (1) to the extent that such expense or liability was caused by the Manager’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; (2) as to which, and to the extent, the Manager actually receives (a) indemnity pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof, (b) contribution pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, (c) indemnity or contribution pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, or (d) damages from an Underwriter for breach of its representations, warranties, agreements, or covenants contained in the applicable AAU; or (3) of the Manager (other than fees of Syndicate Counsel) that relates to a settlement entered into by the Manager on a basis that results in a settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.3 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach. Failure of any party to give notice under Section 9.10 hereof will not relieve any Underwriter of an obligation to pay expenses pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.3.
 
9.4. Indemnification . Notwithstanding any settlement on the termination of the applicable AAU, you agree to indemnify and hold harmless each other Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), to the extent and upon the terms which you agree to indemnify and hold harmless any of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and, in the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, its officers, in each case as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. You further agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses not reimbursed pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof (collectively, “ Losses ”) related to, arising out of, or in

 
15

 
 
connection with the breach or violation by you of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any litigation, investigation, and proceeding (collectively, “ Litigation ”) relating to any of the foregoing. You will also reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. You will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication or Supplemental Material used by you, or any research report in the form of a written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) used by you in reliance upon the penultimate sentence of Section 2(a)(3) of the 1933 Act prior to completion of the distribution of an initial public offering (a “ Written Research Report ”), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. In addition, you will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by you, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing; provided, however, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which an Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by such Underwriter.
 
Each Underwriter will further indemnify and hold harmless any investment banking firm identified in a Wire as the qualified independent underwriter as defined in FINRA Rule 5121 or any successor rule thereto (in such capacity, a “ QIU ”) for an Offering and each person, if any, who controls such QIU within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with such investment banking firm’s activities as QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will reimburse such QIU for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, and defending any Action related to, arising out of, or in connection with such QIU’s activities as a QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will be responsible for its Underwriting Percentage of any amount due to such QIU on account of the foregoing indemnity and reimbursement. Such QIU will have no additional liability to any Underwriter or otherwise as a result of its serving as QIU in connection with the Offering. To the extent the indemnification provided to a QIU under this Section 9.4 is unavailable to such QIU or is insufficient in respect of any Losses related thereto, whether as a matter of law or public policy or as a result of the default of any Underwriter in performing its obligations under this Section 9.4, each other Underwriter will contribute to the amount paid or

 
16

 
 
payable by such QIU as a result of such Losses related thereto in proportion to its Underwriting Percentage.
 
For the avoidance of doubt, references to an “Underwriter” or “you” in this Section 9.4 shall include the Manager in its role as an Underwriter.
 
9.5. Contribution . Notwithstanding any settlement on the termination of the applicable AAU, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with the breach or violation of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any Litigation relating to the foregoing. Further, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any other materials prepared or used by an Underwriter in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, or any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication or Written Research Report, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein), or any act or omission to act or any alleged act or omission to act by the Manager or, if applicable, a Representative, as the Manager or a Representative, in connection with any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or undertaken in preparing for the purchase, sale, and delivery of the Securities (provided, that you will not be required to pay in any such case to the extent that any such Loss resulted from the Manager’s or such Representative’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), and your Underwriting Percentage of any legal or other expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided, however, that no request will be made on behalf of any Indemnified Party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) from any Indemnified Party who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act); provided, further, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party, arising out of or based upon an Underwriter’s Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication, Written Research Report or Supplemental Material, will be paid by only the Underwriters that used such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication, Written Research Report or Supplemental Material, as the case may be (the “Contributing Underwriters”), and the amount to be paid by each Contributing Underwriter will be determined pro rata among the Contributing Underwriters based on their Underwriting

 
17

 
 
Percentages. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.5 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach.
 
In addition, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein) and your Underwriting Percentage of any expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided, however, that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which the Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by the Underwriter.
 
For the avoidance of doubt, references to an “Underwriter” or “you” in this Section 9.5 shall include the Manager in its role as an Underwriter.
 
9.6. Separate Counsel . If any Action is asserted or commenced pursuant to which the indemnity provided in Section 9.4 hereof or the right of contribution provided in Section 9.5 hereof may apply, the Manager may take such action in connection therewith as it deems necessary or desirable, including retention of counsel for the Underwriters (“ Syndicate Counsel ”), and in its discretion separate counsel for any particular Underwriter or group of Underwriters, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel so retained will be allocated among the several Underwriters as determined by the Manager. Any such Syndicate Counsel retained by the Manager will be counsel to the Underwriters as a group and, in the event that: (a) the Manager settles any Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters, or (b)(i) a conflict develops between the Manager and the other Underwriters, or (ii) differing defenses are available to the other Underwriters and not available to the Manager, and as a result of either (b)(i) or (b)(ii) such Syndicate Counsel concludes that it is unable to continue to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters, then in each such case, after notification to the Manager and the other Underwriters, Syndicate Counsel will remain counsel to the other Underwriters and will withdraw as counsel to the Manager. The Manager hereby consents to such arrangement and undertakes to take steps to: (i) ensure that any engagement letters with Syndicate Counsel are consistent with such arrangement; (ii) issue a notice to all other Underwriters promptly following receipt of any advice (whether oral or written) from Syndicate Counsel regarding its inability to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters jointly; and (iii) facilitate Syndicate Counsel’s continued representation of the other Underwriters. Any Underwriter may elect to retain at its own expense its own counsel and, on advice of such counsel, may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in

 
18

 
 
compliance with Section 9.7 hereof, and in each case, only after notification to every other Underwriter. The Manager may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof.
 
9.7. Settlement of Actions . Neither the Manager nor any other Underwriter party to this Master AAU may settle or agree to settle any Action related to or arising out of the Offering, nor may any other Underwriter settle or agree to settle any such Action without the consent of the Manager, nor may any other Underwriter seek the Manager’s consent to any such settlement agreement, nor may the Manager consent to any such settlement agreement, unless: (A) the Manager, together with such other Underwriters as constitute a majority in aggregate interest based on the Underwriting Percentage of the Underwriters as a whole (including the Manager’s interest), approve the settlement of such Action, in which case the Manager is authorized to settle for all Underwriters, provided, however, that the settlement agreement results in the settlement of the Action against all Underwriters raised by the plaintiffs party thereto; or (B) (i) such settlement agreement expressly provides that the non-settling Underwriters will be given a judgment credit (or credit in settlement) with respect to all such Actions for which the nonsettling Underwriters may be found liable (or will pay in subsequent settlement), in an amount that is the greatest of: (x) the dollar amount paid in such initial settlement to settle such Actions, (y) the proportionate share of the settling Underwriter’s fault in respect of common damages arising in connection with such Actions as proven at trial, if applicable, or (z) the amount by which the settling Underwriter would have been required to make contribution had it not settled, under Sections 9.5 and 11.2 hereof in respect of the final non-appealable judgment (or settlement) subsequently entered into by the non-settling Underwriters (such greatest amount of either (x), (y), or (z), the “ Judgment Credit ”); 4 (ii) such settlement agreement expressly provides that in the event that the applicable court does not approve the Judgment Credit as part of the settlement, the settlement agreement will automatically terminate; and (iii) the final judgment entered with respect to the settlement agreement contains the Judgment Credit.
 
9.8. Survival . Except as set forth in the last sentence of Section 9.1, your agreements contained in Article V and Sections 3.1, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, and 11.2 hereof will remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any termination of an AAU and: (a) any termination of the Underwriting Agreement, (b) any investigation made by or on behalf of
_________________________
4 Seeks to ensure that there is no harm to non-settling Underwriter due to settlement. For example, assume that plaintiffs have suffered $1,000 in damage in a case in which the Underwriters are 50% at fault and other defendants, all of whom are insolvent, are 50% at fault. Further assume that there were 2 Underwriters, each which underwrote 50% of the offering, and they were equally at fault. If neither Underwriter settles, then each would be required to pay $500 to satisfy the $1,000 verdict for which they are jointly and severally liable (or, if one paid $1,000, Section 9.5 would obligate the other to contribute $500 towards such payment). If the first Underwriter settles for $100, then the second Underwriter will obtain a judgment credit of $500, being equal to the greater of: (a) settlement amount ($100), (b) the first Underwriter’s fault ($250), and (c) the amount which the settling Underwriters would have been required to contribute under the contribution provisions ($500). This formula ensures that the second Underwriter is not harmed by the settlement. By contrast, the judgment credit applied in WorldCom ignored clause (c), resulting in a credit of only $250 and leading the non-settling Underwriter to pay $750, or $250 more than had the first Underwriter not settled.

 
19

 
 
any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors or officers, or any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Seller, and (c) acceptance of any payment for any Securities.
 
9.9. Replacement of Manager . If at any time after any Action is brought the Manager settles the Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters (whether or not such settlement complies with Section 9.7 hereof), the Manager will, at such time, for purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof, cease to be the Manager. The non-settling Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such non-settling Underwriters, select a new Manager, which will become the new “ Manager ” for all purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4., 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof as well as this section; provided that the non-settling Underwriter(s) with the largest Underwriting Percentage will act as Manager until such vote occurs and a new Manager is selected. 5
 
Notwithstanding such a settlement, the Manager and the other settling Underwriters will remain obligated to the non-settling Underwriters to assist and cooperate fully, in good faith, and at their own expense, in the defense of any Actions, including, without limitation, by providing, upon reasonable request of any non-settling Underwriter, and without the necessity of court process, access to or copies of all relevant records, and reasonable access to all witnesses under control of the Manager or the other settling Underwriters, for the purpose of interviews, depositions, and testimony at trial, subject in each case to the applicable legal and procedural obligations of such Manager and such other settling Underwriter.
 
In addition, if at any time, the Manager is unwilling or unable for any reason to assume or discharge its duties as Manager under the applicable AAU, whether resulting from its insolvency (voluntary or involuntary), resignation or otherwise, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the remaining Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such Underwriters, be entitled to select a new Manager, which will become the new Manager for all purposes under this Agreement. 6 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Manager replaced pursuant to this Section 9.9 shall continue to benefit from and be subject to all other terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to an Underwriter.
 
9.10. Notice . When the Manager receives notice of the assertion of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, it will give prompt notice thereof to each Underwriter, and whenever an Underwriter receives notice of the assertion of any claim or commencement of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, such Underwriter will give prompt notice thereof to the Manager. The Manager also will furnish each Underwriter with periodic reports, at such times as it deems appropriate, as to the status of such Action, and the actions taken by it in connection therewith. If the Manager or any other Underwriter engages in any settlement discussion that involves or contemplates settlement on any basis other than settlement of all Actions against all
_________________________
5   Permits new Manager to replace settling Manager and manage the litigation–related provisions of this agreement.
6   Permits new Manager to replace insolvent Manager and manage all aspects of this MAAU.

 
20

 
 
Underwriters on a pro rata basis according to their Underwriting Percentages, the Manager (or other Underwriter engaging in such discussions) will notify all other Underwriters promptly and provide reasonable details about such discussions.
 
X. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF UNDERWRITERS
 
10.1. Knowledge of Offering . You acknowledge that it is your responsibility to examine the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, any amendment or supplement thereto relating to the Offering, any Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, and the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Supplemental Materials, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, and you will familiarize yourself with the terms of the Securities, any applicable Indenture, and the other terms of the Offering thereof which are to be reflected in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU and Underwriting Agreement. The Manager is authorized, with the advice of counsel for the Underwriters, to approve on your behalf any amendments or supplements to the documents described in the preceding sentence.
 
10.2. Accuracy of Underwriters’ Information . You confirm that the information that you have given and are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (and to any other questions addressed to you in the Invitation Wire or other Wires), which information has been furnished to the Issuer for use in the Registration Statement, Prospectus, or Offering Circular, as the case may be, or has otherwise been relied upon in connection with the Offering, is complete and accurate. You will notify the Manager immediately of any development before the termination of the applicable AAU which makes untrue or incomplete any information that you have given or are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire (or such other questions).
 
10.3. Name; Address . Unless you have promptly notified the Manager In Writing otherwise, your name as it should appear in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or Offering Circular and any advertisement, if different, and your address, are as set forth on the signature pages hereof.
 
10.4. Compliance with Capital Requirements . You represent that your commitment to purchase the Securities will not result in a violation of the financial responsibility requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act or of any similar provision of any applicable rules of any securities exchange to which you are subject or, if you are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System, the U.S. Comptroller of the Currency, or the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place you in violation of any applicable capital requirements or restrictions of such regulator or any other regulator to which you are subject.
 
10.5. FINRA Requirements . (A) You represent that you are a member in good standing of FINRA, or a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or institution not eligible for membership in FINRA or a Bank.

 
21

 
(i) If you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA in respect of any Offering of Securities, including, without limitation, the requirements of FINRA Rules 5110, 5121, 5130, 5131 and 5141 (to the extent any or all such rules are applicable to the particular Offering).
 
(ii) If you are a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other non-U.S. institution not eligible for membership in FINRA, you represent that you are not required to be registered as a broker or dealer under the 1934 Act and you will not make any offers or sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 under the 1934 Act (or any successor rule thereto adopted by the SEC). In making any offers or sales of the Securities you also agree to comply with the requirements of the following FINRA rules (including any successor rules thereto adopted by FINRA): (a) to the extent that you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, FINRA Rule 5130 and FINRA Rule 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (b) NASD Conduct Rule 2420(c), as that Rule applies to a non-member broker/dealer in a non-U.S. country.
 
(iii) If you are a Bank, you agree that (a) to the extent you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you will comply with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (b) you will not accept any portion of the management fee paid by the Underwriters with respect to any Offering or, in connection with any Offering of Securities that do not constitute “exempted securities” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act, or purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer or otherwise accept any Fees and Commissions from any Underwriter or Dealer, which in any such case is not permitted under FINRA rules (including, without limitation, NASD Conduct Rule 2420 or any successor rule thereto adopted by FINRA) or would subject you to registration and regulation as a “broker” or “dealer” under Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act.
 
(B) With respect to any Offering of Securities that constitutes a “new issue” under FINRA Rule 5131, you agree that, with respect to any Securities trading at a premium to the public offering price that are returned by a purchaser (the “ Returned Securities ”) to you after secondary market trading commences, you will promptly consult with the Manager or Co- Manager that has been appointed to manage the syndicate short position for that Offering (the “ Designated Syndicate Agent ”) to determine the appropriate treatment of the Returned Securities under FINRA Rule 5131(d)(3), and agree to (i) return the Returned Securities to the Designated Syndicate Agent if directed to do so by that entity, or (ii) if no such direction has been provided by the Designated Syndicate Agent, to comply with the provisions of FINRA Rule 5131(d)(3)(B) with respect to the disposition of the Returned Securities.

 
22

 
 
10.6. Further State Notice . The Manager will file a Further State Notice with the Department of State of New York, if required.
 
10.7. Compliance with Rule 15c2-8 . In the case of a Registered Offering and any other Offering to which the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the 1934 Act are made applicable pursuant to the AAU or otherwise, you will comply with such Rule in connection with the Offering. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you will comply with applicable Federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters.
 
10.8. Discretionary Accounts . In the case of a Registered Offering of Securities issued by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the Registration Statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by the applicable AAU for such Offering.
 
10.9. Offering Restrictions . You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any Other Securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (i) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (ii) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in any AAU or the Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus, Offering Circular, or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be.
 
It is understood that, except as specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular or applicable AAU, no action has been taken by the Manager, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.
 
10.10. Representations, Warranties, and Agreements . You will make to each other Underwriter participating in an Offering the same representations, warranties, and agreements, if any, made by the Underwriters to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller in the applicable Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and you authorize the Manager to make such representations, warranties, and agreements to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller on your behalf.
 
10.11. Limitation on the Authority of the Manager to Purchase and Sell Securities for the Account of Certain Underwriters . Notwithstanding any provision of this AAU authorizing the Manager to purchase or sell any Securities or Other Securities (including arranging for the sale of Contract Securities) or over-allot in arranging sales of Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, the Manager may not, in connection with the Offering of any Securities, make any such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments for the account of any Underwriter that, not later than its acceptance of the Invitation Wire relating to such Offering, has advised the Manager that, due to its status as, or relationship to, a bank or bank holding company such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments are prohibited by applicable law. If any Underwriter so advises the Manager, the Manager may allocate any such purchases, sales, and over-allotments (and the related expenses) which otherwise would have been allocated to your account based on your respective Underwriting Percentage to your account based on the ratio of your Original

 
23

 
 
Underwriting Obligation to the Original Underwriting Obligations of all Underwriters other than the advising Underwriter or Underwriters, or in such other manner as the Manager will determine.
 
10.12. Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence . By participating in an Offering, each Underwriter agrees that it, each of its affiliates participating in an Offering as Underwriter or financial intermediary and each controlling person of it and each such participating affiliate are bound by the Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence currently in effect between UBS Securities LLC and the accounting firm or firms that participate in oral due diligence in such offering.
 
XI. DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS
 
11.1. Effect of Termination . If the Underwriting Agreement is terminated as permitted by the terms thereof, your obligations hereunder with respect to the Offering of the Securities will immediately terminate except: (a) as set forth in Section 9.8 hereof, (b) that you will remain liable for your Underwriting Percentage (or such other percentage as may be specified pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof) of all expenses, and for any purchases or sales which may have been made for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) that such termination will not affect any obligations of any defaulting or breaching Underwriter.
 
11.2. Sharing of Liability . If any Underwriter defaults in its obligations: (a) pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.2 or 5.4 hereof, (b) to pay amounts charged to its account pursuant to Section 7.1, 7.2, or 8.1 hereof, or (c) pursuant to Section 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 11.1 hereof, you will assume your proportionate share (determined on the basis of the respective Underwriting Percentages of the non-defaulting Underwriters) of such obligations, but no such assumption will relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability to the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller for its default.
 
11.3. Arrangements for Purchases . The Manager is authorized to arrange for the purchase by others (including the Manager or any other Underwriter) of any Securities not purchased by any defaulting Underwriter in accordance with the terms of the applicable Underwriting Agreement or, if the applicable Underwriting Agreement does not provide arrangements for defaulting Underwriters, in the discretion of the Manager. If such arrangements are made, the respective amounts of Securities to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters and such other person or persons, if any, will be taken as the basis for all rights and obligations hereunder, but this will not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.
 
XII. MISCELLANEOUS
 
12.1. Obligations Several . Nothing contained in this Master AAU or any AAU constitutes you partners with the Manager or with the other Underwriters, and the obligations of you and each of the other Underwriters are several and not joint. Each Underwriter elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Each Underwriter authorizes the Manager, on behalf of such

 
24

 
 
Underwriter, to execute such evidence of such election as may be required by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.
 
12.2. Liability of Manager . The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager in the applicable AAU.
 
12.3. Termination of Master AAU . This Master AAU may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any Offering for which an AAU was sent prior to such notice, this Master AAU as it applies to such Offering will remain in full force and effect and will terminate with respect to such Offering in accordance with Section 9.1 hereof.
 
12.4. Governing Law . This Master AAU and each AAU will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master AAU, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “Proceeding”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.
 
12.5. Amendments . This Master AAU may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master AAU, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Upon effectiveness, the provisions of this Master AAU as so amended will apply to each AAU thereafter entered into, except as otherwise specifically provided in any such AAU.
 
12.6. Notices . Any notice to any Underwriter will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by wire, telecopy or electronic transmission or other written communication, or delivered in person to such Underwriter at the address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or if no address is provided in an Underwriters’ Questionnaire, then at the address set forth in reports filed by such Underwriter with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof.
 
12.7. Severability . In case any provision in this Master AAU is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
12.8. Counterparts . This Master AAU may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one

 
25

 
 
and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master AAU will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.
 
Please confirm your acceptance of this Master AAU by signing and returning to us the enclosed duplicate copy hereof.
 
  UBS SECURITIES LLC  
       
 
By:
_______________________________________   
   
Name: __________________________________
 
   
Title: ___________________________________
 
   
(Authorized Officer)
 
 
By:
   
    ________________________________________  
   
Name: ___________________________________
 
   
Title: ____________________________________
 
   
(Authorized Officer)
 

Confirmed and accepted
 
as of August 2, 2012
 
 
________________________
 
(Legal Name of Underwriter)
 
________________________
 
(Address)
 
 
 
By: _______________________
Name: _____________________
Title: _______________________
(Authorized Officer)
 
(If person signing is not an officer
or a partner, please attach instrument
of authorization)

 
26

 
 
GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS
 
Term
Section Reference
     
1933 Act
1.1
 
1934 Act
3.5
 
AAU
Foreword
 
ABS Underwriter Derived Information
2.1
 
Action
9.3
 
Additional Securities
1.1
 
Bank
3.5
 
Co-Managers
1.1
 
Commission
2.1
 
Contract Securities
3.1
 
Contributing Underwriters
9.5
 
Dealer
3.5
 
Designated Syndicate Agent
10.5
 
DTC
5.2
 
Fees and Commissions
1.1
 
FINRA
3.1
 
Firm Securities
1.1
 
Free Writing Prospectus
2.1
 
Guarantor
1.1
 
In Writing
1.2
 
Indemnified Party
9.4
 
Indenture
1.1
 
International Offering
1.1
 
Intersyndicate Agreement
2.3
 
Invitation Wire
Foreword
 
Issuer
1.1
 
Issuer Free Writing Prospectus
3.3
 
Issuer Information
3.3
 
Judgment Credit
9.7
 
Litigation
9.4
 
Losses
9.4
 
Manager
1.1
 
Manager-Approved Communication
3.3
 
Master AAU
Foreword
 
NASD
3.1
 
Offering
Foreword
 
Offering Circular
2.2
 
Offering Date
3.2
 
Offering Price
1.1
 
Original Underwriting Obligation
1.1
 
Preliminary Offering Circular
2.2
 
Preliminary Prospectus
2.1
 
 
 
27

 
 
Pricing Date
1.1
 
Proceeding
12.4
 
Prospectus
2.1
 
Purchase Price
1.1
 
QIU
9.4
 
Reallowance
1.1
 
Registered Offering
2.1
 
Registration Statement
2.1
 
Regulation M
5.1
 
Representative
1.1
 
Returned Securities
10.5
 
Securities
1.1
 
Securities Offering Reform Release
2.1
 
Seller
1.1
 
Selling Concession
1.1
 
Settlement Date
1.1
 
Supplemental Materials
3.3
 
Syndicate Counsel
9.6
 
Trustee
1.1
 
Unauthorized Material
3.3
 
Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus
3.3
 
Underwriters
1.1
 
Underwriters’ Securities
3.1
 
Underwriting Agreement
1.1
 
Underwriting Percentage
1.1
 
Wire
Foreword
 
Written Research Report
9.4
 
Written Testing-the-Waters Communication
3.3
 
 
 
28

 
 
EXHIBIT A
 
UNDERWRITERS’ QUESTIONNAIRE
 
In connection with each Offering governed by the UBS Securities LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated August 2, 2012, except as otherwise indicated in a timely acceptance of the Invitation Wire pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Master Agreement Among Underwriters (“ Master AAU ”) or already expressly disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be, each Underwriter participating in such Offering severally advises the Issuer and the other participating Underwriters (all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given to them in the Master AAU) as follows:
 
(a) neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, or partners have a material relationship, as “material” is defined in Regulation C under the 1933 Act, with the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller;
 
(b) if the Registration Statement is on Form S-1, neither such Underwriter nor any “group” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of which such Underwriter is aware is the beneficial (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) owner of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or Guarantor, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement;
 
(c) other than as may be stated in the UBS Securities LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated August 2, 2012, the applicable AAU, the Intersyndicate Agreement or dealer agreement, if any, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the Offering Circular, such Underwriter does not know and has no reason to believe that there is an intention to over-allot or that the price of any security may be stabilized to facilitate the offering of the Securities;
 
(d) other than as stated in the Invitation Wire, such Underwriter does not know of (i) any other discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to the Underwriters or of any other items that would be deemed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) to constitute underwriting compensation for purposes of FINRA Rule 5110, or (ii) any discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers, including all cash, securities, contracts, or other consideration to be received by any dealer in connection with the sale of the Securities;
 
(e) such Underwriter has not prepared any report or memorandum for external use in connection with the Offering;
 
(f) if the offer and sale of the Securities are to be registered under the 1933 Act pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1, such Underwriter has

 
1

 
 
not within the past 12 months prepared or had prepared for such Underwriter any engineering, management, or similar report or memorandum relating to broad aspects of the business, operations, or products of the Issuer or the Guarantor. The immediately preceding sentence does not apply to reports solely comprised of recommendations to buy, sell, or hold the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s securities, unless such recommendations have changed within the past six months, or to information already contained in documents filed with the Commission;
 
(g) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, such Underwriter does not have a “conflict of interest” with the Issuer or the Guarantor under FINRA Rule 5121. In that regard, such Underwriter specifically confirms that, at the time of such Underwriter’s participation in the subject Offering, (A) such Underwriter is not issuing the Securities in such Offering; (B) neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor controls, is controlled by or is under common control (as the term “control” is defined in FINRA Rule 5121(f)(6)) with such Underwriter or such Underwriter’s “associated persons” (as such term is defined by FINRA); (C) less than five percent of the net proceeds of the Offering, not including Fees and Commissions, are intended to be: (i) used to reduce or retire the balance of a loan or credit facility extended by such Underwriter, its “affiliates” and its “associated persons” (as such terms are defined by FINRA), in the aggregate; or (ii) otherwise directed to such Underwriter, its affiliates and associated persons, in the aggregate, and (D) as a result of such Offering and any transactions contemplated at the time of such Offering: (i) such Underwriter will not become an affiliate of the Issuer or Guarantor; (ii) such Underwriter will not become publicly owned; and (iii) the Issuer or Guarantor will not become a FINRA member or form a broker-dealer subsidiary. Furthermore, such Underwriter specifically confirms that such Underwriter does not, (a) beneficially own 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s outstanding “common equity”, “preferred equity” or “subordinated debt” (as each such term is defined in FINRA Rule 5121), including the right to receive such securities or subordinated debt within 60 days of such Underwriter’s participation in the Offering; (b) in the case of an Issuer or Guarantor which is a partnership, beneficially own a general, limited or special partnership interest in 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s distributable profits or losses, or a right to receive an interest in such distributable profits or losses within 60 days of such Underwriter’s participation in the Offering; or (c) have the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the Issuer or the Guarantor;
 
(h) other than as stated in the Invitation Wire, in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, partners, or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) nor, to such Underwriter’s knowledge, any “related person” (defined by FINRA to include counsel, financial consultants and advisors, finders, members of the selling or distribution group, any FINRA member participating in the offering, and any other persons associated with or related to and members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing) or any other broker-dealer: (A) within the last six months have purchased in private transactions, or intend before, at, or within six months after the commencement of the public offering of the Securities to purchase in private transactions, any securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer

 
2

 
 
Related Party (as hereinafter defined), (B) within the last 6 months have had any dealings with the Issuer, the Guarantor, any Seller, or any subsidiary or controlling person thereof (other than relating to the proposed Underwriting Agreement) as to which documents or information are required to be filed with FINRA, or (C) during the 6 months immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement (or, if there is none, the Offering Circular), have entered into any arrangement which provided or provides for the receipt of any item of value (including, but not limited to, cash payments, expense reimbursements and rights of first refusal to participate in a future public offering, private placement or other financing transaction) and/or the transfer of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party to you or any related person;
 
(i) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, there is no association or affiliation between such Underwriter and; (A) any officer or director of the Issuer, the Guarantor or, any Issuer Related Party, or (B) any securityholder of 5% or more (or, in the case of an initial public offering of equity securities, any securityholder) of any class of securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or an Issuer Related Party; it being understood that for purposes of paragraph (i) above and this paragraph (j), the term “Issuer Related Party” includes any Seller, any affiliate of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or a Seller, and the officers or general partners, directors, employees, and securityholders thereof;
 
(j) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, and if the Securities are not issued by a real estate investment trust, no portion of the net offering proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be paid to such Underwriter or any of its affiliates or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) or members of the immediate family of any such person; and
 
(k) in the case of Securities which are debt securities whose offer and sale is to be registered under the 1933 Act, such Underwriter is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 0-2 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939) of the Trustee for the Securities or of its parent, if any. Neither the Trustee nor its parent, if any, nor any of their directors or executive officers is a “director, officer, partner, employee, appointee, or representative” of such Underwriter (as those terms are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or in the relevant instructions to Form T-1). Such Underwriter and its directors, partners, and executive officers, taken as a group, did not on the date specified in the Invitation, and do not, own beneficially 1% or more of the shares of any class of voting securities of the Trustee or of its parent, if any. If such Underwriter is a corporation, it does not have outstanding and has not assumed or guaranteed any securities issued otherwise than in its present corporate name.
 
If an Underwriter notes an exception with respect to material of the type referred to in clauses (e) and (f), such underwriter will send three copies of each item of such material, together with a statement as to distribution, identifying classes of recipients and the number of copies distributed to each such class, and, if relevant, the number of equity securities or the face value of debt securities owned by such person, the date such securities were acquired, and the

 
3

 
 
price paid for such securities to UBS Securities LLC, [677 Washington Boulevard, Stamford, Connecticut 06901, Attention: Fixed Income Syndicate] [299 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10171, Attention: Equity Syndicate].

 
 

 
Exhibit (h)(iii)
 
Final adopted version dated May 23, 2012
 
UBS Securities LLC
 
MASTER SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT
 
REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS
AND
EXEMPT OFFERINGS
(OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES)
 
May 23, 2012
 
 
 
 

 
 
This Master Selected Dealers Agreement (this “ Master SDA ”), dated as of May 23, 2012, is by and between UBS Securities LLC (including its successors and assigns) (“ we ,” “ our ,” “ us ” or the “ Manager ”) and the party named on the signature page hereof (a “ Dealer ,” “ you ” or “ your ”). From time to time, in connection with an offering and sale (an “ Offering ”) of securities (the “ Securities ”), managed solely by us or with one or more other managers or co-managers, we or one or more of our affiliates may offer you (and others) the opportunity to purchase as principal a portion of such securities on the terms set forth herein as a Selected Dealer (as defined below).
 
References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms and interpretive materials are deemed to include successor provisions. The following provisions of this Master SDA shall apply separately to each individual Offering of Securities. You and we further agree as follows:
 
1. Applicability of this Master SDA . The terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be applicable to any Offering in which you accept an offer to participate as a Selected Dealer (including through the receipt by you of Securities), whether pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), or exempt from registration thereunder, in respect of which we (acting for our own account or for the account of any underwriting or similar group or syndicate) are responsible for managing or otherwise implementing the sale of Securities to Selected Dealers. A Dealer is a person who meets the requirements of Section 10 hereof. The parties who agree to participate (including by the receipt by such parties of Securities) or are designated a selling concession to Dealers (the “ Selling Concession ”), and reallowance, if any (the “ Reallowance ”), in such Offering as selected Dealers are hereinafter referred to as “ Selected Dealers ”. In the case of any Offering where we are acting for the account of the several underwriters, initial purchasers or others acting in a similar capacity (the “ Underwriters ”), the terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be for the benefit of such Underwriters, including, in the case of any Offering where we are acting with others as representatives of Underwriters, such other representatives.
 
2. Terms of the Offering . We may advise you orally or by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “ Wire ”) of the particular method and supplementary terms and conditions of any Offering (including the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the several Underwriters, or if the price is to be determined by a formula based on market price, the terms of the formula, (the “ Offering Price ”) and any Selling Concession or, if applicable, Reallowance) in which you are invited to participate. Any such Wire may also amend or modify such provisions of this Master SDA in respect of the Offering to which such Wire relates, and may contain such supplementary provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to an Offering. To the extent such supplementary terms and conditions are inconsistent with any provision herein, such supplementary terms and conditions shall supersede any provision of this Master SDA. Unless otherwise indicated in any such Wire, acceptances and other communications by you with respect to an Offering should be sent pursuant to the terms of Section 19 hereof. Notwithstanding that we may not have sent you a Wire or other form of invitation to participate in such Offering or that you may not otherwise have responded by wire or other written
 
 
 
2

 
 
communication (any such communication being deemed “ In Writing ”) to any such Wire or other form of invitation, you will be deemed to have accepted the terms of our offer to participate as a Selected Dealer and of this Master SDA (as amended, modified or supplemented by any Wire) by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Selected Dealer. We reserve the right to reject any acceptance in whole or in part.
 
Any Offering will be subject to delivery of the Securities and their acceptance by us and any other Underwriters may be subject to the approval of all legal matters by counsel and may be subject to the satisfaction of other conditions. Any application for additional Securities will be subject to rejection in whole or in part.
 
3. Offering Documents . Upon your request, we will furnish, make available to you or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each prospectus, prospectus supplement, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document, and any preliminary version thereof, as soon as reasonably practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the issuer of the Securities (each, an “ Issuer ”) and any guarantor (each, a “ Guarantor ”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “ Seller ”) of the Securities. You agree that you will comply with the applicable United States federal and state laws, and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder, and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any non-United States jurisdiction, governing the use and distribution of offering materials by brokers and dealers. You represent and warrant that you are familiar with Rule l5c2-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), relating to the distribution of preliminary and final prospectuses and agree that your purchase of Securities shall constitute your confirmation that you have delivered and will deliver all preliminary prospectuses and final prospectuses required for compliance therewith. You agree to make a record of your distribution of each preliminary prospectus and, when furnished with copies of any revised preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, you will, upon our request, promptly forward copies thereof to each person to whom you have theretofore distributed a preliminary prospectus. You agree that, in purchasing Securities, you will rely upon no statement whatsoever, written or oral, other than the statements in the final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document delivered to you by us. You are not authorized by the Issuer or other Seller of Securities offered pursuant to a final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document or by any Underwriters to give any information or to make any representation not contained therein in connection with the sale of such Securities.
 
4. Offering of Securities .
 
(a) In respect of any Offering, we will inform you of any Selling Concession and Reallowance, if any. The Offering of Securities is made subject to the conditions referred to in the prospectus, offering memorandum, or offering circular or similar offering document related to the Offering and to the terms and conditions set forth in any Wire. After the initial Offering has commenced, we may change the Offering Price, the Selling Concession and the Reallowance (if any) to Selected Dealers. If a Reallowance is in effect, a reallowance from the Offering Price
 

 
3

 
 
not in excess of such Reallowance may be allowed (i) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are not exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution to Dealers who are either members in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) who agree to abide by the applicable rules of FINRA or non-U.S. banks, brokers, dealers or other non-U.S. institutions not eligible for membership in FINRA who represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to non-U.S. banks, dealers and other non-U.S. institutions set forth in Section 10 hereof, or (ii) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution not only to Dealers identified in the immediately preceding clause but also to Dealers that are Banks (as defined in Section 10 hereof) and represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to Banks set forth in Section 10 hereof.
 
(b) No expenses will be charged to Selected Dealers. A single transfer tax upon the sale of the Securities by the respective Underwriters to you will be paid by such Underwriters when such Securities are delivered to you. However, you shall pay any transfer tax on sales of Securities by you and you shall pay your proportionate share of any transfer tax or other tax (other than the single transfer tax described above) in the event that any such tax shall from time to time be assessed against you and other Selected Dealers as a group or otherwise.
 
5. Payment and Delivery . You will deliver to us, on the date and at the place and time specified by us orally or In Writing, payment in the manner and type of currency specified by us orally or In Writing, payable to the order of UBS Securities LLC (or as we may subsequently inform you), for an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the prospectus or offering circular or other similar offering document furnished in connection with the Offering of the Securities. We may, in our sole discretion, retain the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Securities to be purchased by you for release at a date specified by us. We will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to us for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and we will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If we determine that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facility, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.
 
6. Over-allotment; Stabilization; Unsold Allotments; Penalty Bids . We may, with respect to any Offering, be authorized to over-allot in arranging sales to Selected Dealers, to purchase and sell Securities for long or short account and to stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities. You agree that upon our request at any time and from time to time prior to the termination of the provisions of Section 4 hereof with respect to any Offering, you will report to us the amount of Securities purchased by you pursuant to such Offering which then remain unsold by you and will, upon our request at any such time, sell to us for our account or the account of one or more Underwriters such amount of such unsold Securities as we may
 

 
4

 
 
designate at the Offering Price less an amount to be determined by us not in excess of the Selling Concession. Prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position in connection with the Offering or such other date as the Manager may specify by Wire, if the Manager determines pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of DTC that the Manager has purchased, or any of your customers have sold, a number or amount of Securities retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, then you authorize the Manager to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession received by you with respect to such Securities at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.
 
7. Termination .
 
(a) The terms and conditions set forth in (i) Section 4, (ii) the second sentence of Section 6, (iii) Section 15 and (iv) Section 16 of this Master SDA (collectively, the “ offering provisions ”) will terminate with respect to each Offering pursuant to this Master SDA at the close of business on the later of (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering date, unless in either such case the effectiveness of such offering provisions is extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. We may terminate such offering provisions other than Section 6 at any time by notice to you to the effect that the offering provisions are terminated and we may terminate the provisions of Section 6 at any time at or subsequent to the termination of the other offering provisions by notice to you to the effect that the penalty bid provisions are terminated. All other provisions of the Master SDA shall remain operative and in full force and effect with respect to such Offering.
 
(b) This Master SDA may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any particular Offering, if we receive any such notice from you after we have advised you of the amount of Securities allotted to you, this Master SDA shall remain in full force and effect as to such Offering and shall terminate with respect to such Offering and all previous Offerings only in accordance with and to the extent provided in subsection (a) of this Section 7.
 
8. Amendments . This Master SDA may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master SDA, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree that any amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA by Wire or otherwise In Writing will be effective immediately and your consent will be deemed to have been given to any such amendment, supplement or modification by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Selected Dealer; provided that such amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA shall only be effective with respect to the related Offering.
 

 
5

 
 
9. Relationship Among Underwriters and Selected Dealers . We shall have full authority to take such actions as we deem advisable in all matters pertaining to any Offering under this Master SDA. You are not authorized to act as an agent for us, any Underwriter or the Issuer or other Seller of any Securities in offering Securities to the public or otherwise. Neither we nor any Underwriter will be under any obligation to you except for obligations assumed hereby or in any Wire from us in connection with any Offering, and no obligations on our part as the Manager will be implied hereby or inferred herefrom. Nothing contained in this Master SDA or any Wire shall constitute the Selected Dealers an association or partners with us or any Underwriter or with one another, and the obligations of you and each of the other Selected Dealers or any of the Underwriters are several and not joint. If the Selected Dealers, among themselves, with us or with the Underwriters, should be deemed to constitute a partnership for federal income tax purposes, then you elect to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and agree not to take any position inconsistent with such election. You authorize the Manager, in its discretion, to execute on your behalf such evidence of such election as may be required by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. In connection with any Offering, you will be liable for your proportionate share of the amount of any tax, claim, demand or liability that may be asserted against you alone or against one or more Selected Dealers participating in such Offering, or against us or the Underwriters, based upon the claim that the Selected Dealers, or any of them, constitute an association, an unincorporated business or other entity, including, in each case, your proportionate share of the amount of any expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in defending against any such tax, claim, demand or liability.
 
10. FINRA Compliance . You represent and warrant that you are (a) a broker or dealer (as defined in Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act) that is a member in good standing of FINRA, (b) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer or other non-U.S. institution that is not eligible for membership in FINRA and is not required to be registered as a broker or dealer under the 1934 Act (a “ non-member non-U.S. dealer ”), or (c) only in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”)), that you are a Bank that is acting in connection with the Offering in accordance with an applicable exception or exemption from the definition of broker and dealer under Sections 3(a)(4) and 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act.
 
You further represent, warrant and agree that, in connection with any purchase or sale of the Securities wherein a selling concession, discount or other allowance is received or granted by or to you:
 
(i) if you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA, including, without limitation, the requirements of FINRA Rules 5110, 5121, 5130, 5131 and 5141 (to the extent any or all such rules are applicable to the particular Offering);
 
(ii) if you are a non-member non-U.S. dealer, (x) you will not make any offers or sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 under the 1934 Act (or any successor rule thereto adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)), (y) in
 

 
6

 
 
making any offers or sales of the Securities, you will comply with the requirements of the following FINRA rules (including any successor rules thereto adopted by FINRA): (A) to the extent that you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, FINRA Rule 5130 and FINRA Rule 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (B) NASD Conduct Rule 2420(c), as that Rule applies to a non-member broker or dealer in a non-U.S. country, and (z) you are, and will remain at all relevant times, an appropriately registered or licensed broker or dealer (to the extent required) in your home jurisdiction and in any non-U.S. jurisdiction in which you engage in activities in connection with an Offering;
 
(iii) if you are a Bank, (x) to the extent you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you will comply with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (y) you will not accept any fee or other compensation, or purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer, which would not be permitted under applicable FINRA rules (including, without limitation, NASD Conduct Rule 2420 or any successor rule thereto adopted by FINRA) or would subject you to registration and regulation as a “broker” or “dealer” under Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act;
 
(iv) in respect of each Offering in which you participate (as indicated by your participation therein), you have provided to us all documents and other information required to be filed with respect to you, any related person or any person associated with you or any such related person pursuant to FINRA’s requirements and interpretations with respect to review of corporate financing transactions as such requirements and interpretations relate to such Offering; and
 
(v) you are fully familiar with the 1933 Act, 1934 Act and FINRA provisions referenced in this Section 10 and elsewhere in this Master SDA.
 
11. Blue Sky Matters . Upon application to us, we shall inform you as to any advice we have received from counsel concerning the jurisdictions in which Securities have been qualified for sale or are exempt under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions, but we do not assume any obligation or responsibility as to your right to sell Securities in any such jurisdiction, notwithstanding any information we may furnish to you in that connection.
 
12. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Master SDA (as it may be modified or supplemented by any Wire) will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master SDA, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “ Proceeding ”), (b)
 

 
7

 
 
agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.
 
13. Successors and Assigns . This Master SDA will be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and other persons specified in Section 1 hereof, and the respective successors and assigns of each of them; provided, however, that you may not assign your rights or delegate any of your duties under this Master SDA without our prior written consent.
 
14. Compliance with Law . You agree that in selling Securities pursuant to any Offering (which agreement shall also be for the benefit of the Issuer or other Seller of such Securities) you will comply with all applicable rules and regulations, including the applicable provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, the applicable rules and regulations of FINRA, the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or other regulatory or self-regulatory organization having jurisdiction over the Offering and the applicable laws, rules and regulations specified in Section 16(a) and 16(b) hereof.
 
15. Discretionary Accounts . In the case of an Offering of Securities registered under the 1933 Act by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the related registration statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by us for such Offering In Writing.
 
16. Offering Restrictions . You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any other securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (a) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (b) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in this Master SDA, any Wire or the prospectus, preliminary prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular, or preliminary offering memorandum or preliminary offering circular or other similar offering document, as the case may be. It is understood that, except as specified in this Master SDA, the prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular or other similar offering document, or applicable Wire, no action has been taken by us, the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller or any other party to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.
 
17. Prohibition on Money Laundering . The operations of your business and your subsidiaries are and, to your knowledge, have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving you or any of your
 

 
8

 
 
subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to your knowledge, threatened.
 
18. Liability of Manager . The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager In Writing.
 
19. Notices . Any notice to you will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by Wire, or delivered in person to you at the address set forth on the signature page hereto (or to such other address, telephone, telecopy or telex as you will be notified by us), or if such address is no longer valid, then at the address set forth in reports filed by you with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof. Communications by Wire will be deemed to be “written” communications and made In Writing.
 
20. Severability . In case any provision in this Master SDA or any Wire is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
21. Counterparts . This Master SDA may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master SDA will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.
 
Please confirm by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this Master SDA that your subscription to, or your acceptance of any reservation of, any Securities pursuant to an Offering shall constitute (a) acceptance of and agreement to the terms and conditions of this Master SDA (as supplemented and amended pursuant to Section 8 hereof) together with and subject to any supplementary terms and conditions contained in any Wire from us in connection with such Offering, all of which shall constitute a binding agreement between you and us individually or as representative of any Underwriters, (b) confirmation that your representations and warranties set forth herein are true and correct at that time, (c) confirmation that your agreements herein have been and will be fully performed by you to the extent and at the times required thereby and (d) in the case of any Offering described in Section 3 hereof, acknowledgment that you have requested and received from us sufficient copies of the final prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular, as the case may be, with respect to such Offering in order to comply with your undertakings in Section 16(a) or 16(b) hereof.
 
(Remainder of page intentionally left blank)
 
(Signature page follows)
 

 
9

 
 
 
This Master SDA is dated as of May 23, 2012, and executed by and between UBS Securities LLC and [insert name of selected dealer].  
 
 
Very truly yours,
   
 
UBS Securities LLC
   
 
By:
____________________________________________
     
   
Name:
     
   
Title:
     
 
By:
____________________________________________
     
   
Name:
     
   
Title:

Confirmed as of (date):
   
     
CONFIRMED: ___________ __, 2012
   
     
[INSERT NAME OF SELECTED DEALER]
   
     
By:      ____________________________________________
     
            Name:
   
     
            Title:
   
     
Address:
   
     
Telephone:
   
     
Facsimile:
   
     
Email:
   
 
 
 
10

 
 
Master Selected Dealers Agreement
 
GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS

 
Term
Section Reference
   
1933 Act
1
1934 Act
3
Bank
10
Dealer
Foreward
DTC
5
FINRA
4(a)
Guarantor
3
In Writing
2
Issuer
3
Manager
Foreword
Master SDA
Foreword
Money Laundering Laws
17
non-member non-U.S. dealer
10
Offering
Foreword
Offering Price
2
offering provisions
7(a)
Proceeding
12
Reallowance
1
SEC
10
Securities
1
Selected Dealers
1
Seller
3
Selling Concession
1
Underwriters
1
Wire
2
 
 
 

 
Exhibit (h)(iv)(i)

 
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
 
 

 
 
June ___, 2013
 
UBS Securities LLC
299 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10171
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
This agreement is between Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) and UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) with respect to Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”).
 
1. Fee . In consideration of certain financial advisory services that UBS has provided to the Company in assisting the Company in structuring and organizing the Fund, as well as certain syndication assistance that UBS has provided to the Company with respect to the Fund,   the Company shall pay a fee to UBS of $______ (the “Fee”). The Fee shall be paid within 15 days of the closing of the initial public offering of the Fund. In the event the offering does not proceed, UBS will not receive the Fee under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, dated June ___, 2013, among the Fund, the Company, Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC and the underwriters named therein (the “Underwriting Agreement”) may be payable to UBS.
 
2. Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without common shares having been delivered and paid for. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 4, 5, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
 
3. Indemnification . The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
 
4. Confidential Advice . Except to the extent legally required (after consultation with, and, in the case of UBS’ advice, approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) as to form and substance by, UBS and its counsel) and provided that this Section 4 shall not restrict the disclosure of any information by the Company or its affiliates to the extent required or requested by a court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental or self-regulatory agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or its affiliates (provided that in such event the Company will provide notice to UBS of the information to be so disclosed, to the extent such notice is permitted under applicable law and the terms of the relevant request), none of (i) the name of UBS, (ii) any advice rendered by UBS to the Company, or (iii) the terms of this Agreement or any communication from UBS in connection with the services performed by
 
 
 
 

 

UBS pursuant to this Agreement will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or in the case of (ii) and (iii), reproduced or disseminated, by the Company or any of its affiliates or any of their agents, without UBS’ prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld in the case of clause (i) and (iii) (but not (ii)).
 
5. Information . The Company recognizes and confirms that UBS (a) has used and relied primarily on the information provided by the Company and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having assumed responsibility for independently verifying the same, (b) has not assumed responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or reasonableness of such information and (c) has not made an appraisal of any assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Fund.  The information provided by the Company, when delivered, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.  The Company will promptly notify UBS if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any information provided by the Company to UBS pursuant to this Section 5.
 
6. Not an Investment Advisor . The Company acknowledges that UBS has not provided any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. The Company acknowledges and agrees that UBS has been retained to act solely as an advisor to the Company, and the Company’s engagement of UBS is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Fund or any shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company or the Fund) not a party hereto as against UBS or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns. UBS has acted as an independent contractor under this Agreement, and not in any other capacity including as a fiduciary, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company.
 
7. Not Exclusive . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting UBS or its affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial advisor or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).
 
8. Amendment; Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
 
9. Governing Law . This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Company and UBS consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
 
 
 
 

 
10. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets.
 
11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
 

 
[ Signature page follows ]
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
 
 

 
 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC
 

 
By:                                                                 
Name:
Title:
 
 
 
 
Agreed and Accepted:
 
 
UBS SECURITIES LLC
 

 
By:                                                                 
Name:
Title:




By:                                                                 
Name:
Title:
 

 
 
 
 
 
[Structuring Fee Agreement]
 
 
 
 
 

 
Indemnification Agreement
 

 
June ___, 2013
 
UBS Securities LLC
299 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10171
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
In connection with the engagement of UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) to advise and assist the undersigned (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated June ___, 2013 between the Company and UBS (the “Agreement”), in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter relating to or arising out of the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement (provided that the indemnification provided hereunder shall not extend to these matters indemnified under the Underwriting Agreement, dated June ___, 2013, among the Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, the Company, Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC and the underwriters named therein), the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold UBS harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any such Proceeding, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of UBS. In addition, in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any such Proceeding, the Company will reimburse UBS for its reasonable legal and other expenses (including the reasonable cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by UBS in connection therewith, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such expenses  resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of UBS.
 
Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by UBS of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, UBS will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made hereunder, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from liability hereunder. The Company will assume the defense of any such Proceeding, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to UBS. UBS shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of UBS, unless (i) the Company shall have failed promptly to assume the defense thereof and employ counsel as provided above within a reasonable period of time in light of the circumstances or (ii) the named parties to any such Proceeding (including impleaded parties) include UBS and the Company, and UBS shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available
 
 
 
 

 

to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company, provided that the Company shall not in any event be responsible hereunder for the fees and expenses of more than one firm of separate counsel in connection with any Proceeding in the same jurisdiction, in addition to any local counsel.
 
If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and UBS, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which UBS has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to UBS under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that UBS is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by UBS pursuant to the Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, UBS shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is judicially determined that UBS was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation.
 
Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by UBS, on the other hand.  The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not UBS is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without UBS’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, UBS shall include UBS Securities LLC, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling UBS Securities LLC or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.
 
The Company agrees that neither UBS nor any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either UBS’ engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall
 
 
 

 
 

be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of UBS in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
 
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND UBS CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST UBS OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
 
The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of UBS’ engagement. This Indemnification Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’s respective businesses and/or assets. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
 
[ Signature page follows ]
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
Very truly yours,
 
 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
By:                                                                 
Name:
Title:
 
 
Agreed and Accepted:
 
 
 
UBS SECURITIES LLC

 
 
By:                                                                 
Name:
Title:




By:                                                                 
Name:
Title:
 

 
 


 
 

 
 
[Indemnification Agreement]
 
 
 
 
Exhibit (h)(iv)(ii)
 
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
 
June __, 2013
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
375 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10152
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated June __, 2013 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “ Fund ”), Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “ Investment Adviser ”), Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 (the “ Common Shares ”), as described therein (the “ Offering ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
 
1.   Fee .
 
In consideration of your services assisting the Investment Adviser with respect to the structure and design of the Fund and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Investment Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $_____ (the “ Fee ”).  The Fee shall be paid on or before the Firm Shares Closing Time (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement).  The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.  In the event the offering does not proceed, you will not receive the Fee under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

2.   Term .
 
This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof.
 
3.   Indemnification .
 
The Investment Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
 
4.   Not an Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty . The Investment Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio.  No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or
 
 
 
 

 

recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services.  The Investment Adviser hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary.  Furthermore, the Investment Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgment in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Investment Adviser on related or other matters).
 
5.   Not Exclusive . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).
 
6.   Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.
 
7.   Amendment; Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
 
8.   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
9.   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
 
 
2

 
 
This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT
ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
By: ______________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 

 
Agreed and Accepted:
 
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
 
By: ______________________________
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
[Structuring Fee Agreement]

 
 

 
Indemnification Agreement
 
June __, 2013
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
375 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10152
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
In connection with the engagement of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (the “ Bank ”) to assist the undersigned, Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries (the “ Company ”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated June __, 2013   between the Company and the Bank (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, litigation, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.  In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith.  Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement.  Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Bank.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any Proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless
 
 
 
 

 

such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
 
If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement.  Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
 
The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
 
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE
 
 
 
5

 

SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“ CLAIM ”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO.  THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY.  EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.  THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
 
 
 
6

 
 
The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement.  This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
Very truly yours,
 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT
ADVISORS, LLC

 
 
By: ______________________________
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
Agreed and Accepted:
 
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 
By: ______________________________
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
[Indemnification Agreement]
Exhibit (h)(iv)(iii)
 
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
 
 
 
June __, 2013
 
Pershing LLC
One  Pershing Plaza
Jersey City, New Jersey 07399
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated June __, 2013 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), by and among Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”), Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Company”), Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC and each of the Underwriters named in Schedule A thereto, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Shares”) as described therein (the “Offering”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
 
1. Fee . In consideration of your services in offering advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund and the distribution of its Common Shares, which may but need not necessarily include views from an investor market and distribution perspective on (i) diversification, proportion and concentration approaches for the Fund’s investments in light of current market conditions, (ii) marketing issues with respect to the Fund’s investment policies and proposed investments, (iii) the allocation of the Fund’s assets among its various investments and (iv) the overall marketing and positioning thesis for the offering of the Common Shares, which services may be completed by your affiliate in your sole discretion, the Company shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[•] (the “Fee”). The Fee shall be paid within 15 days after the closing of the purchase and sale of the Common Shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement on June [•], 2013. The payment shall be made by wire transfer to the order of  Pershing LLC. The Company acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation you earn in connection with your role as an underwriter to the Fund in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the marketing and structuring services described above. In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.
 
2. Term . This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof.
 
3. Indemnification . The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
 
 
 

 
 
4. Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty . The Company acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between you and the Company. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute you as the agent or employee of the Company or the Company as your agent or employee, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that you are engaged hereunder as an independent contractor solely to provide the services described above to the Company and that you are not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and you shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners, members or equity owners of the Company or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Company has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities. Furthermore, the Company agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Company on related or other matters).
 
5. Not Exclusive . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).
 
6. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.
 
7. Amendment; Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
 
8. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
 

 
[END OF TEXT]
 
 
 

 
 
This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
 
 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
By:  __________________________                                                              
Name:         
Title:           
 

Agreed and Accepted:
 
 
PERSHING LLC

 
 
By:   ________________________                                                             
Name:     
Title:       
 
 
 

 
 
Indemnification Agreement
 

 
June __, 2013
 
Pershing LLC
One Pershing Plaza
Jersey City, New Jersey 07399
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
In connection with the engagement of  Pershing LLC (the “Bank”) to advise and assist the undersigned, Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (together with its affiliates, subsidiaries, successors and assigns, the “Company”), with respect to the matters set forth in the  Structuring Fee Agreement dated June __, 2013 between the Company and the Bank (the “Agreement”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “Indemnified Party”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) with respect to the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including incurred fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith; provided that in any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to select counsel, except that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the Company shall bear the fees, costs and expenses as incurred of such separate counsel (and local counsel) only if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent the Indemnified Party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such Proceeding include both the Indemnified Party and the Company and the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other Indemnified Parties which are different from or additional to those available to the Company, (iii) the Company shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such Proceeding or (iv) the Company shall authorize the Indemnified Party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Company. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to
 
 
 

 
 
notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. The Company may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the Company shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Parties. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party. No Indemnified Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Company, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder when the Company is an actual named party thereto, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Company from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Company.
 
If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents (not including for these purposes any Indemnified Party)), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the
 
 
 

 
 
provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of or liable for fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
 
The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank or any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
 
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
 
 
 

 
 
The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
 
Very truly yours,
 
 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC
 
 
By:  _____________________                                                              
Name:         
Title:           
 

 
Agreed and Accepted:
 
 
PERSHING LLC
 
 
By:  _______________________                                                              
Name:       
Title:         

 
[Indemnification Agreement – Signature Page]
 
 
 

Exhibit (h)(iv)(iv)
 
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
 
 
 
 
June __, 2013
Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.
501 N. Broadway
St. Louis, MO 63102
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Reference is made to the Underwriting  Agreement dated June __, 2013 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “ Fund ”), Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “ Investment Manager ”), Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), as described therein (the “ Offering ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting  Agreement.
 
1. Fee .
 
In consideration of your services assisting the Investment Manager with respect to the structure and design of the Fund and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Investment Manager shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $_____ (the “ Fee ”).  The Fee shall be paid within 15 days after the Firm Shares Closing Time (as defined in the Underwriting  Agreement).  The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of  Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc. In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.
 
2. Term .
 
This  Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof, or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Common Shares having been delivered and paid for, except as provided in Section 3.
 
3. Indemnification .
 
The Investment Manager agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification  Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this  Agreement.
 
4. Not an Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty . The Investment Manager acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio.  No provision of this 
 
 
 
 

 

Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services.  The Investment Manager hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this  Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary.  Furthermore, the Investment Manager agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgment in connection with the matters covered by this  Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Investment Manager on related or other matters).
 
5. Not Exclusive . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).
 
6. Assignment. This  Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.
 
7. Amendment; Waiver . No provision of this  Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
 
8. Governing Law . This  Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
9. Counterparts . This  Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one  agreement.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this  Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
 

 
 

 
 
 
This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
 
 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC
 
By:                                                             
Name:
Title:
 

 
 

Agreed and Accepted:
 
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & CO., INC.
 
 
By:                                                                 
Name:
Title:

 
 
[Structuring Fee Agreement]
 
 
 

 
 
 
Indemnification Agreement
 

 
June ___, 2013
 
Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc.
501 N. Broadway
St. Louis, MO 63102
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
In connection with the engagement of  Stifel, Nicolaus & Co., Inc. (the “ Bank ”) to assist the undersigned, Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries (the “ Company ”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee  Agreement dated June ___, 2013 between the Company and the Bank (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, litigation, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the  Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, reasonably incurred with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the  Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.  In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the  Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith.  Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification  Agreement.  Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Bank.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action;  provided , however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any Proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or
 
 
 
 

 

any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
 
If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the  Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the  Agreement;  provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement.  Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  The foregoing indemnity and contribution  agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
 
 The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the  Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the  Agreement.
 
 
 
 

 
 
 THIS INDEMNIFICATION  AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE  AGREEMENT (“ CLAIM ”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO.  THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS  AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY.  EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS  AGREEMENT.  THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS  AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
 

 
 

 
 
 

 
 
The foregoing Indemnification  Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the  Agreement.  This Indemnification  Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same  agreement.
 
 
Very truly yours,
 
 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC

 
By:                                                                 
Name:
Title:
 

 
 
Agreed and Accepted:
 
 
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & CO., INC.
 
 
By:                                                                 
Name:
Title:

 

 
 
[Indemnification Agreement]
 
 
Exhibit (j)(i)
 
 
 
CUSTODY AGREEMENT
 
AGREEMENT, dated as of ___________, 2013 between Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, a fund organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware   having its principal office and place of business at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532 (the “Fund”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York corporation authorized to do a banking business having its principal office and place of business at 101 Barclay 11E, New York, New York 10286 (“Custodian”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
That for and in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth the Fund and Custodian agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
 
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words shall have the meanings set forth below:
 
1.   “Authorized Person” shall be any person, whether or not an officer or employee of the Fund, duly authorized by the Fund’s board to execute any Certificate or to give any Oral Instruction with respect to one or more Accounts, such persons to be designated in a Certificate annexed hereto as Schedule I hereto or such other Certificate as may be received by Custodian from time to time.
 
2.   “BNY Affiliate” shall mean any office, branch or subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation.
 
3.   “Book-Entry System” shall mean the Federal Reserve/Treasury book-entry system for receiving and delivering securities, its successors and nominees.
 
4.   “Business Day” shall mean any day on which Custodian and relevant Depositories are open for business.
 
5.   “Certificate” shall mean any notice, instruction, or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, which is actually received by Custodian by letter or facsimile transmission and signed on behalf of the Fund by an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.
 
6.   “Composite Currency Unit” shall mean the Euro or any other composite currency unit consisting of the aggregate of specified amounts of specified currencies, as such unit may be constituted from time to time.
 
7.   “Depository” shall include (a) the Book-Entry System, (b) the Depository Trust Company, (c) any other clearing agency or securities depository registered with the Securities and
 
 
 
 

 

Exchange Commission identified to the Fund from time to time, and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.
 
8.   “Foreign Depository” shall mean (a) Euroclear, (b) Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, (c) each Eligible Securities Depository as defined in Rule 17f-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, identified to the Fund from time to time,   and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.
 
9.   “Instructions” shall mean communications actually received by Custodian by S.W.I.F.T., tested telex, letter, facsimile transmission, or other method or system specified by Custodian as available for use in connection with the services hereunder.
 
10.   “Oral Instructions” shall mean verbal instructions received by Custodian from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.
 
11.   “Series” shall mean the various portfolios, if any, of the Fund listed on Schedule II hereto, and if none are listed references to Series shall be references to the Fund.
 
12.   “Securities” shall include, without limitation, any common stock and other equity securities, bonds, debentures and other debt securities, notes, mortgages or other obligations, and any instruments representing rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe for the same, or representing any other rights or interests therein (whether represented by a certificate or held in a Depository or by a Subcustodian).
 
13.   “Subcustodian” shall mean a bank (including any branch thereof) or other financial institution (other than a Foreign Depository) located outside the U.S. which is utilized by Custodian in connection with the purchase, sale or custody of Securities hereunder and identified to the Fund from time to time, and their respective successors and nominees.
 
ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN; ACCOUNTS;
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS
 
1.   (a)      The Fund hereby appoints Custodian as custodian of all Securities and cash at any time delivered to Custodian during the term of this Agreement, and authorizes Custodian to hold Securities in registered form in its name or the name of its nominees.  Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to establish and maintain one or more securities accounts and cash accounts for each Series in which Custodian will hold Securities and cash as provided herein.  Custodian shall maintain books and records segregating the assets of each Series from the assets of any other Series.  Such accounts (each, an “Account,” and collectively, the “Accounts”) shall be in the name of the Fund.
 
(b)   Custodian may from time to time establish on its books and records such sub-accounts within each Account as the Fund and Custodian may agree upon (each a “Special
 
 
 
2

 


Account”), and Custodian shall reflect therein such assets as the Fund may specify in a Certificate or Instructions.
 
(c)   Custodian may from time to time establish pursuant to a written agreement with and for the benefit of a broker, dealer, future commission merchant or other third party identified in a Certificate or Instructions such accounts on such terms and conditions as the Fund and Custodian shall agree, and Custodian shall transfer to such account such Securities and money as the Fund may specify in a Certificate or Instructions.
 
2.   The Fund hereby represents and warrants, which representations and warranties shall be continuing and shall be deemed to be reaffirmed upon each delivery of a Certificate or each giving of Oral Instructions or Instructions by the Fund, that:
 
(a)   It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement, and to perform its obligations hereunder;
 
(b)   This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, approved by a resolution of its board, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and there is no statute, regulation, rule, order or judgment binding on it, and no provision of its charter or by-laws, nor of any mortgage, indenture, credit agreement or other contract binding on it or affecting its property, which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement;
 
(c)   It is conducting its business in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and requirements, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory licenses, approvals and consents necessary to carry on its business as now conducted;
 
(d)   It will not use the services provided by Custodian hereunder in any manner that is, or will result in, a violation of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Fund;
 
(e)   Its board or its foreign custody manager, as defined in Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “‘40 Act”), has determined that use of each Subcustodian (including any Replacement Custodian) which Custodian is authorized to utilize in accordance with Section 1(a) of Article III hereof satisfies the applicable requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder;
 
(f)   The Fund or its investment adviser has determined that the custody arrangements of each Foreign Depository provide reasonable safeguards against the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with such Foreign Depository within the meaning of Rule 17f-7 under the ‘40 Act;
 
(g)   It is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with various methods of transmitting Instructions and Oral Instructions and delivering Certificates to Custodian, shall, and shall cause each Authorized Person, to safeguard and treat with extreme care any user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys, understands that
 
 
 
3

 

there may be more secure methods of transmitting or delivering the same than the methods selected by the Fund, agrees that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection therewith provide a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances, and acknowledges and agrees that Instructions need not be reviewed by Custodian, may conclusively be presumed by Custodian to have been given by person(s) duly authorized,  and may be acted upon as given;
 
(h)   It shall manage its borrowings, including, without limitation, any advance or overdraft (including any day-light overdraft) in the Accounts, so that the aggregate of its total borrowings for each Series does not exceed the amount such Series is permitted to borrow under the ‘40 Act;
 
(i)   Its transmission or giving of, and Custodian acting upon and in reliance on, Certificates, Instructions, or Oral Instructions pursuant to this Agreement shall at all times comply with the ‘40 Act;
 
(j)   It shall impose and maintain restrictions on the destinations to which cash may be disbursed by Instructions to ensure that each disbursement is for a proper purpose; and
 
(k)   It has the right to make the pledge and grant the security interest and security entitlement to Custodian contained in Section 1 of Article V hereof, free of any right of redemption or prior claim of any other person or entity, such pledge and such grants shall have a first priority subject to no setoffs, counterclaims, or other liens or grants prior to or on a parity therewith, and it shall take such additional steps as Custodian may require to assure such priority.
 
3.   The Fund hereby covenants that it shall from time to time complete and execute and deliver to Custodian upon Custodian’s request a Form FR U-1 (or successor form) whenever the Fund borrows from Custodian any money to be used for the purchase or carrying of margin stock as defined in Federal Reserve Regulation U.
 
ARTICLE III
CUSTODY AND RELATED SERVICES
 
1.   (a)      Subject to the terms hereof, the Fund hereby authorizes Custodian to hold any Securities received by it from time to time for the Fund’s account.  Custodian shall be entitled to utilize, subject to subsection (c) of this Section 1, Depositories, Subcustodians, and, subject to subsection (d) of this Section 1, Foreign Depositories, to the extent possible in connection with its performance hereunder.  Securities and cash held in a Depository or Foreign Depository will be held subject to the rules, terms and conditions of such entity.  Securities and cash held through Subcustodians shall be held subject to the terms and conditions of Custodian’s agreements with such Subcustodians.  Subcustodians may be authorized to hold Securities in Foreign Depositories in which such Subcustodians participate.  Unless otherwise required by local law or practice or a particular subcustodian agreement, Securities deposited with a Subcustodian, a Depositary or a Foreign Depository will be held in a commingled account, in the name of Custodian, holding only  Securities held by Custodian as custodian for its customers.  Custodian shall identify on its books and records the Securities and cash belonging to the Fund, whether held directly or
 
 
 
4

 

indirectly through Depositories, Foreign Depositories, or Subcustodians.  Custodian shall, directly or indirectly through Subcustodians, Depositories, or Foreign Depositories, endeavor, to the extent feasible, to hold Securities in the country or other jurisdiction in which the principal trading market for such Securities is located, where such Securities are to be presented for cancellation and/or payment and/or registration, or where such Securities are acquired.  Custodian at any time may cease utilizing any Subcustodian and/or may replace a Subcustodian with a different Subcustodian (the “Replacement Subcustodian”).  In the event Custodian selects a Replacement Subcustodian, Custodian shall not utilize such Replacement Subcustodian until after the Fund’s board or foreign custody manager has determined that utilization of such Replacement Subcustodian satisfies the requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder.
 
(b)   Unless Custodian has received a Certificate or Instructions to the contrary, Custodian shall hold Securities indirectly through a Subcustodian only if (i) the Securities are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of such Subcustodian or its creditors or operators, including a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or similar authority, except for a claim of payment for the safe custody or administration of Securities on behalf of the Fund by such Subcustodian, and (ii) beneficial ownership of the Securities is freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration.
 
(c)   With respect to each Depository, Custodian (i) shall exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duties as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain Securities or financial assets deposited or held in such Depository, and (ii) will provide, promptly upon request by the Fund, such reports as are available concerning the internal accounting controls and financial strength of Custodian.
 
(d)   With respect to each Foreign Depository, Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, prudence, and diligence (i) to provide the Fund with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Foreign Depository, and (ii) to monitor such custody risks on a continuing basis and promptly notify the Fund of any material change in such risks.  The Fund acknowledges and agrees that such analysis and monitoring shall be made on the basis of, and limited by, information gathered from Subcustodians or through publicly available information otherwise obtained by Custodian, and shall not include any evaluation of Country Risks.  As used herein the term “Country Risks” shall mean with respect to any Foreign Depository:  (a) the financial infrastructure of the country in which it is organized, (b) such country’s prevailing custody and settlement practices, (c) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions, (d) such country’s regulation of the banking or securities industry, (e) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations, and (f) market conditions which affect the order execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.
 
2.   Custodian shall furnish the Fund with an advice of daily transactions (including a confirmation of each transfer of Securities) and a monthly summary of all transfers to or from the Accounts.
 
3.   With respect to all Securities held hereunder, Custodian shall, unless otherwise instructed to the contrary:
 
 
 
5

 
 
(a)   Receive all income and other payments and advise the Fund as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;
 
(b)   Present for payment and receive the amount paid upon all Securities which may mature and advise the Fund as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;
 
(c)   Forward to the Fund copies of all information or documents that it may actually receive from an issuer of Securities which, in the opinion of Custodian, are intended for the beneficial owner of Securities;
 
(d)   Execute, as custodian, any certificates of ownership, affidavits, declarations or other certificates under any tax laws now or hereafter in effect in connection with the collection of bond and note coupons;
 
(e)   Hold directly or through a Depository, a Foreign Depository, or a Subcustodian all rights and similar Securities issued with respect to any Securities credited to an Account hereunder; and
 
(f)   Endorse for collection checks, drafts or other negotiable instruments.
 
4.   (a)      Custodian shall notify the Fund of rights or discretionary actions with respect to Securities held hereunder, and of the date or dates by when such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken, provided that Custodian has actually received, from the issuer or the relevant Depository (with respect to Securities issued in the United States) or from the relevant Subcustodian, Foreign Depository, or a nationally or internationally recognized bond or corporate action service to which Custodian subscribes, timely notice of such rights or discretionary corporate action or of the date or dates such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken.  Absent actual receipt of such notice, Custodian shall have no liability for failing to so notify the Fund.
 
(b)   Whenever Securities (including, but not limited to, warrants, options, tenders, options to tender or non-mandatory puts or calls) confer discretionary rights on the Fund or provide for discretionary action or alternative courses of action by the Fund, the Fund shall be responsible for making any decisions relating thereto and for directing Custodian to act.  In order for Custodian to act, it must receive the Fund’s Certificate or Instructions at Custodian’s offices, addressed as Custodian may from time to time request, not later than noon (New York time) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the last scheduled date to act with respect to such Securities (or such earlier date or time as Custodian may specify to the Fund).  Absent Custodian’s timely receipt of such Certificate or Instructions, Custodian shall not be liable for failure to take any action relating to or to exercise any rights conferred by such Securities.
 
5.   All voting rights with respect to Securities, however registered, shall be exercised by the Fund or its designee.  Custodian will make available to the Fund proxy voting services upon the request of, and for the jurisdictions selected by, the Fund in accordance with terms and conditions to be mutually agreed upon by Custodian and the Fund.
 
 
 
6

 
6.   Custodian shall promptly advise the Fund upon Custodian’s actual receipt of notification of the partial redemption, partial payment or other action affecting less than all Securities of the relevant class.  If Custodian, any Subcustodian, any Depository, or any Foreign Depository holds any Securities in which the Fund has an interest as part of a fungible mass, Custodian, such Subcustodian, Depository, or Foreign Depository may select the Securities to participate in such partial redemption, partial payment or other action in any non-discriminatory manner that it customarily uses to make such selection.
 
7.   Custodian shall not under any circumstances accept bearer interest coupons which have been stripped from United States federal, state or local government or agency securities unless explicitly agreed to by Custodian in writing.
 
8.   The Fund shall be liable for all taxes, assessments, duties and other governmental charges, including any interest or penalty with respect thereto (“Taxes”), with respect to any cash or Securities held on behalf of the Fund or any transaction related thereto.  The Fund shall indemnify Custodian and each Subcustodian for the amount of any Tax that Custodian, any such Subcustodian or any other withholding agent is required under applicable laws (whether by assessment or otherwise) to pay on behalf of, or in respect of income earned by or payments or distributions made to or for the account of the Fund (including any payment of Tax required by reason of an earlier failure to withhold).  Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or other withholding agent to, withhold the amount of any Tax which is required to be withheld under applicable law upon collection of any dividend, interest or other distribution made with respect to any Security and any proceeds or income from the sale, loan or other transfer of any Security.  In the event that Custodian or any Subcustodian is required under applicable law to pay any Tax on behalf of the Fund, Custodian is hereby authorized to withdraw cash from any cash account in the amount required to pay such Tax and to use such cash, or to remit such cash to the appropriate Subcustodian or other withholding agent, for the timely payment of such Tax in the manner required by applicable law.  If the aggregate amount of cash in all cash accounts is not sufficient to pay such Tax, Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund of the additional amount of cash (in the appropriate currency) required, and the Fund shall directly deposit such additional amount in the appropriate cash account promptly after receipt of such notice, for use by Custodian as specified herein.  In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that Fund is eligible, pursuant to applicable law or to the provisions of any tax treaty, for a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax which is otherwise required to be withheld or paid on behalf of the Fund under any applicable law, Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or withholding agent to, either withhold or pay such Tax at such reduced rate or refrain from withholding or paying such Tax, as appropriate; provided that Custodian shall have received from the Fund all documentary evidence of residence or other qualification for such reduced rate or exemption required to be received under such applicable law or treaty.  In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax is obtainable only by means of an application for refund, Custodian and the applicable Subcustodian shall have no responsibility for the accuracy or validity of any forms or documentation provided by the Fund to Custodian hereunder.  The Fund hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Custodian and each Subcustodian in respect of any liability arising from any underwithholding or underpayment of any Tax which results from the inaccuracy or
 
 
 
7

 

invalidity of any such forms or other documentation, and such obligation to indemnify shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.
 
9.   (a)      For the purpose of settling Securities and foreign exchange transactions, the Fund shall provide Custodian with sufficient immediately available funds for all transactions by such time and date as conditions in the relevant market dictate. As used herein, “sufficient immediately available funds” shall mean either (i) sufficient cash denominated in U.S. dollars to purchase the necessary foreign currency, or (ii) sufficient applicable foreign currency, to settle the transaction.  Custodian shall provide the Fund with immediately available funds each day which result from the actual settlement of all sale transactions, based upon advices received by Custodian from Subcustodians, Depositories, and Foreign Depositories.  Such funds shall be in U.S. dollars or such other currency as the Fund may specify to Custodian.
 
(b)   Any foreign exchange transaction effected by Custodian in connection with this Agreement may be entered with Custodian or a BNY Affiliate acting as principal or otherwise through customary banking channels.  The Fund may issue a standing Certificate or Instructions with respect to foreign exchange transactions, but Custodian may establish rules or limitations concerning any foreign exchange facility made available to the Fund.  The Fund shall bear all risks of investing in Securities or holding cash denominated in a foreign currency.
 
              10.   Until such time as Custodian receives a certificate to the contrary with respect to a particular Security, Custodian may release the identity of the Fund to an issuer which requests such information pursuant to the Shareholder Communications Act of 1985 for the specific purpose of direct communications between such issuer and shareholder.
 
ARTICLE IV
PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES;
CREDITS TO ACCOUNT
 
1.   Promptly after each purchase or sale of Securities by the Fund, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions, or with respect to a purchase or sale of a Security generally required to be settled on the same day the purchase or sale is made, Oral Instructions specifying all information Custodian may reasonably request to settle such purchase or sale.  Custodian shall account for all purchases and sales of Securities on the actual settlement date unless otherwise agreed by Custodian.
 
2.   The Fund understands that when Custodian is instructed to deliver Securities against payment, delivery of such Securities and receipt of payment therefor may not be completed simultaneously.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, settlements, payments and deliveries of Securities may be effected by Custodian or any Subcustodian in accordance with the customary or established securities trading or securities processing practices and procedures in the jurisdiction in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivery to a purchaser or dealer therefor (or agent) against receipt with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Securities.  The Fund assumes full responsibility for all risks,
 
 
 
8

 


including, without limitation, credit risks, involved in connection with such deliveries of Securities.
 
3.   Custodian may, as a matter of bookkeeping convenience or by separate agreement with the Fund, credit the Account with the proceeds from the sale, redemption or other disposition of Securities or interest, dividends or other distributions payable on Securities prior to its actual receipt of final payment therefor.  All such credits shall be conditional until Custodian’s actual receipt of final payment and may be reversed by Custodian to the extent that final payment is not received.  Payment with respect to a transaction will not be “final” until Custodian shall have received immediately available funds which under applicable local law, rule and/or practice are irreversible and not subject to any security interest, levy or other encumbrance, and which are specifically applicable to such transaction.
 
ARTICLE V
OVERDRAFTS OR INDEBTEDNESS
 
1.   If Custodian should in its sole discretion advance funds on behalf of any Series which results in an overdraft (including, without limitation, any day-light overdraft) because the money held by Custodian in an Account for such Series shall be insufficient to pay the total amount payable upon a purchase of Securities specifically allocated to such Series, as set forth in a Certificate, Instructions or Oral Instructions, or if an overdraft arises in the separate account of a Series for some other reason, including, without limitation, because of a reversal of a conditional credit or the purchase of any currency, or if the Fund is for any other reason indebted to Custodian with respect to a Series, including any indebtedness to The Bank of New York Mellon under the Fund’s Cash Management and Related Services Agreement (except a borrowing for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities as collateral pursuant to a separate agreement and subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article), such overdraft or indebtedness shall be deemed to be a loan made by Custodian to the Fund for such Series payable on demand and shall bear interest from the date incurred at a rate per annum ordinarily charged by Custodian to its institutional customers, as such rate may be adjusted from time to time.  In addition, the Fund hereby agrees that Custodian shall to the maximum extent permitted by law have a continuing lien, security interest, and security entitlement in and to any property, including, without limitation, any investment property or any financial asset, of such Series at any time held by Custodian for the benefit of such Series or in which such Series may have an interest which is then in Custodian’s possession or control or in possession or control of any third party acting in Custodian’s behalf.  The Fund authorizes Custodian, in its sole discretion, at any time to charge any such overdraft or indebtedness together with interest due thereon against any balance of account standing to such Series’ credit on Custodian’s books.
 
2.   If the Fund borrows money from any bank (including Custodian if the borrowing is pursuant to a separate agreement) for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities held by Custodian hereunder as collateral for such borrowings, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate specifying with respect to each such borrowing:  (a) the Series to which such borrowing relates; (b) the name of the bank, (c) the amount of the borrowing, (d) the time and date, if known, on which the loan is to be entered into, (e) the total amount payable to
 
 
 
9

 

the Fund on the borrowing date, (f) the Securities to be delivered as collateral for such loan, including the name of the issuer, the title and the number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities, and (g) a statement specifying whether such loan is for investment purposes or for temporary or emergency purposes and that such loan is in conformance with the ‘40 Act and the Fund’s prospectus.  Custodian shall deliver on the borrowing date specified in a Certificate the specified collateral against payment by the lending bank of the total amount of the loan payable, provided that the same conforms to the total amount payable as set forth in the Certificate.   Custodian may, at the option of the lending bank, keep such collateral in its possession, but such collateral shall be subject to all rights therein given the lending bank by virtue of any promissory note or loan agreement.  Custodian shall deliver such Securities as additional collateral as may be specified in a Certificate to collateralize further any transaction described in this Section.  The Fund shall cause all Securities released from collateral status to be returned directly to Custodian, and Custodian shall receive from time to time such return of collateral as may be tendered to it.   In the event that the Fund fails to specify in a Certificate the Series, the name of the issuer, the title and number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities to be delivered as collateral by Custodian, Custodian shall not be under any obligation to deliver any Securities.
 
ARTICLE VI
SALE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES
 
1.   Whenever the Fund shall sell any shares issued by the Fund (“Shares”) it shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions specifying the amount of money and/or Securities to be received by Custodian for the sale of such Shares and specifically allocated to an Account for such Series.
 
2.   Upon receipt of such money, Custodian shall credit such money to an Account in the name of the Series for which such money was received. 
 
3.   Except as provided hereinafter, whenever the Fund desires Custodian to make payment out of the money held by Custodian hereunder in connection with a redemption of any Shares, it shall furnish to Custodian (a) a resolution of the Fund’s board directing the Fund’s transfer agent to redeem the Shares, and (b) a Certificate or Instructions specifying the total amount to be paid for such Shares.  Custodian shall make payment of such total amount to the transfer agent specified in such Certificate or Instructions out of the money held in an Account of the appropriate Series.
 
ARTICLE VII
PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS OR DISTRIBUTIONS
 
1.   Whenever the Fund shall determine to pay a dividend or distribution on Shares it shall furnish to Custodian Instructions or a Certificate setting forth with respect to the Series specified therein the date of the declaration of such dividend or distribution, the total amount payable, and the payment date.
 
 
 
10

 
 
2.   Upon the payment date specified in such Instructions or Certificate, Custodian shall pay out of the money held for the account of such Series the total amount payable to the dividend agent of the Fund specified therein.
 
ARTICLE VIII
CONCERNING CUSTODIAN
 
1.   (a)      Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Custodian shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees (collectively, “Losses”), incurred by or asserted against the Fund, except those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct.  Custodian shall have no liability whatsoever for the action or inaction of any Depositories or of any Foreign Depositories, except in each case to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian’s failure to fulfill its duties hereunder.  With respect to any Losses incurred by the Fund as a result of the acts or any failures to act by any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Affiliate), Custodian shall take appropriate action to recover such Losses from such Subcustodian; and Custodian’s sole responsibility and liability to the Fund shall be limited to amounts so received from such Subcustodian (exclusive of costs and expenses incurred by Custodian).  In no event shall Custodian be liable to the Fund or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement, nor shall BNY or any Subcustodian be liable:  ( i ) for acting in accordance with any Certificate or Oral Instructions  actually received by Custodian and reasonably believed by Custodian to be given by an Authorized Person; ( ii ) for acting in accordance with Instructions without reviewing the same; ( iii ) for conclusively presuming that all Instructions are given only by person(s) duly authorized; ( iv ) for conclusively presuming that all disbursements of cash directed by the Fund, whether by a Certificate, an Oral Instruction, or an Instruction, are in accordance with Section 2(i) of Article II hereof; ( v ) for holding property in any particular country, including, but not limited to, Losses resulting from nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; regulation of the banking or securities industry; exchange or currency controls or restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; availability of cash or Securities or market conditions which prevent the transfer of property or execution of Securities transactions or affect the value of property; ( vi ) for any Losses due to forces beyond the control of Custodian, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, or interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; (vii) for the insolvency of any Subcustodian (other than a BNY Affiliate), any Depository, or, except to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian’s failure to fulfill its duties hereunder, any Foreign Depository; or ( viii ) for any Losses arising from the applicability of any law or regulation now or hereafter in effect, or from the occurrence of any event, including, without limitation, implementation or adoption of any rules or procedures of a Foreign Depository, which may affect, limit, prevent or impose costs or burdens on, the transferability, convertibility, or availability of any currency or Composite Currency Unit in any country or on the transfer of any Securities, and in no event shall Custodian be obligated to substitute another currency for a currency (including a currency that is a component of a Composite Currency Unit) whose transferability, convertibility or availability has been affected, limited, or prevented by such law, regulation or event, and to the extent that any
 
 
 
11

 

such law, regulation or event imposes a cost or charge upon Custodian in relation to the transferability, convertibility, or availability of any cash currency or Composite Currency Unit, such cost or charge shall be for the account of the Fund, and Custodian may treat any account denominated in an affected currency as a group of separate accounts denominated in the relevant component currencies.
 
(b)   Custodian may enter into subcontracts, agreements and understandings with any BNY Affiliate, whenever and on such terms and conditions as it deems necessary or appropriate to perform its services hereunder.  No such subcontract, agreement or understanding shall discharge Custodian from its obligations hereunder.
 
(c)   The Fund agrees to indemnify Custodian and hold Custodian harmless from and against any and all Losses sustained or incurred by or asserted against Custodian by reason of or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of Custodian’s performance hereunder, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel incurred by Custodian in a successful defense of claims by the Fund; provided however, that the Fund shall not indemnify Custodian for those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct.  This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.
 
2.   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Custodian shall be under no obligation to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:
 
(a)   Any Losses incurred by the Fund or any other person as a result of the receipt or acceptance of fraudulent, forged or invalid Securities, or Securities which are otherwise not freely transferable or deliverable without encumbrance in any relevant market;
 
(b)   The validity of the issue of any Securities purchased, sold, or written by or for the Fund, the legality of the purchase, sale or writing thereof, or the propriety of the amount paid or received therefor;
 
(c)   The legality of the sale or redemption of any Shares, or the propriety of the amount to be received or paid therefor;
 
(d)   The legality of the declaration or payment of any dividend or distribution by the Fund;
 
(e)   The legality of any borrowing by the Fund;
 
(f)   The legality of any loan of portfolio Securities, nor shall Custodian be under any duty or obligation to see to it that any cash or collateral delivered to it by a broker, dealer or financial institution or held by it at any time as a result of such loan of portfolio Securities is adequate security for the Fund against any loss it might sustain as a result of such loan, which duty or obligation shall be the sole responsibility of the Fund.  In addition, Custodian shall be under no duty or obligation to see that any broker, dealer or financial institution to which portfolio Securities of the Fund are lent makes payment to it of any dividends or interest which
 
 
 
12

 

are payable to or for the account of the Fund during the period of such loan or at the termination of such loan, provided, however that Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund in the event that such dividends or interest are not paid and received when due;
 
(g)   The sufficiency or value of any amounts of money and/or Securities held in any Special Account in connection with transactions by the Fund; whether any broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member makes payment to the Fund of any variation margin payment or similar payment which the Fund may be entitled to receive from such broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member, or whether any payment received by Custodian from any broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member is the amount the Fund is entitled to receive, or to notify the Fund of Custodian’s receipt or non-receipt of any such payment; or
 
(h)   Whether any Securities at any time delivered to, or held by it or by any Subcustodian, for the account of the Fund and specifically allocated to a Series are such as properly may be held by the Fund or such Series under the provisions of its then current prospectus and statement of additional information, or to ascertain whether any transactions by the Fund, whether or not involving Custodian, are such transactions as may properly be engaged in by the Fund.
 
3.   Custodian may, with respect to questions of law specifically regarding an Account, obtain the advice of counsel and shall be fully protected with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in conformity with such advice.
 
4.   Custodian shall be under no obligation to take action to collect any amount payable on Securities in default, or if payment is refused after due demand and presentment.
 
5.   Custodian shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire into, make recommendations, supervise, or determine the suitability of any transactions affecting any Account.
 
6.   The Fund shall pay to Custodian the fees and charges as may be specifically agreed upon from time to time and such other fees and charges at Custodian’s standard rates for such services as may be applicable.  The Fund shall reimburse Custodian for all costs associated with the conversion of the Fund’s Securities hereunder and the transfer of Securities and records kept in connection with this Agreement.  The Fund shall also reimburse Custodian for out-of-pocket expenses which are a normal incident of the services provided hereunder.
 
7.   Custodian has the right to debit any cash account for any amount payable by the Fund in connection with any and all obligations of the Fund to Custodian.  In addition to the rights of Custodian under applicable law and other agreements, at any time when the Fund shall not have honored any of its obligations to Custodian, Custodian shall have the right without notice to the Fund to retain or set-off, against such obligations of the Fund, any Securities or cash Custodian or a BNY Affiliate may directly or indirectly hold for the account of the Fund, and any obligations (whether matured or unmatured) that Custodian or a BNY Affiliate may have to the
 
 
 
13

 

Fund in any currency or Composite Currency Unit.  Any such asset of, or obligation to, the Fund may be transferred to Custodian and any BNY Affiliate in order to effect the above rights.
 
8.   The Fund agrees to forward to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions confirming Oral Instructions by the close of business of the same day that such Oral Instructions are given to Custodian.  The Fund agrees that the fact that such confirming Certificate or Instructions are not received or that a contrary Certificate or contrary Instructions are received by Custodian shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of transactions authorized by such Oral Instructions and effected by Custodian.  If the Fund elects to transmit Instructions through an on-line communications system offered by Custodian, the Fund’s use thereof shall be subject to the Terms and Conditions attached as Appendix I hereto.  If Custodian receives Instructions which appear on their face to have been transmitted by an Authorized Person via (i) computer facsimile, email, the Internet or other insecure electronic method, or (ii) secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys, the Fund understands and agrees that Custodian cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that Custodian shall conclusively presume that such Written Instructions have been sent by an Authorized Person, and the Fund shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Persons transmit such Instructions to Custodian.  If the Fund elects (with Custodian’s prior consent) to transmit Instructions through an on-line communications service owned or operated by a third party, the Fund agrees that Custodian shall not be responsible or liable for the reliability or availability of any such service.
 
9.   The books and records pertaining to the Fund which are in possession of Custodian shall be the property of the Fund.  Such books and records shall be prepared and maintained as required by the ‘40 Act and the rules thereunder. The Fund, or its authorized representatives, shall have access to such books and records during Custodian’s normal business hours.  Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by Custodian to the Fund or its authorized representative.  Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, Custodian shall provide in hard copy or on computer disc any records included in any such delivery which are maintained by Custodian on a computer disc, or are similarly maintained.
 
10.   It is understood that Custodian is authorized to supply any information regarding the Accounts which is required by any law, regulation or rule now or hereafter in effect.  The Custodian shall provide the Fund with any report obtained by the Custodian on the system of internal accounting control of a Depository, and with such reports on its own system of internal accounting control as the Fund may reasonably request from time to time.
 
11.   Custodian shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be implied against Custodian in connection with this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION
 
1.   Either of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than ninety
 
 
 
14

 

(90) days after the date of giving of such notice.  In the event such notice is given by the Fund, it shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, electing to terminate this Agreement and designating a successor custodian or custodians, each of which shall be a bank or trust company eligible to serve as a custodian of a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  In the event such notice is given by Custodian, the Fund shall, on or before the termination date, deliver to Custodian a copy of a resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, designating a successor custodian or custodians.  In the absence of such designation by the Fund, Custodian may designate a successor custodian which shall be a bank or trust company eligible to serve as custodian for a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  Upon the date set forth in such notice this Agreement shall terminate, and Custodian shall upon receipt of a notice of acceptance by the successor custodian on that date deliver directly to the successor custodian all Securities and money then owned by the Fund and held by it as Custodian, after deducting all fees, expenses and other amounts for the payment or reimbursement of which it shall then be entitled.
 
2.   If a successor custodian is not designated by the Fund or Custodian in accordance with the preceding Section, the Fund shall upon the date specified in the notice of termination of this Agreement and upon the delivery by Custodian of all Securities (other than Securities which cannot be delivered to the Fund) and money then owned by the Fund be deemed to be its own custodian and Custodian shall thereby be relieved of all duties and responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement, other than the duty with respect to Securities which cannot be delivered to the Fund to hold such Securities hereunder in accordance with this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
 
1.   The Fund agrees to furnish to Custodian a new Certificate of Authorized Persons in the event of any change in the then present Authorized Persons.  Until such new Certificate is received, Custodian shall be fully protected in acting upon Certificates or Oral Instructions of such present Authorized Persons.
 
2.   Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, shall be sufficiently given if addressed to Custodian and received by it at its offices at 101 Barclay 11E, New York, New York 10286, or at such other place as Custodian may from time to time designate in writing.
 
3.   Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Fund and received by it at its offices at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time designate in writing.
 
4.   Each and every right granted to either party hereunder or under any other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, or allowed it by law or equity, shall be cumulative and may be exercised from time to time.  No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no
 
 
 
15

 

delay in exercising, any right will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise by either party of any right preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.
 
5.   In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any exclusive jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties, except that any amendment to the Schedule I hereto need be signed only by the Fund and any amendment to Appendix I hereto need be signed only by Custodian.  This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other.
 
6.   This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.  The Fund and Custodian hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder.  The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Fund and Custodian each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
 
7.   The Fund hereby acknowledges that Custodian is subject to federal laws, including its Customer Identification Program (CIP) requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, pursuant to which Custodian must obtain, verify and record information that allows Custodian to identify the Fund.  Accordingly, prior to opening an Account hereunder Custodian will ask the Fund to provide certain information including, but not limited to, the Fund’s name, physical address, tax identification number and other information that will help Custodian to identify and verify the Fund’s identity such as organizational documents, certificate of good standing, license to do business, or other pertinent identifying information.  The Fund agrees that Custodian cannot open an Account hereunder unless and until Custodian verifies the Fund’s identity in accordance with its CIP.
 
8.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.

 
16

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Fund and Custodian have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.
 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
 
By:                                                                      
Name:
Title:
Tax Identification No:
 
 

 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 
By:                                                                            
Name:
Title:

 
 

 
[ Custody Agreement ]
 
 
17

 
SCHEDULE I
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZED PERSONS
(The Fund - Oral and Written Instructions)
 
The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund  (the “Fund”), and further certifies that the following officers or employees of the Fund have been duly authorized in conformity with the Fund’s Declaration of Trust and By-Laws to deliver Certificates and Oral Instructions to The Bank of New York Mellon (“Custodian”) pursuant to the Custody Agreement between the Fund and Custodian dated _________, 2013, and that the signatures appearing opposite their names are true and correct:
 
         
Name
 
 
Title
 
Signature
Name
 
 
Title
 
Signature
Name
 
 
Title
 
Signature
Name
 
 
Title
 
Signature
Name
 
 
Title
 
Signature
Name
 
 
Title
 
Signature
Name
 
 
Title
 
Signature

 
This certificate supersedes any certificate of Authorized Persons you may currently have on file.
 
By:                                                       
Name:
Title:
 
Date: _________, 2013
 
 
 
 

 
SCHEDULE II
 
SERIES
 

 
None
 
 
 
 

 
APPENDIX I
 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 
ON-LINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (THE “SYSTEM”)
 
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
1.   License; Use .  Upon delivery to an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person, Fund of software enabling the Fund to obtain access to the System (the “Software”), Custodian grants to the Fund a personal, nontransferable and nonexclusive license to use the Software solely for the purpose of transmitting Written Instructions, receiving reports, making inquiries or otherwise communicating with Custodian in connection with the Account(s).  The Fund shall use the Software solely for its own internal and proper business purposes and not in the operation of a service bureau.  Except as set forth herein, no license or right of any kind is granted to the Fund with respect to the Software.  The Fund acknowledges that Custodian and its suppliers retain and have title and exclusive proprietary rights to the Software, including any trade secrets or other ideas, concepts, know-how, methodologies, or information incorporated therein and the exclusive rights to any copyrights, trademarks and patents (including registrations and applications for registration of either), or other statutory or legal protections available in respect thereof.  The Fund further acknowledges that all or a part of the Software may be copyrighted or trademarked (or a registration or claim made therefor) by Custodian or its suppliers.  The Fund shall not take any action with respect to the Software inconsistent with the foregoing acknowledgments, nor shall the Fund attempt to decompile, reverse engineer or modify the Software.  The Fund may not copy, sell, lease or provide, directly or indirectly, any of the Software or any portion thereof to any other person or entity without Custodian’s prior written consent.  The Fund may not remove any statutory copyright notice or other notice included in the Software or on any media containing the Software.  The Fund shall reproduce any such notice on any reproduction of the Software and shall add any statutory copyright notice or other notice to the Software or media upon Custodian’s request.
 
2.   Equipment .  The Fund shall obtain and maintain at its own cost and expense all equipment and services, including but not limited to communications services, necessary for it to utilize the Software and obtain access to the System, and Custodian shall not be responsible for the reliability or availability of any such equipment or services.
 
3.   Proprietary Information .  The Software, any data base and any proprietary data, processes, information and documentation made available to the Fund (other than which are or become part of the public domain or are legally required to be made available to the public) (collectively, the “Information”), are the exclusive and confidential property of Custodian or its suppliers.  The Fund shall keep the Information
 
 
 
 

 

confidential by using the same care and discretion that the Fund uses with respect to its own confidential property and trade secrets, but not less than reasonable care.  Upon termination of the Agreement or the Software license granted herein for any reason, the Fund shall return to Custodian any and all copies of the Information which are in its possession or under its control.
 
4.   Modifications .  Custodian reserves the right to modify the Software from time to time and the Fund shall install new releases of the Software as Custodian may direct.  The Fund agrees not to modify or attempt to modify the Software without Custodian’s prior written consent.  The Fund acknowledges that any modifications to the Software, whether by the Fund or Custodian and whether with or without Custodian’s consent, shall become the property of Custodian.
 
5.   NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES .  CUSTODIAN AND ITS MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES OR ANY DATABASE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN FACT OR IN LAW, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE FUND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES AND ANY DATABASE ARE PROVIDED “AS IS.”  IN NO EVENT SHALL CUSTODIAN OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES, WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL, WHICH THE FUND MAY INCUR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE, SERVICES OR ANY DATABASE, EVEN IF CUSTODIAN OR SUCH SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.  IN NO EVENT SHALL CUSTODIAN OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ACTS OF GOD, MACHINE OR COMPUTER BREAKDOWN OR MALFUNCTION, INTERRUPTION OR MALFUNCTION OF COMMUNICATION FACILITIES, LABOR DIFFICULTIES OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR CAUSE BEYOND THEIR REASONABLE CONTROL.
 
6.   Security; Reliance; Unauthorized Use .  The Fund will cause all persons utilizing the Software and System to treat all applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys with extreme care, and it will establish internal control and safekeeping procedures to restrict the availability of the same to persons duly authorized to give Instructions.  Custodian is hereby irrevocably authorized to act in accordance with and rely on Instructions received by it through the System.  The Fund acknowledges that it is its sole responsibility to assure that only persons duly authorized use the System and that Custodian shall not be responsible nor liable for any unauthorized use thereof.
 
 
 
 

 
 
7.   System Acknowledgments .  Custodian shall acknowledge through the System its receipt of each transmission communicated through the System, and in the absence of such acknowledgment Custodian shall not be liable for any failure to act in accordance with such transmission and the Fund may not claim that such transmission was received by Custodian.
 
8.   EXPORT RESTRICTIONS .  EXPORT OF THE SOFTWARE IS PROHIBITED BY UNITED STATES LAW.  THE FUND MAY NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES RESELL, DIVERT, TRANSFER, TRANSSHIP OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF THE SOFTWARE (IN ANY FORM) IN OR TO ANY OTHER COUNTRY.  IF CUSTODIAN DELIVERED THE SOFTWARE TO THE FUND OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, THE SOFTWARE WAS EXPORTED FROM THE UNITED STATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPORTER ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS.  DIVERSION CONTRARY TO U.S. LAW IS PROHIBITED.  The Fund hereby authorizes Custodian to report its name and address to government agencies to which Custodian is required to provide such information by law.
 
9.            ENCRYPTION .   The Fund acknowledges and agrees that encryption may not be available for every communication through the System, or for all data.  The Fund agrees that Custodian may deactivate any encryption features at any time, without notice or liability to the Fund, for the purpose of maintaining, repairing or  troubleshooting the System or the Software.
 
Exhibit (j)(ii)
 
FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER AGREEMENT
 
AGREEMENT made as of  _________, 2013 by and between Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) and The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS , the Fund desires to appoint BNY as a Foreign Custody Manager on the terms and conditions contained herein;
 
WHEREAS , BNY desires to serve as a Foreign Custody Manager and perform the duties set forth herein on the terms and conditions contained herein;
 
NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter contained in this Agreement, the Fund and BNY hereby agree as follows:
 

 
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
 
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:
 
1.   “Board” shall mean the board of directors or board of trustees, as the case may be, of the Fund.
 
2.   “Eligible Foreign Custodian” shall have the meaning provided in the Rule.
 
3.   “Monitoring System” shall mean a system established by BNY to fulfill the Responsibilities specified in clauses (d) and (e) of Section 1 of Article III of this Agreement.
 
4.   “Responsibilities” shall mean the responsibilities delegated to BNY under the Rule as a Foreign Custody Manager with respect to each Specified Country and each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by BNY, as such responsibilities are more fully described in Article III of this Agreement.
 
5.   “Rule” shall mean Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
6.   “Specified Country” shall mean each country listed on Schedule I attached hereto and each country, other than the United States, constituting the primary market for a security with respect to which the Fund has given settlement instructions to The Bank of New York Mellon as custodian (the “Custodian”) under its Custody Agreement with the Fund.
 
 
ARTICLE II.
BNY AS A FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER
 
1.   The Fund on behalf of its Board hereby delegates to BNY with respect to each Specified Country the Responsibilities.
 
 
 
 

 
 
2.   BNY accepts the Board’s delegation of Responsibilities with respect to each Specified Country and agrees in performing the Responsibilities as a Foreign Custody Manager to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of the Fund’s assets would exercise.
 
3.   BNY shall provide to the Board at such times as the Board deems reasonable and appropriate based on the circumstances of the Fund’s foreign custody arrangements written reports notifying the Board of the placement of assets of the Fund with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian within a Specified Country and of any material change in the arrangements (including the contract governing such arrangements) with respect to assets of the Fund with any such Eligible Foreign Custodian.
 
 
ARTICLE III.
RESPONSIBILITIES
 
1.   Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, BNY shall with respect to each Specified Country select an Eligible Foreign Custodian.  In connection therewith, BNY shall: (a) determine that assets of the Fund held by such Eligible Foreign Custodian will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market in which such Eligible Foreign Custodian operates, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation, those contained in paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule; (b) determine that the Fund’s foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian are governed by a written contract with the Custodian which will provide reasonable care for the Fund’s assets based on the standards specified in paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule; (c) determine that each contract with an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall include the provisions specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) of the Rule or, alternatively, in lieu of any or all of such (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) provisions, such other provisions as BNY determines will provide, in their entirety, the same or a greater level of care and protection for the assets of the Fund as such specified provisions; (d) monitor pursuant to the Monitoring System the appropriateness of maintaining the assets of the Fund with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule and the performance of the contract governing such arrangement; and (e) advise the Fund whenever BNY determines under the Monitoring System that an arrangement (including, any material change in the contract governing such arrangement) described in preceding clause (d) no longer meets the requirements of the Rule.
 
2.   For purposes of preceding Section 1 of this Article, BNY’s determination of appropriateness shall not include, nor be deemed to include, any evaluation of Country Risks associated with investment in a particular country.  For purposes hereof, “Country Risks” shall mean systemic risks of holding assets in a particular country including but not limited to (a) an Eligible Foreign Custodian’s use of any depositories that act as or operate a system or a transnational system for the central handling of securities or any equivalent book-entries; (b) such country’s financial infrastructure; (c) such country’s prevailing custody and settlement practices; (d) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; (e) regulation of the banking or securities industry; (f) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; and (g) market conditions which affect the orderly execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.
 
 
 
2

 
 
ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS
 
1.   The Fund hereby represents that: (a) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no statute, regulation, rule, order, judgment or contract binding on the Fund prohibits the Fund’s execution or performance of this Agreement; (b) this Agreement has been approved and ratified by the Board at a meeting duly called and at which a quorum was at all times present, and (c) the Board or the Fund’s investment advisor has considered the Country Risks associated with investment in each Specified Country and will have considered such risks prior to any settlement instructions being given to the Custodian with respect to any other country.
 
2.   BNY hereby represents that: (a) BNY is duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, with full power to carry on its businesses as now conducted, and to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; (b) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by BNY, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of BNY enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no statute, regulation, rule, order, judgment or contract binding on BNY prohibits BNY’s execution or performance of this Agreement; and (c) BNY has established the Monitoring System.
 
 
ARTICLE V.
CONCERNING BNY
 
1.   BNY shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, sustained or incurred by, or asserted against, the Fund except to the extent the same arises out of the failure of BNY to exercise the care, prudence and diligence required by Section 2 of Article II hereof.  In no event shall BNY be liable to the Fund, the Board, or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or for lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement.
 
2.   The Fund shall indemnify BNY and hold it harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, sustained or incurred by, or asserted against, BNY by reason or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of BNY’s performance hereunder, provided that the Fund shall not indemnify BNY to the extent any such costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims arises out of BNY’s failure to exercise the reasonable care, prudence and diligence required by Section 2 of Article II hereof.
 
3.   For its services hereunder, the Fund agrees to pay to BNY such compensation and out-of-pocket expenses as shall be mutually agreed.
 
4.   BNY shall have only such duties as are expressly set forth herein.  In no event shall BNY be liable for any Country Risks associated with investments in a particular country.
 
 
 
 
3

 
 
ARTICLE VI.
MISCELLANEOUS
 
1.   This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Fund and BNY as a foreign custody manager, and no provision in the Custody Agreement between the Fund and the Custodian shall affect the duties and obligations of BNY hereunder, nor shall any provision in this Agreement affect the duties or obligations of the Custodian under the Custody Agreement.
 
2.   Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to BNY, shall be sufficiently given if received by it at its offices at 101 Barclay 11E, New York, New York 10286, or at such other place as BNY may from time to time designate in writing.
 
3.   Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently given if received by it at its offices at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532 or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time designate in writing.
 
4.   In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties.  This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other.
 
5.   This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.  The Fund and BNY hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder.  The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Fund and BNY each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
 
6.   The parties hereto agree that in performing hereunder, BNY is acting solely on behalf of the Fund and no contractual or service relationship shall be deemed to be established hereby between BNY and any other person by reason of this Agreement.
 
7.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.
 
8.   This Agreement shall terminate simultaneously with the termination of the Custody Agreement between the Fund and the Custodian, and may otherwise be terminated by either party giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice.
 
 
4

 

[ Signature page follows ]

 
 
5

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Fund and BNY have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.
 

 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
 
By:                                                               
Name:
Title:

 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 
By:                                                            
Name:
Title:

 


 

 

 
[ Foreign Custody Manager Agreement ]
 

 
6

 
 
SCHEDULE I
 
Specified Countries
 

 
Exhibit (k)(i)

 
SERVICE AGREEMENT
 
FOR
 
TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES
 
TO
 
GUGGENHEIM  CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
 

 
 

 
 
THIS SERVICE AGREEMENT FOR TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES (this “Agreement”) between Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (“Client”) and Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“Agent”), is dated as of _____, 2013.
 
1.            Appointment .   Client appoints Agent as its transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursing agent and Agent accepts such appointment in accordance with and subject to the following terms and conditions for all authorized shares of each class of stock listed in Exhibit A hereto (the “Shares”).
 
2.            Term of Agreement.   Agent’s appointment hereunder shall commence on the next business day after the later of (i) the date hereof, or (ii) the date Agent has confirmed that Client’s records have been converted to Agent’s system (the “Effective Date”), and shall continue for three years thereafter (the “Initial Term”).  Unless either party gives written notice of termination of this Agreement at least 60 days prior to the end of the Initial Term, or any successive three-year term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive additional three-year terms.
 
3.            Duties of Agent.   Commencing on the Effective Date, Agent shall provide the services listed in Exhibit B hereto, in the performance of its duties hereunder.
 
4.            Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Client.   Client represents, warrants and covenants to Agent that:
 
(a)           it is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation;
 
(b)             the Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and are non-assessable; and any Shares to be issued hereafter, when issued, shall have been duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and will be non-assessable;
 
(c)             the Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof have been duly registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and such registration has become effective, or are exempt from such registration; and have been duly registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or are exempt from such registration;
 
(d)             any Shares to be issued hereafter, when issued, shall have been duly registered under the Securities Act, and such registration shall have become effective, or shall be exempt from such registration; and shall have been duly registered under the Exchange Act, or shall be exempt from such registration;
 
(e)             Client has paid or caused to be paid all taxes, if any, that were payable upon or in respect of the original issuance of the Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof;
 
 
 
2

 
 
(f)           the use of facsimile signatures by Agent in connection with the countersigning and registering of Share certificates of Client has been duly authorized by Client and is valid and effective;
 
(g)             the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the issuance and any subsequent transfer of the Shares in accordance with this Agreement, do not and will not conflict with, violate, or result in a breach of, the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the charter or the by-laws of Client, any law or regulation, any order or decree of any court or public authority having jurisdiction, or any mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement or undertaking to which Client is a party or by which it is bound.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Client and is enforceable against Client in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally; and
 
(h)           Client agrees to provide to Agent the documentation and notifications listed in Exhibit C hereto according to the requirements set forth therein.
 
5.            Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Agent.   Agent represents, warrants and covenants to Client that:
 
(a)           Agent is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its state of organization;
 
(b)           Agent is, and for the term of this Agreement shall remain, duly registered as a transfer agent under the Exchange Act;
 
(c)           subject to Section 7 hereof, during the term of this Agreement, Agent shall comply with its obligations as a transfer agent under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; and
 
(d)           assuming the accuracy of Client’s representations and warranties and compliance by Client with its covenants hereunder, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the performance by Agent of its obligations in accordance with this Agreement, do not and will not conflict with, violate, or result in a breach of, the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the organizational documents of Agent, any law or regulation, any order or decree of any court or public authority having jurisdiction, or any mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement or undertaking to which Agent is a party or by which it is bound.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Agent and is enforceable against Agent in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.
 
6.            Scope of Agency.
 
(a)           Agent shall act solely as agent for Client under this Agreement and owes no duties hereunder to any other person.  Agent undertakes to perform the duties and only
 
 
 
3

 

the duties that are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against Agent.
 
(b)           Agent may rely upon, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in reliance upon, (i) any communication from Client, any predecessor Transfer Agent or co-Transfer Agent or any Registrar (other than Agent), predecessor Registrar or co-Registrar; (ii) any instruction, notice, request, direction, consent, report, certificate, opinion or other instrument, paper, document or electronic transmission believed by Agent to be genuine and to have been signed or given by the proper party or parties; (iii) any guaranty of signature by an “eligible guarantor institution” that is a member or participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or other comparable “signature guarantee program” or insurance program in addition to, or in substitution for, the foregoing; (iv) any instructions received through Direct Registration System/Profile; or (v) any law, act, regulation or any interpretation of the same even though such law, act, or regulation may thereafter have been altered, changed, amended or repealed. In addition, Agent is authorized to refuse to make any transfer that it determines in good faith not to be in good order.
 
(c)           In connection with any question of law arising in the course of Agent performing its duties hereunder, Agent may consult with legal counsel (including internal counsel) whose advice shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by Agent hereunder in good faith and in reasonable reliance thereon.
 
(d)           Any instructions given by Client to Agent orally shall be confirmed in writing by Client as soon as practicable.   Agent shall not be liable or responsible and shall be fully authorized and protected for acting, or failing to act, in reliance upon any oral instructions that do not conform with the written confirmation received in accordance with this Section 6(d).
 
7.            Indemnification.   Client shall indemnify Agent for, and hold it harmless from and against, any loss, liability, claim (whether with or without basis in fact or law), demand, cost or expense (collectively, “Loss”) arising out of or in connection with Agent’s duties under this Agreement or this appointment, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any Loss or enforcing this Agreement, except to the extent that such Loss shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be a result of Agent’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct.
 
8.            Limitation of Liability.
 
(a)           In the absence of gross negligence or intentional misconduct on its part, Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it or for any error of judgment made by it in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.  In no event will Agent be liable for special, indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive losses or damages of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if Agent has been advised of the possibility of such losses or damages and regardless of the form of action.  Any liability of Agent will be limited in the aggregate to an amount equal to
 
 
 
4

 

twelve (12) times the monthly administrative fee to be paid by Client as set forth in Exhibit B hereto.
 
(b)           If any question or dispute arises with respect to the proper interpretation of this Agreement or Agent’s duties hereunder, Agent shall not be required to act or be held liable or responsible for its failure or refusal to act until the question or dispute has been (i) judicially settled (and Agent may, if it deems it advisable, but shall not be obligated to, file a suit in interpleader or for a declaratory judgment for such purpose) by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that is binding on all parties interested in the matter and is no longer subject to review or appeal, or (ii) settled by a written document in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and executed by Client.  For such purpose, Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, require the execution of such a document.
 
9.            Force Majeure.   Agent shall not be liable for any failures, delays or losses, arising directly or indirectly out of conditions beyond its reasonable control, including, but not limited to, acts of government, exchange or market ruling, suspension of trading, work stoppages or labor disputes, civil disobedience, riots, rebellions, electrical or mechanical failure, computer hardware or software failure, communications facilities failures including telephone failure, war, terrorism, insurrection, fires, earthquakes, storms, floods, acts of God or similar occurrences.
 
10.            Market Data.   Client acknowledges that Agent may provide real-time or delayed quotations and other market information and messages (“Market Data”), which Market Data is provided to Agent by certain national securities exchanges and associations who assert a proprietary interest in Market Data disseminated by them but do not guarantee the timeliness, sequence, accuracy or completeness thereof.  Client agrees and acknowledges that Agent shall not be liable in any way for any loss or damage arising from or occasioned by any inaccuracy, error, delay in, omission of, or interruption in any Market Data or the transmission thereof.
 
11.            Termination.
 
(a)           Client may terminate this Agreement if (i) Agent defaults on any of its material obligations hereunder and such default remains uncured thirty (30) days after Agent’s receipt of notice of such default from Client; or (ii) any proceeding in bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or insolvency is commenced by or against Agent, Agent shall become insolvent or shall cease paying its obligations as they become due or makes any assignment for the benefit of its creditors.
 
(b)           Agent may suspend providing services hereunder or terminate this Agreement if (i) Client fails to pay amounts due hereunder or defaults on any of its material obligations hereunder and such failure or default remains uncured thirty (30) days after Client’s receipt of notice of such failure or default from Agent; (ii) any proceeding in bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or insolvency is commenced by or against Client, Client shall become insolvent, or shall cease paying its obligations as they become due or makes any assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (iii) Client is
 
 
 
5

 

acquired by or is merged with or into another entity where Client is not the surviving company.
 
(c)           Upon termination of this Agreement, all fees earned and expenses incurred by Agent up to and including the date of such termination shall be immediately due and payable to Agent on or before the effective date of such termination.
 
(d)           In addition to the payments required in Section 11(c) above, if this Agreement is terminated by Client for any reason other than pursuant to Section 11(a) above or by Agent pursuant to Section 11(b) above, then Client shall pay a termination fee, due and payable to Agent on or before the effective date of such termination, calculated as follows: (i) if the termination occurs prior to the first anniversary of the commencement date of the current term (the “Commencement Date”), then the termination fee shall equal twelve (12) times the average monthly invoice charged to Client by Agent hereunder, (ii) if the termination occurs on or after the first anniversary of the Commencement Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Commencement Date, then the termination fee shall equal nine (9) times the average monthly invoice charged to Client by Agent hereunder, and (iii) if the termination occurs on or after the second anniversary of the Commencement Date, then the termination fee shall equal six (6) times the average monthly invoice charged to Client by Agent hereunder.  For purposes of this paragraph, fees for non-recurring events shall be excluded when calculating the average monthly invoice charged to Client by Agent.
 
(e)           Prior to termination of this Agreement, Client shall provide Agent with written instructions as to the disposition of records, as well as any additional documentation reasonably requested by Agent.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the respective rights and duties of Client and Agent under this Agreement shall cease upon termination of this Agreement.
 
12.            Lost Certificates.   Agent shall not be obligated to issue a replacement share certificate for any share certificate reported to have been lost, destroyed or stolen unless Agent shall have received: (a) an affidavit of such loss, destruction or theft; (b) a bond of indemnity in form and substance satisfactory to Agent; and (c) payment of all applicable fees.  Shareholders may obtain such a bond of indemnity from a surety company of the shareholder’s choice, provided the surety company satisfies Agent’s minimum requirements.
 
13.            Confidentiality.
 
(a)           In connection with Agent’s appointment hereunder, each party shall obtain confidential information related to the other party or its stockholders that is not available to the general public (“Confidential Information”), which Confidential Information shall include the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the exhibits attached hereto.  Each party agrees that the Confidential Information shall be held and treated by it, its directors, officers, employees, affiliates, agents and subcontractors (collectively, “Representatives”) in confidence and, except as hereinafter provided, shall not be disclosed in any manner whatsoever except as otherwise required by law, regulation,
 
 
 
6

 

subpoena or governmental authority.  Confidential Information shall be used by each party and its Representatives only for the purposes for which provided and shall be disclosed by such party only to those Representatives who have a need to know in order to accomplish the business purpose in connection with which the Confidential Information has been provided.  Confidential Information does not include information that (i) is now or subsequently becomes generally available to the public through no fault or breach on the part of the receiving party; (ii) the receiving party had rightfully in its possession prior to disclosure to it by the disclosing party; (iii) is independently developed by the receiving party without the use of or reference to any Confidential Information; or (iv) the receiving party rightfully obtains on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the disclosing party who has the right to transfer or disclose it.
 
(b)           In connection with the provision of services under this Agreement, Client may direct Agent to release information, including non-public personal information (“NPPI”), as defined in Title V of the Gramm Leach Bliley Act and the regulations issued thereunder (including but not limited to Regulation P of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve) to Client’s agents or other third party service providers, including, without limitation, broker/dealers, custodians and depositories.   In addition, Client consents to the release of information, including NPPI, (i) to any of Agent’s Representatives in connection with the services provided hereunder and (ii) as required by law, regulation, subpoena or governmental authority.  Agent shall not be liable for the release of information in accordance with the foregoing provisions.
 
14.            Publicity.    Neither party will issue a news release, public announcement, advertisement, or other form of publicity concerning the existence of this Agreement or the Services to be provided hereunder without obtaining the prior written approval of the other party, which may be withheld in the other party’s sole discretion; provided that Agent may use Client’s name in its customer lists.
 
15.            Lost Stockholders; In-Depth Stockholder Search.
 
(a)           Agent shall conduct such database searches to locate lost stockholders as are required by Rule 17Ad-17 under the Exchange Act, without charge to the stockholder.  If a new address is so obtained in a database search for a lost stockholder, Agent shall conduct a verification mailing and update its records for such stockholder accordingly.
 
(b)           Agent may conduct a more in-depth search for the purpose of (i) locating lost stockholders for whom a new address is not obtained in accordance with clause (a) above, (ii) identifying stockholders who are deceased (or locating their next of kin) and (iii) locating stockholders whose accounts contain two or more consecutive uncashed checks, in each case using the services of a locating service provider selected by Agent.  Such provider may compensate Agent for processing and other services that Agent provides in connection with such in-depth search.
 
(c)           Upon locating any stockholder (or next of kin) pursuant to clause (b) above, the locating service provider shall clearly identify to such stockholder (or next of
 
 
 
7

 

kin) all assets held in such stockholder’s account.  Such provider shall inform any such located stockholders (or next of kin) that they may choose either (i) to contact Agent directly to obtain the assets in such account, at no charge other than any applicable fees to replace lost certificates, or (ii) to use the services of such provider for a fee, which may not exceed (A) 10% of the asset value of such stockholder’s property where the registered stockholder is a living person or (B) 20% of the asset value of such stockholder’s property where the registered stockholder is deceased or is not a natural person; provided that in no case shall such fee exceed the maximum statutory fee permitted by the applicable state jurisdiction.  If Client selects a locating service provider other than one selected by Agent, then Agent shall not be responsible for the terms of any agreement with such provider and additional fees may apply.
 
  16.            Compensation and Expenses.
 
(a)           Commencing on the Effective Date, Client shall compensate Agent for its services hereunder in accordance with the fee schedules listed in Exhibit B hereto.  After the second anniversary of the Effective Date, such fees may be adjusted annually, on or about each anniversary of the Effective Date, by the annual percentage of change in the latest Consumer Price Index of All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) United States City Average, as published by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics plus one half percent (0.5%).
 
(b)           All amounts owed to Agent hereunder are due within thirty (30) days of the invoice date.  Delinquent payments are subject to a late payment charge of one and one half percent (1.5%) per month commencing forty-five (45) days from the invoice date.  Client agrees to reimburse Agent for any attorney’s fees and any other costs associated with collecting delinquent payments.
 
(c)            Client shall be charged for certain expenses advanced or incurred by Agent in connection with Agent’s performance of its duties hereunder.  Such charges include, but are not limited to, stationery and supplies, such as transfer sheets, dividend checks, envelopes, and paper stock, as well as any disbursements for telephone, mail insurance, electronic document creation and delivery, travel expenses for annual meetings, link-up charges from Broadridge and tape charges from The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation.  While Agent endeavors to maintain such charges (both internal and external) at competitive rates, these charges will not, in all instances, reflect actual out-of-pocket costs, and in some instances may include handling charges to cover internal processing and use of Agent’s billing systems.
 
(d)           With respect to any shareholder mailings processed by Agent, Client shall be charged postage as an out-of-pocket expense at postage rates that may not reflect all available or utilized postal discounts, such as presort or NCOA discounts.  Client shall, at least one business day prior to mail date, provide immediately available funds sufficient to cover all postage due on such mailing.  Any material shareholder mailing schedule changes, including, but not limited to, delays in delivering materials to Agent or changes in a mailing commencement date, may result in additional fees and/or expenses.
 
 
 
8

 
 
(e)           Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, Client shall pay Agent a fee for deconversion services (e.g., providing shareholder lists and files, producing and shipping records, answering successor agent inquiries).  This fee shall be based on Agent’s then-current deconversion fee schedule.  Agent may withhold the Client’s records, reports and unused certificate stock pending Client’s payment in full of all fees and expenses owed to Agent under this Agreement.
 
17.            Notices.   All notices, demands and other communications given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing, shall be deemed effective on the date of receipt, and may be sent by overnight delivery service, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested to:
 
If to Client:                                                                with an additional copy to:
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
2455 Corporate West Drive
Lisle, Illinois 60532
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
 
 

 
If to Agent:                                                                with an additional copy to:
Computershare Shareowner Services LLC
480 Washington Boulevard, 29 th Floor
Attn: Relationship Manager
 
Computershare Shareowner Services LLC Newport Office Center VII
480 Washington Blvd.
Jersey City, NJ 07310
Attn: Legal Department
 

18.            Submission to Jurisdiction; Foreign Law.
 
(a)           The parties irrevocably (i) submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court sitting in New York City or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, (ii) waive, to the fullest extent they may effectively do so, any defense based on inconvenient forum, improper venue or lack of jurisdiction to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding, and (iii) waive all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
(b)           Agent shall not be required hereunder to comply with the laws or regulations of any country other than the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof.  Agent may consult with foreign counsel, at Client’s expense, to resolve any foreign law issues that may arise as a result of Client or any other party being subject to the laws or regulations of any foreign jurisdiction.
 
 
 
9

 
 
19.            Miscellaneous.  
 
(a)            Amendments.   This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement signed by both Client and Agent.
 
(b)            Governing Law.   This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
 
(c)            Survival of Terms.   Sections 7, 8, 13 and 16 hereof shall survive termination of this Agreement and Agent’s appointment hereunder.
 
(d)            Assignment.   This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided that this Agreement may not be assigned, or otherwise transferred, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, which the other party will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay; and provided further that (i) consent is not required for an assignment to an affiliate of Agent and (ii) any reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other form of business combination by Agent shall not be deemed to constitute an assignment of this Agreement.  Any attempted assignment in violation of the foregoing will be void.
 
(e)            Headings.   The headings contained in this Agreement are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of this Agreement.
 
(f)            Severability.   Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is found to violate a law, it will be severed from the rest of the Agreement and ignored.
 
(g)            Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed manually in any number of counterparts, each of which such counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts when taken together shall constitute one and the same original instrument.
 
(h)            Entire Agreement.   This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supercedes all prior written or oral communications, understandings, and agreements with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that the Exhibits hereto are an integral part of this Agreement.
 
(i)            Benefits of this Agreement .   Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give any person or entity other than Agent and Client any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of Agent and Client.
 
(j)            Customer Identification Program.   Client acknowledges that Agent is subject to the customer identification program (“Customer Identification Program”)
 
 
 
10

 

requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, and that Agent must obtain, verify and record information that allows Agent to identify Client.  Accordingly, prior to accepting an appointment hereunder, Agent may request information from Client that will help Agent to identify Client, including without limitation Client’s physical address, tax identification number, organizational documents, certificate of good standing, license to do business, or any other information that Agent deems necessary.  Client agrees that Agent cannot accept an appointment hereunder unless and until Agent verifies Client’s identity in accordance with the Customer Identification Program requirements.
 

 
[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.  Signature page follows.]
 
 
 
11

 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year above written.

 
GUGGENHEIM DYNAMIC CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES FUND
 
 
By:                  ___________________________________             
 
Name:              ___________________________________
 
Title:              ___________________________________
 

 
COMPUTERSHARE SHAREOWNER SERVICES LLC
 
 
By:                  ___________________________________             
 
Name:              ___________________________________
 
Title:              ___________________________________
        
 

 
 
12

 
Exhibit A
 
 
STOCK SUBJECT TO THE AGREEMENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class of Stock
 
 
 
 
Number of Authorized Shares
Number of Authorized Shares Issued and Outstanding (including Treasury Shares)
 
Number of Authorized Shares Reserved for Future Issuance Under Existing Agreements
       
       

 
 
A-1

 
Exhibit B

 
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED AND SCHEDULE OF FEES
 

 

 

 

 
 
B-1

 

 

 
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED
 
Account Maintenance Functions
·   Opening new accounts
·   Posting debits and credits
·   Maintaining certificate history
·   Placing and releasing stop transfer notations
·   Consolidating accounts
·   Coding accounts requiring special handling (e.g. “bad address,” “do not mail,” “VIP,” etc.)
·   Processing address changes
·   Responding to shareholder correspondence (includes address changes, coding changes, W8/W9 Inquiries, 1099 duplicate requests, statement inquiries, check replacements, and other routine transactions)
·   Providing a toll-free phone number for shareholder inquiries
·   Obtaining and posting Taxpayer Identification Number certifications pursuant to IDTCA regulations
·   Maintaining inactive accounts for the purpose of research and tax reporting
·   Closing (purging) inactive accounts that meet selected criteria
·   Maintaining shareholder consents to electronic delivery of materials
·   Review and reporting of information required by the Office of Foreign Asset Control
Security Issuance Functions
·   Qualifying under the rules of the NYSE and NASDAQ/AMEX to act in the dual capacity as transfer agent and registrar
·   Maintaining mail and window facilities for the receipt of transfer requests
·   Maintaining and securing unissued certificate inventory and supporting documents
·   Establishing procedures designed to verify that surrendered certificates are genuine and have not been altered
·   Obtaining a legal opinion and/or other documentation to the effect that original issuances are properly authorized and have been registered under federal securities laws or are exempt from such registration
·   In connection with requests for transfer, verifying that Shares issued equal the number surrendered
·   Place and remove stop orders on Shares
·   Verifying that Agent has not received any active stop orders against Shares submitted for transfer
·   Issuing and registering new securities
·   Recording canceled and issued securities
·   Canceling surrendered certificates
·   Delivering completed transfers
·   Processing restricted and legal transfers upon presentment of appropriate supporting documentation
·   Providing online access to daily transfer or management summary journals
·   Providing delivery and receipt of DWAC transfers
·   Provide and process safekeeping requests
·   Replacing lost, destroyed or stolen certificates (charge imposed on shareholder)
·   Supporting custodial arrangements for selling stockholders or otherwise as requested by Client in connection with public offerings
Dividend Disbursement Services
·   Preparing and mailing checks
·   ACH/Direct Deposit file transmission
·   Reconciling checks
·   Preparing payment register in list form
·   Withholding and filing taxes for non-resident aliens and others
·   Filing federal tax information returns
·   Processing “B” and “C” notices received from the IRS
 
 
 
B-2

 
 
        ·   Mailing required statements (Form 1099DIV or Form 1042)
·   Maintaining stop payment files and issuing replacement checks
·   Maintaining separate dividend addresses
·   Receiving, verifying and posting dividend payment funds
Investment Plan Services (per separate Plan agreement)
·   Opening and maintaining participant accounts
·   Processing reinvestment and optional cash payments
·   Preparing participant statement of accounts, after each transaction, showing activity for current period
·   Processing liquidations and terminations according to plan specifications
·   Providing periodic investment reports to Client
·   Preparing Form 1099B to report sale proceeds
·   Issuing replacement checks
·   Mail authorization material as requested either separately or part of new account mailing
Escheatment Functions
·   Assist in establishing compliance with the unclaimed property requirements of all jurisdictions that may have a claim on escheatable property held by Agent on behalf of Client.
·   Processing records and property subject to reporting based upon current state statutes, rules, and regulations
·   Identifying property that has become escheatable since the last filing date
·   Assist in reviewing state regulations to determine if there have been any changes in reporting procedures
·   Reporting and remitting property to states
Proxy and Annual Meeting Functions
·   Assisting in Annual Meeting planning
·   Processing and mailing Annual Meeting materials
·   Provide eKit interactive Annual Meeting materials integrated with Internet Proxy Voting
·   Tabulating physical (both scanner and manual) proxies returned by shareholders
·   Soliciting registered shareholders for their consent to receive electronic meeting materials
·   Collecting, processing and archiving electronic consents and revocations
·   Tabulating telephone and Internet proxies returned by shareholders
·   Identifying shareholders who will attend the Annual Meeting
·   Providing Inspector(s) of Election for the Annual Meeting
·   Maintaining an automated link with (i) DTC to redistribute record date Cede & Co. share positions to participants and (ii) ADP to receive transmissions of broker votes
·   Providing certified list of record date holders
·   Processing omnibus proxies for respondent banks
·   Providing report of final vote
·   Providing remote access to proxy tabulation system
Web Services and System Access
·   Providing Client access to Agent’s mainframe inquiry and internet via Client ServiceDirect
·   Providing daily data on registered shareholders
·   Providing daily access to proxy tabulation file during proxy season
·   Providing Shareholder access to their account via Investor ServiceDirect
·   Providing on-line access to shareholder statements and tax forms via MLink
 
 
 
B-3

 
 
OTHER SERVICES AND CHARGES
 
 
Shareholder Plan Enrollment :  If Client has appointed a banking affiliate of Agent to administer a direct stock purchase and/or dividend reinvestment plan, Agent (on behalf of such affiliate) shall accept requests by Client’s shareholders to enroll Shares in such plan via paper enrollment form, in the case of certificated securities, and via paper enrollment form, Internet enrollment and telephonic enrollment, in the case of book-entry (i.e., Direct Registration System) securities.  If Client has not appointed a banking affiliate of Agent to administer a direct stock purchase or dividend reinvestment plan, then Client hereby appoints and directs a banking affiliate of Agent to implement and administer a share selling program (“Program”) pursuant to which shareholders may enroll book-entry Shares in the Program in order to liquidate them.  The Program terms and conditions are outlined in the then current Program term sheet, which shall be made available to Program participants.
 
Prior Agent Out-of-Proof Conditions:    If an out-of-proof condition exists on the Effective Date, and such condition is not resolved within 90 calendar days thereafter, Client agrees to provide Agent with funds or shares sufficient to resolve the out-of-proof condition promptly upon the expiration of such 90 day period.
 
Lost Certificates:   Agent shall charge shareholders an administrative fee for replacement of lost certificates, which shall be charged only once in instances where a single surety bond obtained covers multiple certificates.  Agent may receive compensation from surety companies or surety agents for administrative services provided to them.
 
Legal Expenses, System Modifications:    Certain expenses may be incurred in resolving legal matters, including receiving and responding to routine subpoenas that arise in the course of performing services hereunder.  This may result in a separate charge to cover Agent’s expenses (including the cost of external or internal counsel) in resolving such matters; provided that any legal expenses charged to the Client shall be reasonable.
 
In the event any federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations are enacted that require Agent to (i) make any adjustments and/or modifications to its current system, or (ii) provide additional services to Client for which Agent is not being compensated hereunder, then Client shall compensate Agent (a) on a pro rata basis proportionate to the Client’s registered shareholder base, for the costs associated with making such required adjustments and/or modifications, or (b) according to Agent’s standard fees established, in good faith, with respect to such additional services.
 
Initial Compliance Escheatment Services :  If, at the time escheat services are commenced for any asset type, Client is not in compliance with applicable state unclaimed property regulations with respect to that asset type, then Agent shall provide initial compliance services, which shall include working with one or more state unclaimed property clearinghouses to identify specific reportable records and property, and organizing and formatting such records and property for remittance to the applicable states, as required.  Where applicable, in concert with state clearinghouses, Agent shall also attempt to obtain releases and indemnification agreements protecting Client from interest and penalties that may be assessable against Client by the states for prior non-compliance. If a release or indemnification agreement is not so obtained from a state, Client may be responsible for interest and/or penalties from such state for prior non-compliance.  Agent may receive compensation from state clearinghouses for the processing and support services it provides to them in connection with initial compliance services.
 
Cash Dividends and Distributions:   Client shall, by 11:00 a.m. Eastern Standard Time one day prior to payable date, provide to Agent full funding sufficient to pay the aggregate amount for any dividend to be paid.  Upon receipt of any such funds, Agent shall (a) in the case of registered
 
 
 
B-4

 

shareholders who are participants in a dividend reinvestment plan of Client as of the record date, reinvest such funds in accordance with the terms of such plan, and (b) in the case of registered shareholders who are not participants in any such plan as of the record date, make payment of such funds to such shareholders by mailing a check, payable to the registered shareholder, to the address of record or, if different, dividend mailing address.  If Agent has not timely received sufficient funds to make payments of any dividend or distribution pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) above to all registered shareholders of Client as of the record date, Agent shall notify Client and withhold all payments until Client has provided sufficient funds to Agent.
 
Other Services:    Fees, out of pocket expenses and disbursements for any services, including, but not limited to, down posting for odd lots, provided to Client or any of its agents or representatives by or on behalf of Agent hereunder that are not set forth above will be based on Agent’s standard fees at the time such services are provided or, if no standard fees have been established, an appraisal of the work to be performed.
 


 
B-5

 
 

 
Exhibit C
 
DOCUMENTS AND NOTIFICATIONS TO BE DELIVERED TO AGENT
 
Prior to the Effective Date, to the extent not previously provided by Client to Agent, Client shall provide Agent with the following:
 
 
1.
An adequate supply of Share certificates (including new Share certificates and specimens whenever the form thereof shall change), properly signed, by facsimile or otherwise, by officers of Client authorized by law or by Client’s By-Laws to sign Share certificates, and, if required, bearing the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof.
 
2.
A copy of the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Client appointing or authorizing the appointment of Agent as Transfer Agent and/or Registrar and Dividend Disbursing Agent, as the case may be, duly certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Client under the corporate seal.
 
 
3.
A copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of Client, and all amendments thereto, certified by the Secretary of State of the state of incorporation.
 
4.
A copy of the By-laws of Client as amended to date, duly certified by the Secretary of Client under the corporate seal.
 
5.
A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Client, under its corporate seal, stating as follows:
 
a)      this Agreement has been executed and delivered pursuant to the authority of  Client’s Board of Directors;
 
 
b)      the attached specimen Share certificate(s) are in substantially the form submitted to and approved by Client’s Board of Directors for current use, and the attached specimen Share certificates for each Class of Stock with issued and outstanding Shares are in the form previously submitted to and approved by Client’s Board of Directors for past use;
 
c)      no shares have been reserved for future issuance except as set forth on the attached list of existing agreements pursuant to which Shares have been reserved for future issuance, which list specifies the number of reserved Shares subject to each such existing agreement and the substantive provisions thereof.
 
 
d)      each shareholder list provided to Agent is true and complete; or no Shares are outstanding;
 
 
e)      the name of each stock exchange upon which any of the Shares are listed and the number and identity of the Shares so listed;
 
 
f)      the name and address of each co-Transfer Agent, Registrar (other than Agent) or co-Registrar for any of the Shares and the extent of its appointment, or there are no co-Transfer Agents, Registrars (other than Agent) or co-Registrars for any of the Shares; and
 
 
1

 
 
g)      the officer(s) of Client, who executed this Agreement as well as any certificates or papers delivered to Agent pursuant to this Agreement (including without limitation any Share certificates, as such certificates may be amended from time to time), were validly elected or appointed to, and are the incumbents of, the offices they purported to hold at the time of such execution and delivery, are authorized to execute this Agreement as well as all other certificates or papers delivered hereunder, and that their signatures on all such documentation are genuine.
 
Such Secretary’s certificate shall contain a certificate of an officer of Client, other than the officer executing the Secretary’s certificate, stating that the person executing the Secretary’s certificate  was validly elected to, and is the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Client and that his signature on the certificate is genuine.
 
6.
A shareholder list, preferably in machine readable format, certified as true and complete by the person preparing the list, for the issued and outstanding Shares, setting forth as to each holder, his/her name and address, tax identification number certified by the shareholder pursuant to requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and applicable regulations, the number of Shares held, the Share certificate numbers and the existence of any stop orders or other transfer restrictions.
 
7.           Opinion of counsel for Client, addressed to Agent, to the effect that:
 
a)      the Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and are non-assessable;
 
b)      the Shares issued and outstanding on the date hereof have been duly registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and such registration has become effective, or are exempt from such registration; and have been duly registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or are exempt from such registration;
 
c)      the use of facsimile signatures by Agent in connection with the countersigning and registering of Share certificates of Client has been duly authorized by Client and is valid and effective; and
 
d)      the execution and delivery of this Agreement do not and will not conflict with, violate, or result in a breach of, the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, the charter or the by-laws of Client, any law or regulation, any order or decree of any court or public authority having jurisdiction, or any mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement or undertaking to which Client is a party or by which it is bound and this Agreement is enforceable against Client in accordance with it terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.
 
8.           A completed Internal Revenue Service Form 2678.
 
9.           A completed Form W-8 or W-9, as applicable.
 
 
Client further agrees to deliver an opinion of counsel as provided in this Exhibit C, Section 7(a) and (b) upon any future original issuance of Shares for which Agent will act as transfer agent hereunder.
 

 
2

 
NOTIFICATION OF CHANGES
 
 
Client shall promptly notify Agent of the following:
 
 
1.
Any change in the name of Client, amendment of its certificate of incorporation or its by-laws;
 
2.
Any change in the title of a Class of Stock from that set forth in the first column of Exhibit A;
 
3.
Any change in the Number of Authorized Shares from that set forth in the second column of Exhibit A;
 
4.
Any change in existing agreements or any entry into new agreements changing the Number of Authorized Shares Reserved for Future Issuance Under Existing Agreements from that listed in the fourth column of Exhibit A hereto;
 
5.
Any change in the number of outstanding Shares subject to stop orders or other transfer limitations;
 
6.
The listing or delisting of any Shares on any stock exchange;
        
7.
The appointment after the date hereof of any co-Transfer Agent, Registrar (other than Agent) or any co-Registrar for any of the Shares;
 
8.
The merger of Client into, or the consolidation of Client with, or the sale or other transfer of the assets of Client substantially as an entirety to, another person; or the merger or consolidation of another person into or with Client; and
 
9.
Any other change in the affairs of Client of which Agent must have knowledge to perform properly its duties under this Agreement.
 


3

 

 

 

 

 
Exhibit (k)(ii)

FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT
 
This AGREEMENT is made as of this __ day of _____, 2013, between Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust having its principal place of business at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, and Rydex Fund Services, LLC ("RFS"), a Maryland limited liability company having its principal place of business at 805 King Farm Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20850.
 
WHEREAS, the Trust desires that RFS perform fund accounting services for the Trust;
 
WHEREAS, RFS is willing to perform such services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;
 
WHEREAS, RFS and the Trust wish to enter into this Agreement in order to set forth the terms under which RFS will perform the fund accounting services set forth herein for the Trust;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants hereinafter contained, the Trust and RFS hereby agree as follows:
 
1.   Services as Fund Accountant
 
(a)   Maintenance of Books and Records .  RFS will keep and maintain the following books and records of the Trust pursuant to Rule 31a-1 (the “Rule”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”):
 
(i)  
Journals containing an itemized daily record in detail of all purchases and sales of securities, all receipts and disbursements of cash and all other debits and credits, as required by subsection (b)(1) of the Rule;
 
(ii)  
General and auxiliary ledgers reflecting all asset, liability, reserve, capital, income and expense accounts, including interest accrued and interest received, as required by subsection (b)(2)(i) of the Rule;
 
(iii)  
Separate ledger accounts required by subsection (b)(2)(ii) and (iii) of the Rule; and
 
(iv)  
A monthly trial balance of all ledger accounts (except shareholder accounts) as required by subsection (b)(8) of the Rule.
 
(b)   Performance of Daily Accounting Services .  In addition to the maintenance of the books and records specified above, RFS shall perform the following accounting services daily for the Trust:
 
 
 
1

 
 
(i)  
On each day that the Fund calculates the net asset values, calculate the net asset value per share utilizing prices obtained from the sources described in subsection 1(b)(ii) below;
 
(ii)  
Obtain security prices from independent pricing services, or if such quotes are unavailable, then obtain such prices from the Trust’s investment adviser or its designee, as determined in accordance with procedures adopted and approved by the Trust’s Board of Trustees (hereafter referred to as the “Board”);
 
(iii)  
Verify and reconcile with the Trust’s custodian all daily trade activity;
 
(iv)  
Compute, as appropriate, the Trust’s net income and capital gains, dividend payables, dividend factors, 7-day yields, 7-day effective yields, 30-day yields, and weighted average portfolio maturity;
 
(v)  
On each day that the Fund calculates net asset values, review the net asset value calculation and dividend factor (if any) for the Trust prior to release, check and confirm the net asset values and dividend factors for reasonableness, and distribute net asset values and yields;
 
(vi)  
Determine unrealized appreciation and depreciation on securities held by the Trust;
 
(vii)  
Amortize premiums and accrete discounts on securities purchased at a price other than face value, if requested by the Trust;
 
(viii)  
Update fund accounting system to reflect rate changes, as received from an independent pricing service, on variable interest rate instruments;
 
(ix)  
Post Trust transactions to appropriate categories;
 
(x)  
Accrue all necessary and appropriate expenses of the Trust;
 
(xi)  
Determine the outstanding receivables and payables for all (1) security trades, (2) Trust share transactions and (3) income and expense accounts;
 
(xii)  
Provide accounting reports in connection with the Trust’s regular annual audit and other audits and examinations by regulatory agencies; and
 
(xiii)  
Provide such periodic reports as the parties shall agree upon, as set forth in a separate schedule.
 
(c)   Special Reports and Services .
 
(i)  
RFS may provide additional special reports upon the request of the Trust or the Trust’s investment adviser, which may result in an additional charge, the amount of which shall be agreed upon between the parties.
 
 
 
2

 
 
(ii)  
RFS may provide such other similar services with respect to a Fund as may be reasonably requested by the Trust, which may result in an additional charge, the amount of which shall be agreed upon between the parties.
 
(d)   Additional Accounting Services .  RFS shall also perform the following additional accounting services for the Trust, without additional compensation:
 
(i)  
Provide accounting information for the following:
 
(A)  
federal and state income tax returns and federal excise tax returns;
 
(B)  
semi-annual reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on Form N-SAR;
 
(C)  
annual and semi-annual  shareholder reports and related Form N-CSR filings;
 
(D)  
registration statements on Form N-2 and other filings relating to the registration of shares;
 
(E)  
the fund administrator’s monitoring of the Trust’s status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended;
 
(F)  
annual audits by the Trust’s auditors; and
 
(G)  
examinations performed by the SEC.
 
2.   Subcontracting
 
RFS, upon consultation with the Board, may subcontract with any entity or person concerning the provision of fund accounting services contemplated hereunder (a “Sub-Fund Accountant”); provided, however, that RFS shall not be relieved of any of its duties and obligations under this Agreement by the appointment of such subcontractor and provided further, that RFS shall be responsible, to the extent provided in herein, for all acts of such subcontractor as if such acts were its own.
 
3.   Compensation
 
The Trust shall pay RFS compensation for the services to be provided by RFS under this Agreement in accordance with, and in the manner set forth in Schedule A attached hereto.
 
 
 
3

 
 
4.   Reimbursement of Expenses and Miscellaneous Service Fees Relating to Fund Accounting.
 
(a)   In addition to paying RFS the fees provided in Schedule A, the Trust agrees to reimburse RFS for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in providing fund accounting services hereunder, including without limitation the following:
 
(i)  
All freight and other delivery and bonding charges incurred by RFS in delivering materials to and from the Trust or other service providers of the Trust;
 
(ii)  
All direct telephone, telephone transmission and telecopy or other electronic transmission expenses incurred by RFS in communication with the Trust, the Trust’s investment advisor or custodian, dealers or others as required for RFS to perform the services to be provided hereunder;
 
(iii)  
The cost of microfilm or microfiche of records or other materials;
 
(iv)  
All systems-related expenses associated with the provision of special reports and services pursuant to Section 1(c) herein; and
 
(v)  
Any additional expenses reasonably incurred by RFS in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement.
 
(b)   In addition, RFS shall be entitled to receive the following amounts:
 
(i)  
Systems development fees billed at an hourly rate of $150 per hour, as approved by the Trust;
 
(ii)  
Ad hoc reporting fees billed at an agreed upon rate; and
 
(iii)  
Charges for the pricing information obtained from third party vendors for use in pricing the securities of each Trust’s portfolio pursuant to Section 1(b)(ii) of this Agreement, which shall not exceed the amounts that would be incurred if the Trust were to obtain the information directly from the relevant vendor or vendors.
 
5.   Standard of Care; Uncontrollable Events; Limitation of Liability
 
RFS shall use reasonable professional diligence to ensure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement, but shall not be liable to the Trust for any action taken or omitted by RFS in the absence of bad faith, willful misfeasance, negligence or reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties.  The duties of RFS shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against RFS hereunder.
 
RFS shall maintain adequate and reliable computer and other equipment necessary or appropriate to carry out its obligations under this Agreement.  Upon the
 
 
 
4

 

Trust’s reasonable request, RFS shall provide supplemental information concerning the aspects of its disaster recovery and business continuity plan that are relevant to the services provided hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, RFS assumes no responsibility hereunder, and shall not be liable, for any damage, loss of data, delay or any other loss whatsoever caused by events beyond its reasonable control.   Events beyond RFS’s reasonable control include, without limitation, force majeure events.  Force majeure events include natural disasters, actions or decrees of governmental bodies, and communication lines failures that are not the fault of either party.  In the event of force majeure, computer or other equipment failures or other events beyond its reasonable control, RFS shall follow applicable procedures in its disaster recovery and business continuity plan and use all commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any service interruption.
 
RFS shall provide the Trust, at such times as the Trust may reasonably require, copies of reports rendered by independent public accountants on the internal controls and procedures of RFS relating to the services provided by RFS under this Agreement.
 
Notwithstanding anything in this agreement to the contrary, in no event shall RFS, its affiliates or any of its or their directors, officers, employees, agents or subcontractors be liable for exemplary, punitive, special, incidental, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits, each of which is hereby excluded by agreement of the parties regardless of whether such damages were foreseeable or whether either party or any entity has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
 
6.   Term
 
This Agreement shall become effective upon its approval by a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Board who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of such party and shall continue in effect for a period of two years from the date hereof, subject thereafter to being continued in force and effect from year to year if specifically approved each year by the Board. In addition to the foregoing, each renewal of this Agreement must be approved by the vote of a majority of the Trust’s trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Prior to voting on the renewal of this Agreement, the Board may request and evaluate, and RFS shall furnish, such information as may reasonably be necessary to enable the Board to evaluate the terms of this Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated at any time by either party, without cause, upon 90 days written notice to the other, and for cause upon 30 days written notice by the party alleging cause.
 
For purposes of this Agreement, “cause” shall mean (a) a material breach of this Agreement that has not been remedied for thirty (30) days following written notice of such breach from the non-breaching party; (b) a final, unappealable judicial, regulatory or administrative ruling or order in which the party to be terminated has been found guilty of criminal or unethical behavior in the conduct of its business; or (c) financial difficulties on the part of the party to be terminated  which are evidenced by the authorization or commencement of, or involvement by way of pleading, answer, consent
 
 
 
5

 

or acquiescence in, a voluntary or involuntary case under Title 11 of the United States Code, as from time to time is in effect, or any applicable law, other than said Title 11, of any jurisdiction relating to the liquidation or reorganization of debtors or to the modification or alteration of the rights of creditors.  RFS shall not terminate this Agreement pursuant to clause (a) above based solely upon the Trust’s failure to pay an amount to RFS which is the subject of a good faith dispute, if (i) the Trust is attempting in good faith to resolve such dispute with as much expediency as may be possible under the circumstances, and (ii) the Trust continues to perform its obligations hereunder in all other material respects (including paying all fees and expenses not subject to reasonable dispute hereunder).
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, following any such termination, in the event that RFS in fact continues to perform any one or more of the services contemplated by this Agreement (or any Schedule or exhibit hereto) with the consent of the Trust, the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions dealing with indemnification, shall continue in full force and effect.  Fees and out-of-pocket expenses due RFS but unpaid by the Trust upon such termination shall be immediately due and payable upon and notwithstanding such termination.  RFS shall be entitled to collect from the Trust, in addition to the fees and disbursements provided for herein, the amount of all of RFS’s reasonable cash disbursements in connection with RFS’s activities in effecting such termination, including without limitation, the delivery to the Trust and/or its designees of the Trust’s property, records, instruments and documents.
 
7.   Indemnification
 
The Trust agrees to indemnify and hold harmless RFS, its employees, agents, directors, officers and nominees from and against any and all claims, demands, actions and suits, and from and against any and all judgments, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees and other expenses of every nature and character arising out of or in any way relating to RFS’s actions taken or omissions with respect to the performance of services under this Agreement or based, if applicable, upon reasonable reliance on information, records, instructions or requests given or made to RFS by the Trust, the investment adviser or custodian thereof; provided that this indemnification shall not apply to actions or omissions of RFS in cases of its own bad faith, willful misfeasance, negligence or reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties.
 
RFS shall indemnify, defend, and hold the Trust harmless from and against any and all claims, actions and suits and all losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, payments, expenses and liabilities (including reasonable investigation expenses) resulting directly and proximately from RFS’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.
 
The indemnification rights hereunder shall include the right to reasonable advances of defense expenses in the event of any pending or threatened litigation with respect to which indemnification hereunder may ultimately be merited.  In order that the indemnification provisions contained herein shall apply, however, it is understood that if
 
 
 
6

 

in any case a party may be asked to indemnify or hold the other party harmless, the indemnifying party shall be fully and promptly advised of all pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and it is further understood that the indemnified party will use all reasonable care to identify and notify the indemnifying party promptly concerning any situation which presents or appears likely to present the probability of such a claim for indemnification against the indemnifying party, but failure to do so in good faith shall not affect the rights hereunder except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced thereby.  As to any matter eligible for indemnification, an Indemnified Party shall act reasonably and in accordance with good faith business judgment and shall not effect any settlement or confess judgment without the consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
 
The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate at its own expense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims subject to this indemnity provision.  If the indemnifying party elects to assume the defense of any such claim, the defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In the event that the indemnifying party elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the indemnified party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it.  If the indemnifying party does not elect to assume the defense of suit, it will reimburse the indemnified party for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the indemnified party.  The indemnity and defense provisions set forth herein shall indefinitely survive the termination of this Agreement.
 
8.   Record Retention and Confidentiality
 
RFS shall keep and maintain on behalf of the Trust all books and records which the Trust and RFS is, or may be, required to keep and maintain pursuant to any applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including without limitation Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act, relating to the maintenance of books and records in connection with the services to be provided hereunder. Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act which are prepared or maintained by RFS on behalf of the Trust shall be prepared and maintained at the expense of RFS, but shall be the property of the Trust and will be surrendered promptly to the Trust on request, and made available for inspection by the Trust or by the Commission at reasonable times.
 
In case of any request or demand for the inspection of such records by another party, RFS may make such records available to such party if (i) disclosure is required by law, (ii) RFS is advised by counsel that it may incur liability for failure to make a disclosure, (iii) RFS is requested to divulge such information by duly-constituted authorities or court process, or (iv) RFS is requested to make a disclosure by the Trust.
 
9.   Activities of RFS
 
The services of RFS rendered to the Trust hereunder are not to be deemed to be exclusive.  RFS is free to render such services to others and to have other businesses and
 
 
 
7

 

interests.  It is understood that directors, officers, employees and Shareholders of the Trust are or may be or become interested in RFS, as officers, employees or otherwise and that partners, officers and employees of RFS and its counsel are or may be or become similarly interested in the Trust, and that RFS may be or become interested in the Trust as a shareholder or otherwise.
 
10.   Reports
 
RFS shall furnish to the Trust and to its properly authorized auditors, investment advisers, examiners, distributors, dealers, underwriters, salesmen, insurance companies and others designated by the Trust in writing, such reports and at such times as are prescribed pursuant to the terms and the conditions of this Agreement to be provided or completed by RFS, or as subsequently agreed upon by the parties pursuant to an amendment hereto.
 
11.   Rights of Ownership
 
All computer programs and procedures employed or developed by or on behalf of RFS to perform services required to be provided by RFS under this Agreement are the property of RFS.  All records and other data except such computer programs and procedures are the exclusive property of the Trust and all such other records and data shall be furnished to the Trust in appropriate form as soon as practicable after termination of this Agreement for any reason.
 
12.   Return of Records
 
RFS may at its option at any time, and shall promptly upon the Trust’s demand, turn over to the Trust, files, records and documents created and maintained by RFS pursuant to this Agreement which are no longer needed by RFS in the performance of its services or for its legal protection.  If not so turned over to the Trust, such documents and records will be retained by RFS for six years from the year of creation. At the end of such six-year period, such records and documents will be turned over to the Trust unless the Trust authorizes in writing the destruction of such records and documents.
 
13.   Representations and Warranties
 
(a)   The Trust represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Trust and, when executed and delivered by the Trust, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
 
(b)   RFS represents and warrants that: (1) the various procedures and systems which RFS has implemented with regard to safeguarding from loss or damage attributable to fire, theft, or any other cause the records, and other data of the Trust and RFS’s records, data, equipment facilities and other property used in the performance of its obligations hereunder are adequate and that it will make such changes therein from
 
 
 
8

 

time to time as are reasonably required for the secure performance of its obligations hereunder, and (2) this Agreement has been duly authorized by RFS and, when executed and delivered by RFS, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of RFS, enforceable against RFS in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
 
Except as expressly provided in this agreement, all representations and warranties, including, without limitation, any warranties regarding quality, suitability, merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or otherwise (irrespective of any course of dealing, custom or usage of trade) concerning the services or any goods provided incidental to the services provided under this agreement by RFS are completely disclaimed.
 
14.   Insurance
 
RFS shall maintain a fidelity bond covering larceny and embezzlement and an insurance policy with respect to directors and officers errors and omissions coverage in amounts that are appropriate in light of its duties and responsibilities hereunder.  Upon the request of the Trust, RFS shall provide evidence that coverage is in place.
 
RFS shall notify the Trust should its insurance coverage with respect to professional liability or errors and omissions coverage be canceled.  Such notification shall include the date of cancellation and the reasons therefore.  RFS shall notify the Trust of any material claims against it with respect to services performed under this Agreement, whether or not they may be covered by insurance, and shall notify the Trust should the total outstanding claims made by RFS under its insurance coverage materially impair, or threaten to materially impair, the adequacy of its coverage.
 
15.   Legal Advice; Reliance on Prospectus and Instructions
 
RFS may apply to the Trust at any time for instructions and may consult with counsel for the Trusts and with accountants and other experts with respect to any matter arising in connection with RFS’s duties, and RFS shall not be liable nor accountable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such instruction or with the opinion of such counsel, accountants or other experts.  RFS shall notify the Trust at any time RFS believes that it is in need of the advice of counsel (other than counsel in the regular employ of RFS or any affiliated companies) with regard to RFS’s responsibilities and duties specific to the Trust  pursuant to this Agreement.  After so notifying the Trust, RFS, at its discretion, shall be entitled to seek, receive and act upon advice of legal counsel of its choosing, such advice to be at the expense of the Trusts unless relating to a matter involving RFS’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of RFS’s responsibilities and duties hereunder, and RFS shall in no event be liable to the Trust or any shareholder or beneficial owner of the Trust for any action reasonably taken pursuant to such advice.
 
As to the services to be provided hereunder, RFS may rely conclusively upon the terms of the Prospectuses and Statement of Additional Information of the Trust, if any, as
 
 
 
9

 

of their respective dates, as well as the minutes of Board meetings (if applicable) and other records of the Trust unless RFS receives written instructions to the contrary in a timely manner from the Trust.
 
16.   Notices
 
Any notice provided hereunder shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the party required to be served with such notice at the following address: if to the Trust, to it at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532  Attn: President; and if to RFS, to it at 805 King Farm Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20850, Attn:  President, or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party pursuant to this Section.
 
17.   Assignment
 
This Agreement and the rights and duties hereunder shall not be assignable by either of the parties hereto except by the specific written consent of the other party.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
18.   Governing Law
 
This Agreement shall be governed by and provisions shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Delaware, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
 
19.   Privacy
 
Nonpublic personal financial information relating to consumers or customers of the Trust provided by, or at the direction of the Trust to RFS, or collected or retained by RFS to perform its duties shall be considered confidential information. RFS shall not give, sell or in any way transfer such confidential information to any person or entity, other than affiliates of RFS except at the direction of the Trust or as required or permitted by law.  RFS shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of records and information relating to consumers or customers of the Trust.
 
20.   Miscellaneous
 
(a)   Paragraph headings in this Agreement are included for convenience only and are not to be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.
 
(b)   This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement of the parties hereto as to the subject matter covered by this Agreement, and supercedes all prior negotiations, understandings and agreements bearing upon the subject matter covered herein.
 
 
 
10

 
 
(c)   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
(d)   No amendment to this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and executed by both parties hereto.
 

 

 
*           *           *           *           *
 
 
11

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.
 


GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND

By:                                                                 
Name:
Title:

RYDEX FUND SERVICES, LLC

By:                                                                 
Name:
Title:

 
 
 
12

 
 
SCHEDULE A
 
TO THE FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT
BETWEEN RYDEX FUND SERVICES, LLC
AND GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
Date: June 25, 2013

Fund Accounting Fees
 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund agrees to pay RFS the following fees:
 
§  
3.00 bps on first $200M
 
§  
1.50 bps on next $300M
 
§  
1.00 bps on next $500M
 
§  
0.75 bps excess over $1B
 
§  
$50,000 minimum per fund per year.
 
The fees described herein shall be calculated daily and payable monthly.  If this Agreement is in effect for only a portion of a month, the fee shall be prorated for such month.
 

 
13
 
Exhibit (k)(iii)

 
GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND
2455 Corporate West Drive
Lisle, Illinois 60532




_________ , 2013



To: Rydex Fund Services, LLC

Reference is made to the Fund Administration Agreement, dated May 14, 2013 (the “Agreement”), by and between the closed-end closed-end registered investment company listed on Schedule A hereto and Rydex Fund Services, LLC (“RFS” or the “Administrator”).  In accordance with Section 8 of the Agreement, Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Fund”) hereby appoints the Administrator and shall become a Trust (as  such term is defined in the Agreement) and be bound by all terms, conditions, and provisions hereof, effective as of the date hereof. Schedule A of the Agreement shall be updated accordingly.


     Very truly yours,

     GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND



      By:                                                            
      Name:
      Title:

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO ON
BEHALF OF RYDEX FUND SERVICES, LLC



By:                                                      
Name:
Title:

 
 

 

 
FUND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
 
AGREEMENT made as of this 14th day of May, 2013, by and between each closed-end registered investment company listed on Schedule A hereto (as amended from time to time) , (each individually referred to below as a “Trust”) and Rydex Fund Services, LLC (“RFS” or the “Administrator”), a Maryland limited liability company having its principal place of business at 805 King Farm Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20850.
 
WHEREAS, each Trust operates as a closed-end management investment company, and is so registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);
 
WHEREAS, each Trust desires that RFS perform fund administration services for the Trust under the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement and RFS is willing to perform such services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and
 
WHEREAS, RFS and each Trust wish to enter into this Agreement in order to set forth the terms under which RFS will perform the fund administration services set forth herein for the Trust;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each Trust and RFS hereby agree as follows:
 
1.   Appointment .  The Trust hereby appoints the Administrator to administer the Trust and the Administrator accepts such appointment and agrees that it will furnish the services, subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”), set forth in Schedule B attached hereto and made part hereof.
 
2.   Representations and Warranties .
 
(a)   The Trust represents and warrants that: (1) as of the close of business on the effective date of this Agreement, the Trust is registered under the 1940 Act as a closed-end management investment company, and (2) this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Trust and, when executed and delivered by the Trust, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
 
(b)   RFS represents and warrants that: (1) the various procedures and systems which RFS has implemented with regard to safeguarding from loss or damage attributable to fire, theft, or any other cause the records, and other data of the Trust and
 
 
 
 

 

RFS’s records, data, equipment facilities and other property used in the performance of its obligations hereunder are adequate and that it will make such changes therein from time to time as are reasonably required for the secure performance of its obligations hereunder, and (2) this Agreement has been duly authorized by RFS and, when executed and delivered by RFS, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of RFS, enforceable against RFS in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties.
 
3.   Compliance with the Trust’s Governing Documents and Applicable Law .  In all matters relating to the performance of this Agreement, the Administrator will act in conformity with the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and registration statement of the Trust and with the direction of the Trust’s Board and executive officers.  Further, the Administrator will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act and all other applicable federal or state laws and regulations.
 
The Administrator shall keep and maintain on behalf of the Trust those books and records which the Trust or Administrator is, or may be, required to keep and maintain in connection with the services to be provided hereunder pursuant to any applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including without limitation Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act, relating to the maintenance of books and records.  Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act which are prepared or maintained by Administrator on behalf of the Trust shall be prepared and maintained at the expense of Administrator, but shall be the property of the Trust and will be surrendered promptly to the Trust on request, and made available for inspection by the Trust at reasonable times.

Administrator will treat all books and records of the Trust as confidential and proprietary and will not disclose or use any such books and records for any purpose other than to the performance of its duties and responsibilities hereunder; except that, in case of any request or demand for the inspection of such records by another party, the Administrator may make such records available to such party if (i) disclosure is required by law, (ii) the Administrator is advised by counsel that it may incur liability for failure to make a disclosure after notifying the Trust and providing the Trust a reasonable opportunity to object to the party making such a request, (iii) the Administrator is requested to divulge such information by duly-constituted authorities or court process, or (iv) the Administrator is requested to make a disclosure by the Trust.

4.   Services Not Exclusive .  The Administrator’s services hereunder are not deemed to be exclusive, and the Administrator is free to render administrative services or other services to other funds or clients so long as the Administrator’s services under this Agreement are not impaired thereby.
 
5.   Compensation.   The Trust shall pay Administrator compensation for the services to be provided under this Agreement in accordance with, and in the manner set forth, in Schedule C attached hereto.  Schedule C may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of Administrator and the Trust.
 
 
 
2

 
6.   Limitation of Liability of the Administrator .  The Administrator will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust or its shareholders in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence on its part in the performance of its duties, or from the reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
 
The Administrator may apply to the Trust at any time for instructions and may consult with counsel for the Trust and with accountants and other experts with respect to any matter arising in connection with Administrator’s duties, and Administrator shall not be liable nor accountable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in accordance with such instruction or with the opinion of such counsel, accountants or other experts.  Administrator shall notify the Trust if at any time Administrator believes that it is in need of the advice of counsel (other than counsel in the regular employ of Administrator or any affiliated companies) with regard to Administrator’s responsibilities and duties specific to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement.  After so notifying the Trust, Administrator, at its discretion, shall be entitled to seek, receive and act upon advice of legal counsel of its choosing, the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel to be at the expense of the Trust unless relating to a matter involving Administrator’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of Administrator’s responsibilities and duties hereunder, and Administrator shall in no event be liable to the Trust or any shareholder or beneficial owner of the Trust for any action reasonably taken pursuant to such advice.
 
As to the services to be provided hereunder, Administrator may rely conclusively upon the terms of the Prospectuses and Statement of Additional Information of the Company, if any, as of their respective dates (as modified from time to time by disclosure in shareholder reports, press releases, privacy statements, or the Trust’s website) as well as the minutes of Board meetings (if applicable) and other records of the Trust unless Administrator receives written instructions to the contrary in a timely manner from the Trust.
 
RFS shall maintain adequate and reliable computer and other equipment necessary or appropriate to carry out its obligations under this Agreement.  Upon the Trust’s reasonable request, RFS shall provide supplemental information concerning the aspects of its disaster recovery and business continuity plan that are relevant to the services provided hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, RFS assumes no responsibility hereunder, and shall not be liable for, any damage, loss of data, delay or any other loss whatsoever caused by events beyond its reasonable control.  Events beyond RFS’s reasonable control include, without limitation, force majeure events.  Force majeure events include natural disasters, actions or decrees of governmental bodies, and communication lines failures that are not the fault of either party.  In the event of force majeure, computer or other equipment failures or other events beyond its reasonable control, RFS shall follow applicable procedures in its disaster recovery and business continuity plan and use all commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any service interruption.
 
 
 
3

 
 
7.   Duration and Termination .  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and shall continue in effect until June 30, 2014, unless sooner terminated.  Thereafter, the Agreement shall continue on an annual basis provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (a) the vote of a majority of the Board, and (b) a majority of the Board who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust or the Administrator.  Notwithstanding the initial term, this Agreement may be terminated by either party hereto (without penalty) with at least 60 days’ prior written notice to the other party hereto.  For the avoidance of doubt, the continuation or termination of this Agreement with respect to a Trust shall be independent of the continuation or termination of this Agreement with respect to any other Trust.
 
8.   Amendment .  This Agreement (or any provision hereof) may only be amended, waived, discharged, or terminated with respect to a Trust in writing, and with the agreement of such Trust and the Administrator.
 
In the event that any close-end investment company other than those listed on Schedule A hereto desires to appoint Administrator under the terms hereof, and Administrator desires to accept such appointment, Administrator and such company will execute a letter agreement.  Upon execution thereof, Schedule A hereto will be updated and such company will become a Trust hereunder and be bound by all terms, conditions, and provisions hereof.
 
9.   Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without respect to choice of law principles thereof.  To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Delaware, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
 
10.   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which together shall constitute one Agreement.
 
11.   Notices .  Any notice provided hereunder shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the party required to be served with such notice at the following address: if to the Trust, to it at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois, 60532, Attn: President; and if to RFS, to it at 805 King Farm Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20850, Attn: President, or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party pursuant to this Section.
 
12.   Assignment .  This Agreement and the rights and duties hereunder shall not be assignable by either of the parties hereto except by the specific written consent of the other party.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
13.   Subcontracting.   With the written consent of the Trust, RFS may subcontract with any entity or person concerning the provision of the services contemplated;
 
 
 
4

 

provided, however, that RFS shall not be relieved of any of its duties and obligations under this Agreement by the appointment of such subcontractor and provided further, that RFS shall be responsible, to the extent provided in Section 6 hereof, for all acts of such subcontractor as if such acts were its own.
 
14.   Miscellaneous .
 
(a)           This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings in relation to the subject matter hereof.  The headings of each section to this Agreement are included for convenience and reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereto or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
 
(b)           A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Guggenheim Enhanced Equity and Income Fund (“GPM”) is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of an officer of the GPM as an officer and not individually and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees of GPM, officers or shareholders individually, but are binding only upon the assets and property of GPM.
 
*           *           *           *           *
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.



Rydex Fund Services, LLC

By: /s/ Nikolaos Bonos                                                                 
Name: Nikolaos Bonos
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer and President
 
/s/ John L. Sullivan                                                                 
On behalf of each Trust identified on Schedule A attached hereto

Name:           John L. Sullivan
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
 
 
 
5

 

 
SCHEDULE A
 
Closed-End Trusts Party to this Agreement
Fund Name
Symbol
Guggenheim Build America Bonds Managed Duration Trust
GBAB
Guggenheim Equal Weight Enhanced Equity Income Fund
GEQ
Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Strategy Fund
GGE
Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund
GOF
Guggenheim Enhanced Equity Income Fund
GPM
Fiduciary/Claymore MLP Opportunity Fund
FMO

 
 
6

 
SCHEDULE B
 
FINANCIAL REPORTING AND ANALYSIS
 
·  
Annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, including coordination of typesetting, printing and distribution of reports
 
·  
Annual and semi-annual regulatory filings (Forms N-CSR and N-SAR)
 
·  
Quarterly portfolio filings (Form N-Q)
 
·  
Quarterly Board of Trustees reporting
 
·  
Establish and monitor expense accruals
 
·  
Coordinate with custodian and fund accounting agent the timely processing of invoices
 
·  
Recommend and monitor fund distributions and corresponding earnings levels, including preparation of Section 19 notices, as appropriate
 
·  
Facilitate the preparation of statistical reports for outside tracking agencies (i.e. ICI, Lipper Analytics) as appropriate
 
·  
Calculate required yields, total returns, and portfolio turnover rate
 
·  
Monitor leverage use and requirements (and preferred share asset maintenance tests or borrowing base requirements) and evaluate exposure to short-terms interest rates
 
·  
Coordinate the annual audit with independent registered public accounting firm
 
·  
Assist in the preparation of registration statements (Form N-1A) and other filings relating to the registration of shares, and proxy statements (Form N-PX)
 
·  
Assisting the Trust in responding to and providing documents for routine regulatory examinations or investigations; and working closely with counsel to the Trust in response to such routine or any non-routine regulatory matters
 
·  
Assist in preparing for Board meetings by (i) coordinating Board book production and distribution, (ii) preparing the relevant sections of the Board materials pertaining to the responsibilities of RFS, (iii) assisting and coordinating special materials related to annual contract approvals and related matters, and (v) performing such other Board meeting functions as agreed by the parties
 
·  
Obtain, maintain and file fidelity bonds and directors and officers/errors and omissions insurance policies for the Trust at the expense of the Trust in accordance with the requirements of Rules 17g-1 and 17d-1(7) under the 1940 Act to the extent such bonds and policies are approved by the Board
 
·  
Make available appropriate individuals to serve as officers of the Company, upon designation as such by the Board
 
·  
Such other services for the Trust that are mutually agreed upon by the parties from time to time
 
 
 
7

 
 
TAX
·  
Provide oversight of tax service provider
 
·  
Provide on-premises tax guidance, with consultation of outside service provider, to portfolio managers, product development and other business units as needed.
 
·  
Preparation of tax related financial statement footnote disclosures
 
·  
Preparation of FIN 48 memoranda
 
·  
Analyze wash sales
 
·  
Analysis of potential fund ownership changes
 
·  
Preparation of annual ICI Survey/1099 information
 
·  
Monitor quarterly sub-chapter M diversification tests
 
·  
Perform high level review of tax returns
 
·  
Provide portfolio managers with periodic realized/unrealized gain/loss reports
 
·  
Review in conjunction with the service provider
 
·  
new securities tax treatments
 
·  
fund tax provisions
 
·  
fund distribution calculations
 

COMPLIANCE
 
·  
Maintain required books and records in accordance with Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act
 
·  
Monitor compliance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, and the U.S. Commodities and Futures Commission, and the Trust’s prospectus and statement of additional information on a post-trade basis, coordinating findings with the Trust’s Adviser and Sub-Adviser (as applicable and necessary)
 
·  
Facilitate annual filings of Trust proxy voting (Form N-PX)
 
·  
Sarbanes Oxley considerations, including the provision of necessary sub-certifications
 
 
8

 

SCHEDULE C
 
Compensation : For the services provided and expenses assumed by Administrator under this Agreement, each Trust will pay the Administrator a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly at the following annualized rates based on the daily Managed Assets of the Trust:
 
1.
0.0275% for the first $200,000,000;
 
2.
0.0200% for the next $300,000,000;
 
3.
0.0150% for the next $500,000,000; and
 
4.
0.0100% for amounts over $1,000,000,000.
9
Exhibit (k)(iv)
 
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC
2455 Corporate West Drive
Lisle, Illinois 60532




___________ , 2013


To: Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund

With reference to the Investment Advisory Agreement entered into by Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC (the “Adviser”) and Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund (the “Trust”), pursuant to which the Adviser serves as investment adviser to the Trust, we hereby notify you of the following:

In connection with the organization of the Trust and initial offering of the common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Shares”), of the Trust, the Adviser hereby agrees to pay (i) all of the Trust’s organizational costs and (ii) offering expenses of the Trust (other than sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share sold in the offering, including pursuant to the overallotment option.

The instrument shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof.



                     Very truly yours,

                     GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT 
                     ADVISORS, LLC


                     By:                                                              
                       Name:
                       Title:

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO
ON BEHALF OF THE FUND:



By:                                                           
Name:
Title:

Exhibit (l)
[Letterhead of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP]



June 24, 2013



Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
2455 Corporate West Drive
Lisle, Illinois  60532

                        Re: Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund —
Registration Statement on Form N-2

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, a statutory trust (the “Trust”)  created under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (the “DSTA”), in connection with the issuance and sale by the Trust of up to 7,000,000 shares (the “Shares”) (including shares subject to an over-allotment option) of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share.

This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 25 of the Form N-2 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”).

In rendering the opinions stated herein, we have examined and relied upon the following:

(i)           the notification of registration on Form N-8A (File No. 811-22715) of the Trust filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the 1940 Act on June 15, 2012;

(ii)           the registration statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-175662 and 811-22584) of the Trust relating to the Shares filed with the Commission on June 15, 2012 under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act, and as amended by Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 on March 11, 2013, Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 on April 16, 2013, Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 on May 23, 2013, Pre-Effective Amendment No. 4 on May 30, 2013 and as proposed to be amended by Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 on the date hereof (such registration statement, as so amended and proposed to be amended, being hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”);

(iii)           the form of Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) proposed to be entered into among the Trust, as issuer, Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors,
 
 
 
 

 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
June 24, 2013
Page 2
 
 

LLC, as investment adviser to the Trust, Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC, as investment sub-adviser to the Trust, and the representatives of the several Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement;

(iv)            a copy of the Trust’s Certificate of Trust, as amended through the date hereof, as certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

(v)             a copy of the Trust’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, by the trustees of the Trust, dated as of June 13, 2012, as amended on March 4, 2013, certified by the Secretary of the Trust;

(vi)            a copy of the Trust’s Amended and Restated By-Laws, as currently in effect, certified by the Secretary of the Trust; and

(vii)           certain resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust on February 12, 2013 relating to the creation, issuance and sale of the Common Shares and related matters, certified by the Secretary of the Trust; and

(viii)            certain resolutions proposed to be adopted by the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees of the Trust relating to the issuance and sale of the Shares (the “Executive Committee Resolutions”), certified by the Secretary of the Trust.

We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Trust and such agreements, certificates and receipts of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Trust and others, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth below.

In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, including endorsements, the legal capacity and competency of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as facsimile, electronic, certified, or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies.  As to any facts relevant to the opinion stated herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Trust and others and of public officials.

In making our examination of documents, we have assumed that the parties thereto, other than the Trust, had or will have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof on such parties.  We have also assumed that the Executive Committee Resolutions will be adopted by the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees of the Trust in substantially the form reviewed by us.  We have also assumed that the Underwriting Agreement will be executed and delivered in substantially the form reviewed by us.
 
 
 
 
 

 
Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund
June 24, 2013
Page 3
 
 
Members of our firm are admitted to the practice of law in the State of Delaware and we do not express any opinion as to any laws other than the DSTA.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that when (i) the Registration Statement becomes effective; (ii) the Underwriting Agreement has been duly executed and delivered; and (iii) the Shares have been duly entered into the share record books of the Trust and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Legal Matters” and “General Information – Legal Counsel” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.


Very truly yours,

/s/ Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP




 
Exhibit (n)
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM




We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Preliminary Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and to the use of our report dated May 23, 2013 on the May 20, 2013 Statement of Assets and Liabilities of Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund in the Registration Statement (Form N-2 Registration No. 333-182157) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 under the Securities Act of 1933.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois
June 24, 2013



Exhibit (p)

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 17 th day of May, 2013, between Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the “Trust”), and Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC (the “Purchaser”).

THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1.           PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES

1.1           SALE AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Trust agrees to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Trust, 4,189 common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01, representing undivided beneficial interests in the Trust (the “Shares”) at a price per Share of $23.875 for an aggregate purchase price of $100,012.37.

2.           REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER. The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants for the benefit of, the Trust that:

2.1           PURCHASE ENTIRELY FOR OWN ACCOUNT.  This Agreement is made by the Trust with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Trust, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares are being acquired for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, and not as a nominee or agent and not with a view to the resale or distribution by the Purchaser of any of the Shares, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Shares, in either case in violation of any securities registration requirement under applicable law, but subject nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of its property shall at all times be within its control.  By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Shares.

2.2           INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE.  The Purchaser acknowledges that it can bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters (and particularly in the business in which the Trust operates) as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares.  The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”).

2.3           RESTRICTED SECURITIES.  The Purchaser understands that the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the United States securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Trust in a transaction not involving a public
 
 
 
 

 

offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such Shares may be resold without registration under the 1933 Act only in certain circumstances.  In this connection, the Purchaser represents that it understands the resale limitations imposed by the 1933 Act and is generally familiar with the existing resale limitations imposed by Rule 144.

2.4           FURTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISPOSITION.  The Purchaser further agrees not to make any disposition directly or indirectly of all or any portion of the Shares unless and until:

(a)           There is then in effect a registration statement under the 1933 Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(b)           The Purchaser shall have furnished the Trust with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees, that such disposition will not require registration of such Shares under the 1933 Act.

2.5           LEGENDS.  It is understood that the certificate evidencing the Shares may bear either or both of the following legends:

(a)           “These securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. They may not be sold, offered for sale, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of a registration statement in effect with respect to the Shares under such Act or an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees of Guggenheim Credit Allocation Fund that such registration is not required.”

(b)           Any legend required by the laws of any other applicable jurisdiction.

(c)           The Purchaser and the Trust agree that the legend contained in the paragraph (a) above shall be removed at a holder’s request when they are no longer necessary to ensure compliance with federal securities laws.

2.6           COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.


[ signature page follows ]
 
 
 
2

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.



GUGGENHEIM CREDIT ALLOCATION FUND


By:           /s/ John Sullivan                                                       
Name: John Sullivan
Title:   Chief Financial Officer



GUGGENHEIM FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS, LLC


By:           /s/ Authorized Signatory                                                       
Name:
Title:
 
 
 
3
Exhibit (r)(i)

 
 









GUGGENHEIM FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS, LLC
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS INVESTMENT ADVISORS, LLC
AND
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS ADVISED CLOSED-END FUNDS
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS UNIT INVESTMENT TRUSTS
GUGGENHEIM FUNDS ADVISED EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS
_________________________
CODE OF ETHICS
 
 
1

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
I.
INTRODUCTION
1
II.
GENERAL STANDARDS
1
III.
DEFINITIONS
2
IV.
APPLICATION OF THE CODE
4
V.
RESTRICTIONS
4
VI.
PRE-CLEARANCE AND REPORTING PROCEDURES
6
VII.
EXCEPTIONS TO PRE-CLEARANCE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
9
VIII.
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES OF INVESTMENT COMPANY CLIENTS
9
IX.
COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER ADVISER OR FUND CODES
10
X.
ENFORCEMENT OF CODE AND CONSEQUENCES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY
10
XI.
RETENTION OF RECORDS
11
XII.
AMENDMENT TO THIS CODE
11
 
 
 
i

 
 
I.             INTRODUCTION
 
The policy of Guggenheim Funds Distributors, LLC. and Guggenheim Funds Investment Advisors, LLC. (collectively, “Guggenheim Funds”) is to avoid any conflict of interest, or the appearance of any conflict of interest, between the interests of its clients and the interests of Guggenheim Funds, its officers, directors and employees.  This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is based on the principle that Guggenheim Funds owes a fiduciary duty to any person or institution it serves as an adviser or sponsor to ensure that the personal securities transactions of the firms and their employees do not interfere with, or take unfair advantage of, their relationship with clients.
 
Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”) and section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) and Rule 17j-1 thereunder are intended to address the potential conflicts arising from the personal investment activities of advisory and investment company personnel.  This Code has been adopted by Guggenheim Funds to meet those concerns and legal requirements.
 
This Code has also been (or will be proposed to be) adopted by certain closed-end and exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) advised and the unit investment trusts sponsored by Guggenheim Funds (collectively, the “Investment Company Clients”).
 
Guggenheim Funds also separately has adopted procedures designed to prevent the misuse of inside information by Guggenheim Funds and persons subject to this Code.  The business of Guggenheim Funds depends on investor confidence in the fairness and integrity of the securities markets.  Insider trading poses a significant threat to that confidence.  Trading securities on the basis of inside information or improperly communicating that information to others may expose Guggenheim Funds or its employees to stringent penalties.
 
The Code is drafted broadly; it will be applied and interpreted in a similar manner.  You may legitimately be uncertain about the application of the Code in a particular circumstance.  Guggenheim Funds encourages each of you to raise questions regarding compliance.  Often, a single question can forestall disciplinary action or complex legal problems.
 
As more fully explained in Section IV, the Code applies to all Guggenheim Funds employees, directors and officers unless otherwise noted in particular sections.  Each person subject to the Code (other than Independent Trustees) must acknowledge that he or she has received, read and agrees to be bound by the Code.  You should direct any question relating to the Code to Guggenheim Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”),  or,  his/her Designee.  See Exhibit A. You also must notify the CCO immediately if you have any reason to believe that a violation of the Code has occurred or is about to occur.
 
II.            GENERAL STANDARDS
 
All Guggenheim Funds personnel are expected to conduct their activities in accordance with high standards of commercial honor and ethical principles.  Accordingly, no person subject to the Code may engage in any conduct that is deceitful, fraudulent or misleading in connection
 
 
 
1

 

with the implementation of an investment strategy, or the purchase or sale of any investment, for a client.  Moreover, no person may place his or her own interests ahead of the interests of clients or engage in any transaction which interferes with, derives undue benefit, deprives a client of an investment opportunity, or is inconsistent with the investments undertaken for a client.  In this regard, no person may use information concerning the investments recommended or made for clients for his or her personal benefit or gain in a manner detrimental to Guggenheim Funds  clients.
 
All persons subject to the Code must comply with the applicable provisions of the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act, and other applicable federal securities laws. 1   No person subject to the Code, directly or indirectly, in connection with the purchase or sale of a security held or to be acquired by a client may:
 
 
·
employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud the client
 
 
·
make any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of circumstances under which they are made, not misleading or in any way mislead the client regarding a material fact
 
 
·
engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the client
 
 
·
engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the client
 
Persons covered by this Code must adhere to its general principles as well as comply with the Code’s specific provisions.  It bears emphasis that technical compliance with the Code’s procedures will not automatically insulate from scrutiny trades which show a pattern of abuse of the individual’s fiduciary duties to its clients.  In addition, a violation of the general principles of the Code may constitute a punishable violation of the Code.
 
III.           DEFINITIONS
 
When used in the Code, the following terms have the meanings described below:
 
A.            Access Person .  Any director, officer, or partner of Guggenheim Funds  or an Investment Company Client or any employee of Guggenheim Funds   or an Investment Company Client who (a) has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale  of  securities,  or  nonpublic  information  regarding  the  portfolio  holdings  of  an Investment

1
Federal Securities Laws means the Securities Act of 1933(15 U.S.C. 771-aa), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a-mm), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745 (2002)), the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b), Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. No. 106-102) 113 Stat 1338 (1999), any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. 5311-5314; 5316-5332) as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury.
 

 
 
2

 

Company Client or (b) is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic. See Exhibit B.

 
B.
Chief Compliance Officer .  The Code contains many references to the Chief Compliance Officer (CCO).  References to the CCO also include, for any function, any person designated by the CCO as having responsibility for that function from time to time.  If the CCO is not available, reports required to be made to the CCO, or actions permitted to be taken by the CCO, may be made by his/her Designee, provided a copy is sent to the CCO.  See Exhibit A.
 
C.
Independent Trustee .  A trustee of a closed-end fund or exchange-traded fund which is an Investment Company Client who is not an “interested person” of the closed-end fund or exchange-traded fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
 
D.
Investment Personnel .  Any Access Person who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities for a client, and (2) any natural person who controls an Investment Company Client or Guggenheim Funds and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a client regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the client, and (3) personnel involved in Guggenheim Funds index administration functions.  A list of Investment Personnel is attached as Exhibit C.
 
E.
Personal Securities Transaction.   The Code regulates Personal Securities Transactions as a part of the effort by Guggenheim Funds to detect and prevent conduct that might violate the general prohibitions outlined above.   A Personal Securities Transaction is a transaction in a security, other than an exempted security (as defined below), in which a person subject to this Code has a beneficial interest.
 
Beginning January 2011 Guggenheim Funds began using Financial Tracking, LLC (“FT”) for pre-trade clearance, trade surveillance and online certification/attestations.
 
 
1.
Security.   Security is defined very broadly, and means any note, stock, bond, debenture, investment contract, limited partnership or limited liability membership interest, and includes any right to acquire any security (an option or warrant, for example).
 
 
2.
Beneficial interest.   You have a beneficial interest in a security in which you have, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security, or in which you have an indirect interest, including beneficial ownership by your spouse or minor children or other dependents or any immediate family member liv­ing in your household, or your share of securities held by a partnership of which you are a general partner.   Technically, Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securi­ties Exchange Act of 1934 will be applied to determine if you have a beneficial interest in a security (even if the security would not be within the scope of section 16).
 
 
 
3

 

 
IV.           APPLICATION OF THE CODE
 
Many of the restrictions on Personal Securities Transactions (as defined in Section III.E.) and the compliance procedures contained in the Code apply to all Access Persons.  Investment Personnel are subject to additional restrictions as indicated in the Code.  Such persons include, but are not limited to the following:
 
 
·
Portfolio managers who manage the accounts
 
 
·
Research analysts or research assistants who are members of the management team for the accounts
 
 
·
Traders who trade on behalf of clients
 
 
·
Support staff and administrative assistants working directly with portfolio managers and analysts
 
 
·  
Personnel involved in Guggenheim Funds index administration.
 
V.           RESTRICTIONS

A.
No Conflicting Personal Securities Transactions.   No Access Person shall engage in a Personal Securities Transaction in a security which the person knows or has reason to believe (i) is being purchased or sold (i.e., a pending “buy” or “sell” order), (ii) has been purchased or sold for a client within the last seven (7) calendar days, or (iii) is being considered for purchase or sale by a client, until that client’s transactions have been completed or consideration of such transactions has been abandoned.  A security will be treated as “under consideration” for a client, if the portfolio manager or investment team responsible for the management of the account of that client intends to purchase or sell the security in the next seven (7) calendar days.  No Access Person shall engage in a Personal Securities Transaction in a security which the person knows or has reason to believe is under consideration for inclusion or exclusion in an index administered by Guggenheim Funds within seven (7) calendar days prior to or after the index rebalance being published.
 
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) no Investment Personnel shall engage in a Personal Securities Transaction in a security within seven calendar days before and after any series of the Investment Company Client in which he or she advises or supervises trades in that security; and (b) no Access Person shall engage in a Personal Securities Transaction in a security on the same day there is a pending buy or sell order in that security by the Investment Company Client with respect to which such person is an
 
 
 
4

 

Access Person.  With respect to Guggenheim Funds Unit Investment Trusts, no Access Person shall engage in a personal securities transaction within seven (7) calendar days of the security being purchased for the initial deposit of a trust.  With respect to Guggenheim Funds’ index administration, no Access Person shall engage in a personal securities transaction within seven (7) calendar days of a security being included or excluded from the index. A list of Investment Personnel is attached as Exhibit C.  Any profits realized on trades in violation of this prohibition will be disgorged to a charitable organization that is selected by the CCO or his/her designee.
 
B.
Private Placements.   No Access Person shall acquire or dispose of a beneficial interest in a security in a private placement without express prior written approval from the CCO or his/her designee.
 
 
Guggenheim Capital LLC Membership Interests.  Any Access Person who is granted an interest in, or receives approval to purchase or sell Guggenheim Capital membership interest (“Guggenheim Interest”) by Guggenheim Capital, must inform Guggenheim Funds Compliance of such grant or approval to purchase or sell, and disclose any initial or continued holdings of Guggenheim Interests on Schedule H.
 
C.
Initial Public Offerings.   No Access Person shall acquire a beneficial interest in a security in an initial public offering.
 
D.
Short-term trading.   Investment Personnel and Fund Trustee’s shall not profit in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) security within sixty calendar days.   Access persons shall not profit in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase of any Guggenheim Funds’ Fund or Trust within sixty calendar days.   Trades made in violation of this prohibition shall be unwound or, if that is impracticable, any profits must be disgorged to a charitable organization that is selected by the CCO or his/her designee.
 
E.
Gifts.   Access Persons shall not accept any gift or other thing of more than de minimus value (e.g. $100) from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of any client of Guggenheim Funds, or seeks to do business with or on behalf of a client.  Gifts in excess of this value must either be returned to the donor or paid for by the recipient.  It is not the intent of the Code to prohibit the everyday courtesies of business life.  Therefore, this prohibition does not include an occasional meal or ticket to a theater, entertainment or sporting event that is an incidental part of a meeting that has a clear business purpose.
 
F.
Service as Director.   Access Persons shall not serve on the board of directors of a publicly traded company, without prior authorization by the CCO.  Access Persons may submit a request for authorization and such request shall state the position sought, the reason service is desired and any possible conflicts of interest known at the time of the request.  Service may be authorized by the CCO only if the CCO determines that service in that capacity would be consistent with the interests of Guggenheim Funds and its
 
 
 
 
5

 
 
 
 
clients.  In addition, Investment Personnel who receive authorization to serve in such a capacity shall be isolated through “Information Barrier” procedures from making investment decisions regarding securities issued by the entity involved.

VI.           PRE-CLEARANCE AND REPORTING PROCEDURES
 
A.             Pre-clearance Procedures.
 
 
1.
Pre-clearance Requirement.   Except as provided below, all Access Persons   must receive prior approval of their Personal Securities Transactions from the CCO or his/her designee.  Personal Securities Transactions of the CCO must be approved by the General Counsel.  Any approval shall be valid for one business day.
 
 
2.
Personal Securities Transaction Form.   All requests for pre-clearance of Personal Securities Transactions must be made by logging into Financial Tracking, LLC (www.Financial-Tracking.com)   and selecting “Trade Request”.  This will display the online pre-trade clearance request form.
 
 
3.
Factors to Consider in Pre-clearing Personal Securities Transactions.   The CCO should consider:
 
 
·
whether the security appears on Guggenheim Funds’ Product Security List or Index Consideration List
 
 
·
whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a client
 
 
·
whether the opportunity is being offered to an individual by virtue of his/her position with respect to Guggenheim Funds’ relationship with a client
 
 
4.
Subsequent Disclosure by Access Person.   If pre-clearance is granted, the Access Person must disclose the Personal Securities Transaction when he or she participates in any subsequent investment decision for a client regarding the same issuer.  In such circumstances, the decision to purchase or sell securities of the issuer will be subject to an independent review by the CCO or his/her designee.
 
 
5.
Exemptions from Pre-clearance.   Access Persons do not need to seek pre-clearance for the following transactions:
 
 
·
Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or the Investment Company Client (e.g., transactions in corporate mergers, stock splits, tender offers); or
 
 
 
6

 
 
 
·
Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities.
 
 
·
Purchases or sales effected in any account (previously approved by the CCO or his/her designee) over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.
 
 
·
Purchases which are part of ongoing participation in an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.  (The initial election to participate in an automatic dividend reinvestment plan should be pre-cleared.)
 
B.
Reporting Requirements .   Every Access Person must report to the CCO or his/her designee the following reports regarding the Access Persons direct or indirect beneficial ownership in securities (other than Excepted Securities):
 
 
1.
Initial and Quarterly Holdings Reports.   No later than ten days after the person becomes an Access Person, and quarterly thereafter as of December 31, the following information:
 
 
·
the title and type of security, interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), CUSIP number or exchange ticker symbol, number of shares and principal amount of each security beneficially owned
 
 
·
the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account
 
 
·
the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person
 
the reports can be accomplished through submission of account statements or the form at Exhibit D Information contained in the Initial Holdings Report must be current as of 45 days prior to the person becoming an Access Person.  Annual reports shall be delivered to the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee no later than forty five days following the year end and shall contain a statement attesting to the accuracy of the information provided.
 
 
2.
Quarterly Transaction Reports .   No later than forty five days after the end of the calendar quarter, the following information
 
 
(a) with respect to any Personal Securities Transaction during the quarter:
 
 
·
The date of the transaction, the title and type of security, the CUSIP number or exchange ticker symbol (if applicable), the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each security
 
 
 
7

 
 
 
·
The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition)
 
 
·
The price at which the transaction was effected
 
 
·
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected
 
 
·
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person
 
 (b) With respect to any account established by the Access Person:
 
 
·
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account
 
 
·
The date the account was established
 
 
·
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person
 
The reports can be accomplished through submission of account statements, the form Exhibit E or by completed the form made available through Financial Tracking LLC (www.Financial-Tracking.com).
 
Ownership of Guggenheim Interests by Guggenheim Funds employees, officers or directors must also be reported.
 
C.
Execution of Personal Securities Transactions Through Disclosed Brokerage Accounts; Duplicate Confirmations.   All Personal Securities Transactions must be conducted through brokerage or other accounts that have been identified to the CCO or his/her designee.  Each such account must be set up to download electronic feeds to FT or mail duplicate copies of all confirmations and statements to:  Financial Tracking Technologies, LLC, 2 Soundview Drive, Suite 100, Greenwich, CT  06830
 
Duplicate confirmations and periodic account statements shall satisfy the transaction reporting requirements set forth above in Section VI.B above, if all the information required to be included in the transaction report is contained in the broker confirmations or account statements.
 
It is permissible to purchase securities such as limited partnerships and variable annuity contracts directly from the issuer, even though they may not be purchased through a brokerage account, if such securities are reported and pre-cleared and in accordance with the procedures above.   No exceptions will be made to this policy.  All persons subject to the Code shall cooperate in all aspects with the CCO or his/her designee in securing confirmations and statements in a timely manner.
 

 
8

 
 
VII.         EXCEPTIONS TO PRECLEARANCE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
 
 
Excepted Securities.   Access Persons   do not need to report transactions or holdings, or seek pre-clearance for transactions, in the following securities.
 
 
·
shares of open-end investment companies that are not Investment Company Clients (open-end funds for which Guggenheim Funds is not the investment adviser or distributor.  All Rydex and Transparent Value open-end funds must be pre-cleared)   Please note that all ETFs must be pre-cleared.
 
 
·
direct obligations of the U.S. government (U.S. treasury bills, notes and bonds);
 
 
·
money market instruments, including bank certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements
 
 
·
shares of money market funds;
 
 
·
shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end investment companies, none of whom are Investment Company Clients.    Note:  All purchases and sales of Guggenheim Funds sponsored Unit Investment Trusts must be pre-cleared.
 
VIII.         INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES OF INVESTMENT COMPANY CLIENTS
 
Independent Trustees shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections V and VI of this Code of Ethics except as noted below.
 
 
1.
Independent Trustees shall be subject to Sections V.A. “Restrictions-No Conflicting Personal Securities Transactions”, V.B. “Restrictions-Private Placements”, V.D. “Short-term Trading” and VI.B.2. “Pre-Clearance and Reporting Procedures-Reporting Requirements-Quarterly Transaction Reports” only if the Independent Trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the trustee’s transaction in a security (except for Excepted Securities described in Section VII “Exceptions to Preclearance and Reporting Requirements”), the closed-end fund or ETF of which such person is an Independent Trustee, purchased or sold the security, or a purchase or sale was considered on behalf of the closed-end fund or ETF.
 
 
2.
Although not strictly prohibited, it is recommended that Independent Trustees refrain from trading in shares of the relevant closed-end fund or ETF for a period of seven calendar days before and after meetings of the Board of Trustees of such fund.
 
 
3.
Independent Trustees shall not accept any gift or other thing of more than de minimis value (e.g. $100) from any person or entity that the Independent Trustee
 
 
 
9

 
 
 
 
 knows or should know does business with or on behalf of, or seeks to do business with or on behalf of a closed-end fund or ETF on whose board the Trustee serves.   Gifts in excess of this value must either be returned to the donor or paid for by the recipient.  It is not the intent of the Code to prohibit the everyday courtesies of business life.  Therefore, this prohibition does not include an occasional meal or ticket to a theater, entertainment or sporting event that is an incidental part of a meeting that has a clear business purpose.
 
 
4.
In lieu of the sanctions contemplated by Section X.D. hereof, Independent Trustees shall be subject to sanctions as determined by the Board of Trustees of the relevant closed-end fund or ETF.
 
IX.           COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER ADVISER OR FUND CODES
 
Access Persons who are employed by an investment adviser (other than Guggenheim Funds) serving as sub-adviser or investment manager of an Investment Company Client, who are subject to such other investment adviser’s code of ethics, which code complies with the requirements of Section 17 and Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, shall not be subject to compliance with the terms of this Code.
 
For an employee of a Guggenheim entity bound by such entity’s code of ethics, which code complies with the requirements of Section 17 and Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, and dually employed by a Guggenheim Funds entity, the employee must comply with the provisions of the applicable Guggenheim entity’s code of ethics to which he is subject regarding pre-clearance and reporting of the employee’s personal transactions.  The compliance department of the applicable Guggenheim entity will provide Guggenheim Funds with all necessary documentation evidencing the transaction and receipt of the Guggenheim entity’s pre-clearance or approval, including the employee’s personal transaction records, the Guggenheim entity’s preclearance or approval documentation and the employee’s periodic personal transaction statements.
 
Independent Trustees of an Investment Company Client who are subject to a separate code of ethics adopted by that Investment Company Client (that is not the same as the form of this Code), which code complies with the requirements of Section 17 and Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, shall not be subject to compliance with the terms of this Code with respect to that Investment Company Client.
 
X.           ENFORCEMENT OF CODE AND CONSEQUENCES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY
 
A.
Certification .  All persons subject to the Code (other than Independent Trustees) shall certify annually that they have read and understood the Code and recognized that they are subject thereto, and that they have complied with the requirements of the Code.  See Exhibit F.
 
B.
Review of Reports.   The CCO or his/her designee shall review all reports submitted under the Code.
 
 
 
10

 
 
C.
Notification of Reporting Obligation.   The CCO or his/her designee shall update Exhibits A, B, C as necessary to include new Access Persons and Investment Personnel and shall notify those persons of their obligations under the Code.
 
D.
Sanctions for Violations.   Upon discovery of a violation of this Code, including either violations of the enumerated provisions or the general principles provided, Guggenheim Funds may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including, inter alia , a letter of censure or suspension or termination of the employment of the violator.
 
E.
Annual Review.   Pursuant to Rule 17j-1(c)(2)(ii), Guggenheim Funds will at least annually review this Code of Ethics to determine whether it is reasonably designed to prevent persons subject to the Code from engaging in fraudulent activities prohibited by paragraph (b) of the rule.  The CCO or General Counsel will certify annually that Guggenheim Funds has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Guggenheim Funds Access Persons from violating this Code of Ethics.
 
XI.           RETENTION OF RECORDS
 
The CCO or his/her designee shall maintain all records required under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act for the periods required under the Rules.
 
XII.         AMENDMENT TO THIS CODE
 
An Investment Company Client’s depositor or the board of trustees, as the case may be, must approve any material change to this Code no later than six months after the adoption of the material change.
 

 
November 2012
 

 
 
11

 

 

 
 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS

I acknowledge that I have received the Code of Ethics dated: November 2012 , and represent:

 
1.
I have read and understood the Code of Ethics and recognize that I am subject to its provisions;

 
2.
In accordance with Section VI of the Code of Ethics, I will report all securities transactions in which I have a beneficial interest, except for transactions exempt from reporting under Section VII of the Code of Ethics.
 
 
3.
I will comply with the Code of Ethics in all other respects.



______________________________
Access Person Signature

______________________________
Print Name

______________________________
Date
12
Exhibit (r)(ii)
 
CONFIDENTIAL













Code of Ethics & Insider Trading Policy

Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC


July 2012




 

 
 
 

 
 
Table of Contents

 
I.
OBJECTIVES OF THE CODE OF ETHICS & INSIDER TRADING POLICY
1
 
 
A.  Regulatory Requirement and Compliance with Applicable Law
1
 
 
B.  Confidential Information
1
 
 
C.  Avoiding Conflicts of Interest
1
 
 
D.  Upholding the Spirit of the Code.
2
 
II.
WHO IS SUBJECT TO THE CODE?
2
 
 
A.  Employees, Officers, Directors
2
 
 
B.  Temporary Employees
3
 
III.
WHO ADMINISTERS THE CODE?
3
 
 
A.  Chief Compliance Officers
3
 
 
B.  Financial Tracking Technology, LLC (“FTT”)
4
 
IV.
FIDUCIARY DUTY TO CLIENTS
4
 
 
A.  Avoiding Conflicts
4
 
 
B.  Confidentiality and Safeguarding Information
4
 
 
C.  Avoiding Front-running
4
 
 
D.  Compliance with the Code of Ethics
5
 
V.
REPORTING OF PERSONAL TRADING
5
 
 
A.  Which Investment Accounts Do Access Persons Need to Report?
5
 
 
B.  Required Initial Holdings Reports and Certifications
6
 
 
C.  Required Quarterly Transaction Reports
7
 
 
D.  Annual Holdings Reports and Certifications
9
 
 
E.  New Investment Accounts.
9
 
VI.
PRE-CLEARANCE FOR PERSONAL TRADING
10
 
 
A.  What Trades Must Be Pre-Cleared?
10
 
 
B.  What Trades are Not Required to be Pre-Cleared?
10
 
 
C.  How Does the Pre-Clearance Process Work?
11
 
VII.
TRADING RESTRICTIONS
11
 
 
A.  For All Trading
11
 
 
B.  Excessive Trading in Reportable Accounts
12
 
 
C.  Holding Periods
12
 
VIII.
GIFTS & ENTERTAINMENT
12
 
 
A.  No Solicitation
12
 
 
B.  Quarterly Reporting Required For Gifts and Entertainment Over De Minimis Value
12
 
 
C.  No Cash or Cash Equivalents
13
 
 
D.  Offering Gifts or Entertainment to Public Officials or Employees
13
 
 
E.  Lobbying Activities
13
 
 
F.  Exceptions to Reporting
13
 
 
 
 
i

 
 
 
IX.
OUTSIDE AFFILIATIONS
13
 
X.
POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS
14
 
XI.
ANNUAL REVIEW
17
 
XII.
RETENTION OF RECORDS
17
 
XIII.
SANCTIONS
18
 
XIV.
INTERPRETATIONS AND EXCEPTIONS
18
 
XV.
INSIDER TRADING POLICY
18
 
 
A.  Policy Statement on Insider Trading
18
 
 
B.  In General – Inside Information
19
 
 
C.  Prohibiting Misuse of Inside Information
20
 
 
D.  General Guidelines
20
 
 
E.  Maintenance of Restricted List
20
 
 
F.  Review of Trading
21
 
 
G.  Investigations
21
 
 
H.  Procedures for the Adviser’s Policy Against Insider Trading
22
 
SUPPLEMENT #1:
23
 
TRANSACTING IN CLOSED END FUNDS  ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY THE ADVISER
23
 
SUPPLEMENT #2:
24
 
TRANSACTIONS IN EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS (“ETF’S”)  ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY the adviser  AND SECURITIES TRADED BY SUCH FUNDS
24
 
SUPPLEMENT #3:
25
 
TRANSACTIONS IN UNIT INVESTMENT TRUST’S (“UIT’S”)  FOR WHICH the adviser ASSISTS  WITH THE SELECTION  OF SECURITIES TRADED BY SUCH TRUSTS
25
 
       
 

 
 
i i

 
 
CODE OF ETHICS & INSIDER TRADING POLICY

 
I.  
OBJECTIVES OF THE CODE OF ETHICS & INSIDER TRADING POLICY
 
 
A.  
Regulatory Requirement and Compliance with Applicable Law :  Guggenheim Partners Investment Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) acts as fiduciary and, as such, is entrusted to act in the best interests of all clients.  As used herein, “client” shall refer to both individual clients (e.g., high net worth individuals, families or entities), registered investment funds (“Registered Funds”) and other pooled investment vehicles managed by the Adviser.
 
Accordingly, the Adviser has adopted this Code of Ethics & Insider Trading Policy (the “Code”) to effectuate the purposes and objectives of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and, the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act of 1988 ("ITSFEA"), and in accordance with industry best practices.  All persons associated with the Adviser are obligated to understand and comply with their obligations under applicable law as described herein.  Among other things, laws and regulations make clear that it is illegal to defraud clients in any manner, mislead clients by affirmative statement or by omitting a material fact that should be disclosed, or to engage in any manipulative conduct with respect to clients or the trading of securities.
 
B.  
Confidential Information : Certain persons associated with the Adviser may be in a position to know about client identities, investment objectives, funding levels, and future plans as well as information about the transactions that the Adviser executes on their behalf and the securities holdings in their accounts.  All this information is considered confidential and must not be shared unless otherwise permitted.
 
 
C.  
Avoiding Conflicts of Interest : No person associated with the Adviser may take advantage of the knowledge or position to place his/her interests ahead of the Adviser’s client’s.  Different obligations may apply to different persons under this Code, but this duty includes an obligation not to improperly trade in personal investment accounts, as well as an obligation to maintain objectivity and independence in making decisions that impact the management of client assets.  Access Persons (as defined Section II) must disclose all material facts, concerning any potential conflict of interest that may arise, to the Adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) 1 , as appropriate.
 
 

1 Any reference herein to the CCO shall mean the CCO or any other person designated by the CCO.
 
 
1

 
 
D.  
Upholding the Spirit of the Code : The Code sets forth principles and standards of conduct, but it does not and cannot cover every possible scenario or circumstance.  Each Access Person is expected to act in accordance with the spirit of the Code and their fiduciary duty.  Technical compliance with the Code is not sufficient if a particular action would violate the spirit of the Code.
 
 
II.  
WHO IS SUBJECT TO THE CODE?
 
 
A.  
Employees, Officers, Directors : As a condition of employment, all employees, officers and directors (generally referred to as “Employees”) must read, understand and agree to comply with the Code.  Employees are deemed “Access Persons” under the Code.  All of the following categories or sub-categories of persons listed below are deemed Access Persons.  As an Access Persons you have an obligation to seek guidance or take any other appropriate steps to make sure you understand your obligations under the Code.  As a new Employee of the Adviser, and on an annual basis, you are required to certify that you have read and understand the Code and agree to comply with its requirements set forth herein.  All employees are subject to the Code.  However, based upon their role and responsibilities, they might be subject to or exempt from certain requirements.
 

1.  
 “ Access Person ” includes any:
 
a)  
Director, officer, manager, principal and partner of the Adviser (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions);
 
b)  
Employee of the Adviser;
 
c)  
Other person who provides advice on behalf of the Adviser or is subject to the Adviser’s supervision and control;
 
d)  
Any of which people:
 
i.  
Has access to nonpublic information regarding any of the Adviser’s client’s purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any client account the Adviser or their affiliates manage, or any fund which is advised or sub-advised by the Adviser (or certain affiliates, where applicable);
 
ii.  
Makes recommendations or investment decisions on behalf of the Adviser;
 
iii.  
Any person who has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management and policies of the Adviser, or over investment decisions 2 , who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a client account with regard to the purchase or sale of a security; or
 
 

2 This includes any arrangement where the Access Person serves as an agent, executor, trustee or in another similar capacity.
 
2

 
 
iv.  
Any person deemed to be an Access Person by the CCO.
 
B.   
Temporary Employees : The CCO shall determine on a case-by-case basis whether a temporary employee (e.g., consultant or intern) should be considered an Access Person.  Such determination shall be made based upon on an application of the criteria provided above.  As such, temporary employees may only be subject to such as certifying to this Code, among other certifications, or exempt from certain reporting requirements such as not having to hold their reportable accounts at the permitted broker-dealers.
 
 
III.  
WHO ADMINISTERS THE CODE?
 
 
A.  
Chief Compliance Officers
 

1.  
Responsibilities : The CCO is responsible for administering the Code of Ethics under the auspices of the Adviser’s Compliance Department (the “Compliance Department”) and the Adviser’s senior management.
 
2.  
Reporting of Violations :  If an Access Person becomes aware of a violation of this Code or a violation of applicable law, the Access Person has an obligation to report the matter promptly to the CCO.
 
3.  
Review of Violations :  The CCO will review all violations of the Code and oversee any appropriate investigation and subsequent response.  As the designee of senior management, the CCO shall have the right to make final and binding interpretations of the Code and may grant, using his/her discretion, exceptions to certain of the above restrictions.
 
 
(a)
No employee, who in good faith reports a violation of this Code, shall   suffer harassment, retaliation or adverse employment consequences.
 
 
(b)
An employee who retaliates against someone who has reported a violation in good faith is subject to disciplinary action.  Alternatively, the Adviser will treat any malicious or knowingly false report of a violation to be a serious offence and may discipline the employee making such a report.
 
4.  
Review of CCO Compliance with Code : A member of senior management of the Adviser or any other person designated (e.g., a member of the Legal & Compliance Department), who may or may not be an employee of the Adviser, is responsible for reviewing the CCO’s personal trading reports and annual Code’s certifications required under the Code.  If the CCO is in violation of the Code, senior management will impose the appropriate sanction(s).
 
5.  
Employee Cooperation : Employees are encouraged to share questions, concerns, suggestions or complaints with management of the Adviser, the CCO .  Reports of violations or suspected violations will be kept confidential to the extent possible, but consistent with the need to conduct an adequate investigation.
 
 
3

 
 
B.  
Financial Tracking Technology, LLC (“FTT”)
 

1.  
Use of FTT : The Adviser has implemented an automated system, FTT, to manage the Code’s reporting obligations.  All Access Persons are required to use the system.
 
 
(a)
All required Code reporting requirements are to be completed through FTT (including personal security transactions covered by the Code, disciplinary disclosures, outside business affiliations, private transactions, board memberships, and gifts and entertainment reporting).
 
 
(b)
At the time of hire, the CCO shall provide all Access Persons with login information and instructions for using FTT.
 
   2.    
Electronic Reporting : All quarterly personal securities transaction reporting and   annual holdings reporting will be completed electronically, unless given an exception by the CCO.  In order for duplicate brokerage statements to be sent directly to FTT or for electronic feeds to be established, Access Persons may need to provide appropriate authorization to his/her broker.

 
3.
Exceptions to Electronic Reporting : On a case by case basis and at the discretion of the CCO, paper reports and certifications may be accepted in lieu of electronic reporting on FTT.
 
IV.  
FIDUCIARY DUTY TO CLIENTS
 
 
A.  
Avoiding Conflicts : As a fiduciary for the Adviser’s clients, including all the funds the Adviser advises or sub-advises, Access Persons have an obligation to act in clients’ best interests.  Access Persons must scrupulously avoid serving their personal interests ahead of the interest of clients.  That includes making sure that client interests come first and avoiding any potential or actual conflicts of interest.  That fiduciary duty extends to all aspects of the business.  Conflicts and potential conflicts can arise in a variety of situations. This obligation extends to avoiding potential conflicts between client accounts as well.  One client’s interests may not be favored over the interests of another.
 
 
B.  
Confidentiality and Safeguarding Information : Unless otherwise permitted, information regarding clients or their accounts may not be shared with persons outside of the Adviser, such as vendors, family members, or market participants.  In particular, information regarding the trading intentions of clients or the Adviser on behalf of its clients may not be shared.  Access Persons may have information regarding clients, their investment strategies, strategic plans, assets, holdings, transactions, personnel matters and other information.  This information may not be communicated in any manner to benefit the Access Persons or other persons.
 
 
 
C.  
Avoiding Front-running : Front-running or engaging in conduct that may be construed as front-running is strictly prohibited under this Code. Such conduct generally involves an Access Person purchasing or selling a Covered Security for his/her own account(s) on the basis of trading plans or actual trading positions of the Adviser’s
 
 
 
4

 
 
 
client account(s) over which the Access Person has Investment Control when the Access Person knows that such order is likely to materially change a price received by a client or move a market to the benefit of the Access Person and detriment of the client. Proprietary, Access Person’s, and discretionary accounts will be monitored for front-running.
 
 
D.  
Compliance with the Code of Ethics : A current copy of this Code of Ethics is always posted under Outlook/Public Folders/All Public Folders/Compliance/Guggenheim Partners Asset Management and on the Adviser’s Code of Ethics administration system.  On an annual basis, Access Persons are required to acknowledge that they have received, reviewed, understand and agree to comply with the Code of Ethics.
 
V.  
REPORTING OF PERSONAL TRADING
 
It is the sole responsibility of the Access Person to ensure that all reporting requirements are completed by the timeframes set forth by this Code and the CCO.  This may mean that the Access Person may have to enter information manually, provide statements or follow up with his/her broker-dealer or bank
 
A.  
Which Investment Accounts Do Access Persons Need to Report?
 

Generally, any account which is in the name of the Access Person and his/her Immediate
Family members, which can, even if the account does not currently, hold Covered Securities (as defined in herein) will need to be reported.

 
1.
Report any of the following investment accounts:

(a)  
The Access Person has Beneficial Ownership 3 over an investment account.
 
(b)  
Any investment account with a broker-dealer or bank over which the Access Person has investment decision-making authority (including accounts that the Access Person is named on, such as being a guardian, executor or trustee, as well as accounts that Access Person is not named on such as an account owned by another person but for which the Access Person has been granted trading authority).
 
(c)  
Any investment account with a broker-dealer or bank established by partnership, corporation, or other entity in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest through any formal or informal understanding or agreement.
 
(d)  
Any college savings account in which the Access Person holds securities issued under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code and in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest.
 

3 A person has Beneficial Ownership if he or she, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary (financial) interest in a (i) security or (ii) accounts which can hold securities, including but not limited to: individual, joint, partnership, custodial, trust, IRA, UGMA and KEOGH accounts. The determination of Beneficial Ownership is the responsibility of each Access Person; it is a fact-based decision.
 
5

 
 
(e)  
Any other account that the CCO deems appropriate in light of the Access Person’s interest or involvement.
 
(f)  
Any account in which the Access Person’s Immediate Family 4 is the owner. Access Persons are presumed to have investment decision-making authority for, and therefore must report, any investment account of a member of their Immediate Family if they live in the same household as them. Access Persons may rebut this presumption if they are able to provide the Adviser with satisfactory assurances that they have no material interest in the account and exercise no control over investment decisions made regarding the account.  Access Persons should consult with the CCO for guidance regarding this process.
 
(g)  
Any 401(k) accounts from a previous employer which can or offer the ability to hold Covered Securities.
 
 
2.
Independently managed third party account reporting:

(a)  
Accounts over which the Access Person retains no Investment Control and that are managed by an independent third party must be reported but are not subject to the trading restrictions of the Code, if:
 
(i)  
A copy of the discretionary account management agreement is provided to the CCO promptly upon establishment of the account;
 
(ii)  
The CCO find no exceptions after his/her review of the discretionary account management agreement; and
 
(iii)  
 The CCO are provided with an attestation from the Access Person’s discretionary money manager that such Access Person has no ability to exercise Investment Control or to place unsolicited trades with such manager unless, in the view of the CCO, the discretionary account management agreement (described in (i.) above) contains language to such effect.
 
(iv)  
Any trades which are placed at the discretion of the Access Person or his/her Immediate Family in a non-discretionary account will be required to be pre-cleared pursuant to the requirements set forth in Section VI.
 
B.  
Required Initial Holdings Reports and Certifications
 
1.  
What information is required when you initially become subject to the Adviser’s Code?
 
 

4   Immediate Family includes, but is not limited to, a spouse, child, grandchild, stepchild, parent, grandparent, sibling, mother or father-in-law, son or daughter-in-law, or brother or sister-in-law.  Access Person may rebut this presumption if they are able to provide the Adviser with satisfactory assurances that they have no material interest in the account and exercise no control over investment decisions made regarding the account.  Access Persons should consult with the CCO for guidance regarding this process.
 
6

 
 
(a)  
Access Persons must report all of their investment accounts.  (See Section V.A for more detail for which accounts must be reported.)
 
(b)  
The report must either include copies of statements which include the name of the broker, dealer or bank, title on the account, security names, and the number of shares and principal amount of all holdings.
 
(i)  
If the Access Person’s brokerage firm provides automatic feeds to FTT, the Adviser will obtain account information electronically, after the Access Person has completed the appropriate authorizations as required by the brokerage firm.
 
(ii)  
If the brokerage firm does not provide automatic feeds to FTT, the CCO will arrange with the broker to send duplicate confirmations and statements directly to FTT, but the Access Person’s assistance may be required.
 
(c)  
All required account information must be reported within 10 calendar days from the date of hire or the date on which the Access Person becomes an employee of the Adviser and the information must be current as of a date no more than 45 calendar days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person.
 
(d)  
Access Persons must report any Outside Business Activities, in addition to completing a Personal Disciplinary History Form which covers the last ten (10) years from the Access Person begin designated as an Access Person.
 
(e)  
Access Person must complete a form certifying receipt of this Code.
 
(f)  
All new Access Persons and any new accounts of current Access Persons must maintain their personal brokerage accounts with one of the following brokerage firms: Bank of America, Charles Schwab, E*Trade, Fidelity, Goldman Sachs, Interactive Brokers, JP Morgan, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, OptionExpress, Scottrade, Smith Barney, TD Ameritrade, ThinkorSwim or UBS. Exceptions may be granted at the discretion of the CCO.
 
(g)  
Existing accounts by new Access Persons which are not held at the permitted broker-dealers as listed in Section V.B(f) must be transferred within 60 calendar days from the date the Access Person is so designated, otherwise the failure to transfer within this time will be considered a violation of this Code. Any request to extend the 60 days transfer deadline must be accompanied by a written explanation by the current broker-dealer as to the reason for delay. At the discretion of the CCO, any exceptions will be granted in writing.
 
 
C.  
Required Quarterly Transaction Reports
 

1.  
  What information is required on a quarterly basis?

(a)  
Access Persons must report of all their quarterly transactions in Covered Securities, in which they have a direct or indirect beneficial interest, within at least 30 calendar days after quarter end.
 
 
 
7

 
 
(i)  
What are “Covered Securities”?  “Covered Securities” are securities as defined by the Acts are any financial instrument related to a security, including:
 
1.  
Stock;
 
2.  
Note;
 
3.  
Treasury stock;
 
4.  
Security future;
 
5.  
Bond;
 
6.  
Debenture;
 
7.  
Evidence of indebtedness;
 
8.  
Investment contract;
 
9.  
Voting trust certificate;
 
10.  
Certificate of deposit for a security;
 
11.  
Option on any security or on any group or index of securities (e.g., put, call or straddle);
 
12.  
Exchange traded fund (ETF);
 
13.  
Limited partnership;
 
14.  
Certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement;
 
15.  
Collateral-RIC certificate;
 
16.  
Fractional undivided interest in oil, gas or other mineral right;
 
17.  
Pre-organizational certificate or subscription;
 
18.  
Transferable shares;
 
19.  
Foreign unit trust (i.e., UCIT) and foreign mutual fund;
 
20.  
Private investment fund, hedge fund (i.e., any offering that is exempt from registration under Section 4(2) or 4(6), Rules 504, 505 or 506 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended)
 
21.  
Investment club;
 
22.  
Unit investment trusts (UIT);
 
23.  
Closed-end mutual funds;
 
24.  
Any 529 college savings plans or open-end mutual funds managed, advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or an affiliate as applicable; and
 
25.  
Any other instrument that is considered a “security” under the applicable securities laws.
 
(ii)  
The term “Covered Securities” does not include obligations of the US government, , and futures on obligations of the US government, commodity futures, bank loans, bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short term debt instruments such as
 
 
 
8

 
 
repurchase agreements, shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open end funds, none of which are reportable funds, or open-end mutual funds which the Adviser or its affiliates, as applicable, do not manage, advise or sub-advise.
 
 
(b)  
From time to time, FTT may not receive all duplicate statements from brokers or may not receive them on a timely basis.  In those cases, Access Person will be notified by the CCO and must provide copies of the statements to the CCO who will forward the information to FTT.
 
(c)  
Access Persons must report gifts and entertainment from clients and business contacts received ­or given during the quarter.  The de minimis value for reporting gifts or entertainment is $50 5 for each individual gift or entertainment.
 
 
D.  
Annual Holdings Reports and Certifications
 

1.  
What information is required on an annual basis?

(a)  
Access Persons must provide a list of all Covered Securities in which they or their Immediate Family have a direct or indirect interest, including those not held in an account at a broker-dealer or bank.  The list must include the title, number of shares and principal amount of each covered security.  Access Persons must report the account number, account name and financial institution for each investment account with a broker-dealer or bank for which they are required to report.
 
(b)  
The Access Persons must report all accounts and holdings as of December 31 within 30 calendar days via FTT or as otherwise permitted by the CCO
 
(c)  
Access Persons must also certify annually that they have complied with the requirements and have disclosed all holdings required to be disclosed pursuant to the requirements of this Code.
 
(d)  
Access Person must report all the Outside Business Activities in which the Access Person was engaged as of December 31, in addition to completing a Personal Disciplinary History Form.
 
E.  
New Investment Accounts : Upon opening a reportable account or obtaining an interest in an account that requires reporting, the account must be reported within 30 calendar days after the end of the quarter which the investment account was opened.  The account must be reported to the CCO via FTT or as otherwise permitted by the CCO along with the title of the account, the name of the financial institution for the account, the date the account was established (or the date on which interest or authority that requires the account to be reported was gained) and the date reported.
 
If the brokerage firm does not provide automatic feeds to FTT, the CCO will arrange with the brokerage firm to send duplicate confirmations and statements directly to FTT and the Access Person, assistance may be required.
 
 

5   Gifts and entertainment must be a reasonable estimate by the Access Person if the exact value of the gift of entertainment is not known.
 
9

 
 
VI.  
PRE-CLEARANCE FOR PERSONAL TRADING
 

Before executing a personal trade, the trade may need to be pre-cleared to verify that there is no conflict with the Adviser’s current activities.  All trades must be pre-cleared through FTT except as provided below.
 
A.  
What Trades Must Be Pre-Cleared?
 
1.  
Covered Securities : Unless excluded below, Access Persons must pre-clear trades in Covered Securities.  Pre-clearance serves to verify the trade does not conflict with any securities included on the Adviser’s Restricted List. See Section V.C(1)(a)(i) above for the full list.

2.  
Initial Public Offerings : Trade in IPO’s must be pre-cleared.  After obtaining pre-approval from the CCO, participation is limited to the scope permitted for “Restricted Persons” under FINRA Conduct Rule 5130.
 
B.  
What Trades are Not Required to be Pre-Cleared?
 

1.  
Government Securities :  Trades in any direct obligations of the U.S. Government,   bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments including repurchase agreements are not required to be pre-cleared.

2.  
Money Market Funds :  Trades in any investment company or fund that is a money market fund are not required to be pre-cleared.

3.  
Open-End Registered Funds :  Trades in open-end mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or affiliates are not required to be pre-cleared.

4.  
No Knowledge :  Securities transactions where no knowledge of the transaction exists before it is completed.  For example, a transaction effected by a trustee of a blind trust or discretionary trades involving an investment partnership or investment club, when the Access Person is  neither consulted nor advised of the trade before it is executed are not required to be pre-cleared.  If an option is exercised, the underlying transaction need not be pre-cleared though the option itself must be pre-cleared.

5.  
Certain Corporate Actions :  Any acquisition of securities through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, exercise of rights or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities is not required to be pre-cleared.
 
6.  
529 College Savings Plans Not Advised or Sub-Advised by the Adviser :  Any transaction in units of a college savings plan established under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code, unless the underlying investment includes open-end Registered Funds advised or sub-advised by the Adviser.

 
 
 
10

 

 
7.  
Miscellaneous :  Any transaction in any other securities as the CCO may designate.
 
C.  
How Does the Pre-Clearance Process Work?
 

1.  
Pre-Clearance Request Form : Log on to FTT, complete the online pre-clearance form, and electronically submit the request.  On a case by case basis, the CCO may permit the Access Person to submit an electronic email request for pre-clearance.  The Access Person should maintain all records of such electronic mail approvals.

2.  
Approval or Denial :  Approval of the proposed trade may automatically be generated so long as the trade is not currently listed on applicable restricted lists or does not require additional review or authorization by the CCO or senior management.

3.  
Approval Timeframe: Generally, approval is only good for the remainder of the day upon which approval is granted. On a case by case basis, and at the sole discretion of the CCO, approval may be extended.

4.  
Good Till Cancelled (“GTC”) Orders: Pre-clearance for GTC Orders is valid for 3 business days (which includes the date of approval).  GTC Orders which are not amended from the time that approval was received by the Access Person will not be considered violations of the Code if such execution is of a security on the restricted list(s) However, if the Access Person has actual knowledge of material, nonpublic information about the issuer after the GTC Order is entered, the Access Person must cancel the order.
 
VII.  
TRADING RESTRICTIONS
 
 
A.  
For All Trading:   In addition to reporting and pre-clearance obligations, the Code also includes restrictions regarding the manner in which Covered Securities may be traded and held in any reportable investment accounts. (Section VII.A of this Code describes which accounts must be reported.)
 
 
  Regardless of whether a transaction is specifically prohibited in this Code, no person subject to this Code may engage in any personal securities transactions that (i) impact their ability to carry out their assigned duties or (ii) increase the possibility of an actual or apparent conflict of interest. Access Persons are prohibited from the following under any circumstances:

1.  
Market Manipulation :  Securities transactions may not be executed with the intent to raise, lower, or maintain the price of any security or to falsely create the appearance of trading activity.

2.  
Trading on Inside Information :  Transactions (e.g, purchases or sales) of any security cannot be made if in possession of material non-public information about the security or the issuer of the security.  (Please also refer to Section XV on Insider Trading.)

3.  
Front-running : No Access Person may trade ahead of a client transaction.
 
 
 
11

 

 
4.  
Regardless of whether a transaction is specifically prohibited in this Code of Ethics, no person subject to this Code of Ethics may engage in any personal securities transactions that (i) impact their ability to carry out their assigned duties or (ii) increase the possibility of an actual or apparent conflict of interest.
 
 
B. Excessive Trading in Reportable Accounts : Access Persons may not engage in    excessive personal trading.  Access Persons shall not make more than 60 covered securities trades in any reporting quarter.  Transactions that do not require pre-clearance are not included in the total and buy or sell transactions respectively, executed in the same security on the same day are considered one transaction (i.e. an approved transaction executed in lots throughout is considered one transaction).
 
 
 
C.    Holding Periods
 
 
1.
Registered Funds : Holding periods apply for any funds advised or sub-advised by the Adviser. A list of applicable funds subject to additional personal trading policies is included as Supplements 1, 2 and 3.

(a)  
After purchase in an account of a closed-end mutual fund advised or sub-advised by the Adviser, Access Persons must hold that security in that account for at least 60 calendar days from the date of purchase.
 
(b)  
Note that this limitation also applies to any purchase or sales in an Access Persons individual retirement account, 401(k), deferred compensation plan, or any similar retirement plan or investment account for their or their Immediate Family.
 
 
VIII.  
GIFTS & ENTERTAINMENT
 

A.  
No Solicitation: Access Persons may be offered or may receive gifts and entertainment   such as hosted dinners or other events from persons who are personally in a position to do or potentially to do business with the Adviser such as clients, consultants, vendors or other business contacts (generally known as “business contacts”).  Access Person may not solicit gifts or entertainment or anything of value from a business contact.
 
B.  
Quarterly Reporting Required For Gifts and Entertainment Over De Minimis Value : To monitor that Access Persons are not beholden to a business contact and that their judgment remains objective, Access Persons may only accept and give appropriate and reasonable gifts and entertainment from business contacts. The de minimis value for reporting gifts or entertainment is $50 6 or more for each individual gift or entertainment. Access Persons are required to report all given or received gifts and entertainment above the de minimis amount on a quarterly basis via FTT. The CCO will review all gifts and entertainment forms.
 
 

6   Gifts and entertainment must be a reasonable estimate by the Access Person if the exact value of the gift of entertainment is not known.
 
12

 
 
C.  
No Cash or Cash Equivalents : When receiving or giving a gift or entertainment, it may    not be in the form of cash or cash equivalents (e.g., gift certificates, gift cards).
 
D.  
Offering Gifts or Entertainment to Public Officials or Employees; Federal, state and local laws restrict the offering of gifts, meals or entertainment to public officials or employees.  Improper gifts may result in the Adviser being disqualified or unable to enter into contracts with governmental entities.  Employees are, therefore, generally prohibited from offering anything of value to government officials or employees.  Employees must seek prior approval from the Chief Legal Officer, Senior General Counsel or Compliance Department of Guggenheim Partners before offering or agreeing to provide anything of value to any public official or employee.
 
E.  
Lobbying Activities: In certain federal, state and local jurisdictions lobbying or engaging in outreach with public officials, including attempts to influence legislation, rulemakings, the awarding of government contracts, or efforts to influence investment decisions by a public retirement system or public pension fund may require lobbying registration.  As a result, Employees may not engage in lobbying or outreach efforts to public officials on behalf of the Adviser without prior approval from the Chief Legal Officer or Senior General Counsel of Guggenheim Partners.
 
F.  
Exceptions to Reporting : Reporting of food gift baskets that are sent to be shared with multiple employees do not require reporting.
 
IX.  
OUTSIDE AFFILIATIONS
 
 
A.
Any Access Person who is employed by, accepts any remuneration from, or performs any services for any person or entity, including serving as a director of a public or private company, trustee or general partner of a partnership, other than the Adviser or any affiliate of the Adviser (or in these capacities, e.g., director or partner, in a non-profit corporation), must complete the Pre-Clearance of Outside Business Activity Questionnaire posted on FTT or as otherwise permitted by the CCO.  Any board of director roles must be pre-cleared with Guggenheim Capital’s Conflicts Committee. It is the responsibility of the CCO to submit and receive such approval prior to approving the Access Person’s request.
 
 
B.
From time to time, in the course of the employee’s responsibilities, employees may be requested to serve on the board of directors of a company in which the Adviser’s clients or their affiliates have an interest. While such service as a director does not require pre-clearance, it does require notification to the CCO on the Annual Certification of Outside Business Activities Form via FTT or as otherwise permitted by the CCO.
 
C.    
The CCO may require specific information to verify no conflict of interest exists between the outside affiliation and the Adviser’s activities and the Access Person’s role at the Adviser. If authorized to engage in the outside affiliation or business activity, appropriate safeguards and procedures may be implemented to prevent potential conflicts of interest.
 
 
 
13

 
 
D.     
In no event should any Access Person have any outside employment that might cause embarrassment to, or jeopardize the interests of the Adviser, interfere with its operations, or adversely affect his or her productivity or that of other employees.
 
X.  
POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS
 
A.  
Neither the Adviser nor any Access Person is allowed to make political contributions that intentionally or unintentionally have the perceived effect of influencing whether a government entity, official or candidate hires or retains the Adviser or its affiliates as investment Adviser or invests or maintains an investment in any fund advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or its affiliate.
 
B.  
All political activities of employees must be kept separate from employment and expenses may not be charged to the Adviser.  Employees may not use Adviser’s facilities for political campaign purposes.
 
Employees are prohibited from making such political contributions on behalf of the Adviser or individually in their capacity as an employee. However, employees may make their own individual contributions to candidates for federal, state, and local offices, as permitted by law and subject to provisions of this Code and the Compliance Program, as long as the purpose of the contribution is not to “pay to play” and such political contribution is pre-cleared by the Legal & Compliance Department.
 
After the request has been reviewed the employee will receive an electronic confirmation that such request has been approved or denied. In certain situations the employee will be asked to provide additional information before a determination can be made regarding the request.
 
Except as permitted below, employees are prohibited from contributing to, or soliciting contributions for, state and local office and state and local political action committees. Contributions and solicitations to state and local political party committees also fall under this ban. Subject to federal contribution limits and the pre-clearance process, an employee may contribute to federal candidates (that are not currently state or local officeholders), federal political party committees and federal political actions committees (that are accompanied by a letter confirming that the contribution will not be used for state or local candidates).
 
Subject to the pre-clearance process above, in certain limited situations, de minimus contributions for state and local candidates are permitted subject to the restrictions below:
 
a.  Contributions to state and local candidates are prohibited if the employee is not entitled to vote for the candidate.
 
b. Contributions to and solicitations for state and local candidates where an employee is entitled to vote are subject to the following restrictions:
 
 
 
14

 
 
i. Requests to make a contribution to any state or local candidate must be   submitted to the Legal & Compliance Department for prior approval. Pre-approval requests must be made via Guggenheim Partners’ dedicated and secure e-mail, politicalcontributions@guggenheimpartners.com , and include the name of the candidate, office for which candidate is running, amount contributed, date of contribution, and name of the person making the contribution.
 
ii. Contributions to candidates in the following states are prohibited: Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Missouri, New Mexico, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Texas and Vermont.
 
iii. Contributions to state candidates in California and Virginia must receive prior approval from Chief Legal Officer of Senior General Counsel.
 
iv. Contributions to candidates in all other states are limited to $250 per election where the employee is entitled to vote for the candidate.
 
Spouses and dependent children may make contributions subject to the restrictions below as long as the decision to contribute is made independently of the employee. In other words, the spouse or dependent child must have the ability to sign the check and have full authority on how the funds in the account are spent (the employee may not sign the check). Where permitted by this policy, all contributions must in compliance with applicable contribution limits.
 
a. Requests to make a contribution to any state or local candidate must be    submitted to the Legal & Compliance Department by the employee for prior approval. Pre-approval requests must be made via Guggenheim Partners’ dedicated, secure e-mail, politicalcontributions@guggenheimpartners.com, and include the name of the candidate, office for which candidate is running, amount contributed, date of contribution, and name of the person making the contribution. The employee will be provided an electronic confirmation that such request has been approved or denied. In certain situations the employee will be asked to provide additional information before a determination can be made regarding the request.
 
b. Contributions to state candidates, political action committees and political party committees are prohibited in Connecticut, Illinois, Kentucky, Pennsylvania and Rhode Island.
 
c. Contributions to state candidates, political action committees and political party committees are subject to limits as explained below:
 
i. New Jersey – limit $300 per election per committee; and
 
ii. Ohio – limit $1,000 in the aggregate during two calendar years to candidate committees.
 
C.  
All political activities of employees must be kept separate from employment and expenses may not be charged to the Adviser.  Employees may not use Adviser’s facilities for political campaign purposes.
 
 
 
15

 
 
Employees are prohibited from making such political contributions on behalf of the Adviser or individually in their capacity as an employee. However, employees may make their own individual contributions to candidates for federal, state, and local offices, as permitted by law and subject to provisions of this Code and the Compliance Program, as long as the purpose of the contribution is not to “pay to play” and such political contribution is pre-cleared by the Legal & Compliance Department.
 
After the request has been reviewed the employee will receive an electronic confirmation that such request has been approved or denied. In certain situations the employee will be asked to provide additional information before a determination can be made regarding the request.
 
Except as permitted below, employees are prohibited from contributing to, or soliciting contributions for, state and local office and state and local political action committees. Contributions and solicitations to state and local political party committees also fall under this ban. Subject to federal contribution limits and the pre-clearance process, an employee may contribute to federal candidates (that are not currently state or local officeholders), federal political party committees and federal political actions committees (that are accompanied by a letter confirming that the contribution will not be used for state or local candidates).
 
Subject to the pre-clearance process above, in certain limited situations, de minimus contributions for state and local candidates are permitted subject to the restrictions below:
 
a. Contributions to state and local candidates are prohibited if the employee is not entitled to vote for the candidate.
 
b. Contributions to and solicitations for state and local candidates where an employee is entitled to vote are subject to the following restrictions:
 
i. Requests to make a contribution to any state or local candidate must be   submitted to the Legal & Compliance Department for prior approval. Pre-approval requests must be made via Guggenheim Partners’ dedicated and secure e-mail, politicalcontributions@guggenheimpartners.com , and include the name of the candidate, office for which candidate is running, amount contributed, date of contribution, and name of the person making the contribution.
 
ii. Contributions to candidates in the following states are prohibited: Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Missouri, New Mexico, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Texas and Vermont.
 
iii. Contributions to state candidates in California and Virginia must receive prior approval from Chief Legal Officer of Senior General Counsel.
 
iv. Contributions to candidates in all other states are limited to $250 per election where the employee is entitled to vote for the candidate.
 
Spouses and dependent children may make contributions subject to the restrictions below as long as the decision to contribute is made independently of the employee. In other
 
 
 
16

 

words, the spouse or dependent child must have the ability to sign the check and have full authority on how the funds in the account are spent (the employee may not sign the check). Where permitted by this policy, all contributions must in compliance with applicable contribution limits.
 
a. Requests to make a contribution to any state or local candidate must be    submitted to the Legal & Compliance Department by the employee for prior approval. Pre-approval requests must be made via Guggenheim Partners’ dedicated, secure e-mail, politicalcontributions@guggenheimpartners.com, and include the name of the candidate, office for which candidate is running, amount contributed, date of contribution, and name of the person making the contribution. The employee will be provided an electronic confirmation that such request has been approved or denied. In certain situations the employee will be asked to provide additional information before a determination can be made regarding the request.
 
b. Contributions to state candidates, political action committees and political party committees are prohibited in Connecticut, Illinois, Kentucky, Pennsylvania and Rhode Island.
 
c. Contributions to state candidates, political action committees and political party committees are subject to limits as explained below:
 
i. New Jersey – limit $300 per election per committee; and
 
ii. Ohio – limit $1,000 in the aggregate during two calendar years to candidate committees.
 
 
XI.  
ANNUAL REVIEW
 
The CCO will review the adequacy of the policies and procedures contained in this Code and the effectiveness of its implementation on an annual basis.  This review will consider any changes in the business activity of the Adviser and any changes to the Advisers Act or applicable regulations that might suggest a need to revise the policies and procedures contained herein.  In addition, the CCO will consider the need for interim reviews in response to significant compliance events, changes in business arrangements or regulatory developments.
 
XII.  
RETENTION OF RECORDS
 
This Code, as updated from time to time, acknowledgements of receipt of a copy of this Code by each Access Person, a list of all persons required to make reports hereunder from time to time, a copy of each report made by an Access Person and a record of any violation hereof and any action taken as a result of such violation, shall be maintained by the Adviser as required under the Advisers Act for a period of not less than 5 years.

The CCO will use his/her best efforts to assure that all requests for pre-clearance, all personal securities transaction reports and all reports of securities holdings are treated
 
 
 
17

 

"Personal and Confidential."  However, such documents will be available for inspection by appropriate regulatory agencies, and by other parties within the Adviser and its affiliates as are necessary to evaluate compliance with, or sanctions under, this Code.
 
XIII.  
SANCTIONS
 
This Code is designed to facilitate compliance with applicable laws and to reinforce the Adviser’s reputation for integrity in the conduct of their businesses. For violations of this Code, sanctions may be imposed as deemed appropriate by the CCO and as applicable in coordination with senior management,  including, among other things, sale of an open position and disgorgement of profits realized from a prohibited transaction under the Code, a letter of censure or suspension or termination of the employment of the employee.  A pattern of violations that individually do not violate the law, but which taken together demonstrate a lack of respect for the Code, may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.
 
Specifically, the Access Person shall be subject to remedial actions, which may include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following:  (1) a warning; (2) disgorgement of profits; (3) imposition of a fine (which may be substantial); (4) demotion (which may be substantial); (5) suspension of employment (with or without pay); (6) termination of employment; or (7) referral to civil or governmental authorities for possible civil or criminal prosecution.  If the Access Person is normally eligible for a discretionary bonus, violations of the Code may also reduce or eliminate the discretionary portion of his/her bonus.
 
XIV.  
INTERPRETATIONS AND EXCEPTIONS
 
The CCO shall have the right to make final and binding interpretations of the Code and may grant, using its discretion, exceptions to certain of the prohibited transactions as described in this Code.  Any memorandum created regarding the granting of any such exceptions will be retained.  Each Access Person must obtain approval from the CCO before taking any action regarding such an exception.
 
A member of senior management of the Adviser or any other person designated (who may or may not be an employee of the Adviser) is responsible for reviewing the CCO personal trading reports required under the Code.  If the CCO are in violation of the Code, senior management of the Adviser will impose the appropriate sanction(s).
 
XV.  
INSIDER TRADING POLICY
 
A.  
Policy Statement on Insider Trading
 
Section 204A of the Advisers Act requires the Adviser to establish, maintain, and enforce written procedures reasonably designed to prevent the wrongful use of “inside” information (as defined below).
 
 
18

 
The Adviser shall prohibit any Employee from trading, either personally or on behalf of others, or recommending securities, while in possession of material, non-public information in violation of applicable laws and regulations.  This unlawful conduct is frequently referred to as "insider trading."
 
The Adviser’s policy extends to external activities and outside duties related to employees’ association with the Adviser.  Any questions regarding the Adviser’s insider trading policy and procedures should be referred to the CCO.
 
Adherence to this Insider Trading Policy and Procedures is a basic condition of employment or association with the Adviser.  Failure to comply with these policies and procedures is ground for disciplinary action, including discharge, of such employee.
 
B.  
In General – Inside Information
 
“Inside” Information. “Inside” information is material, nonpublic information.  The courts and regulatory authorities have broadly construed what constitutes “inside” information.  Generally speaking, information is “material” if it has “market significance” in the sense that it is likely to influence reasonable investors, including reasonable speculative investors, in determining whether to trade the securities to which the information relates.  For example, information is likely to be “material” if it relates to significant changes affecting such matters as dividends; earnings estimates; write downs of assets or additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities; the expansion or curtailment of operations; proposals or agreements involving a merger, acquisition, divestiture or leveraged buy-out; new products or discoveries; major litigation; liquidity problems; extraordinary management developments; public offerings; changes of debt ratings; issuer tender offers; and recapitalizations.  Given the potentially severe consequences to the Adviser and its personnel of a wrong decision, any person who is uncertain as to whether any information he or she possesses is “inside” information must contact the CCO for guidance, rather than solely relying on his or her own judgment or interpretation.
 
Federal and state securities laws make it unlawful for any person to trade or recommend trading in securities on the basis of material and nonpublic, or “inside,” information.  The Adviser’s policy requires stringent avoidance of the misuse of inside information.
 
The misuse of material, nonpublic or “inside” information constitutes fraud; a term broadly defined under the securities laws.
 
Fraudulent misuse of “inside” information includes purchasing or selling securities on the basis of such information for the account of the firm, an employee, a client, or anyone else.  Fraudulent misuse also includes “tipping” such information to anyone, or using it as a basis for recommending, by way of a research report or otherwise, the purchase or sale of a security.
 
Persons guilty of fraudulently misusing “inside” information are subject to civil and criminal penalties (including imprisonment), SEC administrative actions, and dismissal by the Adviser.
 
 
19

 
 
C.  
Prohibiting Misuse of Inside Information
 
Those in possession of “inside” information must preserve the confidentiality of such information and abstain from trading until the inside information is disclosed and made public.  It is fundamental policy of the Adviser that:
 
·  
No Adviser’s employee, while in possession of inside information relevant to a security, shall purchase or sell, or recommend or direct the purchase or sale of, such security for the account of the Adviser, an employee, a client, or anyone else.
 
·  
No employee shall use inside information to purchase or sell securities for his or her own account, any account in which he or she has a direct or indirect beneficial interest (including accounts for family members), or any other account over which the employee has discretionary authority or a power of attorney.
 
·  
No employee shall disclose “inside” information to any person outside the firm without the authorization of the CCO or senior management.
 
·  
Any employee who, in the course of his or her employment, obtains “inside” information that is later disclosed to the general public must allow sufficient time to elapse for the investing public to assimilate and evaluate the information before taking any action for his or her personal account on the basis of the disclosed facts.
 
D.  
General Guidelines
 
To maintain that material, non-public information is not misused, it is imperative that the flow of such information be limited so that only those people within the Adviser with a “need to know” are given such information.
 
Routine communications between departments which are not transaction or issuer specific, such as general observations about industries and issuers within those industries, and which would not affect a person’s investment decision about a specific security, are not prohibited.  If you have any question as to whether information is routine, however, please contact the CCO.
 
 
E.     Maintenance of Restricted List (s)
 
The Restricted List(s) is a list of issuers in which an Adviser’s employees are restricted from trading.  Issuers may be added to the Restricted List(s) in the event that the Adviser or certain of its employees have actual possession of material non-public information about a company or transaction.  Securities will be added to the list(s) in the following circumstances:
 
·  
Where there is a concentration of ownership in a security and the Adviser’s clients already own a substantial portion of the publicly held outstanding shares; or
 
·  
When the Adviser comes into possession of material, non-public information about a public company, such as business plans, earnings projections, or merger and acquisition plans.
 
 
 
20

 
 
·  
When the Adviser or any the Adviser’s employee recommends an equity security, or has access to information relating to such a recommendation, for any UIT sponsored by the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser or any ETF advised or sub-advised by the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser.
 
On a regular basis, the CCO will consult with senior members of the Adviser to determine whether an issuer should be added or removed from the restricted list as necessary.
 
In the event an employee of the Adviser determines that a security should be added to the Restricted List, such employee will notify the Adviser’s Compliance Department.  If after consultation with the employee, the Adviser’s Compliance Department determines that the issuer should be added; the Adviser’s Compliance Department will update the Restricted List(s) and send it to the CCO who will take appropriate action as it pertains to restricting the security for trading in client accounts managed by the Adviser.
 
Securities will be removed from the Restricted List(s) when the transaction, event or situation that caused the security to be placed on the list has been completed, is finished or no longer exists.
 
The Adviser will maintain all records relating to the Restricted List(s).  A written record must be kept indicating the date a security was added to or deleted from the Restricted List(s).
 
In the event the Adviser, or its employees, is not in possession of material non-public information, then the Adviser will not be required to maintain a Restricted List.
 
F.     Review of Trading
 
The CCO will review, at least quarterly, the trading activity of the Adviser’s Access Persons.   A record of such review will be maintained by the CCO.
 
 
G.     Investigations
 
The CCO will investigate questionable, anomalous, or suspicious trades, whether discovered through scheduled reviews of exception reports or any other way.  The scope and extent of any particular inquiry will be determined by the nature of the trade in question.  The relevant employee or client may be contacted by the CCO’s for an explanation as to the trade in question.  An investigation record will be kept by the CCO.  The record will contain, at a minimum, the following:
 
(i)           The name of the security;
(ii)           The date the investigation commenced;
(iii)           An identification of the accounts involved; and
(iv)           A summary of the disposition of the investigation.
 
 
21

 
 
H.   Procedures for the Adviser Policy Against Insider Trading
 
The following procedures have been established to aid the employees of the Adviser in avoiding insider trading, and to aid the Adviser in preventing, detecting, and imposing sanctions against insider trading.  Each employee of the Adviser must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability, and criminal penalties.  If you have any questions about these procedures you should consult with the CCO.
 
1.  
Identifying “Inside” Information
 
Before trading for yourself, or others, in the securities of a company about which you may have potential “inside” information, ask yourself the following questions:
 
Is the information material?  Is this something an investor would consider important in making his or her investment decision? Will the market price of the securities be substantially affected if the information was generally disclosed?
 
Is the information nonpublic?  To whom has it been provided? Has it been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in Reuters, The Wall Street Journal , or other publications of general circulation?
 
If, after consideration of the above, you believe that the information is material and nonpublic, or if you have any questions as to whether the information is material and nonpublic, you should take the following steps.
 
(i)           Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others;
 
(ii)           Report the matter immediately to the CCO: and
 
 
(iii)
Do not communicate the information inside or outside the Adviser, other than to the CCO.
 
After the CCO has reviewed the issue, you either will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and communications, or you will be allowed to trade or communicate the information.
 
2.  
Restricting Access to Material Nonpublic Information
 
Information in your possession that you identify as material and nonpublic may not be communicated to anyone, including associates, except as referred to above.  In addition, take care that such information is secure by sealing files and restricting access to computer files containing nonpublic information.
 
3.  
Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading
 
If doubt remains as to whether information is material or nonpublic, or if there is any unresolved question as to the applicability or interpretation of the procedures, or as to the propriety of any action, it must be discussed with the CCO before trading or communicating the information to anyone.
 
 
 
 
22

 
  THE ADVISER’S CODE OF ETHICS
 
SUPPLEMENT #1:
 
 
TRANSACTING IN CLOSED END FUNDS
 ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY THE ADVISER
 

With respect to transactions in closed end funds (“CEF’s”) advised or sub-advised by the Adviser, the below requirements are in addition to, or supplement, the requirements of the Adviser’s Code of Ethics (“Code”).
 
 
1.  
Pre-Approval :  Access Persons are required to obtain prior approval through Financial Tracking (“FTT”) before undertaking any transaction (e.g., purchase or sale) in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser.  Pre-approval is in addition to, not a substitute, for other restrictions discussed below.

2.  
Blackouts: Dividend :  Access Persons are prohibited from trading in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after the initial dividend of such CEF is declared.  Access Persons are also prohibited from trading in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser seven (7) days before the dividend of such CEF is declared.  Dividends that are automatically reinvested are not subject to the pre-approval requirement.

3.  
Blackouts – Fund Securities :  Access Persons with knowledge about or access to information about CEF equity transactions (“Equity Access Persons”) may not engage in personal transactions in equity securities to be traded in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after such transaction.

4.  
Blackouts – Board Meetings :  Access Person may not trade in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after a board meeting for such CEF.

5.  
Holding Period :  Access Persons are required to hold any purchase of CEF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser for sixty (60) calendar days.

6.  
Requests for Exceptions from Blackouts :  Requests for exceptions from the blackout restriction should be submitted in writing to the CCO.  The CCO shall respond to all such requests in writing.  The CCO will maintain records of all exception requests and records of all responses.

7.  
Review of Trading : The CCO will review trading activity of Access Persons and in other client accounts, at least quarterly, to ensure compliance with the above procedures.  A record of such reviews will be maintained by the CCO.

8.  
Reporting of Transactions :  Access Persons must email the CEF’s Adviser at:  Section16Filings@guggenheimfunds.com, but in no event more than 24 hours, after any transaction in CEF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser.  Such reporting is required to make mandatory regulatory filings within the required time period.

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code.
 
 
 
23

 

 
S UPPL EMENT #2:
TRANSACTIONS IN EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS (“ETF’S”)
 ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY THE ADVISER
AND SECURITIES TRADED BY SUCH FUNDS
 

With respect to transactions in an ETF advised or sub-advised by the Adviser and equity securities traded by such Funds, the Adviser’s Access Persons are required to comply with the following requirements which are in addition to, or supplement, the requirements of the  Adviser’s Code of Ethics (“Code”).

1.  
Pre-Approval :  Access Persons are required to obtain prior approval through Financial Tracking (“FTT”) before undertaking any transaction (e.g., purchase or sale) in an ETF advised or sub-advised by the Adviser and the securities held by such ETFs.  Pre-approval is in addition to, not a substitute for, other guidelines discussed below.

2.  
Blackouts – Fund Securities :  With respect to the Adviser role as the adviser or sub-
adviser to an ETF, no Access Person with knowledge about or access to information about ETF equity transactions (“Equity Access Persons”) shall engage in a securities transaction in an equity security recommended for inclusion or exclusion for the ETF from the time a final recommendation concerning such security is communicated, either to the Adviser’s investment decision-maker or to the ETF’s Adviser, until the security is purchased or sold by the ETF.

3.  
Blackouts – Board Meetings :  Access Person may not trade in ETF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after a board meeting for such ETF.

4.  
Blackouts: Dividend :  Access Persons are prohibited from trading in ETF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after the initial dividend of such ETF is declared.  Access Persons are also prohibited form trading in in ETF’s advised or sub-advised by the Adviser seven (7) days before the dividend of such ETF is declared.

5.  
  Re-investment of Dividends : Dividends that are automatically reinvested are not subject to the pre-approval requirement.

6.  
Requests for Exceptions from Blackouts :  Requests for exceptions from the blackout restriction should be submitted in writing to the CCO.  The CCO shall respond to all such requests in writing.  The CCO will maintain records of all exception requests and records of all responses.

4.
Review of Trading :  The CCO will review trading activity of Access Persons and in other client accounts, at least quarterly, to ensure compliance with the above procedures.  A record of such reviews will be maintained by the CCO.

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code.
 
 
 
24

 
 
SUPPLEMENT #3:
 
TRANSACTIONS IN UNIT INVESTMENT TRUST’S (“UIT’S”)
FOR WHICH THE ADVISER ASSISTS  WITH THE SELECTION
 OF SECURITIES TRADED BY SUCH TRUSTS
 

With respect to transactions in a UIT for which the Adviser assists with the selection of securities traded by such Trusts, and with respect to securities selected for inclusion for any such UIT, the Adviser’s Access Persons are required to comply with the following requirements which are in addition to, or supplement, the requirements of the Adviser’s Code of Ethics (“Code”).

1.  
Blackouts :  With respect to the Adviser’s role in security selection for UITs, no Access Person with knowledge about or access to information about UIT equity transactions (“Equity Access Persons”) shall engage in a securities transaction in an equity security recommended for inclusion or exclusion for the UIT from the time a final recommendation concerning such security is communicated to the UIT Sponsor until the time such security is deposited into the UIT.

2.  
Requests for Exceptions from Blackouts :  Requests for exceptions from the blackout restriction should be submitted in writing to the CCO.  The CCO shall respond to all such requests in writing.  The CCO will maintain records of all exception requests and records of all responses.


3.  
Review of Trading :  The CCO will review trading activity of Access Persons and in other client accounts, at least quarterly, to ensure compliance with the above procedures.  A record of such reviews will be maintained by the CCO.



Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code.

25